_______________________________

UTAX CD 1042 / 1052 Service Manual

Safety warnings and precautions

Various symbols are used to protect our service personnel andcustomers from physical danger and to prevent damage to theirproperty. These symbols are described below:

DANGER: High risk of serious bodily injury or death may result frominsufficient attention to or incorrect compliance with warningmessages using this symbol.

WARNING: Serious bodily injury or death may result from insufficientattention to or incorrect compliance with warning messagesusing this symbol.

CAUTION: Bodily injury or damage to property may result frominsufficient attention to or incorrect compliance with warningmessages using this symbol.

SymbolsThe triangle ( ) symbol indicates a warning including dangerand caution. The specific point of attention is shown insidethe symbol.

General warning.

Warning of risk of electric shock.

Warning of high temperature.

indicates a prohibited action. The specific prohibition isshown inside the symbol.

General prohibited action.

Disassembly prohibited.

indicates that action is required. The specific actionrequired is shown inside the symbol.

General action required.

Remove the power plug from the wall outlet.

Always ground the copier.

1. Installation Precautions

WARNING

• Do not use a power supply with a voltage other than that specified.Avoid multiple connections to one outlet: they may cause fire or electricshock. When using an extension cable, always check that it isadequate for the rated current. ...............................................................

• Connect the ground wire to a suitable grounding point. Not groundingthe copier may cause fire or electric shock. Connecting the earth wireto an object not approved for the purpose may cause explosion orelectric shock. Never connect the ground cable to any of the following:gas pipes, lightning rods, ground cables for telephone lines and waterpipes or faucets not approved by the proper authorities. ........................

CAUTION:

• Do not place the copier on an infirm or angled surface: the copier maytip over, causing injury. ...........................................................................

• Do not install the copier in a humid or dusty place. This may cause fireor electric shock. .....................................................................................

• Do not install the copier near a radiator, heater, other heat source ornear flammable material. This may cause fire. .......................................

• Allow sufficient space around the copier to allow the ventilation grills tokeep the machine as cool as possible. Insufficient ventilation maycause heat buildup and poor copying performance. ...............................

• Always handle the machine by the correct locations when moving it. ....

• Always use anti-toppling and locking devices on copiers so equipped.Failure to do this may cause the copier to move unexpectedly ortopple, leading to injury. ..........................................................................

• Avoid inhaling toner or developer excessively. Protect the eyes. If toneror developer is accidentally ingested, drink a lot of water to dilute it inthe stomach and obtain medical attention immediately. If it gets into theeyes, rinse immediately with copious amounts of water and obtainmedical attention. ....................................................................................

• Advice customers that they must always follow the safety warnings andprecautions in the copier’s instruction handbook. ...................................

2. Precautions for Maintenance

WARNING

• Always remove the power plug from the wall outlet before startingmachine disassembly. ............................................................................

• Always follow the procedures for maintenance described in the servicemanual and other related brochures. ......................................................

• Under no circumstances attempt to bypass or disable safety featuresincluding safety mechanisms and protective circuits. .............................

• Always use parts having the correct specifications. ...............................

• Always use the thermostat or thermal fuse specified in the servicemanual or other related brochure when replacing them. Using a pieceof wire, for example, could lead to fire or other serious accident. ...........

• When the service manual or other serious brochure specifies adistance or gap for installation of a part, always use the correct scaleand measure carefully. ...........................................................................

• Always check that the copier is correctly connected to an outlet with aground connection. .................................................................................

• Check that the power cable covering is free of damage. Check that thepower plug is dust-free. If it is dirty, clean it to remove the risk of fire orelectric shock. .........................................................................................

• Never attempt to disassemble the optical unit in machines using lasers.Leaking laser light may damage eyesight. ..............................................

• Handle the charger sections with care. They are charged to highpotentials and may cause electric shock if handled improperly. .............

CAUTION

• Wear safe clothing. If wearing loose clothing or accessories such asties, make sure they are safely secured so they will not be caught inrotating sections. .....................................................................................

• Use utmost caution when working on a powered machine. Keep awayfrom chains and belts. .............................................................................

• Handle the fixing section with care to avoid burns as it can beextremely hot. .........................................................................................

• Check that the fixing unit thermistor, heat and press rollers are clean.Dirt on them can cause abnormally high temperatures. .........................

• Do not remove the ozone filter, if any, from the copier except forroutine replacement. ...............................................................................

• Do not pull on the AC power cord or connector wires on high-voltagecomponents when removing them; always hold the plug itself. ..............

• Do not route the power cable where it may be stood on or trapped. Ifnecessary, protect it with a cable cover or other appropriate item. ........

• Treat the ends of the wire carefully when installing a new charger wireto avoid electric leaks. ............................................................................

• Remove toner completely from electronic components. .........................

• Run wire harnesses carefully so that wires will not be trapped ordamaged. ................................................................................................

• After maintenance, always check that all the parts, screws, connectorsand wires that were removed, have been refitted correctly. Specialattention should be paid to any forgotten connector, trapped wire andmissing screws. ......................................................................................

• Check that all the caution labels that should be present on the machineaccording to the instruction handbook are clean and not peeling.Replace with new ones if necessary. ......................................................

• Handle greases and solvents with care by following the instructionsbelow: .....................................................................................................· Use only a small amount of solvent at a time, being careful not to

spill. Wipe spills off completely.· Ventilate the room well while using grease or solvents.· Allow applied solvents to evaporate completely before refitting the

covers or turning the main switch on.· Always wash hands afterwards.

• Never dispose of toner or toner bottles in fire. Toner may causesparks when exposed directly to fire in a furnace, etc. .........................

• Should smoke be seen coming from the copier, remove the powerplug from the wall outlet immediately. ..................................................

3. Miscellaneous

WARNING

• Never attempt to heat the drum or expose it to any organic solventssuch as alcohol, other than the specified refiner; it may generate toxicgas. .........................................................................................................

CAUTION

Danger of explosion if battery is incorrectly replaced.Replace only with the same or equivalent type recommendedby the manufacturer. Dispose of used batteries according tothe manufacturer’s instructions.

CAUTION

Double-pole/neutral fusing.

1-1-1

2A3/4

CONTENTS

I THEORY AND CONSTRUCTION SECTION1-1 Specifications

1-1-1 Specifications ................................................................................ 1-1-11-2 Handling Precautions

1-2-1 Drum ............................................................................................. 1-2-11-2-2 Developer and toner ...................................................................... 1-2-1

1-3 Mechanical Construction1-3-1 Parts names and their functions .................................................... 1-3-11-3-2 Machine cross section ................................................................... 1-3-41-3-3 Drive system ................................................................................. 1-3-51-3-4 Mechanical construction ................................................................ 1-3-8

II ELECTRICAL SECTION2-1 Electrical Parts Layout

2-1-1 Electrical parts layout .................................................................... 2-1-12-2 Detection of Paper Misfeed

2-2-1 Paper misfeed detection ............................................................... 2-2-12-2-2 Paper misfeed detection conditions .............................................. 2-2-22-2-3 Original misfeed detection ........................................................... 2-2-142-2-4 Original misfeed detection conditions ......................................... 2-2-15

2-3 Operation of the PCBs2-3-1 Power source PCB ........................................................................ 2-3-12-3-2 Engine PCB ................................................................................... 2-3-32-3-3 Main PCB ...................................................................................... 2-3-42-3-4 Memory copy PCB ........................................................................ 2-3-62-3-5 Scanner motor PCB ...................................................................... 2-3-82-3-6 CCD PCB ...................................................................................... 2-3-92-3-7 DF driver PCB ............................................................................. 2-3-112-3-8 Operation unit main PCB,operation unit right PCB,and

operation unit left PCB ................................................................ 2-3-122-3-9 Deck main PCB (42 ppm: optional/52 ppm: standard) ................ 2-3-16

III SET UP AND ADJUSTMENT SECTION 3-1 Installation

3-1-1 Unpacking and installation ............................................................ 3-1-13-1-2 Setting initial copy modes ........................................................... 3-1-293-1-3 Installing the memory copy kit

(42 ppm: optional/52 ppm: standard) .......................................... 3-1-303-1-4 Installing the image memory SIMM (option) ................................ 3-1-333-1-5 Installing the optical heater (service part) ................................... 3-1-353-1-6 Installing the drawer heater (service part) ................................... 3-1-383-1-7 Installing the key counter (option) ............................................... 3-1-413-1-8 Installing the dehumidfier heaters (service part) ......................... 3-1-443-1-9 Installing the MMD host monitorig system device

(optional for 120 V specifications only) ....................................... 3-1-47

1-1-2

2A3/4

3-2 Maintenance Mode3-2-1 Maintenance mode ........................................................................ 3-2-13-2-2 Copier management .................................................................... 3-2-99

3-3 Assembly and Disassembly3-3-1 Precautions for assembly and disassembly .................................. 3-3-13-3-2 Paper feed section ........................................................................ 3-3-33-3-3 Optical section ............................................................................. 3-3-233-3-4 Main charging section ................................................................. 3-3-423-3-5 Drum section ............................................................................... 3-3-453-3-6 Developing section ...................................................................... 3-3-513-3-7 Transfer and separation section .................................................. 3-3-563-3-8 Cleaning section .......................................................................... 3-3-593-3-9 Fixing section .............................................................................. 3-3-64

3-3-10 Feedshift and duplex section ...................................................... 3-3-803-3-11 SRDF section .............................................................................. 3-3-893-3-12 Large paper deck section

(42 ppm: optional/52 ppm: standard) ........................................ 3-3-1023-4 PCB Initial Settings

3-4-1 Replacing the main PCB ............................................................... 3-4-13-4-2 Replacing the main PCB ROMs .................................................... 3-4-23-4-3 Adjustment-free variable resisters (VR) ........................................ 3-4-3

3-5 Self-Diagnosis3-5-1 Self-diagnosis ................................................................................ 3-5-1

3-6 Troubleshooting3-6-1 Image formation problems ............................................................ 3-6-13-6-2 Paper misfeeds ........................................................................... 3-6-183-6-3 PCB terminal voltages ................................................................. 3-6-333-6-4 Electrical problems ...................................................................... 3-6-733-6-5 Mechanical problems .................................................................. 3-6-97

3-7 AppendixesTiming chart No. 1 .................................................................................... 3-7-1Timing chart No. 2 .................................................................................... 3-7-2Timing chart No. 3 .................................................................................... 3-7-3Timing chart No. 4 .................................................................................... 3-7-4Timing chart No. 5 .................................................................................... 3-7-5Timing chart No. 6 .................................................................................... 3-7-6Timing chart No. 7 .................................................................................... 3-7-7Timing chart No. 8 .................................................................................... 3-7-8Timing chart No. 9 .................................................................................... 3-7-9Timing chart No. 10 ................................................................................ 3-7-10Timing chart No. 11 ................................................................................ 3-7-11Timing chart No. 12 ................................................................................ 3-7-12Power source PCB 1/2 ........................................................................... 3-7-13Power source PCB 2/2 ........................................................................... 3-7-14Engine PCB 1/2 ...................................................................................... 3-7-15Engine PCB 2/2 ...................................................................................... 3-7-16Main PCB 1/9 .......................................................................................... 3-7-17Main PCB 2/9 .......................................................................................... 3-7-18Main PCB 3/9 .......................................................................................... 3-7-19Main PCB 4/9 .......................................................................................... 3-7-20

1-1-3

2A3/4

Main PCB 5/9 .......................................................................................... 3-7-21Main PCB 6/9 .......................................................................................... 3-7-22Main PCB 7/9 .......................................................................................... 3-7-23Main PCB 8/9 .......................................................................................... 3-7-24Main PCB 9/9 .......................................................................................... 3-7-25Memory copy PCB 1/12 .......................................................................... 3-7-26Memory copy PCB 2/12 .......................................................................... 3-7-27Memory copy PCB 3/12 .......................................................................... 3-7-28Memory copy PCB 4/12 .......................................................................... 3-7-29Memory copy PCB 5/12 .......................................................................... 3-7-30Memory copy PCB 6/12 .......................................................................... 3-7-31Memory copy PCB 7/12 .......................................................................... 3-7-32Memory copy PCB 8/12 .......................................................................... 3-7-33Memory copy PCB 9/12 .......................................................................... 3-7-34Memory copy PCB 10/12 ........................................................................ 3-7-35Memory copy PCB 11/12 ........................................................................ 3-7-36Memory copy PCB 12/12 ........................................................................ 3-7-37Scanner motor PCB ................................................................................ 3-7-38CCD PCB ................................................................................................ 3-7-39DF driver PCB ......................................................................................... 3-7-40Operation unit main PCB 1/2 .................................................................. 3-7-41Operation unit main PCB 2/2 .................................................................. 3-7-42Operation unit right PCB ......................................................................... 3-7-43Operation unit left PCB ........................................................................... 3-7-44Deck main PCB ...................................................................................... 3-7-45Interface PCB ......................................................................................... 3-7-46SRDF connection diagram ...................................................................... 3-7-47General connection diagram (42 ppm copier) ........................................ 3-7-48General connection diagram (52 ppm copier) ........................................ 3-7-49SRDF wiring diagram .............................................................................. 3-7-50Large paper deck wiring diagram ........................................................... 3-7-51

THEORY ANDCONSTRUCTION

SECTION

I

1-1-5

2A3/4

CONTENTS

1-1 Specifications

1-1-1 Specifications ...................................................................................... 1-1-1

2A3/4

1-1-1

1-1-1 Specifications

Copier (42 ppm copier)Type ……………………………DesktopCopying system ………………Dry, indirect electrostatic systemOriginals ………………………Sheets and books

Maximum size: A3/11" × 17"Original feed system …………FixedCopy paper ……………………Drawer and duplex unit: Plain paper (64 – 80 g/m2)

Bypass table: Plain paper (60 – 160 g/m2)Special paper: Transparencies, tracing paper, coloredpaper, letterhead and envelopes (only when used as aprinter)Note: Use the bypass table for special paper.

Copying sizes …………………Maximum: A3/11" × 17"Minimum: A6R/51/2" × 81/2"During duplex copyingMaximum: A3/11" × 17"Minimum: A5R/51/2" × 81/2"

Magnification ratios ……………Manual mode: 25 – 400%, 1% incrementsAuto copy mode: Fixed ratiosMetric

1:1 ± 0.1%, 1:4.00/1:2.00/1:1.41/1:1.06/1:0.75/1:0.70/1:0.50/1:0.25

Inch1:1 ± 0.1%, 1:4.00/1:2.00/1:1.29/1:1.21/1:0.78/1:0.64/1:0.50/1:0.25

Copy speed ……………………At 100% magnification in memory copy mode:A4/11" × 81/2": 42 copies/min.A4R/81/2" × 11": 32 copies/min.A3/11" × 17": 24 copies/min.B5 : 42 copies/min.B5R : 36 copies/min.B4 (257 × 364)/81/2" × 14": 28 copies/min.

When the SRDF is used (at 100% magnification):A4/11" × 81/2": 42 copies/min.

First copy time …………………4.5 s or less (A4/11" × 81/2", 100% magnification,upper drawer, manual copy density control)

Warm-up time …………………120 s or less (room temperature 20˚C/68˚F, 65%RH)Paper feed system ……………Automatic feed

Capacity:Drawers: 550 sheets

Manual feedCapacity:

Bypass: 100 sheetsPhotoconductor ………………OPC (drum diameter 60 mm)Charging system ………………Single positive corona charging, 670 – 730 µAExposure light source …………Semiconductor laserExposure scanning system …Polygon mirror

2A3/4

1-1-2

Developing system …………… Dry, reverse developing (magnetic brush)Developer: 2-component, ferrite carrier and N29T blacktonerToner density control: toner sensorToner replenishing: automatic from a toner cartridge

Transfer system ……………… Single negative corona charging, –210 µASeparation system …………… Single AC corona chargingFixing system ………………… Heat roller

Heat source: halogen heaters (main 850 W, sub 850 W)Control temperature: 180˚C/356˚F (at normal ambienttemperature)Abnormally high temperature protection devices:140˚C/284˚F thermostatFixing pressure: 210 N

Charge erasing system ……… Exposure by cleaning lampCleaning system ……………… Cleaning bladeScanning system ……………… Flat bed scanning by CCD image sensorBit map memory ……………… 12 MB (standard)Image storage memory ……… 32 MB (standard)Resolution ……………………… 600 × 600 dpiLight source …………………… Inert gas lamp (12 W)Dimensions …………………… 627 (W) × 748 (D) × 841 (H) mm

2411/16" (W) × 297/16" (D) × 331/8" (H)Weight ………………………… 129 kg/283.8 lbsFloor requirements …………… 1287 mm (W) × 748 (D)mm

505/16" (W) × 297/16" (D)Functions ……………………… (1) Self-diagnostics

(2) Preheat(3) Automatic copy density control(4) Original size detection(5) Automatic paper selection(6) Automatic magnification selection(7) Enlargement/reduction copy(8) Fixed ratio selection(9) Size zoom mode

(10) XY zoom mode(11) Photo mode(12) Duplex copy(13) Margin copy(14) Print page numbers function(15) Split copy(16) Border erasing(17) Sheet copy(18) Transparency backing sheet function(19) Form overlay(20) Combine copy(21) Booklet + cover copy(22) Sort copy(23) Invert copy(24) Mirror image mode

2A3/4

1-1-3

(25) Program copy(26) Setting change mode(27) Job build mode(28) Department control(29) Weekly timer(30) Language selection

Power source ………………… 120 V AC, 60 Hz, 10.5 A220 – 240 V AC, 50 or 60 Hz, 4.9 A

Power consumption …………… 1300 W (for 120 V specifications)1200 W (for 220-240 V specifications)

Options ………………………… Paper feed desk, large paper deck, finisher, key counter,key card*, printer unit, memory copy board, additionalmemory (16 MB/32 MB), booklet stitcher, MMD hostmonitoring system device* and copy tray*.

* for 120 V specifications only

2A3/4

1-1-4

Copier (52 ppm copier)Type ……………………………ConsoleCopying system ………………Dry, indirect electrostatic systemOriginals ………………………Sheets and books

Maximum size: A3/11" × 17"Original feed system …………FixedCopy paper ……………………Drawer and duplex unit: Plain paper (64 – 80 g/m2)

Bypass table: Plain paper (60 – 160 g/m2)Special paper: Transparencies, tracing paper, coloredpaper, letterhead and envelopes (only when used as aprinter)Note: Use the bypass table for special paper.

Copying sizes …………………Maximum: A3/11" × 17"Minimum: A6R/51/2" × 81/2"During duplex copyingMaximum: A3/11" × 17"Minimum: A5R/51/2" × 81/2"

Magnification ratios ……………Manual mode: 25 – 400%, 1% incrementsAuto copy mode: Fixed ratiosMetric

1:1 ± 0.1%, 1:4.00/1:2.00/1:1.41/1:1.06/1:0.75/1:0.70/1:0.50/1:0.25

Inch1:1 ± 0.1%, 1:4.00/1:2.00/1:1.29/1:1.21/1:0.78/1:0.64/1:0.50/1:0.25

Copy speed ……………………At 100% magnification in memory copy mode:A4/11" × 81/2": 52 copies/min.A4R/81/2" × 11": 35 copies/min.A3/11" × 17": 26 copies/min.B5 : 52 copies/min.B5R : 42 copies/min.B4 (257 × 364)/81/2" × 14": 31 copies/min.

When the SRDF is used (at 100% magnification):A4/11" × 81/2": 42 copies/min.

First copy time …………………4.5 s or less (A4/11" × 81/2", 100% magnification,upper drawer, manual copy density control)

Warm-up time …………………180 s or less (room temperature 20˚C/68˚F, 65%RH)Paper feed system ……………Automatic feed

Capacity:Drawers: 550 sheets

Manual feedCapacity:

Bypass: 100 sheetsPhotoconductor ………………OPC (drum diameter 60 mm)Charging system ………………Single positive corona charging, 670 – 730 µAExposure light source …………Semiconductor laserExposure scanning system …Polygon mirrorDeveloping system ……………Dry, reverse developing (magnetic brush)

Developer: 2-component, ferrite carrier and N29T blacktoner

2A3/4

1-1-5

Toner density control: toner sensorToner replenishing: automatic from a toner cartridge

Transfer system ……………… Single negative corona charging, –210 µASeparation system …………… Single AC corona chargingFixing system ………………… Heat roller

Heat source: halogen heaters (main 850 W, sub 850W)Control temperature: 190˚C/374˚F (at normal ambienttemperature)Abnormally high temperature protection devices:140˚C/284˚F thermostatFixing pressure: 210 N

Charge erasing system ……… Exposure by cleaning lampCleaning system ……………… Cleaning bladeScanning system ……………… Flat bed scanning by CCD image sensorBit map memory ……………… 12 MB (standard)Image storage memory ……… 32 MB (standard)Resolution ……………………… 600 × 600 dpiLight source …………………… Inert gas lamp (12 W)Dimensions …………………… 627 (W) × 748 (D) × 1131 (H) mm

2411/16" (W) × 297/16" (D) × 449/16" (H)Weight ………………………… 160 kg/352 lbsFloor requirements …………… 1287 mm (W) × 748 (D)mm

505/16" (W) × 297/16" (D)Functions ……………………… (1) Self-diagnostics

(2) Preheat(3) Automatic copy density control(4) Original size detection(5) Automatic paper selection(6) Automatic magnification selection(7) Enlargement/reduction copy(8) Fixed ratio selection(9) Size zoom mode

(10) XY zoom mode(11) Photo mode(12) Duplex copy(13) Margin copy(14) Print page numbers function(15) Split copy(16) Border erasing(17) Sheet copy(18) Transparency backing sheet function(19) Form overlay(20) Combine copy(21) Booklet + cover copy(22) Sort copy(23) Invert copy(24) Mirror image mode(25) Program copy(26) Setting change mode(27) Job build mode

2A3/4

1-1-6

(28) Department control(29) Weekly timer(30) Language selection

Power source …………………120 V AC, 60 Hz, 10.5 A220 – 240 V AC, 50 or 60 Hz, 4.9 A

Power consumption ……………1200 W (for 120 V specifications)1300 W (for 220-240 V specifications)

Options …………………………Finisher, key counter, key card*, printer unit, additionalmemory (16 MB/32 MB) , MMD host monitoring systemdevice* and copy tray** for 120 V specifications only

SRDFOriginal feed system …………Automatic feedOriginals ………………………SheetsOriginal weights ………………Single-sided original mode: 35 – 160 g/m2

Double-sided original mode: 50 – 120 g/m2

Original paper …………………Plain paper, thermal paper, art paper, colored paperOriginal sizes …………………A3 – A5R, folio/11" × 17" – 81/2" × 51/2"No. of originals …………………Up to 50 sheets (A3, B4, folio, 11" × 17", 81/2" × 14")

Up to 70 sheets (up to A4/11" × 81/2")Up to 50 sheets in the auto selection modeArt or thermal paper must be fed individually.

Power source …………………Electrically connected to the copier

Large paper deckPaper ……………………………Plain paper (64 – 80 g/m2)Paper size ………………………A4/11" × 81/2", B5Capacity ………………………3000 sheets (1500 sheets × 2)No. of stacks ……………………2Power source …………………Electrically connected to the copier

1-1-7

2A3/4

CONTENTS

1-2 Handling Precautions

1-2-1 Drum ................................................................................................... 1-2-11-2-2 Developer and toner ........................................................................... 1-2-1

2A3/4

1-2-1

1-2-1 DrumNote the following when handling or storing the drum.• When removing the image formation unit, never expose the drum surface to strong direct

light.• Keep the drum at an ambient temperature between –20°C/–4°F and 40°C/104°F and at

a relative humidity not higher than 85% RH. Avoid abrupt changes in temperature andhumidity.

• Avoid exposure to any substance which is harmful to or may affect the quality of the drum.• Do not touch the drum surface with any object. Should it be touched by hands or stained

with oil, clean it.• If the machine is left open for more than 5 minutes for maintenance, remove the drum and

store it in the drum storage bag (Part No. 78369020).

1-2-2 Developer and tonerStore the developer and toner in a cool, dark place. Avoid direct light and high humidity.

1-1-9

2A3/4

CONTENTS

1-3 Mechanical Construction

1-3-1 Parts names and their functions ......................................................... 1-3-11-3-2 Machine cross section ........................................................................ 1-3-41-3-3 Drive system ....................................................................................... 1-3-51-3-4 Mechanical construction ..................................................................... 1-3-8

(1) Paper feed section ...................................................................... 1-3-8(1-1) Paper feed from the drawers ............................................ 1-3-8(1-2) Paper feed from the bypass table .................................... 1-3-13

(2) Main charging section ................................................................ 1-3-16(3) Optical section ............................................................................ 1-3-19

Original scanning ........................................................................ 1-3-20Image printing ............................................................................ 1-3-22

(4) Developing section .................................................................... 1-3-25Formation of magnetic brush ..................................................... 1-3-27Toner density control ................................................................. 1-3-29Correcting toner feed start level ................................................ 1-3-31Toner level detection ................................................................. 1-3-34Toner hopper lockup detection .................................................. 1-3-35

(5) Transfer and separation section ................................................ 1-3-36Charger wire cleaning ............................................................... 1-3-38

(6) Cleaning section ........................................................................ 1-3-40(7) Charge erasing section ............................................................. 1-3-41(8) Fixing section ............................................................................ 1-3-43

Heating the heat roller and detecting temperature .................... 1-3-45Fixing temperature control ......................................................... 1-3-46Paper separation ....................................................................... 1-3-48

(9) Feedshift and eject section........................................................ 1-3-49(10) Duplex section ........................................................................... 1-3-51

Duplex copying operation timing ............................................... 1-3-54(11) SRDF ......................................................................................... 1-3-57

(11-1) Original feed section ....................................................... 1-3-57Original feed timing ......................................................... 1-3-59

(11-2) Original switchback section ............................................ 1-3-60Operation of original switchback ..................................... 1-3-62

(11-3) Original conveying section .............................................. 1-3-63Original switchback/conveying timing ............................. 1-3-65

(12) Large paper deck (42 ppm: optional/52 ppm: standard) ........... 1-3-67(12-1) Right cassette primary paper feed.................................. 1-3-69(12-2) Left cassette primary paper feed .................................... 1-3-72(12-3) Raising and lowering the lifts .......................................... 1-3-74(12-4) Detecting the paper level ................................................ 1-3-76

AA A

A

AA A

A

E

E E

E

E

E E

E

EA

EA

2AD (MCA)

2A3/4

1-3-1

1-3-1 Part names and their functions

• 42 ppm copier

Figure 1-3-1-a

9 0 !

#

@

$

¨%

8

Á

645

1

2

3

7

^

) ⁄ ¤ ‹

›

fi

Á

„

ˆ

Œ

·‡

fl

°

‚

´‰ˇ

& * (

1 Contact platen2 Original size indictor lines3 Operation panel4 Bypass table5 Insert guide6 Support guide7 Front cover8 Right cover9 Duplex unit0 Re-feeding section

! Duplex unit cover@ Upper drawer# Length guide tab$ Width guide tab% Lower drawer^ DF original reversing cover& Original set indicator* Original insertion guides( Original table) DF opening/closing lever

⁄ Original ejection cover¤ Paper ejection guide‹ Main switch› Left coverfi Copy tray*1

fl Toner cartridge‡ Toner cartridge release lever° Image formation unit release button· Image formation unit handle‚ Paper transfer unit release lever

Œ Paper feed section knob„ Fixing unit´ Fixing unit handle‰ Fixing knobˇ Fixing unit release leverÁ Handles for transport¨ Paper feed desk*2

ˆ Large paper deck*2

*1: Optional for 120 V specifications.*2: Optional.

AA A A

A

AA A A

A

E

E E E

E

E

E E E

E

2AD (MCA)

2A3/4

1

5

46

fl

‡

°

Î

Ø∏ÅÍ ˆ

Á

ˇ

‰´

Œ

·

‹ › fi

¤⁄)(

„‚

¨

Î

8

@

$

#

2

3

7

0

9

!

&^

%

*

Figure 1-3-1-b

1 Contact platen2 Original size indictor lines3 Operation panel4 Bypass table5 Insert guide6 Support guide7 Front cover8 Right cover9 Upper drawer0 Length guide tab! Width guide tab

@ Lower drawer# Large paper deck$ Deck side cover% Drawer^ Deck front cover& Lifts* Paper side guides( DF original reversing cover) Original set indicator⁄ Original insertion guides¤ Original table

‹ DF opening/closing lever› Original ejection coverfi Paper ejection guidefl Main switch‡ Left cover° Copy tray*· Toner cartridge‚ Toner cartridge release leverŒ Image formation unit release button„ Image formation unit handle´ Paper transfer unit release lever

‰ Paper feed section knobˇ Duplex unitÁ Re-feeding section¨ Duplex unit coverˆ Duplex unit handleØ Fixing unit∏ Fixing unit handleÅ Fixing knobÍ Fixing unit release leverÎ Handles for transport* Optional for 120 V specifications.

• 52 ppm copier

1-3-2

AA A

A

AA A

A

E

E E

E

E

E E

E

EA

EA

2AD (MCA)

2A3/4

Figure 1-3-2 Operation panel

1 Punch mode key2 Punch mode indicator3 Staple sort mode key4 Staple sort mode indicator5 Sorter mode key6 Sort mode indicator7 Group mode indicator8 Brightness adjustment control9 Data indicator0 Program key! Manual key@ Add job key# Copier/printer switching key$ Touch panel% Numeric keys^ Stop/clear key& Print key* Print indicator( Reset key) Auto selection key⁄ Auto selection indicator¤ Energy saver key‹ Energy saver indicator› Interrupt keyfi Interrupt indicator

Metric

Inch

1-3-3

AA A A

A

AA A A

A

E

E E E

E

E

E E E

E

2AD (MCA)

2A3/4

1-3-2 Machine cross section

3

2

Paper and original path

Light path

8

9

0

1

!

4

7

5

6

Figure 1-3-3 Machine cross section—copier and SRDF

1 Paper feed section (page 1-3-8)2 Main charging section (page 1-3-16)3 Optical section (page 1-3-19)4 Developing section (page 1-3-25)5 Transfer and separation section (page 1-3-36)6 Cleaning section (page 1-3-40)7 Charge erasing section (page 1-3-41)8 Fixing section (page 1-3-43)9 Feedshift and eject section (page 1-3-49)0 Duplex section (page 1-3-51)! SRDF (page 1-3-57)

Figure 1-3-4 Machine cross section—Large paper deck(42 ppm: optional/52 ppm: standard)

Paper path

Large paper deck(page 1-3-67)

1-3-4

2A3/4

1-3-7

$ Pulley 20, gear 32% One-way drum^ Pulley 18-OW& Pulse gear* Belt 258( Belt 234) Belt 144⁄ Gear 1.0-24¤ Lift pulley‹ Left lift belt assembly› Right lift belt assemblyfi Paper deck motor gearfl Pulley 16

1 Belt 180-62 Paper feed clutch 13 Paper feed clutch 24 Paper conveying clutch5 Gear 206 Gear 267 Gear 50-208 Gear 35-1-209 Pulley 180 Gear 43-20! Pulley S2M-18@ Gear 16# Roller 0.8-20

As viewed from machine front

!1065

78fl

2

6$%5

(*$

59%

$)$3

&

5

$ $¤

#⁄

$#@

(5^

‹

&

fi#4fi

%

¤

›⁄

Figure 1-3-9 Drive system—Large paper deck(42 ppm: optional/52 ppm: standard)

2A3/4

1-3-8

1-3-4 Mechanical construction

(1) Paper feed sectionThe paper section consists of the primary feed and secondary feed subsections.Primary feed conveys paper from the upper drawer, lower drawer or bypass table to theupper and lower registration rollers, at which point secondary feed takes place and thepaper travels to the transfer section in sync with the printing timing.

(1-1) Paper feed from the drawers

1

3¤

„ ‚

!

ŒÍ

)∏

Å)

Î

9‡°

8&

⁄

⁄

´

3‹

2

1

@#¨

(

#

0

fl

Á

fi

›

(

#

#

ˇ

‰

ˆØ%

^*

·$46

5

7

2

Figure 1-3-10 Drawer paper feed and secondary paper feed sections

2A3/4

1-3-9

1 Forwarding pulley2 Upper paper feed pulley3 Lower paper feed pulley4 Upper feed roller5 Lower feed roller6 Upper feed guide plate7 Middle feed guide plate8 Lower feed guide plate9 Feed roller 10 Feed roller 2! Feed roller 3@ Feed roller 4# Feed pulley$ Upper registration roller% Lower registration roller^ Upper registration guide& Lower registration guide* Lower pre-transfer guide( Feed guide) Drawer lift⁄ Lift operation plate¤ Upper paper feed clutch (PFCL-U)‹ Lower paper feed clutch (PFCL-L)› Feed clutch 1 (FCL1)

fi Feed clutch 2 (FCL2)fl Feed clutch 3 (FCL3)‡ Feed clutch 4 (FCL4)° Feed clutch 5 (FCL5)· Registration clutch (RCL)‚ Upper paper switch (PSW-U)Œ Lower paper switch (PSW-L)„ Upper lift limit switch (LICSW-U)´ Lower lift limit switch (LICSW-L)‰ Paper feed switch 1 (PFSW1)ˇ Paper feed switch 2 (PFSW2)Á Paper feed switch 3 (PFSW3)¨ Paper feed switch 4 (PFSW4)ˆ Feed switch (FSW)Ø Registration switch (RSW)” Upper paper length switch

(PLSW-U)Å Lower paper length switch

(PLSW-L)Í*Upper paper width switch

(PWSW-U)Î*Lower paper width switch

(PWSW-L)

* For inch specifications only.

2A3/4

1-3-10

Each drawer consists of a lift driven by the lift motor and other components. Eachdrawer can hold up to 550 sheets of paper.Paper is fed from the drawer by the rotation of the forwarding pulley and upper paperfeed pulley. The lower paper feed pulley prevents multiple sheets from being fed at onetime, via the torque limiter.

CN13-4

CN13-13

CN13-7CN13-10

CN8-B11

CN8-B2

CN13-1

CN12-A2

CN8-B9CN12-A4

CN12-A8

CN15-3CN15-9

CN12-A10

CN15-4CN15-10CN15-14

EPCB

CN15-13

RCL

RSW

FSW

PFSW1

FCL5 FCL4

FCL1

FCL2

PFSW2PFCLU

PFSW3

PFSW4

LICSW-U PSW-U

PFCLL

LICSW-L PSW-LFCL3

Figure 1-3-11 Drawer paper feed section block diagram

2A3/4

1-3-11

174 ms

100 ms

35 ms

100 ms

50 ms

35 ms

74 ms 80 ms

Print key

Image ready

FCL4

FSW

RSW

FCL5

RCL

PFM

DM

PFCL-U

FCL2

PFSW2

FCL1

PFSW1

ABC D E F G H J K

250 ms

163 ms

28 ms

58 ms

Auto copy density control, copy paper: A4/11" × 81/2", magnification ratio 100%

Timing chart 1-3-1 Paper feed from the upper drawer

2A3/4

1-3-12

A When the print key is pressed, the paper feed motor (PFM) turns on, and 250 ms laterthe drive motor (DM) turns on to start drive for the paper feed section.

B 100 ms after the print key is pressed, the upper paper feed clutch (PFCL-U) turns on,and the upper and lower paper feed pulleys rotate to start the primary paper feed.

C 50 ms after the upper paper feed clutch (PFCL-U) turns on, feed clutch 2 (FCL2) turnson, and feed roller 2 rotates.

D 28 ms after the leading edge of the paper turns paper feed switch 2 (PFSW2) on, feedclutch 1 (FCL1) turns on, and feed roller 1 to rotates.

E 163 ms after paper feed switch 2 (PFSW2) turns on, the upper paper feed clutch (PFCL-U) turns off.

F 174 ms after the leading edge of the paper turns paper feed switch 1 (PFSW1) on, feedclutch 4 (FCL4) turns on, and the lower feed roller rotates at high speed to create slackin the paper before registration.

G 58 ms after the trailing edge of the paper turns paper feed switch 2 (PFSW2) turns off,feed clutch 2 (FCL2) turns off.

H 35 ms after the leading edge of the paper turns the registration switch (RSW) on, feedclutches 1 and 4 (FCL1 and FCL4) turn off.

I 74 ms after image ready signal turn on, the registration clutch (RCL) turns on, causingthe upper and lower registration rollers to rotate to start secondary paper feed.Simultaneously, feed clutch 5 (FCL5) turns on and the lower feed roller rotates at lowspeed.

J 100 ms after the trailing edge of the paper turns the feed switch (FSW) off, feed clutch5 (FCL5) turns off.

K 80 ms after the trailing edge of the paper turns the registration switch (RSW) off, theregistration clutch (RCL) turns off.

2A3/4

1-3-13

The bypass table can hold up to 100 sheets of paper at one time.When the start key is pressed, the bypass solenoid (BYPSOL) turns on, unlocking thebypass stopper and lowering the bypass forwarding pulley until it comes into contactwith the paper. This conveys paper placed on the bypass table to the bypass upper andlower paper feed pulleys. The bypass paper feed clutch (BYPPFCL) then turns on,transmitting the drive motor (DM) drive to these pulleys to start primary paper feed.The bypass lower paper feed pulley rotates opposite to the paper feed direction so thatthe torque limiter prevents multiple sheets from being fed at one time.

(1-2) Paper feed from the bypass table

1

#

0

9!

7

8

43

65

2$@

Figure 1-3-12 Bypass paper feed section

1 Bypass table2 Bypass upper guide3 Bypass lower guide4 Bypass stopper5 Bypass friction plate6 Bypass forwarding pulley7 Bypass upper paper feed pulley8 Bypass lower paper feed pulley

9 Bypass paper feed clutch(BYPPFCL)

0 Bypass solenoid (BYPSOL)! Bypass paper switch (BYPPSW)@ Bypass paper length switch

(BYPPLSW)# Bypass paper width switch

(BYPPWSW)$ Bypass table extended detection

switch (BYPEDSW)

2A3/4

1-3-14

RCL

CN14-A4

CN14-A7

CN8-B2

CN13-1

CN12-A2

CN8-B9

EPCB

CN14-A8

RSW

FSW

FCL5

BYPPSW

BYPSOL

FCL4

BYPPFCL

CN8-B11

Figure 1-3-13 Bypass paper feed section block diagram

Print key

Image ready

FSW

RSW

FCL5

RCL

PFM

DM

BYPSOL

BYPPFCL

AB C DE G H I JF

115 ms 100 ms65 ms

250 ms

100 ms

300 ms

74 ms 80 ms

200 ms

90 ms

Auto copy density control, copy paper: A5R/51/2" × 81/2", magnification ratio 25%

Timing chart 1-3-2 Paper feed from the bypass table

2A3/4

1-3-15

A When the print key is pressed, the paper feed motor (PFM) turns on, and 250 ms laterthe drive motor (DM) turn on to start drive for the paper feed section.

B 100 ms after the print key is pressed, the bypass solenoid (BYPSOL) turns on. Thebypass stopper is then unlocked, and the bypass forwarding pulley lowers to forward thepaper.

C 300 ms after the bypass solenoid (BYPSOL) turns on, the bypass paper feed clutch(BYPPFCL) turns on, and the upper and lower bypass paper feed pulleys rotate to startprimary paper feed.

D 115 ms after the leading edge of the paper turn the feed switch (FSW) on, feed clutch5 (FCL5) turns on, and the lower feed roller rotates at low speed to create slack in thepaper before registration.

E 200 ms after the feed switch (FSW) turns on, the bypass paper feed clutch (BYPPFCL)turns off.

F 90 ms after feed clutch 5 (FCL5) turns on, the bypass solenoid (BYPSOL) turns off.G 65 ms after the leading edge of the paper turns the registration switch (RSW) on, feed

clutch 5 (FCL 5) turns off.H 74 ms after the image ready signal turns on, the registration clutch (RCL) turns on, and

the upper and lower registration rollers rotate to start secondary paper feed.Simultaneously, feed clutch 5 (FCL5) turns on and lower feed roller rotates at low speed.

I 100 ms after the trailing edge of the paper turns the feed switch (FSW) off, feed clutch5 (FCL5) turns off.

J 80 ms after the trailing edge of the paper turns the registration switch (RSW) off, theregistration clutch (RCL) turns off.

2A3/4

1-3-16

(2) Main charging sectionThe main charging section consists of the drum and the main charger assembly.The main charger assembly charges the drum so that a latent image is formed on thesurface, the charger grid ensuring the charge is applied uniformly.

Drum

Main charger assembly Main charger gridTungsten wire

Figure 1-3-14 Main charging section

2A3/4

1-3-17

9

3

!

6

4

0

7

2

5

1

8

Figure 1-3-15 Main charger

1 Main charger front housing2 Main charger rear housing3 Main charger front lid4 Main charger rear lid5 Main charger shield

6 Tungsten wire7 Charger spring8 Charger terminal9 Charger pin0 Main charger grid! Grid tension plate

CN5-B13

CN5-B11

CN5-B12

CN5-B1

MC REM

24 V DC

MC ALM

GRID CONT

HVTPCB

MC

EPCB

CN1-1

CN1-13

CN1-3 TB

CN1-2Grid

Drum

Figure 1-3-16 Main charging section block diagram

2A3/4

1-3-18

Print key

PFM

MC REM

ESW

CFM1

A B C

520 ms

290-30000 ms

300 ms

360 ms

Auto copy density control, copy paper: A4/11" × 81/2", magnification ratio 100%

Timing chart1-3-3 Main charging

A When the print key is pressed, the paper feed motor (PFM) turns on.B 520 ms after the paper feed motor (PFM) turns on, main charging (MC REM) starts.C 300 ms after cooling fan motor 1 (CFM1) turns off, main charging (MC REM) is

completed.

2A3/4

1-3-19

(3) Optical sectionThe optical section consists of the scanner, mirror frame and image scanning unit forscanning and the laser scanner unit for printing.

0

#

$ @

1

25

3

!

86

74

9

Figure 1-3-17 Optical section

1 Scanner2 Mirror frame3 Mirror 14 Mirror 25 Mirror 36 Exposure lamp (EL)7 Reflector

8 Image scanning unit9 Lens0 Optical rail! Laser scanner unit (LSU)@ CCD PCB (CCDPCB)# Scanner motor (SM)$ Scanner home position switch

(SHPSW)

2A3/4

1-3-20

Original scanning

The original image is illuminated by the exposure lamp (EL) and scanned by the CCDPCB (CCDPCB) in the image scanning unit via the three mirrors, the reflected lightbeing converted to an electrical signal.The scanner and mirror frame travel to scan on the optical rails on the front and rear ofthe machine to scan from side to side. The speed of the mirror frame is half the speedof the scanner. When the SRDF is used, the scanner and mirror frame stop at the DForiginal scanning position to start scanning.

CN

1-1–

CN

2-1–

CN

4-2

CN

2-6

CN

2-1

CN

2-4

CN

1-14

0

CN

7-1–

CN

7-2

CN

5-1–

CN

5-16

CN

11-1

–C

N11

-11

CN

12-1

–C

N12

-7C

N9-

1–C

N9-

4

CN

8-1–

CN

8-5

CN

7-1–

CN

7-13

CN

1-1–

CN

1-16

CN

1-1–

CN

1-14

0

CN3-6

CN3-1–

CN1-6

CN1-1–

SMPCB INPCB

CCDPCB

EPCB

MPCB

SM

SHPSW

EL

Original

Drum

LSU

Figure 1-3-18 Optical section block diagram

2A3/4

1-3-21

Print key

SMFwd. rotation

Rev. rotation

SHPSW

FVSYNC signal

A B

410 P

414 P

9921 P 110 P

C D

Manual copy density control, copy paper: A3/11" × 17", magnification ratio 100%

Timing chart 1-3-4 Scanner operation

A When the print key is pressed, the scanner motor (SM) reverses for 410 pulses andthen rotates forward.

B 414 pulses after the scanner motor rotates forward, the FVSYNC signal turns on for9921 pulses for scanning.

C The scanner motor (SM) reverses to return the scanner to the home position.D 110 pulses after the scanner home position switch (SHPSW) turns on, the scanner

motor (SM) turns off, and the scanner stops at its home position.

2A3/4

1-3-22

Image printing

The image data scanned by the CCD PCB (CCDPCB) is processed on the main PCB(MPCB) and transmitted as image printing data to the laser scanner unit (LSU). Byrepeatedly turning the laser on and off, the laser scanner unit forms a latent image onthe drum surface.

• Laser scanner unit

Oject mirror

Lens 4

Cylindrical correcting lensBD sensor

Motor drive PCB

Polygon motor (PM)

Polygon mirror

Lens 2Lens 3

Lens 1

Beam spritter

Collimator lenses

Laser diodes (LD)

LD control PCB

BD sensor mirror

Figure 1-3-19 Laser scanner unit (1)

2A3/4

1-3-23

1

2

3

5

5

6

4

0

5 7

8

9

Drum

Figure 1-3-20 Laser scanner unit (2)

1 Laser diodes: Generate the laser beams that form the latent image on the drum.2 Collimator lenses: Collimate the diffused laser beams emitted from the laser diodes into

cylindrical beams.3 Beam splitter: Refracts the laser beam emitted from one of the laser diodes so that it

becomes parallel to the other laser beam, and sends those two beams to lens 1.4 Polygon mirror: 6-faced mirror that rotates at approximately 29527 rpm. Each face

reflects the laser beams toward the drum in the horizontal (main) scan direction. Themotion of the beams across the drum forms one scan line.

5 Lenses 1, 2, 3 and 4: Maintain scanning speed across the drum and beam diametersconstant. These lenses also correct the vertical alignment of the polygon mirror so thatthe focal plane of the laser beams are always on the drum.

6 Object mirror: Reflects the laser beams onto the drum surface.7 BD sensor mirror: Directs a laser beam to the BD sensor to generate the horizontal sync

signal.8 Cylindrical correcting lens: Corrects for the deviation of the laser beam reflected by the

BD sensor mirror.9 BD sensor: Detects the laser beam reflected by BD sensor mirror, and sends the

detection signal to the main PCB (MPCB). The main PCB (MPCB) uses this signal todetermine the horizontal scanning signal timing.

0 Glass dust filter: Prevents dust from entering the unit.

2A3/4

1-3-24

The dimensions of the laser beam are as shown in Figure 1-3-19.

65 µm

70 µm

Figure 1-3-21

Scanning in the main direction is provided by the rotating polygon mirror, while scanningin the auxiliary direction is provided by the rotating drum, forming a static latent imageon the drum.The static latent image of the letter “A”, for example, is formed on the drum surface asshown in Figure 1-3-22. Electrical charge is dissipated on the area of the drum surfaceirradiated by the laser.The focal point of the laser beam is moved line by line, and adjacent lines slightlyoverlap each other.

Mainscanningdirection

Auxilaryscanningdirection

: laser beam is on

Figure 1-3-22

2A3/4

1-3-25

(4) Developing sectionThe developing section consists of the developing unit and the toner recyclingassembly.

Developing unitToner sub hopper

Figure 1-3-23 Developing section

The developing unit consists of the developing roller where a magnetic brush is formed,the doctor blade and the developing spirals that agitate the developer.The toner recycling assembly consists of the toner main and sub-hoppers. In t he mainhopper new toner from the toner cartridge is mixed with residual toner recovered fromthe cleaning section. The mixture is conveyed by the sub-hopper to the developing unit.The toner level detection sensor (TLDS) checks whether or not toner remains in themain hopper.

2A3/4

1-3-26

Toner cartridge paddle

Toner cartridge spiral

Toner cartridge

Toner recycle paddle A

Toner level sensor

Toner hopper lockup sensor

Toner recycle paddle B

Toner recycle spiral

Cleaning unit

Cleaning spiral

Toner feed motorMain hopper spiral

Toner sub hopper

Developing unit

Toner main hopper

Toner recycle motorSub hopper spiral

Toner flow

Figure 1-3-24 Toner recycling

2A3/4

1-3-27

Formation of magnetic brush

The developing roller consists of a magnet roller with five poles and a sleeve roller.Rotation of the sleeve roller around the magnet roller entrains developer, which in turnforms a magnetic brush at pole N1 on the magnet roller. The height of the magnet brushis regulated by the doctor blade; the developing result is affected by the position of thepoles on the magnet roller and the position of the doctor blade.A developing bias voltage generated by the high-voltage transformer (HVTPCB) isapplied to the developing roller to provide image contrast.

7

64

15

23

A

S2

N3

S1

N1

N243.5°

59°

85.5°74.5°

Magnetic poles on the developing roller

Figure 1-3-25 Forming a magnetic brush

A: Distances beteen the doctor blade anddeveloping roller: 0.53 ± 0.05 mm

N1: 830 × 10–4 TN2: 630 × 10–4 TN3: 450 × 10–4 TS1: 860 × 10–4 TS2: 700 × 10–4 T

5 Developing spiral A6 Developing spiral B7 Developing spiral C

1 Developing unit housing2 Developing roller3 Toner sensor (TNS)4 Doctor blade

2A3/4

1-3-28

CN5-B10

CN2

CN1-4

CN2-B9

CN2-B11

CN2-A6CN2-A7CN2-A8

CN2-B3

CN2-A10

CN2-A5

EPCB

TRMTFM

TFM–

TFM+TRM–TRM+

TLDS

TLS

TNS SIG

TNS CONT

DB REM

TNS

HVTPCB

DBCN5-B8 CN1-6

DB CONT

CN5-B1 CN1-1324 V DC

Figure 1-3-26 Developing section block diagram

Toner density is detected by the toner sensor (TNS).The sensor section of the toner sensor detects the ratio of toner to carrier in thedeveloper near it and converts it into a voltage. As more toner is used, the ratio of tonerto carrier decreases, increasing the toner sensor output voltage.When the ratio drops below the specified value, the increase in toner sensor outputvoltage triggers toner replenishing. When toner is added and the ratio of toner to carrierreturns to normal, the toner sensor output voltage drops to the point where tonerreplenishing stops.

2A3/4

1-3-29

Toner density control

Toner density control is conducted using the TARGET value as the reference which isthe toner sensor initial output value set by maintenance item U130 when developer isloaded for the first time.

Toner sensoroutput voltage (V)

Toner empty detection level

Toner empty reset level

Toner feed start level(TARGET by U130)

Toner feed stop level

Copying

Toner being replenished message Toner request message(Toner cartridge to be replaced.)

Aging:1 min: during copying

AB CDEF G HIJ

Figure 1-3-27 Toner density control

A When the toner sensor output voltage exceeds the toner feed start level, the toner feedmotor (TFM) and the toner recycle motor (TRM) operate intermittently—on for 0.5 s andoff for 1.5 s, and on for 1.0 s and off for 1.0 s, respectively—to replenish toner.

B As toner is replenished, the toner sensor output voltage drops below the toner feed stoplevel and replenishing stops.

C Both the toner feed motor (TFM) and toner recycle motor (TRM) operate intermittently—on for 0.5 s and off for 0.5 s—to replenish toner until the toner sensor output voltagereaches the toner empty reset level after exceeding the toner feed start level.

D The toner feed motor (TFM) and toner recycle motor (TRM) operate intermittently—onfor 1.0 s and off for 1.0 s, and on for 1.5 s and off for 0.5 s, respectively—to replenishtoner until the toner sensor output voltage reaches the toner empty detection level afterexceeding the toner feed reset level

E When the toner sensor output voltage exceeds the toner empty detection level aftertoner replenishing is carried out, the toner being replenished message appears. Both thetoner feed motor (TFM) and toner recycle motor (TRM) then operate intermittently—onfor 1.5 s and off for 0.5 s—for 1 min. for aging. If the voltage fails to fall to the toner emptyreset level, the toner request message appears.

2A3/4

1-3-30

FWhen the toner sensor output voltage drops to the toner empty reset level, the tonerbeing replenished message disappears, and both the toner feed motor (TFM) and tonerrecycle motor (TRM) operates intermittently—on for 0.5 s and off for 0.5 s—to replenishtoner.

GWhen toner is replenished, the toner sensor output voltage drops below the toner feedstop level and replenishing stops.

H After the toner cartridge is replaced, both the toner feed motor (TFM) and toner recyclemotor (TRM) operate intermittently—on for 1.5 s and off for 0.5 s—to replenish toner.

IWhen the toner sensor output voltage drops to the toner feed stop level, the toner requestmessage disappears. Both the toner feed motor (TFM) and toner recycle motor (TRM)then operate intermittently—on for 1.0 s and off for 1.0 s—to replenish toner.

JWhen toner is replenished, the toner sensor output voltage drops to the toner feed stoplevel and replenishing stops.

2A3/4

1-3-31

Correcting toner feed start level

The toner feed start level is corrected based on the absolute humidity and the drive timeso that toner density becomes proper depending on the change of the humidity and thedrive time.

• Correction based on the absolute humidity

0.74

0

0 3.09 10.8

B

AMaintenance item U130 performed.

35.9

– 0.16

C

D

Absolute humidity (g/m3)

Correction at the toner feed start level (V)

Figure 1-3-28 Correction based on the absolute humidity

AWhen maintenance item U130 is carried out for initial developer setting, the toner sensorcontrol voltage (CONTROL) is set so that the toner sensor outputs 2.01 V when theabsolute humidity is 10.8 g/m3.

BWhen the absolute humidity is between 0 and 10.8 g/m3, the toner feed start level isdecreased with the absolute humidity so that the toner sensor output voltage drops.

CWhen the absolute humidity is between 10.8 and 35.9 g/m3, the toner feed start level isincreased with the absolute humidity so that the toner sensor output voltage rises.

DWhen the absolute humidity exceeds 35.9 g/m3, the toner feed start level is increasedby 0.74 V to regulate the toner sensor output.

2A3/4

1-3-32

Computing the absolute humidityThe external humidity sensor (EHUMSENS) and external temperature thermistor(ETTH) are located on the humidity sensor PCB (HUMPCB). The external humiditysensor (EHUMSENS) converts the relative humidity detected by the humidity sensingelement into a voltage and sends it to the engine PCB (EPCB). The main PCB(MPCB)computes the absolute humidity based on this EHUMSENS signal and thetemperature (ETTH signal) detected by the external temperature thermistor (ETTH).

HUMPCB

EPCB

EHUMSENS

2 EHUMSENS

1 5 V

CN5-A1

CN5-A2

CN5-A3

CN5-A4

4

3

ETTHETTH

GND

Humidity sensing element

Figure 1-3-29 Absolute humidity computation block diagram

2A3/4

1-3-33

• Correction based on the total drive motor timeThe toner feed start level is also corrected based on the total time the drive motor (DM)has been on from execution of maintenance item U130, so that the toner sensor outputis regulated properly.

0.76

Correction at the toner feed start level (V)

0.46

0.36

0.24

010 30 50 150 Drive time (h)

B

A Maintenance item U130 performed.

CD

E

Figure 1-3-30 Correction based on the total drive motor time

AWhen maintenance item U130 is carried out for initial developer setting, the total drivemotor time is cleared and the correction for the toner feed start level is reset to 0.

BWhen the total drive time reaches 10 hours, the toner feed start level is corrected witha constant value of 0.24 V.

CWhen the total drive time reaches 30 hours, the toner feed start level is corrected witha constant value of 0.36 V.

DWhen the total drive time reaches 50 hours, the toner feed start level is corrected witha constant value of 0.46 V.

EWhen the total drive time exceeds 150 hours, the toner feed start level is corrected witha constant value of 0.76 V.

2A3/4

1-3-34

Toner level detection

The toner level in the toner main hopper is monitored by the toner level detection sensor(TLDS). It converts the presence or absence of toner in the toner main hopper into avoltage and sends it to the main PCB (MPCB), which triggers a message to request thetoner cartridge to be replaced before the recycled toner ratio in the toner main hopperreaches a significant level.

10 s

TFM: on

4.5 V

Toner feed motor (TFM)

Toner level detectionsensor output voltage

0.5 V

10 s

1 min. 5 min.

10 s

Toner request message Toner empty detectionreactivated.

Toner empty detectionreactivated.

Toner cartridge to bereplaced.Toner empty detectionignored.

U 130 performed.Toner empty detection ignored.

A B C D

Figure 1-3-31 Toner level detection

A When the toner level detection sensor (TLDS) output voltage drops below 0.5 V whilethe toner feed motor (TFM) is on, the toner motor drive time starts to be counted.

B If the toner level detection sensor (TLDS) output voltage remains below 0.5 V for 10 s,the toner request message appears.Note: When the toner request message is displayed under these conditions, the

available copy mode and the number of copies that can be made arerestricted as set in maintenance item U258 (see page 3-2-74).

C Toner empty detection is ignored for 1 min. (the toner feed motor on time) after the tonercartridge has been replaced. If the toner level detection sensor (TLDS) output remainsat 4.5 V or above for 10 s, toner empty detection is reactivated.

D Toner empty detection is ignored for 5 min. (the toner feed motor on time) aftermaintenance item U130 has been performed for developer initial setting. If the toner leveldetection sensor (TLDS) output remains at 4.5 V or above for 10 s, toner empty detectionis reactivated.

2A3/4

1-3-35

Toner hopper lockup detection

The amount of recycled toner in the toner main hopper is monitored by the toner hopperlockup sensor (TLS). It converts the presence or absence of toner in the toner mainhopper into a voltage and sends it to the main PCB, which prevents toner main hopperlockup as the amount of the recycled toner in the hopper increases.

Toner feed start level

Toner feed stop level

Toner recycle motor

Toner hopper lockup sensor output voltage (V)

4.5 V

0.5 V

A B C D

1 min

Figure 1-3-32 Toner hopper lockup detection

AWhen the toner hopper lockup sensor (TLS) output voltage is below 0.5 V, toner isreplenished to control toner density.

BWhen the toner hopper lockup sensor (TLS) output voltage exceeds 4.5 V while tonersensor output voltage is below the toner feed start level, toner is not replenished.

CWhen the toner sensor output voltage is over the toner feed start level while the tonerhopper lockup sensor (TLS) output level is over 4.5 V, the toner feed motor (TFM) doesnot operate, while the toner recycle motor (TRM) operates continuously.

DWhen the toner hopper lockup sensor (TLS) output voltage is over 4.5 V, the on-time ofthe toner recycle motor (TRM) is counted. When the continuous on-time exceeds 1 min.,C740 (toner hopper problem) is displayed.

2A3/4

1-3-36

(5) Transfer and separation section

Transfer charger assembly

Drum separation claw

Tungsten wires

Figure 1-3-33 Transfer and separation section

The transfer and separation section consists of the transfer charger assembly and drumseparation claws.The transfer charger assembly consists of the transfer charger that applies a highvoltage to transfer the toner image from the drum surface onto the paper, and theseparation charger that helps the paper separate from the drum surface.In the transfer charger, a high voltage generated by the high-voltage transformer PCB(HVTPCB) is applied to the both ends of the tungsten wire.The separation charger uses the AC voltage applied from the high-voltage transformerPCB to neutralize the residual charge on the paper after the transfer process. The papercan then separate from the drum under its own weight.The separation claws ensure that the paper separates reliably from the drum.

2A3/4

1-3-37

TC REM

TC CONT

SC REM

SC CONT

24 V DC

ST ALM

SC TC

CN5-B7

CN5-B6

CN5-B5

CN5-B4

CN5-B3

CN5-B1

CC

M F

WD

CC

M R

EV

CN

8-B

4

CN

8-B

5

CN1-7

CN1-8

CN1-9

CN1-10

CN1-11

CN1-13

EPCBHVTPCB

Drum

CCM

Figure 1-3-34 Transfer and separation section block diagram

2A3/4

1-3-38

Charger wire cleaning

The charger wires are cleaned by the transfer charger cleaning pad and separationcharger cleaning pad traveling along each wire. The pads are placed on a slider whichmoves back and forth along the charger cleaning spiral as the spiral is turned by thecharger cleaning motor (CCM).The two shield cleaning sponges travel along the transfer charger shield, cleaning theinside of the shield.

6

7

3

1

$

85

#

2

4

9@

0

!

Figure 1-3-35 Transfer charger assembly

1 Transfer charger front housing 8 Tungsten wire for separation2 Transfer charger rear housing 9 Transfer charger cleaning pad3 Transfer charger front lid 0 Separation charger cleaning pad4 Transfer charger rear lid ! Shield cleaning sponges5 Transfer charger shield @ Charger cleaning pad slider6 Separation guide # Charger cleaning spiral7 Tungsten wire for transfer $ Charger cleaning motor (CCM)

2A3/4

1-3-39

Print key

PFM

RSW

RCL

TC REM

SC REM

MC REM

ESW

CFM1

A B C D

520 ms

700 ms

290-30000 ms300 ms

210 ms 270 ms

80 ms

360 ms

E

Image readySecondary paper feed start

Secondary paper feed end

74 ms

Auto copy density control, copy paper: A4/11" × 81/2", magnification ratio 100%

Timing chart 1-3-5 Transfer and separation

A When the print key is pressed, the paper feed motor (PFM) turns on.B 700 ms after the paper feed motor (PFM) turns on, separation charging (SC REM)

starts.C 210 m after the registration clutch (RCL) turn on to start secondary paper feed,

transfer charging (TC REM) starts.D 270 ms after the trailing edge of the paper turns the registration switch (RSW) off,

transfer charging (TC REM) ends.E 290 to 30000 ms after the main charging (MC REM) ends, the paper feed motor

(PFM) turns off and separation charging (SC REM) ends.

2A3/4

1-3-40

(6) Cleaning sectionThe cleaning section consists of the cleaning blade and brush that remove residualtoner from the drum surface after the transfer process, and the cleaning spiral thatcarries the residual toner back to the toner recycling assembly.

4 3

5

1

2

Figure 1-3-36 Cleaning section

1 Drum2 Cleaning blade3 Cleaning brush4 Cleaning spiral5 Lower cleaning seal

2A3/4

1-3-41

(7) Charge erasing sectionThe cleaning lamp (CL) consists of 36 LEDs which remove residual charge from thedrum surface.

Cleaning lamp

Figure 1-3-37 Charge erasing section

CN2-A2

EPCB

CL

Drum

CL REM

Figure 1-3-38 Charge erasing section block diagram

2A3/4

1-3-42

Print key

PFM

CL

A B C

600 ms50 ms

Auto copy density control, copy paper: A4/11" × 81/2", magnification ratio 100%

Timing chart 1-3-6 Charge erasing

A When the print key is pressed, the paper feed motor (PFM) turns on.B 50 ms after the paper feed motor (PFM) turns on, the cleaning lamp (CL) lights to

remove the residual charge from the drum surface after the residual toner isremoved by the cleaning section.

C 600 ms after the paper feed motor (PFM) turns off, the cleaning lamp (CL) turns off.

2A3/4

1-3-43

(8) Fixing section

3

2

1!

4

# 6

9

@

5

07 8

Figure 1-3-39 Fixing section

1 Fixing unit upper cover2 Fixing unit front guide3 Fixing unit upper guide4 Fixing unit lower left guide5 Heat roller6 Press roller7 Heat roller separation claws

8 Fixing heater M (H1)9 Fixing heater S (H2)0 Eject switch (ESW)! Fixing unit thermostat (TH)@ Fixing unit thermistor (FTH)# Press roller separation claws

2A3/4

1-3-44

The fixing section consists of the parts shown in Figure 1-3-39. When paper reaches thefixing section after the transfer process, it passes between the press roller and heatroller, which is heated by fixing heaters M or S (H1 or H2). Pressure is applied by thepressure springs so that the toner on the paper is melted, fused and fixed onto thepaper.When the fixing process is completed, the paper is separated from the heat roller by itsseparation claws and is ejected from the copier to either the eject section or duplexsection.

H1 H2

TH

H1

RE

M

H2

RE

MC

N6-

8

CN

6-7

EPCB

CN

3-B

8

CN

3-B

7

FT

H

5 V

DC

FTHTB3

CN10-1

CN10-2

PSPCB

CN

4-5

CN

4-4

Heat rollerPRY

Figure 1-3-40 Fixing section block diagram

2A3/4

1-3-45

Heating the heat roller and detecting temperature

5

1

23

4

Figure 1-3-41 Heating the heat roller and detecting temperature

1 Heat roller2 Fixing heater M (H1)3 Fixing heater S (H2)

4 Fixing unit thermostat (TH)5 Fixing unit themistor (FTH)

The heat roller is heated by fixing heaters M or S (H1 or H2) inside it; its surfacetemperature is detected by the fixing unit thermistor (FTH) and is regulated by the fixingheaters turning on and off.If the fixing section becomes abnormally hot, either the fixing unit thermistor detects it orfixing unit thermostat (TH) operates, in each case, shutting the power to the fixingheaters off.

2A3/4

1-3-46

MSW

PRY

H1

H2

CCM

DM

PCM

CL

DB REM

CFM1

PCFM

IFFM

PM

1 s

2 s *3

Half speed

Prim

ary

stab

iliza

tion

fixin

g te

mpe

ratu

re 1

75°C

/347

°F

Sec

onda

ry s

tabi

lizat

ion

fixin

g te

mpe

ratu

re *

1

Cop

ying

ena

bled

Agi

ng e

nd

Half speed

200 ms

270 ms

600 ms50 ms

AB CDE F G H I

3 s

*2

Full speed

Charger wire cleaning

*1: 42 ppm: 180°C/356°F 52 ppm: 190°C/374°F

*2: 42 ppm: 60 s 52 ppm: 120 s

*3: 42 ppm: 116 s 52 ppm: 176 s

Timing chart 1-3-7 Fixing temperature control

A 2s after the main switch (MSW) is turned on, the power relay (PRY) and fixingheater M (H1) turn on to heat the heat roller. The charger cleaning motor (CCM)also turns on to clean the charger wire, and cooling fan motor 1 (CFM1) rotates athalf speed.

B 1 s after fixing heater M (H1) turns on, the polygon motor (PM) in the laser scannerunit turns on.

Fixing temperature control

2A3/4

1-3-47

C When the fixing temperature reaches 175°C/347°F, the copier enters primarystabilization. 50 ms later the cleaning lamp (CL) and developing bias (DB REM) turnon and primary stabilization starts.

D 200 ms after the cleaning lamp (CL) turns on, the drive motor (DM) turns on.E 270 ms after the drive motor (DM) turns on, the paper conveying motor (PCM),

paper conveying fan motor (PCFM) and image formation section fan motor (IFFM)turn on and cooling fan motor 1 (CFM1) rotates at full speed.

F When the fixing temperature reaches 180°C/356°F (42 ppm) or 190°C/374°F (52 ppm),the copier enters secondary stabilization. Fixing heater M (H1) is turned on and offto keep the fixing temperature at 180°C/356°F (42 ppm) or 190°C/374°F (52 ppm)and aging starts.

G 116 s (42 ppm) or 176 s (52 ppm) after the power relay (PRY) turns on or 60 s (42ppm) or 120 s (52 ppm) after the copier enters secondary stabilization (whicheverevent occurs first), copying is enables.

H 3 s after copying is enabled, the drive motor (DM), paper conveying motor (PCM)and image formation section fan motor (IFFM) turn off, and aging ends. Cooling fanmotor 1 (CFM1) rotates at half speed.

I 600 ms after aging ends, the cleaning lamp (CL), developing bias (DB REM) andpaper conveying fan motor (PCFM) turn off.

• Fixing control temperature correctionDepending on the ambient temperature, the fixing control temperature is corrected asfollows.

Table 1-3-1

Fixing heater M or S (H1 or H2) is turned on for 5 s from the start of the copyingoperation so that the fixing control temperature becomes 190°C/374°F (10°C/18°Fhigher for 42 ppm) or 195°C/383°F (5°C/9°F higher for 52 ppm).

Correction for low ambienttemperature(Ambient temperature: 17°C/62.6°F or below)

Correction for high ambienttemperature(Ambient temperature: 37°C/98.6°F or higher)

Copy setting

Paper feed from upperand lower drawers,bypass table and largepaper deck

Continuous copying of100 or less sheets induplex copy mode

Fixing control temperature

42 ppm: 190°C/374°F(10°C/18°F higher)52 ppm: 195°C/383°F(5°C/9°F higher)

42 ppm: 160°C/320°F(20°C/36°F lower)52 ppm: 170°C/338°F(20°C/36°F lower)

2A3/4

1-3-48

Paper separation

Paper is separated in the fixing section by the separation claws as shown in Figure 1-3-42.

Heat roller separation claws

Press roller separation claws

Heat roller

Press roller

Figure 1-3-42 Paper separation

2A3/4

1-3-49

(9) Feedshift and eject sectionThe feedshift and eject section consists of the parts shown in Figure 1-3-43. Whenfixing is complete, the conveying path is switched by the feedshift guide to eject thepaper to either the copy tray or duplex unit.

4

32

1

(

#

$

^%

@

*87

5

6

&

90

!

Figure 1-3-43 Feedshift and eject section

1 Eject roller2 Eject pulley3 Upper eject guide4 Feedshift guide5 Upper right feedshift guide6 Right feedshift roller7 Left feedshift roller8 Lower right feedshift guide9 Lower left feedshift guide0 Lower feedshift guide

! Lower feedshift roller@ Feedshift pulley# Left switchback eject guide$ Right middle switchback eject guide% Right switchback feed roller^ Left switchback feed roller& Lower right switchback eject guide* Feedshift switch (FSSW)( Switchback eject switch (SBESW)

2A3/4

1-3-50

FSSOL1

FSSOL2

FSSOL

ESW

SBESW

FSSW

EPCB

CN3-A8

CN3-A9

CN3-B9

CN3-A1

CN3-A4

Figure 1-3-44 Feedshift and eject section block diagram

2A3/4

1-3-51

(10) Duplex sectionIn duplex copy mode, the paper copied onto the first face (rear face) is sent to theduplex section for side registration and switchback, and refeed for copying onto thesecond face (front face).

13

6

4

5%

$

^

2

#&!

@

08

97

Figure 1-3-45 Duplex section

1 Duplex forwarding pulley2 Upper refeed guide3 Paper tapping guide4 Refeed pulley5 Switchback roller6 Duplex upper registration roller7 Duplex lower registration roller8 Duplex conveying roller9 Duplex conveying pulley

0 Duplex eject roller! Duplex eject pulley@ Side registration guides# Switchback feedshift guide$ Stock switch (STKSW)% Duplex registration switch

(DUPRSW)^ Duplex paper conveying switch

(DUPPCSW)& Duplex eject switch (DUPESW)

2A3/4

1-3-52

When the paper is sent to the duplex section, the duplex paper tapping solenoid(DUPPTSOL) lowers, which forwards the paper by means of the rotation of the duplexforwarding pulley until it is caught by the switchback roller.In duplex copy mode, the switchback feedshift solenoid (SBFSSOL) turns on to operatethe switchback feedshift guide. The paper is then sent to the duplex paper conveyingsection by the rotation of the switchback roller.During switchback ejection, the paper is conveyed to the feedshift and eject section andejected with the copied face down.

13

5

4

2

In duplex copy mode

During switchback ejection

Figure 1-3-46 Duplex refeed mechanism

1 Duplex forwarding pulley2 Switchback feedshift guide3 Paper tapping guide4 Refeed pulley5 Switchback roller

2A3/4

1-3-53

EPCB

STKSW

DUPRSW

SBFSSOL

SB

FS

SO

L1S

BF

SS

OL2

SRM

DUPESW

DUPFWDSOL

DUPPCSW

DUPPTSOL

CN

10-1

2C

N10

-10

CN

9-7

CN

9-16

CN

10-1

4

CN

10-8

CN

9-8

CN

9-11

CN

10-1

–C

N10

-5

CN

9-12

SRHPSW

Figure 1-3-47 Duplex section block diagram

2A3/4

1-3-54

Duplex copying operation timing

74 ms

1160 msFSSOL

SBFSSOL

FSSW

DUPFWDSOL

DUPPTSOL

SRMRev. rotation

Fwd. rotation

Image ready

SRHPSW

RCL

ESW

STKSW

30 ms

60 ms12 P

80 ms

A BC DE F

Copy paper: A4/11" × 81/2", 100% magnification

Timing chart 1-3-8 Feedshift and side registration

A 74 ms after the image ready signal turns on during copying onto the first face (back), theregistration clutch (RCL) turns on to start secondary paper feed.

B 1160 ms after the registration clutch (RCL) turns on, the feedshift solenoid (FSSOL)turns on, operating the feedshift guide to switch the paper path to the duplex unit.

C When the leading edge of the paper turns the eject switch (ESW) on, the switchbackfeedshift solenoid (SBFSSOL) turns on, operating the switchback guide to switch thepaper path to the duplex unit conveying section.

D 60 ms after copying onto the first face (back) is competed and the trailing edge of thepaper turns the feedshift switch (FSSW) off, the side registration motor (SRM) rotatesforward for 12 pulses for side registration. At the same time, the duplex paper tappingsolenoid (DUPPTSOL) turns on, and the paper tapping guide lowers to hold down thetrailing edge (leading edge during refeed) of the paper that was conveyed to the duplexsection.

E 30 ms after the duplex paper tapping solenoid (DUPPTSOL) turns on, the duplexforwarding solenoid (DUPFWDSOL) turns on, operating the duplex forwarding pulley toforward the paper until it is caught by the switchback roller.

F 80 ms after the stock switch (STKSW) turns off, the duplex tapping solenoid (DUPPTSOL)and duplex forwarding solenoid (DUPFWDSOL) turn off.

2A3/4

1-3-55

1160 ms

500 ms 500 ms 500 ms

FSSOL

SBFSSOL

FSW

ESW

DUPESW

DUPPCSW

SRMRev. rotation

Fwd. rotation

SRHPSWDUPRSW

FCL1

FCL4

FCL5

RCL

RSW

360 ms

ABCD E FG IJ KL MH

5 P

74 ms 100 ms

80 ms

232 ms

30 ms

35 ms

Copy paper: A4/11" × 81/2", 100% magnification

Timing chart 1-3-9 Refeed

A 232 ms after the leading edge of the paper turns the duplex eject switch (DUPESW) on,feed clutch 1 (FCL1) turns on and feed roller 1 rotates.

B 30 ms after the leading edge of the paper turns the feed switch (FSW) on, feed clutch4 turns on and the lower feed roller rotates at high speed to create slack in the paperbefore registration.

C 35 ms after the leading edge of the paper turns the registration switch (RSW) on, feedclutch 1 (FCL1) and feed clutch 4 (FCL4) turn off.

D 74 ms after feed clutch 4 (FCL4) turns off, the registration clutch (RCL) turns on, and theupper and lower registration rollers rotate to start secondary paper feed. At the sametime feed clutch 5 (FCL5) turns on and the lower feed roller rotates at low speed.

E 100 ms after the trailing edge of the paper turns the feed switch (FSW) off, feed clutch5 (FCL5) turns off.

F 80 ms after the trailing edge of the paper turns the registration switch (RSW) off, theregistration clutch (RCL) turns off.

G 1160 ms after the registration clutch (RCL) turns on, the feedshift solenoid (FSSOL)turns off.

H 360 ms after copying onto the second face (front) is completed and the eject switch(ESW) turns off, the switchback feedshift solenoid (SBFSSOL) turns off.

I 500 ms after the switchback feedshift solenoid (SBFSSOL) turns off, the side registrationmotor (SRM) reverses to move the side registration guides outwards.

2A3/4

1-3-56

J When the side registration home position switch (SRHPSW) turns on, the side registrationmotor (SRM) turns off.

K 500 ms after the side registration home position switch (SRHPSW) turns on, the sideregistration motor (SRM) rotates forward to move the side registration guides inwards.

L When the side registration home position switch (SRHPSW) turns off, the side registrationmotor (SRM) turns off.

M 500 ms after the side registration home position switch (SRHPSW) turns off, the sideregistration motor (SRM) reverses for 5 pulses, and the side registration guide stops atits home position.

2A3/4

1-3-57

(11) SRDF

(11-1) Original feed sectionThe original feed section consists of the parts shown in Figure 1-3-48. An originalplaced on the original table is conveyed to the original switchback section or the originalconveying section.

0

9

8

@#3 7 $

6!4

2 5 1

Figure 1-3-48 Original feed section

1 Original table2 DF forwarding pulleys3 DF original feed pulley4 DF separation pulley5 DF original feed upper guide6 DF original feed lower guide7 Original stopper

8 DF registration pulley9 DF registration roller0 DF registration guide! Original set switch (OSSW)@ Original feed switch (OFSW)# Original feed clutch (OFCL)$ Original feed solenoid (OFSOL)

2A3/4

1-3-58

OFSW

OFSOL

OFCL

OFM

DFDPCB

CN

6-B

5

CN

5-B

12 –

C

N5-

B13

CN

5-A

5

CN

6-B

2

CN

5-B

1 –

CN

5-B

6

OSSW

Figure 1-3-49 Original feed section block diagram

2A3/4

1-3-59

Original feed timing

OFSOL A

OFSOL R

OFCL

OFSW

OSBSW

OCM

DFTSW

OffOFM

200 ms

200 ms

556 P*1 20 ms

B C DA

288 P*2 + 30 ms

Fwd. rotation

Rev. rotation

*1 Burst of OFM pulses*2 Burst of OCM pulses

Timing chart 1-3-10 Original feed (in double-sided original mode)

A The OFSOL A signal turns on for 200 ms and then the original feed solenoid (OFSOL)turns on, lowering the DF forwarding pulleys and releasing the original stopper to conveythe original forward. The original feed clutch (OFCL) simultaneously turns on, rotatingthe DF original feed pulley to start primary original feed. The original feed motor (OFM)rotates forward during this operation.

B 556 OFM pulses after the leading edge of the original turns the original feed switch(OFSW) on, the original feed clutch (OFCL) and original feed motor (OFM) turn off. 20ms later, the rotation of the motor switches to the reverse direction and secondaryoriginal feed is performed by rotation of the DF registration roller.

C 288 OFM pulses plus 30 ms after the leading edge of the original turns the DF timingswitch (DFTSW) on, the original feed motor (OFM) turns off.

D After ejection of the original, as the original conveying motor (OCM) turns off, the OFSOLR signal turns on for 200 ms and the original feed solenoid (OFSOL) turns off.

2A3/4

1-3-60

(11-2) Original switchback sectionThe original switchback section consists of the parts shown in Figure 1-3-50. Theoriginal from the original feed section or original conveying section is reversed andconveyed to the original conveying section.

Figure 1-3-50 Original switchback section

1 Switchback pulley2 Switchback roller3 Switchback feedshift guide4 Left switchback guide

5 Switchback guide6 Original switchback switch (OSBSW)7 Switchback feedshift solenoid (SBFSSOL)8 Switchback pressure solenoid (SBPSOL)

18

5

6

2 7

3

4

2A3/4

1-3-61

DFDPCB

CN

6-A

5

CN

5-B

8

CN

5-A

2 –

CN

5-A

3OSBSW

SBPSOL SBFSSOL

Figure 1-3-51 Original switchback section block diagram

2A3/4

1-3-62

Operation of original switchback

In the double-sided original mode, the switchback feedshift solenoid (SBFSSOL) turnson, changing the position of the switchback feedshift guide. This switches the path ofthe original to the original switchback section to where the original is fed.The switchback feedshift solenoid (SBFSSOL) then turns off, allowing the switchbackfeedshift guide to return to the original position by which the path of the original isswitched back to the original conveying section. The now reversed original is carried tothe original conveying section and the switchback pressure solenoid (SBPSOL) turnsoff, releasing the switchback pulley to prevent an original jam in the original switchbacksection.

Switchbackpulley

Switchback feedshift guide

Figure 1-3-52

2A3/4

1-3-63

(11-3) Original conveying sectionThe original conveying section consists of the parts shown in Figure 1-3-53.Synchronized with the copier scanning operation, the original is conveyed across the slitglass and ejected when scanning is complete.In the double-sided original mode, the eject feedshift solenoid (EFSSOL) turns on,moving the eject feedshift guide to switch the path of the original. When the scanning ofthe first face (reverse face) of the original is complete, the original is conveyed to theoriginal switchback section again.

1

2

49

5

6 @

3$

%

8

!

70

#

Figure 1-3-53 Original conveying section

1 Upper original conveying pulley2 Upper original conveying roller3 Lower original conveying roller4 Front scanning pulley5 Middle original conveying roller6 Middle original conveying pulley7 Eject pulley8 Eject roller

9 Original conveying guide0 Eject feedshift guide! Upper eject guide@ Lower eject guide# Slit glass (copier)$ DF timing switch (DFTSW)% Eject feedshift solenoid (EFSSOL)

2A3/4

1-3-64

DFTSW

DFDPCB

CN

6-A

14

CN

5-A

7

CN

5-A

8 –

CN

5-A

13

EFSSOL

OCM

Figure 1-3-54 Original conveying section block diagram

2A3/4

1-3-65

Original switchback/conveying timing

A B DC E FG

Fwd. rotationOff

556 P*1

100 ms

30 ms

288 P*2

115 P*1

OFMRev. rotation

OFSW

SBFSSOL

SBPSOL

OSBSW

OCM

EFSSOL

DFTSW

20 ms

Scanning speed

Scanning speed

*1 Burst of OFM pulses*2 Burst of OCM pulses

Timing chart 1-3-11 Reversing the first face of the original

A During primary original feed, when the original feed switch (OFSW) turns on, theswitchback feedshift solenoid (SBFSSOL) also turns on, changing the position of theswitchback feedshift guide. This switches the path of the original to the originalswitchback section.

B 556 OFM pulses plus 20 ms after the original feed switch (OFSW) turns on, the rotationof the original feed motor (OFM) switches to the reverse direction and the original isconveyed to the switchback section by the rotation of the switchback roller. Theswitchback pressure solenoid (SBPSOL) simultaneously turns on to operate theswitchback pulley.

C When the trailing edge of the original turns the original switchback switch (OSBSW) off,the switchback feedshift solenoid (SBFSSOL) turns off, the switchback feedshift guidereturns to the original position.

D 115 OFM pulses after the original switchback switch (OSBSW) turns off, the original feedmotor (OFM) turns off. 100 ms later, the original feed motor (OFM) rotates forward,switching the rotational direction of the switchback roller. The original in the originalswitchback section is then reversed and conveyed to the original conveying section.

E Simultaneously as the original feed motor (OFM) starts rotating forward, the originalconveying motor (OCM) turns on to convey the original onto the slit glass. The ejectfeedshift solenoid (EFSSOL) simultaneously turns on, changing the position of the ejectfeedshift guide. This switches the path of the original to the original switchback section.

F When the original is conveyed onto the slit glass, the DF timing switch (DFTSW) turnson. 288 OCM pulses later, the switchback pressure solenoid (SBPSOL).

G 30 ms after the switchback pressure solenoid (SBPSOL) turns off, the original feed motor(OFM) turns off.

2A3/4

1-3-66

A B EDC F HG I J

Fwd. rotationOff

564 P*1 2337 P*2 + 30 ms

100 ms

30 ms

115 P*1

OFMRev. rotation

OFSW

SBFSSOL

SBPSOL

OSBSW

OCM

EFSSOL

DFTSW

288 P*2

327 P*1

Scanning request signal : On

Scanning speed

Scanning speed

100 ms

30 ms

*1 Burst of OFM pulses*2 Burst of OCM pulses

Timing chart 1-3-12 Reversing of the second face of the original and ejection

A 564 OFM pulses after the scanning of the first face (reverse face) of the originalcompletes and the DF timing switch (DFTSW) turns off, the switchback pressuresolenoid (SBPSOL) turns on, operationg the switchback pulley.

BWhen the trailing edge of the original turns the original switchback switch (OSBSW) off,the eject feedshift solenoid (EFSSOL) turns off and the eject feedshift guide returns tothe original position, switching the path of the original to the eject section. Simultaneously,the switchback feedshift solenoid (SBFSSOL) turns off and the switchback feedshiftguide returns to the original position.

C 30 ms after the original switchback switch (OSBSW) turns off, the original conveyingmotor (OCM) turns off.

D 115 OFM pulses after the original switchback switch (OSBSW) turns off, the original feedmotor (OFM) turns off.

E 100 ms after the original feed motor (OFM) turns off, the motor starts rotating forward,switching the rotational direction of the switchback roller. The original in the originalswitchback section is then reversed and conveyed to the original conveying section.

F 327 OFM pulses plus 100 ms after the original feed motor (OFM) turns off, the motorstarts rotating forward again and the original conveying motor (OCM) turns onsimultaneously, conveying the original onto the slit glass.

G 288 OFM pulses after the original is conveyed onto the slit glass and the DF timing switch(DFTSW) turns on, the switchback pressure solenoid (SBPSOL) turns off.

H 30 ms after the switchback pressure solenoid (SBPSOL) turns off, the original feed motor(OFM) turns off.

IWhen the scanning request signal turns on, scanning of the second face (front face) ofthe original starts.

J 2337 OCM pulses plus 30 ms after scanning of the second face (front face) of the originalcompletes and the DF timing switch (DFTSW) turns off, the original conveying motor(OCM) turns off, completing the ejection of the original.

2A3/4

1-3-67

(12) Large paper deck (42 ppm: optional/52 ppm: standard)

The large paper deck consists mainly of the right and left cassettes and separationsection. The right cassette primary paper feed section sends paper from the lift to theupper and lower deck separation rollers. When the right cassette becomes empty, theleft cassette primary paper feed section conveys paper onto the lift of the right cassette.The upper and lower deck separation rollers in the separation section convey paperreceived from the right cassette primary paper feed section into the copier, preventingmultiple sheets from being fed at one time.

6 5 43 42 6 41 9

7

8

!

@

0##

$$

Figure 1-3-55 Mechanical construction (1)

8 Deck side cover9 Upper deck separation roller0 Lower deck separation roller! Bracket@ Paper guide D# Guide pulley$ Air damper

1 Deck paper feed roller 12 Deck paper conveying roller3 Deck paper feed roller 24 Pickup arm5 Paper conveying base6 Lift7 Paper guide U

2A3/4

1-3-68

1 Paper path sensor 1 (PPSENS1)2 Paper path sensor 2 (PPSENS2)3 Paper path sensor 3 (PPSENS3)4 Paper empty sensor (PESENS)5 Deck level switch 1 (DLSW1, front)6 Deck level switch 2 (DLSW2, front)7 Upper limit switch 1 (UPSW1, rear)8 Upper limit switch 2 (UPSW2, rear)9 Paper feed clutch 1 (PFCL1)0 Paper feed clutch 2 (PFCL2)! Paper conveying clutch (CCL)@ Paper deck motor pulse sensor 1

(PDMSENS1)# Paper deck motor pulse sensor 2

(PDMSENS2)

$ Deck open/closed safety switch(DOSSW)

% Side cover switch (SCSW)^ Deck paper conveying motor (CM)& Paper deck motor 1 (PDM1)* Paper deck motor 2 (PDM2)( Paper level detection sensor 1

(PLDSENS1)) Paper level detection sensor 2

(PLDSENS2)⁄*Dehumidifier heater 1 (DH1)¤*Dehumidifier heater 2 (DH2)

* Service part.

6840 !3 2 $57

91

%

^

⁄

(

) * # @&

¤

Figure 1-3-56 Mechanical construction (2)

2A3/4

1-3-69

(12-1) Right cassette primary paper feedAs paper feed clutch 1 (PFCL1) turns on, the drive is transmitted to deck paper feedroller 1 and the upper and lower deck separation rollers, starting primary paper feedfrom the right cassette. The upper and lower deck separation rollers ensure that thepaper is fed one sheet at a time and that it is fed into the copier correctly.To prevent multiple sheets from being fed, there is a torque limiter on the lower deckseparation roller.

PFSW4 (copier)

PPSENS1

PPSENS2

PPSENS3

FCL3 (copier)

PFCL1

64 P (70 ms)

100 msPaper feed signal from the copier

A BC

Timing chart 1-3-13 Right cassette primary paper feed

A The paper feed signal from the copier turns paper feed clutch 1 (PFCL1) on, startingprimary paper feed.

B 64 pulses after paper feed switch 4 (PFSW4) on the copier has been turned on by theleading edge of the paper, paper feed clutch 1 (PFCL1) turns off.

C 70 ms after paper feed switch 4 (PFSW4) on the copier has turned on, copier feed clutch3 (FCL3) turns on to feed the paper to complete primary paper feed.

2A3/4

1-3-70

PFSW4

PFCL1

Lower deck separation roller

Deck paper feed roller 1

Paper path

FCL3

Upper deck separation roller

Feed roller 4

Feed pulley

Lift

Copier

Figure 1-3-57 Right cassette paper feed section

2A3/4

1-3-71

• When the right cassette is empty, its lift serves as a guide for the paper beingconveyed from the left cassette lift.

PFCL1

CN5-6 CN4-4 CN9-5

PDMPCBI/FPCB

PFCL1 PFCL1CN1-4

PFSW4 (copier)

PFSW4 (copier)

Figure 1-3-58 Right cassette primary paper feed section block diagram

2A3/4

1-3-72

(12-2) Left cassette primary paper feedAs the last sheet in the right cassette is fed, paper feed clutch 2 (PFCL2) and the paperconveying clutch (CCL) turn on for primary feed from the left cassette. Deck paper feedroller 2 and the deck paper conveying roller start to rotate to convey paper from the leftcassette onto the right cassette lift.

PFSW4 (copier)

PPSENS1

PPSENS2

PPSENS3

CCL

PFCL2

43 P

A B C D

Timing chart 1-3-14 Left cassette primary paper feed

A When copier paper feed switch 4 (PFSW4) is turned on by the last paper from the rightcassette, paper feed clutch 2 (PFCL2) turns on to start primary paper feed.

B The paper conveying clutch (CCL) turns on as soon as the leading edge of the paper fromthe left cassette turns paper path sensor 3 (PPSENS3) on.

C Paper feed clutch 2 (PFCL2) turns off as soon as the leading edge of the paper from theleft cassette turns paper path sensor 2 (PPSENS2) on, completing primary paper feed.

D 43 pluses after the leading edge of the paper from the left cassette turns paper pathsensor 1 (PPSENS1) on, the paper conveying clutch (CCL) turns off and the paper stopsin the right cassette.

2A3/4

1-3-73

PPSENS1

PFSW4 (copier)

PPSENS3

Deck paper conveying rollerDeck paper feed roller 2

CCLPFCL2

PPSENS2Paper path

Figure 1-3-59 Left cassette paper feed section

PPSENS3

CCLPFCL2

PPSENS2

PPSENS2PPSENS3

PFCL2CCL

PPSENS1

PPSENS2PPSENS3

PFCL2CCL

PPSENS1

CN4-8CN4-2CN5-4CN5-2CN7-2

I/FPCB

CN2-6CN2-11CN1-5CN1-6CN1-9

CN1-6CN1-11CN4-5CN4-6CN4-9

CN9-5

PDMPCB

PFSW4 (copier)

PFSW4 (copier)

PPSENS1

Figure 1-3-60 Left cassette primary paper feed section block diagram

2A3/4

1-3-74

(12-3) Raising and lowering the liftsThe following is a description of the right cassette lift operating mechanism. The leftcassette lift operates in the same manner.Paper deck motor 1 (PDM1) drives the right lift belt assembly that winches the belt upand hence raises the lift until it is stopped by deck level switch 1 (DLSW1).When paper is loaded on the lift and the deck is closed, the lift is raised until deck levelswitch 1 (DLSW1) turns on.When desk level switch 1 (DLSW1) is turned off as the paper on the lift is used, paperdeck motor 1 (PDM1) starts to raise the lift until the switch turns on.

Deck level switch 1

Lift

Air damper

Lift belt assembly

Winch shaft

Paper deck motor 1

Figure 1-3-61 Raising and lowering the lift

When the deck is opened for removing a jammed paper or other purposes, the winchshaft is released from its holder on paper deck motor 1 (PDM1), allowing the lift todescend under its own weight. The air damper buffers the impact of the descending lift.

2A3/4

1-3-75

DLSW1DLSW2

DLSW1DLSW2

PDM1PDM2

CN3-3CN3-9

I/FPCB

CN2-7CN2-9

CN1-7CN1-9

CN7-1CN7-4

PDMPCB

DLSW2

PDM2

DLSW1

PDM1

Figure 1-3-62 Lift block diagram

2A3/4

1-3-76

(12-4) Detecting the paper levelThe lift rises as paper in the deck is used. When the remaining number of sheets ineither right or left cassette reduces to around 100 to 250 sheets, the projection on the liftbelt assembly pushes against the sensor lever which turns the relevant paper leveldetection sensor 1 or 2 (PLDSENS1/2) on.When both paper level detection sensors 1 and 2 (PLDSENS1, 2) have turned on, themessage “Low on paper.” is shown on the copier touch panel. This message is notshown when only one of them is on.As more copies are made with the message on, paper path sensors 1, 2 and 3(PPSENS1, 2, 3) or the paper empty sensor (PESENS) start to detect absence ofpaper, and the message on the copier touch panel changes to “Place paper in deck.”

Lift belt assembly

Paper level detection sensor 1

Sensor lever

Paper level detection sensor 1

When paper level detection sensor 1 is off When paper level detection sensor 1 is on

Lift belt assembly

Sensor lever

Figure 1-3-63 Detecting the paper level

CN2-3CN2-6

PDMPCB

PLDSENS2 PLDSENS1

Figure 1-3-64 Paper level detection system block diagram

ELECTRICALSECTION

II

1-1-11

2A3/4

CONTENTS

2-1 Electrical Parts Layout

2-1-1 Electrical parts layout .......................................................................... 2-1-1(1) Copier .......................................................................................... 2-1-1(2) SRDF ......................................................................................... 2-1-11(3) Large paper deck (42 ppm: optional/52 ppm: standard) ........... 2-1-15

2A3/4

2-1-1

2-1-1 Electrical parts layout

(1) Copier

15

Machine front side Machine inside

6 10

4

5

2

3

14

13

9

7

1

12118

Machine back side

Figure 2-1-1 Copier (PCBs)

1. Main PCB (MPCB) ....................................... Controls the other PCBs, electricalcomponents and optional devices;image processing.

2. Power source PCB (PSPCB) ....................... Generates 24 V DC, +12 V DC and 5 VDC; controls fixing heaters M and S.

3. Engine PCB (EPCB) .................................... Interfaces output and input signals toand from electrical components andoptional devices.

4. High-voltage transformer PCB (HVTPCB) ... Main charging. Generates developingbias, and high voltages for transfer andseparation.

5. Scanner motor PCB (SMPCB) .................... Controls the scanner motor. 6. Inverter PCB (INPCB) .................................. Controls the exposure lamp. 7. CCD PCB (CCDPCB) .................................. Reads the image off originals. 8. Operation unit main PCB (OMPCB) ............ Controls the operation unit. 9. Operation unit right PCB (ORPCB) .............Consists of operation keys and display

LEDs.10. Operation unit left PCB (OLPCB) ................ Consists of the operation keys,

backlight and display LEDs.

2A3/4

2-1-2

11. LCD .............................................................Displays copy modes and messages.12. Touch panel .................................................Consists of a touch-sensitive layer

which detects presses of operationkeys displayed on the LCD.

13. Humidity sensor PCB (HUMPCB) ............... Detects the absolute humidity.• External humidity sensor (EHUMSENS) ... Detects the external humidity.• External temperature thermistor (ETTH) ... Detects the external temperature.

14. Memory copy PCB 1 (MCPCB1) ................. Reads and outputs the image.15.*Memory copy PCB 2 (MCPCB2) ................. Reads and outputs the image.

* 42 ppm: optional/52 ppm: standard.

2A3/4

2-1-3

Machine front side Machine inside

1

2

34

Machine back side

Figure 2-1-2 Copier (switches and sensors in the scanning system)

1. Scanner home position switch (SHPSW) ....Detects the scanner in the homeposition.

2. Original detection switch (ODSW) ............... Operates the original size sensors. 3. Original size sensors 1 (OSD1) ................... Detects the original size. 4.*Original size sensors 2 (OSD2) ................... Detects the original size.

* For inch specifications only.

2A3/4

2-1-4

Machine front side Machine inside Machine back side

212

16

15

14

1317

7

9

810

1819

1

5

6

3

4

11

Figure 2-1-3 Copier (switches in the paper feed and conveying system)

1. Upper paper switch (PSW-U) ......................Detects the presence of paper in theupper drawer.

2. Lower paper switch (PSW-L) ....................... Detects the presence of paper in thelower drawer.

3. Upper paper length switch (PLSW-U) .........Detects the length of paper in the upperdrawer (inch specifications).Detects the presence of the upperdrawer (metric specifications).

4. Lower paper length switch (PLSW-L) .......... Detects the length of paper in the lowerdrawer (inch specifications).Detects the presence of the lowerdrawer (metric specifications).

5.*Upper paper width switch (PWSW-U) .........Detects the width of paper in the upperdrawer.

6.*Lower paper width switch (PWSW-L) .......... Detects the width of paper in the lowerdrawer.

7. Bypass paper switch (BYPPSW) ................. Detects the presence of paper on thebypass table.

* For inch specifications only.

2A3/4

2-1-5

8. Bypass paper length switch (BYPPLSW) ....Detects the length of paper on thebypass table.

9. Bypass paper width switch (BYPPWSW) ....Detects the width of paper on thebypass table.

10. Bypass table extended detection switch ...... Detects when the bypass table support(BYPEDSW) guide is extended to use long paper.

11. Upper lift limit switch (LICSW-U) ................. Detects the upper drawer lift reachingthe upper limit.

12. Lower lift limit switch (LICSW-L) .................. Detects the lower drawer lift reachingthe upper limit.

13. Paper feed switch 1 (PFSW1) ..................... Controls feed clutch 4.14. Paper feed switch 2 (PFSW2) ..................... Controls feed clutch 1, 2 and 3, and the

upper paper feed clutch.15. Paper feed switch 3 (PFSW3) ..................... Controls the lower paper feed clutch.16. Paper feed switch 4 (PFSW4) ..................... Controls feed clutch 3.17. Feed switch (FSW) ...................................... Controls the secondary paper feed start

timing.18. Registration switch (RSW) ........................... Controls the secondary paper feed end

timing.19. Eject switch (ESW) ...................................... Detects paper jam in the fixing section.

2A3/4

2-1-6

Machine front side Machine inside Machine back side

1

9 8

3

7

6

2

5

4

Figure 2-1-4 Copier (switches and sensors)

1. Main switch (MSW) ......................................Turns the AC power on and off. 2. Safety switch 1 (SSW1) ...............................Breaks the safety circuit when the front

cover is opened; resets paper jamdetection.

3. Safety switch 2 (SSW2) ...............................Breaks the safety circuit when the leftcover is opened; resets paper jamdetection.

4. Safety switch 3 (SSW3) ...............................Breaks the safety circuit when the rightcover is opened; resets paper jamdetection.

5.*Heater switch (HSW) ................................... Turns the optical and drawer heaters onand off.

6. Toner sensor (TNS) ..................................... Detects the toner density in thedeveloping section.

7. Toner level sensor (TLDS) .......................... Detects the toner level in the tonerhopper.

8. Toner hopper lockup sensor (TLS) .............. Detects the amount of recycled toner inthe toner hopper.

9. Fixing unit thermistor (FTH) .........................Detects the heat roller temperature.

* Service part.

2A3/4

2-1-7

3

5

6

4

Machine front side Machine inside Machine back side

12,13

11

1

2

10

7

8

9

Figure 2-1-5 Copier (motors)

1. Scanner motor (SM) .................................... Drives the scanner. 2. Drive motor (DM) ......................................... Drives the image formation section. 3. Paper feed motor (PFM) .............................. Drives the paper feed section. 4. Paper conveying motor (PCM) .................... Conveys paper. 5. Upper lift motor (CLM-U) ............................. Drives the upper drawer lift. 6. Lower lift motor (CLM-L) .............................. Drives the lower drawer lift. 7. Toner feed motor (TFM) .............................. Replenishes toner. 8. Toner recycle motor (TRM) ......................... Replenishes recycled toner. 9. Charger cleaning motor (CCM) ................... Cleans the transfer and separation

charger wires.10. Image formation unit fan motor (IFFM) ........ Collects scattered toner.11. Paper conveying section fan motor .............Assists paper advance along the paper

(PCFM) conveying path and exhausts heat.12. Cooling fan motor 1 (CFM1) ........................ Cools the machine interior.13. Cooling fan motor 2 (CFM2) ........................ Cools the machine interior.

2A3/4

2-1-8

Machine front side Machine inside Machine back side

8

910

11

67

3

41

5

2

Figure 2-1-6 Copier (clutches and solenoids)

1. Upper paper feed clutch (PFCL-U) .............. Primary paper feed from the upperdrawer.

2. Lower paper feed clutch (PFCL-L) .............. Primary paper feed from the lowerdrawer.

3. Feed clutch 1 (FCL1) ................................... Controls the drive of feed roller 1. 4. Feed clutch 2 (FCL2) ................................... Controls the drive of feed roller 2. 5. Feed clutch 3 (FCL3) ................................... Controls the drive of feed rollers 3 and

4. 6. Feed clutch 4 (FCL4) ................................... Controls the drive of the lower feed

roller at high speed. 7. Feed clutch 5 (FCL5) ................................... Controls the drive of the lower feed

roller at low speed. 8. Eject speed switching clutch (ESCL) ...........Switches the paper ejection speed. 9. Registration clutch (RCL) ............................ Secondary paper feed.10. Bypass paper feed clutch (BYPPFCL) ........ Primary paper feed from the bypass

table.11. Bypass solenoid (BYPSOL) .........................Operates the bypass forwarding pulley.

2A3/4

2-1-9

8 1

11 7

1295

63

4

10

2

Machine front side Machine inside Machine back side

Figure 2-1-7 Copier (feedshift and duplex sections)

1. Feedshift switch (FSSW) ............................. Detects a paper jam in the feedshiftsection.

2. Switchback eject switch (SBESW) .............. Detects a paper jam in the switchbackeject section.

3. Stock switch (STKSW) ................................ Detects the presence of paper in theduplex unit.

4. Duplex registration switch (DUPRSW) ........ Detects a paper jam in the duplexsection.

5. Duplex paper conveying switch ................... Detects a paper jam in the duplex(DUPPCSW) paper conveying section.

6. Duplex eject switch (DUPESW) ................... Detects a paper jam in the duplex ejectsection.

7. Side registration home position switch ........ Detects the side registration guides in(SRHPSW) the home positions.

8. Feedshift solenoid (FSSOL) ........................ Operates the feedshift guide. 9. Duplex forward solenoid (DUPFWDSOL) ....Operates the duplex forwarding pulley.10. Switchback feedshift solenoid ..................... Operates the switchback feedshift

(SBFSSOL) guide.11. Duplex paper tapping solenoid .................... Operates the paper tapping guide.

(DUPPTSOL)12. Side registration motor (SRM) ..................... Operates the side registration guides.

2A3/4

2-1-10

Machine front side Machine inside Machine back side

7

9

6

810

1

25

4 3

Figure 2-1-8 Copier (other electrical components)

1. Exposure lamp (EL) ..................................... Exposes originals. 2. Cleaning lamp (CL) ......................................Removes residual charge from the

drum surface. 3. Fixing heater M (H1) ....................................Heats the heat roller. 4. Fixing heater S (H2) ....................................Heats the heat roller. 5. Fixing unit thermostat (TH) .......................... Prevents overheating in the fixing

section. 6. Relay (PRY) .................................................Turns the AC power and 24 V DC

power supplies to the fixing section onand off.

7. Laser scanner unit (LSU)• Polygon motor (PM) ..................................Drives the polygon mirror.• Laser diode (LD) ........................................Generates the laser beam.

8.*Optical heater (OPH) ................................... Dehumidifies the optical section. 9.*Drawer heater (CH) ..................................... Dehumidifies the drawer section.10. Total counter (TC) ....................................... Displays the total number of copies

produced.* Service part.

2A3/4

2-1-11

(2) SRDF

2

1

Machine front side Machine inside Machine back side

Figure 2-1-9 SRDF (PCBs)

1. DF driver PCB (DFDPCB) ........................... Controls electrical components ofSRDF.

2. Original set LED PCB (OSLEDPCB) ........... Indicates presence of originals on theSRDF or an original jam.

2A3/4

2-1-12

8

7

35

2

4

1

6

Machine front side Machine inside Machine back side

Figure 2-1-10 SRDF (switches and sensors)

1. DF safety switch 1 (DFSSW1) ..................... Breaks the safety circuit when theSRDF is opened; resets original jamdetection.

2. DF safety switch 2 (DFSSW2) ..................... Breaks the safety circuit when the DForiginal reversing cover is opened;resets original jam detection.

3. Original set switch (OSSW) .........................Detects the presence of an original. 4. Original feed switch (OFSW) ....................... Detects primary original feed end

timing. 5. Original switchback switch (OSBSW) .......... Detects an original jam in the original

switchback section. 6. DF timing switch (DFTSW) .......................... Detects the original scanning timing. 7. Original size length switch (OSLSW) ...........Detects the length of the original. 8. Original size width switch (OSWSW) ...........Detects the width of the original.

2AD-1

2A3/4

2-1-13

2

1

Machine front side Machine inside Machine back side

Figure 2-1-11 SRDF (motors)

1. Original feed motor (OFM) ........................... Drives the original feed and switchbacksections.

2. Original conveying motor (OCM) ................. Drives the original conveying section.

2A3/4

2-1-14

5 1

4

2

3

Machine front side Machine inside Machine back side

Figure 2-1-12 SRDF (clutches and solenoids)

1. Original feed solenoid (OFSOL) ..................Moves the DF forwarding pulleysvertically.

2. Switchback feedshift solenoid ..................... Moves the switchback feedshift guide.(SBFSSOL)

3. Eject feedshift solenoid (EFSSOL) .............. Moves the eject feedshift guide. 4. Switchback pressure solenoid ..................... Moves the switchback pulley.

(SBPSOL) 5. Original feed clutch (OFCL) .........................Controls the drive of the DF original

feed pulley.

2A3/4

2-1-15

(3) Large paper deck (42 ppm: optional/52 ppm: standard)

Machine front side Machine inside Machine back side

2 1

Figure 2-1-13 Large paper deck (PCBs)

1. Deck main PCB (PDMPCB) ........... Controls other PCBs and electricalcomponents.

2. Interface PCB (I/FPCB) .................. Interfaces between the deck main PCB andother electrical components.

2A3/4

2-1-16

Machine front side Machine inside Machine back side

63 2

4

14

12 11

13

8 7

59

1 10

Figure 2-1-14 Large paper deck (switches and sensors)

1. Paper path sensor 1 (PPSENS1) .... Detect paper jams and the absence of paperon the lifts.

2. Paper path sensor 2 (PPSENS2) .... Detect paper jams and the absence of paperon the lifts.

3. Paper path sensor 3 (PPSENS3) .... Detect paper jams and the absence of paperon the lifts.

4. Paper empty sensor (PESENS) ...... Detects the absence of paper in the leftcassette.

5. Deck level switch 1 (DLSW1) .......... Detects the right cassette lift in the homeposition.

6. Deck level switch 2 (DLSW2) .......... Detects the left cassette lift in the homeposition.

7. Upper limit switch 1 (UPSW1) ......... Detects the right cassette lift being raised pastthe limit.

8. Upper limit switch 2 (UPSW2) ......... Detects the left cassette lift being raised pastthe limit.

9. Side cover switch (SCSW) .............. Detects if the deck side cover is opened orclosed.

10. Deck open/closed safety switch ...... Detects if the deck is open or closed.(DOSSW)

11. Paper deck motor pulse sensor 1 .... Detects abnormal paper deck motor 1 rotation.(PDMSENS1)

12. Paper deck motor pulse sensor 2 .... Detects abnormal paper deck motor 2 rotation.(PDMSENS2)

13. Paper level detection sensor 1 ........ Detects the paper level in the right cassette.(PLDSENS1)

14. Paper level detection sensor 2 ........ Detects the paper level in the left cassette.(PLDSENS2)

2A3/4

2-1-17

Machine front side Machine inside Machine back side

5 64

1

723

8

Figure 2-1-15 Large paper deck (other electrical components)

1. Deck paper conveying motor .......... Drives the large paper deck.(CM)

2. Paper deck motor 1 (PDM1) ........... Raises the right cassette lift. 3. Paper deck motor 2 (PDM2) ........... Raises the left cassette lift. 4. Paper feed clutch 1 (PFCL1) .......... Regulates drive transmission to deck paper

feed roller 1, and the upper and lower deckseparation rollers.

5. Paper feed clutch 2 (PFCL2) .......... Regulates drive transmission to deck paperfeed roller 2.

6. Paper conveying clutch (CCL) ........ Regulates drive transmission to the deck paperconveying roller.

7.*Dehumidifier heater 1 (DH1) ........... Dehumidifies paper in the right cassette. 8.*Dehumidifier heater 2 (DH2) ........... Dehumidifies paper in the left cassette.

* Service part.

1-1-13

2A3/4

CONTENTS

2-2 Detection of Paper Misfeed

2-2-1 Paper misfeed detection ..................................................................... 2-2-12-2-2 Paper misfeed detection conditions .................................................... 2-2-2

(1) Copier .......................................................................................... 2-2-2(2) Large paper deck (42 ppm: optonal/52 ppm: standard) ............ 2-2-11(3) Paper feed desk (optional for 42 ppm only) .............................. 2-2-13(4) Finisher (optional) ...................................................................... 2-2-13

2-2-3 Original misfeed detection ................................................................ 2-2-142-2-4 Original misfeed detection conditions ............................................... 2-2-15

2A3/4

2-2-1

1 Paper feed section2 Paper conveying section3 Fixing and eject section4 Duplex section

2-2-1 Paper misfeed detection

When a paper jam occurs, the machine immediately stops operation and displays amessage on the touch panel in the operation unit indicating a paper jam, the jam locationand the jam code.To remove the jammed paper, open either the drawer, duplex unit, front cover, right coveror left cover as necessary.To reset the paper misfeed detection, open and close the respective cover to turn safetyswitches 1, 2 or 3 off and on.

3

6

4

7

2

1

5

3

6

4

7

2

1

5

Figure 2-2-1 Misfeed location indication

5 Large paper deck6 Finisher*7 SRDF * Optional.

Metric

Inch

2A3/4

2-2-2

2-2-2 Paper misfeed detection conditions

(1) Copier

BYPPFCLRCL

RSWFSW

PFSW1

PFSW2PFCL-UDUPESW

DUPPCSW

DUPFWDSOL

DUPRSW

FSSW

ESWSBESW

PFCL-L PFSW3

PFSW4

Figure 2-2-2 Copier

2A3/4

2-2-3

1. Jam at power-on (jam code 00)• One or more of the switches in the paper conveying system is on when the main switchis turned on.

2. Paper feed section• No paper feed from copier upper drawer (jam code 10)Paper feed switch 2 (PFSW2) does not turn on within 656 ms after the upper paper feedclutch (PFCL-U) is turned on; even if retry of this operation is carried out twice afterturning off the upper paper feed clutch (PFCL-U) for 1 second, the switch again failsto turn on within the same time.

PFCL-U

PFSW2 656ms

On

Off

On

Off656ms

1 s 1 s

656ms

Timing chart 2-2-1

• No paper feed from copier lower drawer (jam code 11)Paper feed switch 3 (PFSW3) does not turn on within 656 ms after the lower paper feedclutch (PFCL-L) is turned on; even if retry of this operation is carried out twice afterturning off the lower paper feed clutch (PFCL-L) for 1 second, the switch again fails toturn on within the same time.

PFCL-L

PFSW3 656ms

On

Off

On

Off656ms

1 s 1 s

656ms

Timing chart 2-2-2

• No paper feed from bypass (jam code 14)The feed switch (FSW) does not turn on within 1120 ms of the bypass paper feed clutch(BYPPFCL) turning on; the clutch is then held off for 1 s and turned back on, but theswitch again fails to turn on within 1120 ms of the retry.

BYPPFCL

FSW1120 ms

On

Off

On

Off1120 ms

1 s

Timing chart 2-2-3

2A3/4

2-2-4

• Jam in copier vertical paper conveying section (jam code 18)The feed switch (FSW) does not turn on within 780 ms of paper feed switch 1 (PFSW1)turning on.

FSW

PFSW1

780 ms

On

Off

On

Off

Timing chart 2-2-4

Paper feed switch 1 (PFSW1) does not turn on within 733 ms of paper feed switch 2(PFSW2) turning on.

PFSW2

733 ms

On

Off

On

OffPFSW1

Timing chart 2-2-5

Paper feed switch 2 (PFSW2) does not turn on within 814 ms of paper feed switch 3(PFSW3) turning on.

PFSW3

814 ms

On

Off

On

OffPFSW2

Timing chart 2-2-6

• Jam in converging section (jam code 20)The registration switch (RSW) does not turn on within 444 ms of the feed switch (FSW)turning on.

FSW

444 ms

On

Off

On

OffRSW

Timing chart 2-2-7

2A3/4

2-2-5

• Multiple sheets in paper feed section (jam code 21)Paper feed switch 2 or 3 (PFSW2 or 3) does not turn off within 1470 ms of turning on.

1470 msOn

OffPFSW2PFSW3

Timing chart 2-2-8

• Multiple sheets in copier vertical conveying section (jam code 22)Paper feed switch 1 (PFSW1) does not turn off within 733 ms of paper feed switch 2(PFSW2) turning off.

PFSW2

733 ms

On

Off

On

OffPFSW1

Timing chart 2-2-9

Paper feed switch 2 (PFSW2) does not turn off within 814 ms of paper feed switch 3(PFSW3) turning off.

PFSW3

814 ms

On

Off

On

OffPFSW2

Timing chart 2-2-10

Paper feed switch 1 (PFSW1) does not turn off within 833 ms of duplex eject switch(DUPESW) turning off.

DUPESW

833 ms

On

Off

On

OffPFSW1

Timing chart 2-2-11

2A3/4

2-2-6

• Multiple sheets before registration section (jam code 23)The feed switch (FSW) does not turn off within 1340 ms of paper feed switch 1 (PFSW1)turning off.

PFSW1

1340 ms

On

Off

On

OffFSW

Timing chart 2-2-12

The feed switch (FSW) does not turn off within 2528 ms of turning on during bypasspaper feed.

2528 msOn

OffFSW

Timing chart 2-3-13

3. Paper conveying section• Jam in registration/transfer section (jam code 30)

The registration switch (RSW) does not turn off within 764 ms of the feed switch (FSW)turning off.

RSW 764 ms

On

Off

On

Off

FSW

Timing chart 2-2-14

2A3/4

2-2-7

4. Fixing section• Jam in fixing section (jam code 40)The eject switch (ESW) does not turn on within 2552 ms of the registration clutch (RCL)turning on.

RCL

2552 ms

On

Off

On

OffESW

Timing chart 2-2-15

5. Eject section• Jam in eject section (jam code 50)The eject switch (ESW) does not turn off within 2528 ms of turning on.

2528 msOn

OffESW

Timing chart 2-2-16

• Jam in switchback eject section (jam code 51)The switchback eject switch (SBESW) does not turn off within 1470 ms of turning on.

1470 msOn

OffSBESW

Timing chart 2-2-17

2A3/4

2-2-8

6. Feedshift section• Jam in feedshift section (jam code 52)

The feedshift switch (FSSW) does not turn on within 1400 ms of the eject switch (ESW)turning on.

ESW

1400 ms

On

Off

On

OffFSSW

Timing chart 2-2-18

The feedshift switch (FSSW) does not turn off within 1400 ms of the eject switch (ESW)turning off.

ESW

1400 ms

On

Off

On

OffFSSW

Timing chart 2-2-19

7. Duplex section• Jam in duplex stock section (jam code 60)

The switchback eject switch (SBESW) does not turn on within 856 ms of the duplexforward solenoid (DUPFWDSOL) turning on.

DUPFWDSOL

856 ms

On

Off

On

OffSBESW

Timing chart 2-2-20

2A3/4

2-2-9

The duplex registration switch (DUPRSW) does not turn on within 707 ms of the duplexforward solenoid (DUPFWDSOL) turning on.

DUPFWDSOL

707 ms

On

Off

On

OffDUPRSW

Timing chart 2-2-21

• Duplex paper conveying section (jam code 61)The duplex paper conveying switch (DUPPCSW) does not turn on within 860 ms of theduplex registration switch (DUPRSW) turning on.

DUPRSW

860 ms

On

Off

On

OffDUPPCSW

Timing chart 2-2-22

The duplex eject switch (DUPESW) does not turn on within 860 ms of the duplex paperconveying switch (DUPPCSW) turning on.

DUPPCSW

860 ms

On

Off

On

OffDUPESW

Timing chart 2-2-23

Paper feed switch 1 (PFSW1) does not turn on within 833 ms of the duplex eject switch(DUPESW) turning on.

DUPESW

833 ms

On

Off

On

OffPFSW1

Timing chart 2-2-24

2A3/4

2-2-10

Duplex registration switch (DUPRSW) does not turn off within 1470 ms of turning on.

DUPRSW 1470 msOn

Off

Timing chart 2-2-25

Duplex paper conveying switch (DUPPCSW) does not turn off within 860 ms of theduplex registration switch (DUPRSW) turning off.

DUPRSW

860 ms

On

Off

On

OffDUPPCSW

Timing chart 2-2-26

The duplex eject switch (DUPESW) does not turn off within 860 ms of the duplex paperconveying switch (DUPPCSW) turning off.

DUPPCSW

860 ms

On

Off

On

OffDUPESW

Timing chart 2-2-27

2A3/4

2-2-11

(2) Large paper deck (42 ppm: optional/52 ppm: standard)

PFSW4

PFCL2PPSENS1PPSENS2PPSENS3

PFCL1

Figure 2-2-3 Large paper deck

• No paper feed from large paper deck (jam code 12)Paper feed switch 4 (PFSW4) does not turn on within 672 ms of paper feed clutch 1(PFCL1) turning on; the clutch is then held off for 1 s and turned back on, but the switchagain fails to turn on within 672 ms of the retry.

PFCL1

PFSW4 672 ms

On

Off

On

Off672 ms

1 s

Timing chart 2-2-28

• Multiple sheets in paper feed section (jam code 21)Paper feed switch 4 (PFSW4) does not turn off within 1470 ms of turning on.

1470 msOn

OffPFSW4

Timing chart 2-2-29

2A3/4

2-2-12

• Paper failing to reach PPS2 in large paper deck horizontal paper path (jam code 15)Paper path sensor 3 (PPSENS3) does not turn on within 260 ms of paper feed clutch2 (PFCL2) turning on.

PPSENS3

PFCL2

260 ms

On

Off

On

Off

Timing chart 2-2-30

• Paper failing to reach PPS1 in large paper deck horizontal paper path (jam code 16)Paper path sensor 2 (PPSENS2) does not turn on within 150 ms of paper path sensor3 (PPSENS3) turning on.

PPSENS2

PPSENS3

150 ms

On

Off

On

Off

Timing chart 2-2-31

• Paper failing to reach PPS0 in large paper deck horizontal paper path (jam code 17)Paper path sensor 1 (PPSENS1) does not turn on within 405 ms of paper path sensor2 (PPSENS2) turning on.

PPSENS1

PPSENS2

405 ms

On

Off

On

Off

Timing chart 2-2-32

2A3/4

2-2-13

(3) Paper feed desk (optional for 42 ppm only)(see the paper feed desk service manual)• No paper feed from paper feed desk upper drawer (jam code 12)• No paper feed from paper feed desk lower drawer (jam code 13)• Jam in paper feed desk vertical paper conveying section (jam code 19)

(4) Finisher (optional)(see the finisher service manual)• Initial clogging jam (jam code 00)• Jam in paper entry section (jam code 81)• Jam in eject section of non-sort tray (jam code 82)• Jam in paper conveying section of internal tray (jam code 83)• Jam in eject section of sort tray (jam code 84)

2A3/4

2-2-14

2-2-3 Original misfeed detection

When an original jams, the machine immediately stops operation and a message is shownon the touch panel in the operation unit. The SRDF original set indicator also flashes red.To remove the jammed original, open the SRDF or DF original reversing cover.To reset the original misfeed detection, open and close the SRDF or DF original reversingcover to turn DF safety switch 1 or 2 off and on.

OCM

OSBSW

DFTSW

OFSW OFM

Figure 2-2-4 Original misfeed detection

2A3/4

2-2-15

2-2-4 Original misfeed detection conditions

• Initial movement confirmation JAMWhen the DF START signal is received, switches other than the original set switch(OSSW) and the original size length switch (OSLSW) on the original table are on.

• No paper feed (jam code 70)During the primary feed of the second or later original in the single-sided or double-sided original mode, the original feed switch (OFSW) does not turn on within 3150original feed motor (OFM) pulses from the start of forward rotation of the original feedmotor (OFM).

OFM

3150 P*

On (Fwd.)

Off

On

OffOFSW

* Burst of OFM pulses

Timing chart 2-2-33

• An original jam in the original feed/conveying section (jam code 71)During the secondary original feed in the single-sided original mode, the DF timingswitch (DFTSW) does not turn on within 3425 original feed motor (OFM) pulses fromthe start of reverse rotation of the original feed motor (OFM). Alternatively, duringcontinuous original feed in the single-sided original mode, the DF timing switch(DFTSW) does not turn on for the second time under the above conditions.

OFM

3425 P*

On (Rev.)

Off

On

OffDFTSW

* Burst of OFM pulses

Timing chart 2-2-34

During the secondary original feed in the single-sided original mode, the original feedswitch (OFSW) has not turned off before the DF timing switch (DFTSW) turns off.

2A3/4

2-2-16

During original switchback operation in the double-sided original mode, the originalfeed switch (OFSW) remains on when the original switchback switch (OSBSW) turnsoff.

OSBSWOn

Off

On

OffOFSW

Timing chart 2-2-35

During the secondary original feed in the single-sided or double-sided original mode,the DF timing switch (DFTSW) does not turn on within 10200 original conveying motor(OCM) pulses from the DF timing switch (DFTSW) turning on.

10200 P*On

OffDFTSW

* Burst of OCM pulses

Timing chart 2-2-36

In the single-sided or double-sided original mode, the DF timing switch (DFTSW) turnsoff within 2016 original conveying motor (OCM) pulses from the DF timing switch(DFTSW) turning on.

2016 P*On

OffDFTSW

* Burst of OCM pulses

Timing chart 2-2-37

While scanning the first face (reverse face) of an original in the double-sided originalmode, the original switchback switch (OSBSW) does not turn on within 3591 originalconveying motor (OCM) pulses from the DF timing switch (DFTSW) turning on.

DFTSW

3591 P*

On

Off

On

OffOSBSW

* Burst of OCM pulses

Timing chart 2-2-38

2A3/4

2-2-17

• An original jam in the original switchback section (jam code 72)During the switchback operation of an original in the double-sided original mode, theoriginal switchback switch (OSBSW) does not turn on within 2520 original feed motor(OFM) pulses from the start of reverse rotation of the original feed motor (OFM).

OFM

2520 P*

On (Rev.)

Off

On

OffOSBSW

* Burst of OFM pulses

Timing chart 2-2-39

During switchback operation of an original in the double-sided original mode, theoriginal switchback switch (OSBSW) does not turn off within 5100 original feed motor(OFM) pulses from the original switchback switch (OSBSW) turning on.

5100 P*On

OffOSBSW

* Burst of OFM pulses

Timing chart 2-2-40

During the secondary original feed in the double-sided original mode, the DF timingswitch (DFTSW) does not turn on within 1528 original conveying motor (OCM) pulsesfrom the original conveying motor (OCM) turning on.

OCM

1528 P*

On

Off

On

OffDFTSW

* Burst of OCM pulses

Timing chart 2-2-41

1-1-15

2A3/4

CONTENTS

2-3 Operation of the PCBs

2-3-1 Power source PCB .............................................................................. 2-3-12-3-2 Engine PCB ........................................................................................ 2-3-32-3-3 Main PCB ............................................................................................ 2-3-42-3-4 Memory copy PCB .............................................................................. 2-3-62-3-5 Scanner motor PCB ............................................................................ 2-3-82-3-6 CCD PCB ............................................................................................ 2-3-92-3-7 DF driver PCB ................................................................................... 2-3-112-3-8 Operation unit main PCB,operation unit right PCB,and

operation unit left PCB ...................................................................... 2-3-12(1) Operation unit left PCB .............................................................. 2-3-14(2) Operation unit right PCB ........................................................... 2-3-15

2-3-9 Deck main PCB (42 ppm: optonal/52 ppm: standard) ...................... 2-3-16(1) Paper deck motor drive circuits ................................................. 2-3-17(2) Clutch drive circuit ..................................................................... 2-3-18(3) Operational principle of reflective photosensors PPSENS1,

PPSENS2, PPSENS3 and PESENS......................................... 2-3-19(4) Reset circuit ............................................................................... 2-3-20

2A3/4

2-3-1

2-3-1 Power source PCB

Noise filtercircuit L1

Noise filtercircuit L2

Zero-crosscircuit

24 V DCoutput circuitIC2

12 V DCoutputcircuitIC6

5.1 V DCoutput circuitIC3 (main)

Q302

Overvoltage/overcurrentdetectioncircuits

PWM controlcircuit (IC1)

TR2

TR3

H2 REM

H2 H1

H1 REM

PT2

PC1

PC2

PC3

PT1

L

*

* For 120 V specifications only.

PSPCB

Rectifier circuit

D

TRNS

C

Q201

D

D201

D202

SLEEP SIG

24 V DC

GND

GND

5.1 V DCGND

Z CROSS SIG

12 V DC

L201

C101

Q1 Q2

D001

R129

N

A

B

C

T1

+

A B

~

Figure 2-3-1 Power source PCB block diagram

2A3/4

2-3-2

The power source PCB (PSPCB) is a switching regulator which converts an AC input togenerate 24 V DC, 5.1 V DC and 12 V DC. It consists of the components shown inFigure 2-3-1; noise filter circuit, rectifier circuit, switching control circuit, 24 V DC outputcircuit, 5.1 V DC output circuit, 12 V DC output circuit, fixing heater control circuit,overvoltage detection circuit, overcurrent detection circuit.The noise filter circuits, consisting mainly of the noise filter circuit in the power sourcesection and capacitors, attenuates external noise and prevents switching noisegenerated by the power source circuit and the heater control circuit from leaving themachine via the AC line.The rectifier circuit full-wave rectifies the AC input which has passed through the noisefilter circuit using the diode bridge D001.The switching control circuit turns the FETs Q1 and Q2 on and off via the PWMcontroller IC1 to apply the AC component from the DC voltage smoothed via theelectrolytic capacitor C101 to the primary coil of the transformer TRNS.The 24 V DC output circuit smoothes the current induced on the secondary coil of thetransformer TRNS via diodes D201 and D202, and outputs a more stable 24 V DC bythe function of shunt regulator IC2. The output status of 24 V DC is fed back to thePWM control IC1 in the switching control circuit via the photocoupler PC1, and based onthe feedback, the PWM control IC1 outputs stable 24 V DC constantly by controlling theswitching duty pulse width for the FETs Q1 and Q2.The 5.1 V DC output control circuit IC3 receive 24 V DC from the 24 V DC output circuitand output stable 5.1 V DC by the function of the DC/DC converter control IC3.The 12 V DC output circuit receive 24 V DC from the 24 V DC output circuit and outputsstable 12 V DC by the function of a power supply regulator.In the energy saving mode, the FETs Q210 and Q302 are opened when they receive asleep signal from the main PCB (MPCB), thus cutting off the output of 24 V DC and apart of 5.1 V DC. Since input to the 12 V DC control circuit IC4 is also cut off, output of12 V DC also ceases.As a result, all outputs except the sub-output from the 5.1 V DC output circuit IC3 arecut off, by which means energy consumption is lowered to the Energy Star accreditationlevel while in the stand-by mode.Abnormal rise of voltage for all DC outputs and overcurrent in all outputs except the 24V DC and 12 V DC outputs are monitored by the overvoltage and overcurrent detectioncircuits, and if any abnormal rise is detected, alarm signals are fed back to the PWMcontrol circuit IC1 on the primary side via photocoupler PC2, by which means powersupply is shut down. Overload of the 24 V DC output is monitored by resistor R129 asthe total sum of current on the primary side, and if any abnormal condition is detected,the operation of the PWM control circuit IC1 stops and the power supply is shut down.Overload of the 12 V DC output circuit is controlled by the overcurrent protectionfunction of power source regulator IC4. When the abnormal output condition isremoved, the 12 V DC output returns to the normal output condition.The fixing heater control circuit sends zero-crossing signal (Z CROSS SIG) via thephotocoupler PC3 to the main PCB (MPCB). These signals are in turn converted intosignals to control the on/off timing and phases, which are then input to the power sourcePCB (PSPCB) as the H1 REM and H2 REM signals. The phototriacs PT1 and PT2 areturned on by the H1 REM and H2 REM signals, and electricity flows through triacs TR2and TR3 to turn the fixing heaters on.

2A3/4

2-3-3

2-3-2 Engine PCB

EPCB

Communicationinterface

DriverIC

Main PCB

Finisher*3

Motors

High-voltagetransformer PCB

Switches, sensors

Clutches, solenoids

Large paperdeck*2

MMD*4

*3: Optional.*4: Optional for 120 V specifications only.

*1: Optional for 42 ppm only.*2: 42 ppm: Optional/52 ppm: standard

Paper feeddesk*1

Figure 2-3-2 Engine PCB block diagram

The engine PCB (EPCB) transmits the status of each switch to the main PCB (MPCB)and transmits the control signals output from the main PCB (MPCB) through driver ICsto motors, clutches and solenoids. It also receives and transmits input and outputsignals to and from optional devices via a communication interface.

2A3/4

2-3-4

2-3-3 Main PCB

Communicationline

Image data

MPCB

SRDF

SHDIC29

MIPIC41

EPROMIC54

SELA

MAIN CPUIC23

EPROMIC45

EPROMIC57

SRAMIC13

SRAMIC55

XIOIC60

XIOIC63

Communicationmicrocomputer 2

IC56

BUFFER ICIC70,71,72

Engine PCB Booklet stitcher*

Communicationmicrocomputer 1

IC33

BUCKUP RAMIC15

ENGINE CPUIC66

DUAL PORT RAMIC44

SELB

SELC

VTCIC47

IC58

LSU

FIFOIC36

Operation unitmain PCB

Printer Board*1 CCDPCB

SCANNER CPUIC53

IC18,19IC28P

RT

DA

TA

SC

AN

DA

TA

MemorycopyPCB1

Memorycopy

PCB2*2

ScannermotorPCB

Addr

ess

bus

Dat

a bu

s

Data busAddress bus

VIDEO DATA

*1: Optional*2: 42 ppm: optional/52 ppm: standard

Figure 2-3-3 Main PCB block diagram

2A3/4

2-3-5

The main PCB (MPCB) consists of the main CPU (IC23), the engine CPU (IC66), thescanner CPU (IC53), communication microcomputers (IC33 and IC56), SRAMs (IC13and IC55), battery-integrated RAM for back-up (IC15), EPROMs (IC45, IC54, and IC57),a dual port RAM (IC44), ASICs for input and output control (XIO:IC60 and IC63), ASICsfor controlling image data input (SHD:IC29 and MIP:IC41), an ASIC for controllingimage data output (VTC:IC47)etc.The main CPU (IC23) controls the engine CPU (IC66) and the scanner CPU (IC53), andcontrols the flow of image data transmitted between the MIP (IC41), memory copy PCB1 (MCPCB1), memory copy PCB 2 (MCPCB2), and the printer board.The scanner CPU (IC53) controls the SHD (IC29) and the MIP (IC41), and sets theprocessing for image signals from the CCD PCB (CCDPCB). Also it controls driving ofthe scanner and the SRDF via the scanner motor PCB (SMPCB) and the SRDF DFdriver PCB (DFDPCB).The engine CPU (IC66) controls the operation of motors, clutches, and solenoids,output of image data, and communication with optional devices via the engine PCB(EPCB).

2A3/4

2-3-6

2-3-4 Memory copy PCB

Com

mun

icat

ion

cont

rol i

nter

face

Imag

e in

put

inte

rfac

eIm

age

outp

utin

terf

ace

Clock frequency24.39 MHz

Address bus

Address bus

Address bus

Data bus

Data bus

Data bus

DRAMsU13, 14, 15,18, 19, 20

Sortmemory

ASICU16

FF

CPUU17

CODECU26

CODECU25

SRAMU4,11

EPROMU1

Clock frequency31.8 MHz

Clock frequency39.86 MHz

Clock frequency3.6864 MHz

Figure 2-3-4 Memory copy PCB 1 block diagram

2A3/4

2-3-7

The following is a description of memory copy PCB 1 (MCPCB1). Memory copy PCB 2(MCPCB2) is identical to memory copy PCB 1 (MCPCB1).Memory copy PCB 1 (MCPCB1) consists of CPU U17, ASIC U16, SRAMs U4 and U11,DRAMs U13, U14, U15, U18, U19 and U20, EPROM U1, and CODECs U25 and U26.The memory copy PCB mainly serves to read images from the scanner based on thecontrol signals from the main PCB (MPCB), and output the images to the engine (thecomponent where printing to paper and driving of mechanisms are executed). It alsoperforms editing operations such as image rotation, image summary and imagesynthesizing.Since the original scanning speed of the scanner and the printing speed of the engine(the component where printing to paper and driving of mechanisms are executed) aredifferent, and their operations not synchronized, memory copy PCB 1 (MCPCB1) alsoserves as a buffer to deal with the speed and timing differences between them.

2A3/4

2-3-8

2-3-5 Scanner motor PCB

SM

SMPCB

SHPSW

ODSW

OSD1

OSD2*

INPCB

EL

DT2

24 V DC

5 V DC

SM A

SM Vref

SM M1–M3

SM CWB

SM CLK

SM ENABLESM A

SM B

SM B

PG ELEL ON REM

Driver IC1

Scannercontrol PCB

Powersource PCB

* For inch specification only.

Figure 2-3-5 Scanner motor PCB block diagram

The scanner motor PCB (SMPCB) drives the scanner motor (SM), turns the exposurelamp (EL) on and off, and relays signals from the scanner home position switch(SHPSW), original size sensor 1, 2 (OSD1, 2) and the original detection switch(ODSW).The scanner motor (SM) is driven by turning the output for motor phase switchover onand off (SM A, SM A, SM B, SM B). It is activated by the driver IC1 processing thecurrently set reference signal (SM Vref), mode signals (SM M1 - M3, SM CWB), phasechangeover clock (SM CLK), drive/stop signals (SM ENABLE) from the main PCB.The exposure lamp (EL) is turned on when the signal (EL ON REM) from the scannercontrol PCB (SCPCB) is inverted by DT2 and the resulting lamp on/off signal (EL) goeslow. Signals from the scanner home position switch (SHPSW), original size sensor 1, 2(OSD1, 2) and the original detection switch (ODSW) are relayed to the main PCB(MPCB).

2A3/4

2-3-9

2-3-6 CCD PCB

CCDPCB

CCDIC1

Clock driverIC2

Emitterfollowercircuit

Emitterfollowercircuit

IC311 clks

Odd

Even

4 clks

IC5

IC4

Main PCB

Clockgeneration

Imageprocessingcircuit

Figure 2-3-6 CCD PCB block diagram

The CCD PCB (CCDPCB) receives clock signals φ SHIFT, φ CLK, φ RS, φ CLP andgenerate eleven signals based on those clock signals necessary to drive the CCD IC1.When clock signals are input, the CCD IC1 outputs analog signals which are dividedinto even pixel signals and odd pixel signals depending on the set density of the image,which are transmitted to the main PCB (MPCB) via the emitter follower circuit anddifferential amplifiers IC4 and IC5.

2AD-1

2A3/4

2-3-10

2-3-7 DF driver PCB

Motordriver IC

Motordriver IC

MainPCB

24 V DC

DFDPCB

24 V DC

24 V DC

OCM A

OCM

OFM

OCM BOCM AOCM B

OFM A

Switches

Clutches,solenoids

OFM BOFM AOFM B

24 V DC

Figure 2-3-7 DF driver PCB block diagram

The DF driver PCB (DFDPCB) consists of a motor drive ICs and several othercomponents. It mainly serves to drive the original feed motor (OFM) and the originalconveying motor (OCM), under the control of signals received form the main PCB(MPCB). It also relays the 24 V DC power supply to the SRDF clutches and solenoidsand the 5 V DC power supply to various switches and drives, and relays inputs andoutputs of other signals.

2A3/4

2-3-11

2-3-8 Operation unit main PCB, operation unit right PCB, and operation unit left PCB

ODSW

CFL

OMPCB

OLPCB

ORPCB

LCD

–23 V DC

Touchpanel

Chip select

Touchpanelcircuit

Resetcircuit

Addressdecode circuit unit

EPROMIC12

EPROMIC16

SRAMIC9

SRAMIC20

CPUIC19

LCDcontrollerIC11

DC-DCconverterIC8

CFLlightingcircuitunit

Scan signal

Return signal

Scan signal

Return signal

Address bus

Address bus

Data bus

Data bus

Keyswitch/LEDdisplay

Keyswitch/LEDdisplay

MainPCB

Figure 2-3-8 Operation unit main PCB, operation unit right PCB, and operationunit left PCB block diagram

2A3/4

2-3-12

On the operation unit main PCB (OMPCB), the major component is the CPU IC19,which directly controls the operation of the machine in response to a control programlocated in EPROM IC12 and executed from SRAM IC9. EPROM IC16 contains font datafor the LCD display and LCD controller IC11 controls the LCD panel display frominstructions contained in SRAM IC20.The operation unit right PCB (ORPCB), consisting of key switches and LEDs, iscontrolled by scan signals and LED lighting signals from the operation unit main PCB(OMPCB).The operation unit left PCB (OLPCB) consists of key switches, LEDs and the CFLlighting drive circuit. Key switches and LEDs are controlled by scan signals and LEDlighting signals from the operation unit main PCB (OMPCB), and the CFL lighting drivecircuit. This circuit generates AC power for CFL lighting drive and is controlled by theturning on and off of CFL lighting signals by the operation unit main PCB (OMPCB).

2A3/4

2-3-13

(1) Operation unit left PCB

CNA-5CNA-6CNA-7

CNA-8CNA-9

CNA-16CNA-18

CNA-11CNA-12CNA-13CNA-14

CNA-10

DIGKEY L1DIGKEY L2DIGKEY L3

SCAN L1SCAN L2

5 V

N.C

DIGLED L1DIGLED L2DIGLED L3DIGLED L4

R13

R15

R9

R1

TR1

R2R3

TR2

LED

1

LED

2

LED

3

LED

4

LED

5

LED

6

LED

7

LED

8

LED

9

LED

10

LED

11

LED

12

LED

13

LED

14

LED

15

LED

16

R4R5

TR3

R6

R10R11R12

R14

SCAN L3

KEY1

KEY2

KEY4

KEY5

KEY6

KEY7

KEY3

D1 D2 D3

Operation

unit

main

PCB

Figure 2-3-9 Operation unit left PCB block diagram

Selection of key switches and the lighting of LEDs are determined by scan signals(SCAN L1 - L3) and LED signal selection signals (DIGLED L1 - L4). The key switchoperated is identified by the scan signals (SCAN L1 - L3) and the return signals(DIGKEY L1 - L3).As an example, to light LED 1, the LED lighting selection signal (DIGLED L1) should bedriven low in synchronization with a low level on the scan signal (SCAN L1). TransistorTR1 conducts and LED1 is lit. LEDs can be lit dynamically by repeating suchoperations.As an example, if KEY1 is pressed, the corresponding key switch is turned on feedingthe low level of the scan signal back to the operation unit main PCB (OMPCB) via thereturn signal (DIGKEY L1). The operation unit main PCB (OMPCB) locates the positionwhere the line outputting the scan signal and the line inputting the return signal cross,and thereby determines which key switch was operated.

2A3/4

2-3-14

(2) Operation unit right PCB

TB

Operation

unit

main

PCB

CNB-1

CNB-2

CNB-3

CNB-4

CNB-5

CNB-6

CNB-7

CNB-8

CNB-13

CNB-14

R17

R7R8

TR4

R18

R19

R20

CNB-10

CNB-9

CNB-12

CNB-11

N.C.

DIGKEY R1

KEY8

KEY9

KEY10

KEY11

D4 D5 D6 D7

KEY12

KEY13

KEY14

KEY15

KEY16

KEY17

KEY18

KEY19

KEY20

KEY21

KEY22

KEY23

DIGKEY R2

DIGKEY R3

DIGKEY R4

SCAN R1

SCAN R2

SCAN R3

SCAN R4

BUZZER

BZ

5 V

DIGLED R2

DIGLED R1

LED

17

LED

18

LED

19

LED

20

DIGLED R4

DIGLED R3

Figure 2-3-10 Operation unit right PCB block diagram

The operation unit right PCB (ORPCB) consists of key switches and LEDs. Dependingon the scan signals (SCAN R1 - R4) and the LED lighting selection signals (DIGLED R1- R4) received from the operation unit main PCB (OMPCB), the LED to be lit is selected,and the key switch pressed is identified by the scan signals (SCAN R1 - R4) and thereturn signals (DIGKEY R1 - R4).As an example, to light LED17, the LED lighting selection signal (DIGLED R1) shouldbe driven low in synchronization with a low level on the scan signal (SCAN R1).Transistor TR4 conducts and LED17 is lit. LEDs can be lit dynamically by repeatingsuch operations.As an example, if KEY8 is pressed, the corresponding key switch is turned on feedingthe low level of the scan signal back to the operation unit main PCB (OMPCB) via thereturn signal (DIGKEY R1). The operation unit main PCB (OMPCB) locates the positionwhere the line outputting the scan signal and the line inputting the return signal cross,and thereby determines which key switch was operated.

2A3/4

2-3-15

2-3-9 Deck main PCB (42 ppm: optional/52 ppm: standard)

DECK TXD DECK RXD

PFSW4

EnginePCB

MainPCB

24 V DC5 V DCPGNDSGND

CM

PDM1

PDMSENS1

PDMSENS2

PDM1drive circuit

PDM2

Deck paperconveyingmotordrivecircuit

Communicationcircuit

Latch

CPUIC7

PDMPCB

Clutchdrive circuit

LED drivecircuit

Deckopen/closedetection

ROM

PPSENS1

PPSENS2

PPSENS3

PESENS

DLSW1

UPSW1

DLSW2

SCSW

DOSSWOscillatorcircuit

PFCL1

PFCL2

CCL

I/FPCB

+24 V DC+5 V DCSGND

PDM2drive circuit

Reset circuit

PLDSENS2

PLDSENS1

Figure 2-3-11 Deck main PCB block diagram

The deck main PCB (PDMPCB) consists of the CPU IC7, which serially communicateswith the main PCB (MPCB) via the engine PCB (EPCB); the deck paper conveyingmotor drive circuit; the paper deck motor drive circuits; the clutch drive circuit; the resetcircuit; and the LED drive circuit. It controls the entire large paper deck.

2A3/4

2-3-16

( 1 ) Paper deck motor drive circuits

IC8.4Y

+5 V DC

AB

12 11

CPUIC7

58

1R4

2

13

IC8.3Y

IC6.4R36

PDMPCB

AB

10 8 1B

2C

3

12

E

GROUND

AGROUND

CN1-8

CN7-1

CN7-2

98

9

2C

1E

3B

+5 V DC1R24

2

+24 V DC

1R25Q3

Q1

Q5

2 1

D1SIG

D4

2

K

A

+24 VDC

PDM1

2C

1E

3B

1K

2A

+5 V DC

UPSW1

14

Figure 2-3-12 Paper deck motor 1 drive circuit

The following is a description of the paper deck motor 1 drive circuit. Paper deck motors1 and 2 are identical.When pin 14 of the CPU IC7 goes low, transistor Q1 is turned on causing paper deckmotor 1 (PDM1) to rotate. When transistor Q1 is turned off, paper deck motor 1 (PDM1)stops. A brake circuit ensures the prompt stopping of the motor. When transistor Q1turns off, transistor Q3 turns on, supplying 24 V DC to CN7-1 thereby preventing paperdeck motor 1 (PDM1) from rotating further under momentum.When the right cassette lift is raised past the limit, upper limit switch 1 (UPSW1) turnson, taking the level at pin 58 of the CPU IC7 low, which turns transistor Q1 and hencepaper deck motor 1 (PDM1) off. This level change is also passed to pin 9 of a protectivecircuit consisting of IC8.3, forcing paper deck motor 1 (PDM1) off directly in case theCPU IC7 fails.

2A3/4

2-3-17

( 2 ) Clutch drive circuit

CCL

CN4-1

CN4-6

+24 V DC

36

1114

271015

IN1IN2IN3IN4

19CPUIC7

PDMPCB

01020304

COM2COM19 16

IC4

Figure 2-3-13 Paper conveying clutch drive circuit

When pin 19 of the CPU IC7 goes low, pin 2 of IC4 goes low, which turns the paperconveying clutch (CCL) on.The other clutches are controlled in the same manner.

2A3/4

2-3-18

(3) Operating principle of reflective photosensors PPSENS1, PPSENS2,PPSENS3 and PESENS

IC9.4

R4298

IC5.3

R43

PDMPCB

I/FPCB

R15

6

76

5

CPUIC7

5

Off

On

+5 V DC

R44

Off

On

Phototransistor

LED

Q14

PPSENS 3

Figure 2-3-14 Reflective photosensor (PPSENS3) circuit

The following is the operating principle of paper path sensor 3 (PPSENS3). Paper pathsensors 1 and 2 (PPSENS1, PPSENS2) and the paper empty sensor (PESENS)operate in the same manner.Pulsating signal from pin 5 of the CPU IC7 turns Q14 on and off, causing the LED onthe sensor PCB to flash. When the flashing LED light reflects on the paper, thephototransistor turns on and off. The on/off signal is then inverted by IC9.4 and thepaper presence signal (pulse) is input at pin 76 of the CPU IC7.If there is no paper, the phototransistor remains off and 5 V DC is input at pin 76 of theCPU IC7.

2A3/4

2-3-19

( 4 ) Reset circuit

+5 V DC3

8

1

6

5

4

CK

RES

CT

VREF

50

7

CPUIC7

Vcc

GND

RES2

1C7

2

VS

IC1

GROUND

GROUND 1+C17

R23 21

2 17

C22

2

1C1

+5 V DC1

R22

+5 V DC

R1

Figure 2-3-15 Reset circuit

VCC

VSHVSL

0.8 V DC

CK

CT

RES

TCK

B A

Figure 2-3-16 CPU reset operation timing chart (abridged)

IC1 monitors the supply voltage and also determines if the CPU IC7 is operatingcorrectly. If the supply voltage VCC drops below VSL (approx. 4.2 V DC), the reset signal(RES) is output to the CPU IC7 (A in the timing chart).IC1 monitors the clock signal (CK) from pin 50 of the CPU IC7 which goes lowperiodically. If the CPU IC7 fails, IC1 detects that the clock signal (CK) has stopped andsends a reset signal (RES) to the CPU IC7 (B in the timing chart). To reset the CPUIC7, pin 8 (RES) of IC1, which usually outputs 5 V DC, goes low and takes the level atpin 7 of the CPU IC7 low.

III

SET UP ANDADJUSTMENT

SECTION

1-1-17

2A3/4

CONTENTS

3-1 Installation

3-1-1 Unpacking and installation .................................................................. 3-1-1(1) Installation environment .............................................................. 3-1-1(2) Installation procedure .................................................................. 3-1-2

3-1-2 Setting initial copy modes ................................................................. 3-1-293-1-3 Installing the memory copy kit

(42 ppm: optional/52 ppm: standard) ................................................ 3-1-303-1-4 Installing the image memory SIMM (option) ..................................... 3-1-333-1-5 Installing the optical heater (service part) ......................................... 3-1-353-1-6 Installing the drawer heater (service part) ......................................... 3-1-383-1-7 Installing the key counter (option) ..................................................... 3-1-413-1-8 Installing the dehumidfier heaters (service part) ............................... 3-1-443-1-9 Installing the MMD host monitoring system device

(optional for 120 V specifications only) ............................................. 3-1-47

3-1-1

2A3/4

3-1-1 Unpacking and installation

( 1 ) Installation environment 1. Temperature: 10 - 35°C/50 - 95°F 2. Humidity: 15 - 18%RH 3. Power supply: 120 V AC, 10 A

220 - 240 V AC, 4.8 A 4. Power source frequency: 50 Hz ±0.3%/60 Hz ±0.3% 5. Installation location

• Avoid direct sunlight or bright lighting. Ensure that the photoconductor will not beexposed to direct sunlight or other strong light when removing paper jams.

• Avoid extremes of temperature and humidity, abrupt ambient temperaturechanges, and hot or cold air directed onto the machine.

• Avoid dust and vibration.• Choose a surface capable of supporting the weight of the machine.• Place the machine on a level surface (maximum allowance inclination: 1° ).• Avoid air-borne substances that may adversely affect the machine or degrade the

photoconductor, such as mercury, acidic or alkaline vapors, inorganic gasses,NOx, SOx gases and chlorine-based organic solvents.

• Select a room with good ventilation. 6. Allow sufficient access for proper operation and maintenance of the machine.

Machine front: 1000 mm/393/8" Machine rear: 100 mm/4"Machine right: 700 mm/275/8" Machine left: 600 mm/235/8"

hd

g

f

ei

c

b a

Figure 3-1-1 Installation dimensions

a: 811 mm/3115/16" d: 1279 mm/503/8" g: 455 mm/1715/16"b: 1131 mm/441/2" e: 748 mm/297/16" h: 1827 mm/7115/16"c: 627 mm/2411/16" f: 1506 mm/595/16" i: 35 mm/13/8"

3-1-2

2A3/4

( 2 ) Installation procedure

Unpack.

Remove the tapes. (52 ppm)

Remove the tapes. (42 ppm)

Make test copies.

Install the copy tray*3 and paper size label sheet.

Check the toner sensor control voltage and toner feed start level

(maintenance items U131 and U156).

Remove pins holding light source units 1 and 2.

Load developer.

Connect the power cord.

Adjust the height adjuster.*2

Install a toner cartridge.

Install the feed bottom protector(only for 42 ppm).*1

Release the cleaning blade.

Apply toner to the cleaning blade (maintenance item U160).

Exit maintenance mode.

Start

Install the drum.

Adjust the fixing pressure.

Carry out initial developer setting (maintenance item U130).

Remove the developing unit.

Completion of the machine installation.

*1: When neither the paper feed desk nor the large paper deck is installed.*2: When the paper feed desk or the large paper deck is installed.*3: For 220 - 240 V specifications only.

3-1-3

2A3/4

• 42 ppm

Feed bottom protector*1

Light source unit 1 pins

Light source unit 2 pin

Copy tray*2

Paper size label sheet

Cleaning blade pin

Drum

Figure 3-1-2-a

*1: When neither the paper feed desk nor the large paper deck is installed.*2: For 220-240 V specifications only.

3-1-4

2A3/4

• 52 ppm

Light source unit 1 pins

Light source unit 2 pin

Copy tray*

Paper size label sheet

Cleaning blade pin

Drum

Figure 3-1-2-b

* For 220-240 V specifications only.

3-1-5

2A3/4

Unpack.

• 42 ppm

2345

(

%

9

⁄ 6 7

8¤

$

)

@

#

0

^

1

& !

*

Figure 3-1-3-a Unpacking

1 Copier 8 Right pad ^ Machine cover2 Desk retainer 9 Left pad & Machine bottom cover3 Paper size label sheet 0 Bottom pads * Hinge joint4 M4 × 6 TP screws ! Skid ( Plastic bag5 BVM4 × 6 bronze @ Top plate ) Bar code labels

binding screws # Inner frame ⁄ Copy tray*6 Power cord* $ Outer case ¤ Feed bottom protector7 Drum set % Tray spacer

* For 220 - 240 V specifications only.

3-1-6

2A3/4

• 52 ppm

2&

(

*

#

9

6

$

5

^

@

8

4

%

0

1

7

3

!

Figure 3-1-3-b Unpacking

1 Copier 8 Inner frame % Top spacer2 Paper size label sheet 9 Tray spacer ^ Upper case3 Bottom pads 0 Machine cover & Business reply mail*1

4 Outer case ! Hinge joint * Power cord*2

5 Right pad @ Bar code labels ( Copy tray*2

6 Left pad # Plastic bag7 Skid $ Drum set

*1: For 120 V specifications only. *2: For 220 - 240 V specifications only.

3-1-7

2A3/4

1. Remove the two tapes holding the front cover. 2. Remove the two tapes holding the duplex unit. 3. Remove the two tapes holding the drawers. 4. Remove the two tapes holding the right cover. 5. Open the front cover and remove the three tapes holding the SRDF. 6. Remove the two tapes holding the power cord.* 7. Remove the tape binding the power cord.

Power cord*

SRDFFront cover

Duplex unit

Drawers

Right cover

Figure 3-1-4

* For 120 V specifications only.

Remove the tapes. (42 ppm)

3-1-8

2A3/4

8. Remove the two tapes holding the feed bottom protector and then the protector. 9. Remove the two tapes holding the DF original reversing cover.10. Remove the tape holding the paper ejection guide.11. Remove the three tapes holding the pins for light source units 1 and 2.12. Remove the tape holding the left cover.

Paper ejection guide

Feed bottom protector

DF original reversing cover

Light source unit 1 pins

Light source unit 2 pin

Left cover

Figure 3-1-5

3-1-9

2A3/4

13. Open the duplex unit and remove the two tapes holding the duplex cover.

Duplex cover

Duplex unit

Figure 3-1-6

14. Open the drawers and remove the two tapes from each of them.

Figure 3-1-7

3-1-10

2A3/4

15. Open the SRDF and remove the paper from the contact glass.16. Remove the protective film from the edge of the contact glass.17. Remove the tape holding the original detection switch.

Original detection switch

SRDF

PaperProtective film

Figure 3-1-8

3-1-11

2A3/4

1. Remove the tape holding the front cover. 2. Remove the two tapes holding the drawers. 3. Remove the tape holding the right cover. 4. Remove the tape holding the deck side cover. 5. Open the front cover and remove the three tapes holding the SRDF. 6. Remove the two tapes holding the power cord.* 7. Remove the tape binding the power cord.

Drawers

Right cover

Deck side cover

SRDFFront cover

Power cord*

Figure 3-1-9

* For 120 V specifications only.

Remove the tapes. (52 ppm)

3-1-12

2A3/4

8. Remove the two tapes holding the DF original reversing cover. 9. Remove the tape holding the paper ejection guide.10. Remove the three tapes holding the pins for light source units 1 and 2.11. Remove the tape holding the left cover.

Paper ejection guideDF original reversing cover

Light source unit 1 pins

Light source unit 2 pin

Left cover

Figure 3-1-10

3-1-13

2A3/4

12. Open the front cover and then the duplex unit. Remove the two tapes holdingthe duplex cover.

Duplex cover

Duplex unit

Figure 3-1-11

13. Open the drawers and remove the tape from each of them.

Figure 3-1-12

3-1-14

2A3/4

14. Open the SRDF and remove the paper from the contact glass.15. Remove the protective film from the edge of the contact glass.16. Remove the tape holding the original detection switch.

Original detection switch

SRDF

PaperProtective film

Figure 3-1-13

3-1-15

2A3/4

1. Remove the two pins for light source unit 1 and the pin for light source unit 2.

Light source unit 2 pin

Light source unit 1 pins

Figure 3-1-14

1. Open the front cover. 2. Turn the paper transfer section release lever to the right.

Paper transfer section release lever

* Illustration shows a 42 ppm.Figure 3-1-15

Remove the developing unit.

Remove pins holding light source units 1 and 2.

3-1-16

2A3/4

3. While pressing the image formation unit release button, pull the image formationunit out.

Image formation unit

Image formation unit release button

* Illustration shows a 42 ppm.Figure 3-1-16

4. Remove the two screws and open the image formation rail.

Screw

Screw

Image formation rail

Figure 3-1-17

3-1-17

2A3/4

5. Detach the 1-pin connector of the developing unit and 4-pin connector of thetoner sub-hopper.

6. Slide the joint toward the machine rear. While sliding the shutter toward themachine front, close the shutter.

7. Lift the toner sub-hopper slightly and turn it toward the machine right.

Toner sub-hopper

1-pin connector

4-pin connectorShutter

Developing unit

Joint

Figure 3-1-18

8. Hold the front and rear of the developing unit and remove it from the imageformation unit.

Developing unit

Figure 3-1-19 Removing the developing unit

3-1-18

2A3/4

1. Remove the two screws and unlock the two hooks to remove the developingunit upper cover.Caution: Place the developing unit on a level surface when loading developer.

Developing unit upper cover

HookScrews

Hook

Figure 3-1-20

2. Shake the developer bottle well to agitate the developer. 3. While turning the developing gear in the direction of the arrow in the diagram,

uniformly pour developer into the developing unit.Caution: Never turn the developing gear in the reverse direction.

Developer

Developing gear

Figure 3-1-21 Loading developer

4. Refit the developing unit upper cover using the two screws.

Load developer.

3-1-19

2A3/4

1. Remove the two screws and detach the main charger assembly. 2. Remove the two screws and open the upper cleaning cover.

Screw Screw

ScrewsMain charger assembly

Upper cleaning cover

Figure 3-1-22

3. Remove the screw from each of the front and rear drum retainers and then theretainers.

Rear drum retainer

Screw Screw

Front drum retainer

Figure 3-1-23

Install the drum.

3-1-20

2A3/4

4. Fit the front and rear drum retainers to the drum and install the drum to theimage formation unit.

5. Secure each of the front and rear drum retainers using the screws removed instep 3.• When installing the drum, orient correctly with the thinner end of the drum

flange shaft at the machine front and the thicker end at the machine rear.

Image formation unit

ScrewScrew

Front drum retainer Drum Rear drum retainer

Figure 3-1-24 Installing the drum

6. Close the upper cleaning cover and secure using the two screws. 7. Fit the main charger assembly to the image formation unit and secure using the

two screws.• When installing the main charger assembly, fix with the assembly pushed all

the way toward the machine front. 8. Fit the developing unit to the image formation unit. 9. Return the toner sub-hopper to the original position.10. Open the shutter by sliding toward the machine rear and connect it to the joint.11. Plug the 1-pin connector of the developing unit and 4-pin connector of the toner

sub-hopper.12. Close the image formation rail and secure using the two screws.

3-1-21

2A3/4

13. While pressing the image formation unit safety lock release plate, put the imageformation unit back into the machine.

Image formation unit

Image formation unit safety lock release plate

* Illustration shows a 42 ppm.Figure 3-1-25

14. Return the paper transfer section release lever to the original position to securethe paper conveying section.

1. While lifting the fixing unit release lever, pull the fixing unit out from themachine.

Fixing unit

Fixing unit release lever

* Illustration shows a 42 ppm.

Figure 3-1-26 Pulling out the fixing unit

Adjust the fixing pressure.

3-1-22

2A3/4

2. To adjust the fixing pressure, tighten the fixing pressure nuts on the front andrear of the fixing unit clockwise until each nut clamps the angle bracket againstthe locking nuts underneath.

Angle bracket

Fixing pressure nut

Locking nuts

Figure 3-1-27 Adjusting the fixing pressure

3. While lifting the fixing unit release lever, slide the fixing unit back into themachine.

4. Close the front cover.

3-1-23

2A3/4

1. Connect the power cord to the machine.* 2. Insert the power plug into the wall outlet.

1. Turn the main switch on and enter the maintenance mode by entering“10871087” using the numeric keys.• The machine enters the maintenance mode immediately after the transfer

charger wire cleaning completes. 2. Enter “130” using the numeric keys and press the print key. 3. Press the print key to execute the maintenance item.

• In approximately 2.5 minutes, the toner feed start level and toner sensorcontrol voltage are automatically set and the settings displayed on the touchpanel.

Display exampleCONTROL: 156 (Toner sensor control voltage)TARGET: 100 (Toner feed start level)HUMID: 91 (Absolute humidity)

4. Press the stop/clear key.

1. Run maintenance items U131 and U156 and check that the values set inmaintenance item U130 are displayed on the touch panel.

2. Press the stop/clear key.

1. Enter “160” using the numeric keys and press the print key. 2. Press the print key to execute the maintenance item.

• Toner is applied to the drum and then the drive stops automatically. 3. Press the stop/clear key.

* For 220 - 240 V specifications only.

Carry out initial developer setting (maintenance item U130).

Check the toner sensor control voltage and toner feed start level(maintenance items U131 and U156).

Apply toner to the cleaning blade (maintenance item U160)

Connect the power cord.

3-1-24

2A3/4

1. Open the front cover. 2. Turn the paper transfer section release lever to the right to unlock the paper

conveying section. 3. While pressing the image formation unit release button, pull the image formation

unit out. 4. After checking that toner is applied to the drum, loosen the cleaning blade pin at

the left of the image formation unit and slide the cleaning blade lever in thedirection of the arrow.• The cleaning blade is now unlocked and comes into contact with the drum.

5. Retighten the cleaning blade pin to secure the cleaning blade lever.

Cleaning blade pinCleaning blade lever

Figure 3-1-28

6. While pressing the image formation unit safety lock release plate, slide theimage formation unit back into the machine.

7. Return the paper transfer section release lever to the original position to securethe paper conveying section.

8. Close the front cover.

1. Enter “001” using the numeric keys and press the print key.• The machine exits the simulation mode.

1. Shake the toner cartridge upside-down and side-to-side to agitate the toner.

Figure 3-1-29

Exit maintenance mode.

Install a toner cartridge.

Release the cleaning blade.

3-1-25

2A3/4

2. After the machine has stabilized, open the front cover. 3. Shift the toner cartridge release lever to the left.

Toner cartridge release lever

* Illustration shows a 42 ppm.Figure 3-1-30

4. Insert the toner cartridge by aligning the two arrows on the top of the tonercartridge with the two markings on the machine.

5. Shift the toner cartridge release lever to the right to secure the toner cartridge.

Toner cartridge release lever

Markings

Toner cartridge

* Illustration shows a 42 ppm.Figure 3-1-31

6. Close the front cover.

3-1-26

2A3/4

1. Remove the screws from the right front lower cover B and right rear lower coverand then detach the covers.

2. Fit the feed bottom protector using two M4 x 6 TP screws. 3. Refit all removed parts.

Right front lower cover B

Screw

Screw Right rear lower cover

M4 × 6 TP screws

Feed bottom protector

Figure 3-1-32

*1: When neither the paper feed desk nor the large paper deck is installed.

Install the feed bottom protector (only for 42 ppm).*1

3-1-27

2A3/4

1. Turn the four height adjusters at the bottom of the machine so that the machineis level.

Height adjuster

Figure 3-1-33

*2: When the paper feed desk or the large paper deck is installed.

1. Install the copy tray.*3

2. Load paper so that the copying side (the side facing upward when unpacked)faces downward.• When loading paper on the bypass table, load so that the copying side (the

side facing upward when unpacked) faces upward.• Loading paper upside down may cause a paper jam.

Copying side (side facing upward when unpacked)

Figure 3-1-34

*3: For 220 - 240 V specifications only.

Adjust the height adjusters.*2

Install the copy tray*3 and paper size label sheet.

3-1-28

2A3/4

3. Slide the paper size label sheet into the front of drawer.

Paper size label sheet

Figure 3-1-35

4. If the user requests the side guides to be fixed, fix according to the paper sizeusing four M3 × 8 flat-head screws.

Side guidesScrews Screws

Figure 3-1-36

5. Set the paper size on the operation panel. (For 220 - 240 V specifications only)

1. Place an original and make test copies.Check if the center lines of the large paper deck, the bypass table and eachdrawer are correct. If not, adjust the center lines.

Completion of the machine installation.

Make test copies.

3-1-29

2A3/4

3-1-2 Setting initial copy modes

Factory settings are as follows:

U253

U254

U255

U256

U258

U260

U263

U264

U330

U333

U334

U343

U344

U347

U348

U350

Switching between double and single counts

Turning auto start function on/off

Setting auto clear time

Turning auto preheat/energy saver

function on/off

Switching copy operation at toner

empty detection

Changing the copy count timing

Setting DF copy ejection orientation

Setting date display order

Sets the number of copies for switching

the copy eject tray in the finisher

Setting the number of digits of ID-code

Setting the ejection method in the booklet

stitcher

Switching between duplex/simplex

copy mode

Setting preheat/energy saver mode

Setting auto drawer size detection

Setting the copy density adjustment range

Setting the ID-code error output

Double count

ON

90

ON

SINGLE MODE, 0

EJECT

Face down

Month-day-year

(inch)

Day-month-year

(metric)

100

4 digits

2 BIN

Simplex copy

Energy Star

ON (inch)

OFF (metric)

SPECIAL AREA

ON

Maintenance item No. Contents Factory setting

3-1-30

2A3/4

3-1-3 Installing the memory copy kit(42 ppm: option/52 ppm: standard)

Memory copy kit installation requires the following parts:Memory copy kit (P/N 2AC82020)Contents of the kit• Memory copy PCB (assembly, P/N 2AC01120)• Three (3) BVM4 × 6 bronze binding screws (P/N B1304060)

<Procedure> 1. Detach the SRDF connector. 2. Remove the seven screws holding the rear cover and then the cover. 3. Remove the eight screws holding the main PCB cover and then the cover.

M4

Screws

Main PCB cover

Screws

Screws

Figure 3-1-37

3-1-31

2A3/4

4. Insert the connector of the memory copy PCB into the connector of the main PCB. 5. Clip the memory copy PCB over the board support.

Main PCB

Connector

Connector

Memory copy PCB

Board support

Figure 3-1-38

6. Secure the memory copy PCB using the three BVM4 × 6 bronze binding screws.

Screw

Screw

Screw

Memory copy PCB

Figure 3-1-39

3-1-32

2A3/4

7. Insert the connector of the machine into the connector on the memory copy PCB.

Memory copy PCB

Connector

Connector

Figure 3-1-40

8. Refit all removed parts.

3-1-33

2A3/4

3-1-4 Installing the image memory SIMM (option)

Installation of add-on image memory to the memory copy PCB requires the followingpart:Image memory (16 MB or 32 MB 72-pin SIMM)

<Procedure> 1. Detach the SRDF connector. 2. Remove the seven screws holding the rear cover and then the cover. 3. Remove the eight screws holding the main PCB cover and then the cover.

• To install an add-on image memory to memory copy PCB 2 only, proceed to step5.

Memory copy PCB 2

Memory copy PCB 1

M4

Screws

Main PCB cover

Screws

Screws

Figure 3-1-41

3-1-34

2A3/4

4. Remove the six screws holding the sequence cover and then the cover.

M4

Screws

ScrewsScrews

Sequence cover

Figure 3-1-42

5. Fit an image memory into the add-on memory slot on the memory copy PCB.

2

1

Memory copy PCB 2

Memory copy PCB 1

Add-on memory slot

Image memory

Figure 3-1-43

6. Refit all removed parts.

3-1-35

2A3/4

3-1-5 Installing the optical heater (service part)

Optical heater installation requires the following parts:Optical heater (P/N 33960020): for 220 - 240 V specificationsOptical heater (P/N 34860030): for 120 V specificationsHeater switch (P/N 68427020)Dehumidifier relay cable (P/N 2AC60020)Two BVM4 × 6 bronze binding screws (P/N B1304060)

<Procedure> 1. Detach SRDF connector. 2. Remove the SRDF. 3. Remove the seven screws holding the rear cover and then the cover. 4. Remove the two screws holding the upper rear cover and then the cover. 5. Remove the two screws holding the upper right cover and then the cover. 6. Remove the contact glass. 7. Move the scanner toward the machine right. 8. Pass the 2-pin connector of the optical heater cable to the machine rear through the

two cable holes. 9. Fit the optical heater using the two screws.

Optical heater

Screws

Scanner

Cable holes

Connector

Figure 3-1-44

3-1-36

2A3/4

10. Route the dehumidifier relay cable using the five wire saddles.11. Insert the 2-pin connector of the optical heater into the 2-pin connector of the

dehumidifier relay cable.12. Insert the 2-pin connector of the main PCB into the 2-pin connector of the

dehumidifier relay cable.13. Insert the 4-pin connector of the main PCB into the 4-pin connector of the

dehumidifier relay cable.

Wire saddle

1-pin connectors

Optical heater (cable)

2-pin connector

2-pin connector

Dehumidifier relay cable

4-pin connector

4-pin connector

2-pin connector

2-pin connector

Main harnessWire saddle

Wire saddle

Wire saddle

Wire saddle

Main harness

Figure 3-1-45

3-1-37

2A3/4

14. Remove the two screws holding the lower left cover and then the cover.15. Remove the cap in the lower left cover.16. Refit the lower left cover using the two screws.17. Insert the heater switch instead.18. Plug the two 1-pin connectors of the dehumidifier relay cable onto the terminals of

the heater switch.

Heater switch

Heater switch

1-pin connector

Dehumidifier relay cable

1-pin connector

Cap

Lower left cover

Figure 3-1-4619. Refit all removed parts.

3-1-38

2A3/4

3-1-6 Installing the drawer heater (service part)

Drawer heater installation requires the following parts:Drawer heater (P/N 33960020): for 220 - 240 V specificationsDrawer heater (P/N 34860030): for 120 V specificationsHeater switch (P/N 68427020)Dehumidifier relay cable (P/N 2AC60020)Two M4 × 8 S tight screws (P/N B3324080)Binding band SG-130 (P/N M2107120)

<Procedure> 1. Remove the four screws holding the upper drawer and then the drawer. 2. Remove the two screws holding the lower left cover and then the cover. 3. Remove the lower drawer. 4. Pass the 2-pin connector of the drawer heater cable to the machine rear through the

cable hole in the left back corner of the machine. 5. Fit the drawer heater using the two screws. 6. Attach the binding band to the drawer heater cable and insert the band into the hole

in the bottom of the machine.

Drawer heater

Cable hole

2-pin connector

Binding band

Screws

Figure 3-1-47

3-1-39

2A3/4

7. Detach the SRDF connector. 8. Remove the seven screws holding the rear cover and then the cover. 9. Route the dehumidifier relay cable using the five wire saddles.10. Insert 2-pin connector of the drawer heater into the 2-pin connector of the

dehumidifier relay cable.11. Insert the 2-pin connector of the main harness into the 2-pin connector of the

dehumidifier relay cable.12. Insert the 4-pin connector of the main harness into the 4-pin connector of the

dehumidifier relay cable.

2-pin connector

Dehumidifier relay cable

4-pin connector

4-pin connector

2-pin connector

2-pin connector

Main harness Wire saddle

1-pin connectors

Wire saddle

Wire saddle

Wire saddle

Wire saddle

Connector

Main harness

Drawer heater cable

Figure 3-1-48

3-1-40

2A3/4

13. Remove the two screws holding the lower left cover and then the cover.14. Remove the cap in the lower left cover.15. Refit the lower left cover using the two screws.16. Insert the heater switch instead.17. Plug the two 1-pin connectors of the dehumidifier relay cable onto the terminals of

the heater switch.

Heater switch

Heater switch

1-pin connector

Dehumidifier relay cable

1-pin connector

Cap

Figure 3-1-49

18. Refit all removed parts.

3-1-41

2A3/4

3-1-7 Installing the key counter (option)

Key counter installation requires the following parts:Key counter set (P/N 66069781)Contents of the set:• Key counter cover (P/N 66060010)• Key counter retainer (P/N 66060030)• Key counter cover retainer (P/N 66060021)• Key counter mount (P/N 66060040)• Key counter assembly (P/N 29236240)• Four (4) M4 × 6 bronze TP-A screws (P/N B4304060)• Two (2) M4 × 10 bronze TP-A screws (P/N B4304100)• One (1) M4 × 6 chrome TP-A screw (P/N B4104060)• Two (2) M3 × 6 bronze flat-head screws (P/N B2303060)• One (1) M3 bronze nut (P/N C2303000)

<Procedure> 1. Fit the key counter assembly to the key counter retainer using the two screws and

nut. 2. Fit the key counter mount to the key counter cover using the two screws, and attach

the key counter retainer to the mount using the two screws.

M3 × 6 flat-head screws (B2303060)

M4 × 6 screws (B4304060)

M3 nut (C2303000)

Key counter retainer (66060030)

Key counter mount (66060040)

Key counter cover (66060010)

M4 × 6 screws (B4304060)

Key counter assembly (29236240)

Figure 3-1-50

3-1-42

2A3/4

3. Remove the screw holding right front lower cover B and then the cover. 4. Remove the screw holding the right rear lower cover and then the cover. 5. Remove the two screws and detach the middle right cover from the machine. 6. Cut out the aperture plate on the middle right cover using nippers.

Screw

Middle right cover

Screw

Aperture plate

Figure 3-1-51

3-1-43

2A3/4

7. Pass the 4-pin connector of the key counter through the apertures in the keycounter cover retainer and middle right cover, and insert into the 4-pin connectorinside the machine.

8. Seat the projection of the key counter cover retainer in the aperture in the middleright cover, and fasten them both to the machine using the two screws.

9. Refit the screw to the machine front side of the middle right cover.10. Fit the key counter cover with the key counter assembly inserted to the key counter

cover retainer on the machine.

Screw

4-pin connector

4-pin connectorAperture Middle right cover

Key counter cover retainer (66060021)

M4 × 10 screw (B4304100)

Key counter cover

M4 × 10 screw (B4304100) M4 × 6 screw

(B4104060)

Figure 3-1-52

11. Insert the key counter into the key counter assembly.12. Turn the main switch on and enter the maintenance mode.13. Run maintenance item U204 and select “KEY COUNTER.”14. Exit the maintenance mode.15. Check that the message requesting the key counter to be inserted is displayed

when the key counter is pulled out.16. Check that the counter counts up as copies are made.

3-1-44

2A3/4

3-1-8 Installing the dehumidifier heaters (service part)

Dehumidifier heater installation requires the following parts:Two dehumidifier heaters (P/N 33960020): for 220 - 240 V specificationsTwo dehumidifier heaters (P/N 34860030): for 120 V specificationsTwo heater bases (P/N 54107410)Eight BVM4 x 06 bronze binding screws (P/N B1304060)Eight EDS-2 edgings (P/N M2104210)Relay wire (P/N 53310390)Six SG-110 V0 bands (P/N M2107200)<Procedure> 1. Fit the dehumidifier heaters to the heater bases using two screws for each.

Screws ScrewsDehumidifier heater

Left

Dehumidifier heater

Heater base Heater base

Right

Figure 3-1-53

2. Remove the two screws from each of the deck right cover, deck left cover and deckrear cover and then the covers.

3. Open the large paper deck. 4. Detach the deck paper conveying motor connector. 5. Remove the spring from the deck paper conveying motor bracket. 6. Remove the four screws holding the deck paper conveying motor bracket and then

the bracket. 7. Remove the two screws holding the deck paper conveying unit assembly and then

the assembly.

Connector

Spring

Screws

Screws

Deck paper conveyingmotor bracket

Deck paper conveyingunit assembly

Figure 3-1-54

3-1-45

2A3/4

8. Fit the dehumidifier heater assemblies to the right and left of the large paper deckusing two screws for each.

ScrewsScrews

Dehumidifier heater assembly

Dehumidifier heater assembly

Left Right

Figure 3-1-55

9. Fit the edgings to the two U-shaped cutouts in the rear frame.10. Pull the dehumidifier heater wires out to the machine rear through the edgings.

Dehumidifier heater wires

EdgingEdging

Left rear of the deck Right rear of the deck

Figure 3-1-56

3-1-46

2A3/4

11. Detach the open connector from the connector of the main wire on the machinerear.

Main wire

Open connector

Figure 3-1-57

12. Insert the dehumidifier heater connectors into the relay wire connectors (see A inFigure 3-1-58).

13. Insert the main wire connector into the relay wire connector (see B in Figure 3-1-58).

14. Tidy up the large paper deck wires and relay wire using the six bands and route thewires while clipping the bands into holes in the rear frame.

BandBands

BandsBandRelay wire

Main wireA B

Figure 3-1-58

15. Refit all removed parts.

3-1-47

2A3/4

3-1-9 Installing the MMD host monitoring system device(optional for 120 V specifications only)

<Procedure> 1. Remove the two screws holding the signal cable cover and then the cover.

Screws

Signal cable cover

Figure 3-1-59

2. Pull the 10-pin connector out of the machine, remove the jumper and insert theconnector into the 10-pin connector of the signal cable.Secure the signal cable using the two screws removed in step 1.

Screws

10-pin connector

10-pin connector

Signal cable

Jumper

Figure 3-1-60

3-1-48

2A3/4

3. Fit the MMD host monitoring system device to the rear cover using the two bronzebinding tap-tight screws M3 × 16.

4. Insert the connector of the signal cable into the connector of the MMD hostmonitoring system device, and tighten the two screws on the signal cable.

Screws(bronze binding

tap-tight M3 × 16)

Screw

Screw

Rear cover

MMD host monitoringsystem device

Figure 3-1-61

5. Insert one connector of the modular connector cable into the "LINE" jack on theMMD host monitoring system device and the other into a telephone jack.

LINETEL

Modular connector cable

Figure 3-1-62

1-1-19

2A3/4

CONTENTS

3-2 Maintenance Mode

3-2-1 Maintenance mode ............................................................................. 3-2-1(1) Executing a maintenance item .................................................... 3-2-1(2) Maintenance mode items list ....................................................... 3-2-4(3) Contents of maintenance mode items ......................................... 3-2-8

3-2-2 Copier management ......................................................................... 3-2-99(1) Executing a copier management item ....................................... 3-2-99(2) Department management ........................................................ 3-2-100(3) Week timer .............................................................................. 3-2-101(4) Copy default ............................................................................ 3-2-102(5) Machine default ....................................................................... 3-2-105(6) Language ................................................................................ 3-2-107

3-2-1

2A3/4

3-2-1 Maintenance mode

The copier is equipped with a maintenance function which can be used to maintain andservice the machine.

( 1 ) Executing a maintenance item

Start

Enter 10871087.

Enter the number of the maintenance item to be executed using the numeric or Up/Down keys.

Press the print key.

The maintenance item is run.

Press the stop/clear key.

Enter 001 using numeric or Up/Down keys, and press the print key.

End

· · · · · · · Entering the maintenance mode

· · · · · · · Selecting a maintenance item

· · · · · · · Exiting the maintenance mode

Yes

No

No

Run another maintenance mode?

YesRun the item again?

3-2-2

2A3/4

• Data settingData is changed by pressing the Up/Down keys, and the new data is set by pressing the printkey. In a maintenance item where multiple items can be changed, the item to be changedis selected by pressing on it on the touch panel.

Correcting position of FOLIO U035

LENGTH DATA : 330

WIDTH DATA : 210

330 1

2

4

3

Start

Stop/Clear

56

56

/ CMetric

Inch

Figure 3-2-1

1 Adjustment window ············· Displays the data to be set.2 Up/Down keys ····················· Changes the setting.3 Items ··································· Displays the selected item in reverse.4 Current setting ···················· Displays the previously set data by pressing the print key.5 Print key ······························ Sets the changed setting.6 Stop/clear key ····················· Cancels the change.

3-2-3

2A3/4

• Operation executionThe specified operations and auto adjustments are performed by pressing the print key. Ina maintenance item where multiple operations can be performed, the item to be executedis selected by pressing on it on the touch panel.

Drive motors and fans ON

MAIN MOTOR

CONV MOTOR

FEED MOTOR

U030

1

Start

Stop/Clear

23

23

/ CMetric

Inch

Figure 3-2-2

1 Items ··································· Displays the selected item in reverse.2 Print key ······························ Starts operation.3 Stop/clear key ····················· Stops operation.

• Interrupt copy modeOutputting a test copy or VTC pattern is required in some maintenance items. Such anoutput is enabled by pressing the interrupt key to enter interrupt copy mode.However, since this function is restricted depending on maintenance items, only outputtingmay be enabled, or a test copy even from an original may not be as good as that made innormal copy mode.To return the screen from interrupt copy mode to maintenance mode, press the interrupt keyagain.

3-2-4

2A3/4

General

Initialization

Drive,paperfeed,paperconveyingandcoolingsystem

Optical

U000 Outputting an own-status report

U001 Exiting the maintenance mode

U002 Setting the factory default data

U003 Setting the service telephone number

U004 Setting the machine number

U005 Copying without paper

U019 Displaying the ROM version

U020 Initializing all data

U021 Initializing memories

U022 Initializing backup data

U030 Checking motor operation

U031 Checking switches for paper conveying

U032 Checking clutch operation

U033 Checking solenoid operation

U034 Adjusting the print start timingAdjusting leading edge registrationAdjusting leading edge registration (second face)Adjusting the print center line

U035 Setting folio sizeLengthWidth

U036 Setting envelope sizeLengthWidth

U051 Adjusting the amount of slack in the paper beforeregistrationDrawer feedBypass feedDuplex feed

U052 Adjusting the side margins for duplex copying

U053 Performing fine adjustment of the motor speedDrive motor/paper conveying motor

U060 Adjusting the scanner input propertiesText/text and photo/photo mode

U061 Turning the exposure lamp on

U063 Adjusting the shading position

( 2 ) Maintenance mode item list

SectionItem

Maintenance item contentsInitial

No. setting*

* Initial setting for executing maintenance item U020

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

– 400

330210

242162

– 20– 5– 25

0

8

12

—

0

3-2-5

2A3/4

Optical

Highvoltage

Developing

SectionItem

Maintenance item contentsInitial

No. setting*

* Initial setting for executing maintenance item U020

U065 Adjusting the scanner magnificationMain scanning direction/auxiliary scanning direction

U066 Adjusting the scanner leading edge registration

U067 Adjusting the scanner center line

U070 Adjusting the DF magnification

U071 Adjusting the DF scanning timing

U072 Adjusting the DF center line

U073 Checking scanner operation

U080 Adjusting exposure in toner economy mode

U088 Setting the input filter (moiré reduction mode)

U089 Outputting a PG pattern

U091 Checking shading

U092 Adjusting the scanner automatically

U093 Setting the exposure density gradientText/text and photo/photo mode

U099 Checking and setting the original size detectionsensor

U100 Setting the surface potential

U101 Setting high voltagesDeveloping biasTransfer voltageSeparation voltage

U102 Setting the cleaning interval for the transfer charger

U110 Checking/clearing the drum count

U111 Checking/clearing the drum drive time

U130 Initial setting for the developer

U131 Setting the toner sensor control voltage

U132 Replenishing toner forcibly

U133 Collecting the recycled toner

U135 Checking toner motor operation

U136 Turning the toner level detection function on/off

U137 Checking the toner level detection sensor

U155 Displaying the toner sensor output

0

0

0

0

0

0

—

– 6

OFF

—

—

—

0

—

150

220/57140100

1

—

—

—

153

—

—

—

ON

—

—

3-2-6

2A3/4

Developing

Fixing andcleaning

Operationpanel andsupportequipment

Modesetting

U156 Changing the toner control levelToner feed start levelToner empty level

U157 Checking/clearing the developing drive time

U158 Checking/clearing the developing count

U160 Applying toner to the cleaning blade

U161 Setting the fixing control temperature

Normal stabilization control temperaturePrimary stabilization temperatureSecondary stabilization temperatureAging time after secondary stabilization

U162 Stabilizing fixing forcibly

U196 Turning the fixing heater on

U198 Setting the fixing phase control

U200 Turning all LEDs on

U201 Initializing the touch panel

U202 Setting the MMD host monitoring system

U203 Operating DF separately

U204 Setting the presence or absence of a key card orkey counter

U206 Setting the presence or absence of the coin vender

U209 Setting date and time

U243 Checking the operation of the DF motors, clutchesand solenoids

U244 Checking the DF switches

U245 Checking messages

U247 Checking the operation of the large paper deck andpaper feed desk

U248 Setting the paper eject device• Adjustment of the amount of slack in the paper in punch mode• Punch limit• Punch-hole scrap count• Booklet stitcher stapling position adjustment

U250 Setting the maintenance cycle

U251 Checking/clearing the maintenance count

U252 Setting the destination

U253 Switching between double and single counts

11420

—

—

—

42ppm 52ppm

180 190175 175180 190

60 120

—

—

ON

—

—

—

—

—

OFF

—

—

—

—

—

0

75000—0

150

—

—

SINGLECOUNT

SectionItem

Maintenance item contentsInitial

No. setting*

* Initial setting for executing maintenance item U020

3-2-7

2A3/4

Modesetting

Imageprocessing

Others

U254 Turning auto start function on/off

U255 Setting auto clear time

U256 Turning auto preheat/energy saver function on/off

U258 Switching copy operation at toner empty detection

U260 Changing the copy count timing

U263 Setting DF copy ejection orientation

U264 Setting date display order

U265 Setting OEM purchaser code

U330 Sets the number of copies for switching the copyeject tray in the finisher

U333 Setting the number of digits of ID-code

U334 Setting the ejection method in the saddle finisher

U343 Switching between duplex/simplex copy mode

U344 Setting preheat/energy saver mode

U345 Setting the value for maintenance due indication

U347 Setting auto drawer size detection

U348 Setting the copy density adjustment range

U350 Setting the ID-code error output

U402 Adjusting margins in image printing

U403 Adjusting margins for reading an original on thecontact glass

U404 Adjusting margins for DF original reading

U901 Checking/clearing copy counts by paper feedlocations

U904 Checking/clearing the service call counts

U905 Checking/clearing counts by optional devices

U906 Resetting partial operation control

U907 Checking and resetting the count value on eachejection location

U908 Checking the count value of the electronic counter

U990 Checking/clearing the time for the exposure lamp tolight

U992 Checking/clearing the printer count

SectionItem

Maintenance item contentsInitial

No. setting*

* Initial setting for executing maintenance item U020

ON

120

ON

SINGLEMODE, 0

EJECT

FACE-DOWN

—

—

100

4 digits

2 BIN

OFF

Energy Starapplied

0

ON

NORMAL

ON

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

Maintenanceitem No.

Description

3-2-8

2A3/4

( 3 ) Contents of maintenance mode items

U000 Outputting an own-status report

DescriptionOutputs lists of the current settings of the maintenance modes, and paperjam and service call occurrences.

PurposeTo check the current setting of the maintenance modes, or paper jam orservice call occurrences.

Before initializing or replacing the backup RAM, output a list of the currentsettings of the maintenance modes to reenter the settings after initializationor replacement.

Method1 Press the print key. The screen for selecting an item is displayed.

2 Select the item to be output. The selected item is displayed in reverse.

3 Press the print key. The interrupt copy mode is entered and a list isoutput.

When A4/11" × 81/2" paper is available, a report of this size is output. Ifnot, specify the paper feed location.

When output is complete, the screen for selecting an item is displayed.

CompletionPress the stop/clear key at the screen for selecting an item. The screen forselecting a maintenance item No. is displayed.

Display

MAINTENANCE

JAMSERVICE CALL

Output list

List of the current settings of the maintenance modesList of the paper jam occurrencesList of the service call occurrences

3-2-9

2A3/4

Maintenanceitem No.

Description

U001 Exiting the maintenance mode

DescriptionExits the maintenance mode and return to the normal copy mode.

PurposeTo exit the maintenance mode.

MethodPress the print key. The normal copy mode is entered.

U002 Setting the factory default data

DescriptionRestores the machine conditions to the factory default settings. Also anOEM purchaser code can be input.

PurposeTo reset the values such as an electronic counter. Also to move the mirrorframe of the scanner to the position for transport (position in which theframe can be fixed).

StartPress the print key. The screen for selecting an item is displayed.

Method1 Select a mode.

2 Use the numeric keys or Up/Down keys to input the OEM code.

3 Press the print key.

* The maintenance No. selection screen will appear again.

CompletionTo exit the maintenance mode without changing the current setting, pressthe stop/clear key. The screen for selecting a maintenance item No. isdisplayed.

Display DescriptionMODE1(ALL)MODE2(SELECT)

Normal factory default settings.Factory default settings except for language*.

3-2-10

2A3/4

DescriptionMaintenance

item No.

U003 Setting the service telephone number

DescriptionSets the telephone number to be displayed when a service call code isdetected.

PurposeTo set the telephone number to call service when installing the machine.

MethodPress the print key. The currently set telephone number is displayed.

Setting1 Enter a telephone number (up to 15 digit) using the numeric keys.

To enter symbols such as hyphens and parentheses, select as requiredfrom the symbols displayed on the touch panel as shown below. Tomove the cursor, press either of the arrows in the bottom row.

2 Press the print key. The phone number is set, and the screen forselecting a maintenance item No. is displayed.

CompletionTo exit the maintenance mode without changing the current setting, pressthe stop/clear key. The screen for selecting a maintenance item No. isdisplayed.

*(

—←

#)

(Space)→

3-2-11

2A3/4

Maintenanceitem No.

Description

U004 Setting the machine number

DescriptionDisplays and changes the machine number.

PurposeTo check or set the machine number.

MethodPress the print key. The currently set machine number is displayed.

Setting1 Enter the last six digits of the machine number using the numeric key.

Do not enter the first two digits, 3 and 7.

2 Press the print key. The machine number is set.

CompletionTo exit the maintenance mode without changing the current setting, pressthe stop/clear key. The screen for selecting a maintenance item No. isdisplayed.

3-2-12

2A3/4

DescriptionMaintenance

item No.

U005 Copying without paper

DescriptionSimulates the copy operation without paper feed.

PurposeTo check the overall operation of the machine.

Method1 Press the print key. The screen for selecting an item is displayed.

2 Select the item to be operated. The selected item is displayed inreverse.

3 Press the interrupt key. The copy mode screen is displayed.

4 Set the operation conditions required on the copy mode screen.

Changes in the following settings can be made.

• Paper feed locations

• Magnifications

• Simplex or duplex copy modes

• Number of copies: in simplex copy mode, continuous copying isperformed when set to 999; in duplex copy mode, continuous copyingis performed regardless of the setting.

• Copy density

• Keys on the operation panel other than the energy saver key

5 To control the paper feed pulley, remove all the paper in the drawers,or the drawers. With the paper present, the paper feed pulley does notoperate.

6 Press the print key. The operation starts.

Copy operation is simulated without paper under the set conditions.When operation is complete, the screen for selecting an item isdisplayed.

7 To stop continuous operation, press the stop/clear key.

CompletionPress the stop/clear key at the screen for selecting an item. The screen forselecting a maintenance item No. is displayed.

Display OperationPPCPPC + DF

Only the copier operates.Both the copier and SRDF operate (continuous operation).

3-2-13

2A3/4

Maintenanceitem No.

Description

U019 Displaying the ROM version

DescriptionDisplays the part number of the ROM fitted to each PCB.

PurposeTo check the part number or to decide if the ROM version is new from thelast digit of the number.

Method1 Press the print key. The last six digits of the part number indicating the

ROM version are displayed.

2 Change the screen using The Up/Down keys.

CompletionPress the stop/clear key. The screen for selecting a maintenance item No.is displayed.

U020 Initializing all data

DescriptionInitializes all the backup RAM on the main PCB to return to the originalsettings.

PurposeUsed when replacing the backup RAM on the main PCB.

Method1 Press the print key. The screen for executing is displayed.

2 Press EXECUTE on the touch panel. It is displayed in reverse.

3 Press the print key. All data in the backup RAM is initialized, and theoriginal settings for Japan specifications are set.

When initialization is complete, the machine automatically returns to thesame status as when the main switch is turned on.

CompletionTo exit the maintenance mode without executing initialization, press thestop/clear key. The screen for selecting a maintenance item No. isdisplayed.

Display DescriptionMAINENGINEMMIFONT

SCANNERMEM1MEM2*

Main ROM ICEngine ROM ICOperation ROM ICFont ROM IC

Scanner ROM ICMemory copy ROM ICMemory copy ROM IC

* 42 ppm: optional 52 ppm: standard

3-2-14

2A3/4

DescriptionMaintenance

item No.

U021 Initializing memories

DescriptionInitializes the setting data other than that for adjustments due to variationsbetween respective machines, i.e., settings for counters, service call codedetection and modes. As a result, initializes the backup RAM according tothe specifications depending on the destination selected in U252.

PurposeUsed to return the machine settings to the factory settings.

Method1 Press the print key. The screen for executing is displayed.

2 Press EXECUTE on the touch panel. It is displayed in reverse.

3 Press the print key. All data other than that for adjustments due tovariations between machines is initialized.

When initialization is complete, the machine automatically returns to thesame status as when the main switch is turned on.

CompletionTo exit the maintenance mode without executing initialization, press thestop/clear key. The screen for selecting a maintenance item No. isdisplayed.

3-2-15

2A3/4

Maintenanceitem No.

Description

U022 Initializing backup data

DescriptionInitializes only the data set for the optical section.

PurposeTo be executed after replacing the scanner unit.

Method1 Press the print key. The screen for executing is displayed.

2 Press SCANNER on the touch panel. EXECUTE is displayed.

3 Press EXECUTE on the touch panel. It is displayed in reverse.

4 Press the print key. The data for the optical section (U060 to 099,U403, U404 and U990) is initialized.

CompletionTo exit the maintenance mode, press the stop/clear key. The screen forselecting a maintenance item No. is displayed.

3-2-16

2A3/4

DescriptionMaintenance

item No.

U030 Checking motor operation

DescriptionDrives each motor.

PurposeTo check the operation of each motor.

Method1 Press the print key. The screen for selecting an item is displayed.

2 Select the motor to be operated. The selected item is displayed inreverse and the operation starts.

3 To stop operation, press the stop/clear key.

CompletionPress the stop key after operation stops. The screen for selecting amaintenance item No. is displayed.

Display OperationMAIN MOTOR

CONV MOTORFEED MOTOR

The drive motor operates and developing bias is applied.The paper conveying motor operates.The paper feed motor operates.

3-2-17

2A3/4

Maintenanceitem No.

Description

U031 Checking switches for paper conveying

DescriptionDisplays the on-off status of each paper detection switch on the paperpath.

PurposeTo check if the switches for paper conveying operate correctly.

Method1 Press the print key. A list of the switches, the on-off status of which can

be checked, are displayed.

2 Turn each switch on and off manually to check the status.

When the on-status of a switch is detected, that switch is displayed inreverse.

CompletionPress the stop/clear key. The screen for selecting a maintenance item No.is displayed.

Display SwitchesFEED1 SWFEED2 SWFEED3 SW FEED4 SWFEED SW

R SWEJE SWBRA SWREV SW

DUP PESWDUP1 SWDUP2 SWDUP3 SW

Paper feed switch 1 (PFSW1)Paper feed switch 2 (PFSW2)Paper feed switch 3 (PFSW3)Paper feed switch 4 (PFSW4)Feed switch (FSW)

Registration switch (RSW)Eject switch (ESW)Feedshift switch (FSSW)Switchback eject switch (SBESW)

Stock switch (STKSW)Duplex registration switch (DUPRSW)Duplex paper conveying switch (DUPPCSW)Duplex eject switch (DUPESW)

3-2-18

2A3/4

DescriptionMaintenance

item No.

U032 Checking clutch operation

DescriptionTurns each clutch on.

PurposeTo check the operation of each clutch.

Method1 Press the print key. The screen for selecting an item is displayed.

2 Select the clutch to be operated. The selected item is displayed inreverse, and the clutch turns on for 1 s.

3 To turn each clutch on while a motor is driving, press the interrupt keybefore selecting the clutch. The drive motor, paper feed motor andpaper conveying motor turn on, and the selected clutch remains on untilthe stop/clear key is pressed.

If the upper or lower paper feed clutch is turned on while a motor isdriving, paper is conveyed by the rotation of the paper feed pulley,resulting in a paper jam.

Be sure to remove the paper drawers before turning either of theseclutches on.

4 To stop the motor drive, press the interrupt copy key.

CompletionPress the stop/clear key. The screen for selecting a maintenance item No.is displayed.

Display ClutchesSB FEED F FEEDS FEEDFEED L

FEED HFEED 1FEED 2 FEED 3

REGISTEJECT SP

Bypass paper feed clutch (BYPPFCL)Upper paper feed clutch (PFCL-U)Lower paper feed clutch (PFCL-L)Feed clutch 5 (FCL5)

Feed clutch 4 (FCL4)Feed clutch 1 (FCL1)Feed clutch 2 (FCL2)Feed clutch 3 (FCL3)

Registration clutch (RCL)Eject speed switching clutch (ESCL)

3-2-19

2A3/4

Maintenanceitem No.

Description

U033 Checking solenoid operation

DescriptionTurns each solenoid on.

PurposeTo check the operation of each solenoid.

Method1 Press the print key. The screen for selecting an item is displayed.

2 Select the solenoid to be operated. The selected item is displayed inreverse, and the solenoid turns on for 1 s.

MSW OFF is selected when the operation of the main switch ischecked in auto shutoff mode.

CompletionPress the stop/clear key. The screen for selecting a maintenance item No.is displayed.

U034 Adjusting the print start timing

AdjustmentSee pages 3-3-18 and 19.

Display SolenoidsSB LIFTBRANCHEND PRETRAY FEE

TRAY CHG

MSW OFF

Bypass solenoid (BYPSOL)Feedshift solenoid (FSSOL)Duplex paper tapping solenoid (DUPPTSOL)Duplex forwarding solenoid (DUPFWDSOL)

Switchback feedshift solenoid (SBFSSOL)

The main switch turns off.

3-2-20

2A3/4

U035 Setting folio size

DescriptionChanges the image area for copying onto folio size paper.

PurposeTo prevent the image at the trailing edge, or right or left side of the paperfrom not being copied by setting the actual size of the folio paper used.

MethodPress the print key. The screen for selecting an item is displayed.

Setting1 Select the item to be set. The selected item is displayed in reverse, and

the current setting is displayed in the adjustment window.

2 Change the setting using the Up/Down keys.

3 Press the print key. The value is set.

CompletionPress the stop/clear key. The screen for selecting a maintenance item No.is displayed.

U036 Setting envelope size

DescriptionChanges the image area for printing onto an envelope when the optionalprinter unit is installed.

PurposeTo prevent the image at the trailing edge, or right or left side of the paperfrom not being printed by setting the actual size of the envelop used.

MethodPress the print key. The screen for selecting an item is displayed.

Setting1 Select the item to be set. The selected item is displayed in reverse, and

the current setting is displayed in the adjustment window.

2 Change the setting using the Up/Down keys.

3 Press the print key. The value is set.

CompletionPress the stop/clear key. The screen for selecting a maintenance item No.is displayed.

DisplayLENGTH DATA WIDTH DATA

SettingLengthWidth

Setting range330 to 356 mm220 to 220 mm

Initial setting330210

DisplayLENGTH DATA WIDTH DATA

SettingLengthWidth

Setting range162 to 242 mm98 to 162 mm

Initial setting242162

Maintenanceitem No.

Description

3-2-21

2A3/4

Maintenanceitem No.

Description

U051 Adjusting the amount of slack in the paper before registration

AdjustmentSee page 3-3-22.

U052 Adjusting the side margins for duplex copying

AdjustmentSee page 3-3-88.

U053 Performing fine adjustment of the motor speed

DescriptionPerforms fine adjustment of the speeds of the drive motor and paperconveying motor.

PurposeUsed to adjust the speed of the respective motors when the magnificationin the auxiliary scanning direction is not correct after the motor is replaced.

MethodPress the print key. The screen for selecting an item is displayed.

Setting1 Select the item to be set. The selected item is displayed in reverse, and

the current setting is displayed in the adjustment window.

2 Change the setting using the Up/Down keys.

Increasing the setting makes the motor speed faster and the imagelonger, and decreasing it makes the speed slower and the imageshorter.

3 Press the print key. The value is set.

Interrupt copy modeWhile this maintenance item is being performed, a VTC pattern shownbelow is output in interrupt copy mode.

Correct values for an A3/11" x 17" output are:

A = 150 mm

B = 300 mm

Figure 3-2-3

A

B

DisplayMAIN MOTORCONV MOTOR

DescriptionDrive motor speed adjustmentPaper conveying motor speed adjustment

Setting range0 to 14

0 to 14

Initial setting8

8

3-2-22

2A3/4

DescriptionMaintenance

item No.

U053 Adjustment1 Output an A3/11" × 17" VTC pattern in interrupt mode.

2 Measure A and B on the VTC pattern (Figure 3-2-3), and perform thefollowing adjustments if they are different from the correct sizes:

A: Drive motor adjustment

B: Paper conveying motor adjustment

CompletionPress the stop/clear key. The screen for selecting a maintenance item No.is displayed.

U060 Adjusting the scanner input properties

DescriptionAdjusts the image scanning density in text, text and photo, or photo mode.

PurposeUsed when the entire image appears too dark or light in the specifiedmode.

MethodPress the print key. The screen for selecting an item is displayed.

Setting1 Select the item to be set. The selected item is displayed in reverse, and

the current setting is displayed in the adjustment window.

2 Change the setting using the Up/Down keys.

Increasing the setting makes the density lower, and decreasing itmakes the density higher.

3 Press the print key. The value is set.

Interrupt copy modeWhile this maintenance item is being performed, copying from an originalcan be made in interrupt copy mode.

CompletionPress the stop/clear key. The screen for selecting a maintenance item No.is displayed.

SupplementThe following settings are also reset to the initial values by performing thismaintenance item:

• Exposure density gradient set in maintenance mode (U093)

• Auto and manual exposure set in the copy default item of the copiermanagement mode

DisplayTEXT γ adjMIX γ adjPHOTO γ adj

DescriptionDensity in text modeDensity in text and photo modeDensity in photo mode

Setting range0 to 230 to 230 to 23

Initial setting121212

3-2-23

2A3/4

Maintenanceitem No.

Description

U061 Turning the exposure lamp on

DescriptionTurns the exposure lamp on.

PurposeTo check the exposure lamp.

Method1 Press the print key. The screen for selecting an item is displayed.

2 Press the print key. The exposure lamp lights.

3 To turn the exposure lamp off, press the stop/clear key.

CompletionPress the stop/clear key. The screen for selecting a maintenance item No.is displayed.

U063 Adjusting the shading position

DescriptionChanges the shading position.

PurposeUsed when white lines continue to appear longitudinally on the image afterthe shading plate is cleaned. This is due to flaws or stains inside theshading plate. To prevent this problem, the shading position should bechanged so that shading is possible without being affected by the flaws orstains.

Method1 Press the print key. The screen for adjustment is displayed.

2 Change the setting using the Up/Down keys.

Increasing the setting moves the shading position toward the machineright, and decreasing it moves the position toward the machine left.

3 Press the print key. The value is set.

Interrupt copy modeWhile this maintenance item is being performed, copying from an originalcan be made in interrupt copy mode.

CompletionPress the stop/clear key. The screen for selecting a maintenance item No.is displayed.

DescriptionShading position

Setting range–2 to +2

Initial setting 0

Change in value per step 0.17 mm

3-2-24

2A3/4

DescriptionMaintenance

item No.

U065 Adjusting the scanner magnification

AdjustmentSee pages 3-3-36 and 37.

U066 Adjusting the scanner leading edge registration

AdjustmentSee page 3-3-39.

U067 Adjusting the scanner center line

AdjustmentSee page 3-3-38.

U070 Adjusting the DF magnification

AdjustmentSee page 3-3-96.

U071 Adjusting the DF scanning timing

AdjustmentSee page 3-3-98.

U072 Adjusting the DF center line

AdjustmentSee page 3-3-97.

3-2-25

2A3/4

Maintenanceitem No.

Description

U073 Checking scanner operation

DescriptionSimulates the scanner operation under arbitrary conditions.

PurposeTo check scanner operation.

Method1 Press the print key. The screen for selecting an item is displayed.

2 Select the item to be changed. The selected item is displayed inreverse.

3 Change the setting using the Up/Down keys.

Original sizes for each setting in SIZE

4 Press the print key. Scanning starts under the selected conditions.

5 To stop operation, press the stop/clear key.

CompletionPress the stop/clear key when scanning stops. The screen for selecting amaintenance item No. is displayed.

DisplayZOOMSIZELAMP

Operating conditionsZOOM MagnificationOriginal size LAMP on and off of the exposure lamp

Setting range25 to 400%See below.0 (off) or 1 (on)

Setting891836394041

Original sizeOriginal sizeA5RFolio11" × 17"11" × 15"81/2" × 14"81/2" × 11"51/2" × 81/2"

Setting42475253555658

A4B511" × 81/2"A3B4A4RB5R

3-2-26

2A3/4

DescriptionMaintenance

item No.

U080 Adjusting exposure in toner economy mode

DescriptionAdjusts the image density in the eco-print mode.

PurposeTo increase or decrease the image density in the eco-print mode.

MethodPress the print key. The screen for execution is displayed.

Setting1 Adjust the preset value using the Up/Down keys.

* Since this value is related to the automatic exposure adjustment in thecopy initial setting mode, ensure that the exposure step of theautomatic exposure is at the center before adjusting.

2 Press the print key. The setting is set, and the screen for maintenanceitem No. is displayed.

CompletionPress the stop/clear key when scanning stops. The screen for selecting amaintenance item No. is displayed.

DisplayExposure in toner economy mode

Setting range0 to –12

Initial value–6

3-2-27

2A3/4

Maintenanceitem No.

Description

U088 Setting the input filter (moiré reduction mode)

DescriptionTurns moiré reduction mode on and off by switching the input filter on andoff.

PurposeUsed to prevent regular density unevenness (moiré) on halftone imageareas of the copy image in text mode and text and photo mode. Suchmoiré is more likely to appear when an enlargement or reduction copy ismade in text mode from an original containing large halftone image areas.

MethodPress the print key. The screen for selecting an item is displayed.

Setting1 Select ON or OFF. The selected item is displayed in reverse.

Initial setting: OFF

If moiré on the copy image is significant, change the setting to ON. Notethat when the moiré reduction mode is turned on, the resolution may beslightly reduced.

2 Press the print key. The value is set. The screen for selecting amaintenance item No. is displayed.

CompletionTo exit the maintenance mode without changing the current setting, pressthe stop/clear key. The screen for selecting a maintenance item No. isdisplayed.

Display DescriptionONOFF

Moiré reduction modeNormal copy mode

3-2-28

2A3/4

DescriptionMaintenance

item No.

U089 Outputting a PG pattern

DescriptionSelects and outputs the PG pattern created in the copier.

PurposeWhen performing respective image printing adjustments, used to check themachine status apart from that of the scanner with a non-scanned outputPG pattern.

Method1 Press the print key. The screen for selecting an item is displayed.

2 Select the PG pattern to be output.

Display

GRAYSCALE To check the laser scanner unit engine output characteristics.

MONO-LEVEL To check the drum quality.

256-LEVEL To check resolution reproducibility in printing.

1 DOT-LINE To check fine line reproducibility.To adjust the position of the laser scanner unit (lateral squareness)

PG pattern to be output Purpose

3-2-29

2A3/4

Maintenanceitem No.

Description

U089 3 To change the output conditions for MONO-LEVEL, change the settingusing The Up/Down keys.

Increasing the setting makes the density higher, and decreasing itmakes the density lower. Entirely white paper is output when the settingis 0, and entirely black paper is output when it is 255.

4 Press the interrupt key. The screen for copy mode is displayed.

5 Press the print key. A PG pattern is output.

CompletionPress the stop/clear key at the screen for selecting an item. The screen forselecting a maintenance item No. is displayed.

DescriptionOutput conditions for MONO-LEVEL

Setting range0 to 255

Initial setting0

3-2-30

2A3/4

DescriptionMaintenance

item No.

U091 Checking shading

DescriptionPerforms scanning under the same conditions as before and after shadingis performed, displaying the original scanning values at nine points of thecontact glass on the touch panel.

PurposeTo check the change in original scanning values before and after shading.The results may be used to decide the causes for fixing unevenness(uneven density) of the gray area of an image: either due to optical(shading or CCD) or other problems.

Also to check the causes for a white or black line appearing longitudinally.

3-2-31

2A3/4

Maintenanceitem No.

Description

U091 Method1 Press the print key. The screen for selecting an item is displayed.

2 Select the item to be operated. The selected item is displayed inreverse.

3 Press the print key. Operation starts.

Scanning is performed under the selected conditions and the result isdisplayed.

When scanning is performed before shading, the scan value at themachine center should be slightly different from those at the machinefront and rear. When scanning is performed after shading, there shouldbe no difference between respective values. Any differences betweenthe values at machine front and rear indicates that scanner problemcauses the fixing unevenness.

If the displayed results indicate no shading problems, the fixingunevenness (uneven copy density) is caused by factors other than inthe scanner section (shading or CCD).

If a black line appears, the cause may assumed to be based on theresults of the scanning operation before shading: if a white lineappears, they may be assumed based on the results of the scanningoperation after shading. Note that depending on the thickness andlocation of the black or white line, it may not be possible to use thismethod to determine the cause. This is because the displayed valuesobtained from scanning at the limit of nine points are insufficient toprovide significant information.

Figure 3-2-4

4 Press the stop/clear key. The screen for selecting an item is displayed.

CompletionPress the stop/clear key. The screen for entering a maintenance item isdisplayed.

DisplaySHD BEFORESHD AFTER

OperationPerforms scanning before shading and displays the result.Performs scanning after shading and displays the result.

: 011 024 015

: 001 000 000

: 004 004 000

20 mm from the machine left

200 mm from the machine left

400 mm from the machine left

Machine center100 mm from the machine center toward machine front

100 mm from machine center toward machine rear

3-2-32

2A3/4

DescriptionMaintenance

item No.

U092 Adjusting the scanner automatically

DescriptionMakes auto scanner adjustments in the order below using the specifiedoriginal.

• Adjusting the scanner center line (U067)

• Adjusting the scanner magnification in the main scanning direction(U065)

• Adjusting the scanner leading edge registration (U066)

• Adjusting scanner magnification in the auxiliary direction (U065)

When this maintenance item is performed, the settings in U065, U066 andU067 are also changed.

Purpose

Used to make respective auto adjustments for the scanner.

Method1 Place the specified original (P/N: 2AC68240) on the contact glass.

2 Press the print key. The screen for executing is displayed.

3 Press the print key. Auto adjustment starts. When adjustment iscomplete, each adjusted value is displayed.

If a problem occurs during auto adjustment, an error code is displayedand operation stops. Should this happen, determine the details of theproblem and either repeat the procedure from the beginning, or adjustthe remaining items manually by running the correspondingmaintenance items.

CompletionPress the stop/clear key after auto adjustment is complete. The screen forselecting a maintenance item is displayed.

If the stop/clear key is pressed during auto adjustment, adjustment stopsand no settings are changed.

DisplaySCAN CENTER ADJMAIN SCAN ADJ

SCAN TIMING ADJSUB SCAN ADJ

DescriptionScanner center lineScanner magnification in the main scanning directionScanner leading registrationScanner magnification in the auxiliary direction

2AD-1

3-2-33

2A3/4

Maintenanceitem No.

Description

U093 Setting the exposure density gradient

DescriptionChanges the exposure density gradient in manual density mode,depending on respective image modes (text, text and photo, photo).

PurposeTo set how the image density is altered by a change of one step in themanual density adjustment. Also used to make copy image darker orlighter.

Start1 Press the print key. The screen for selecting an item is displayed.

2 Select the image mode to be adjusted. The screen for the selected itemis displayed.

Setting1 Select the item to be adjusted. The selected item is displayed in

reverse and the current setting is displayed in the adjustment window.

2 Adjust the setting using the Up/Down keys.

Increasing the setting makes the change in density larger, anddecreasing it makes the change smaller.

Figure 3-2-5 Exposure density gradient

Image density

Density adjustment

Dark

Light

Light Center Dark

Density adjustment range: Special area

Setting: 0Setting: 3

Density adjustment range: Normal

Set to DARKERSet to LIGHTER

DescriptionDensity in text modeDensity in text and photo modeDensity in photo mode

DisplayTEXTMIXEDPHOTO

DisplayDARKER

LIGHTER

DescriptionChange in density when manual density is set darkChange in density when manual density is set light

Setting range0 to 3

0 to 3

Initial setting0

0

3-2-34

2A3/4

DescriptionMaintenance

item No.

3 Press the print key. The value is set.

4 To return to the screen for selecting an item, press the stop/clear key.

Interrupt copy modeWhile this maintenance item is being performed, copying from an originalcan be made in interrupt copy mode.

CompletionPress the stop/clear key at the screen for selecting an item. The screen forselecting a maintenance item No. is displayed.

U099 Checking and setting the original size detection sensor

DescriptionChecks the operation of the original size detection sensor and sets thesensing threshold value.

PurposeTo adjust the sensitiveness of the sensor and size judgement time if theoriginal size detection sensor malfunctions frequently due to incident lightor the like.

Start1 Press the print key. The screen for selecting an item is displayed.

2 Select an item.

* The screen for executing each item is displayed.

Method to display the data for the sensor1 Press the print key. The detection sensor transmission data is

displayed.

Figure 3-2-6

2 To return to the screen for selecting an item, press the stop/clear key.

U093

DisplayDATAB/W LEVEL

DescriptionDisplaying detection sensor transmission dataSetting detection sensor threshold valueSetting original size judgment time

: 123 123 123

: 123 123 123

: 255 255 255

Rear of machine

Center of machine

Front of machine

3-2-35

2A3/4

Maintenanceitem No.

Description

Setting1 Select an item to be set.

Method to set the detection threshold value

1 Adjust the preset value using the Up/Down keys.

* A larger value increases the sensor sensitivity, and a smaller valuedecreases it.

2 Press the print key. The value is set.

3 To return to the screen for selecting an item, press the stop/clear key.

Method to set the original size judgment time1 Adjust the preset value using the Up/Down keys.

* A larger value increases the original size judgment time, and a smallervalue decreases it.

2 Press the print key. The value is set.

3 To return to the screen for selecting an item, press the stop/clear key.

CompletionPress the stop/clear key at the screen for selecting an item. The screen formaintenance item No. is displayed.

U099

DisplayLEVELWAIT TIMEORIGINAL AREASIZE

DescriptionDetection sensor threshold valueOriginal size judgment time*Original size detection position display (mm)Detected original size display

* Time from activation of the original detection switch (ODSW) to original size judgment

3-2-36

2A3/4

DescriptionMaintenance

item No.

U100 Setting the surface potential

DescriptionChanges the surface potential by changing the grid control voltage. Alsoperforms main charging.

PurposeTo set the surface potential or check main charging. Also used whenreentering data after replacing the backup RAM or initializing the set data.

StartPress the print key. The screen for selecting an item is displayed.

Method for main charger output1 Select the main charger output on the screen for selecting an item:

select one from MC ON, MC ON/OFF or LASER ON/OFF on the touchpanel. The selected operation starts.

2 To stop operation, press the stop/clear key.

Setting the grid control voltage1 Press the MC DATA on the touch panel of the screen for selecting an

item.

2 Change the setting using the Up/Down keys.

Increasing the setting makes the surface potential higher, anddecreasing it makes the potential lower.

Change in value per step: approximately 3.6 V

3 Press the print key. The value is set.

Interrupt copy modeWhile this maintenance item is being performed, copying from an originalcan be made in interrupt copy mode.

CompletionPress the stop/clear key at the screen for selecting an item when maincharger output stops. The screen for selecting a maintenance item No. isdisplayed.

DisplayMC DATAMC ONMC ON/OFFLASER ON/OFF

DescriptionChanging the grid control voltageTurning the main charger onTurning the main charger on and offTurning the main charger on and the laser scanner unit on and off

DescriptionGrid control voltage

Setting range0 to 255

Initial setting150

3-2-37

2A3/4

Maintenanceitem No.

Description

U101 Setting high voltages

DescriptionChanges the developing bias voltage, transfer voltage and separationvoltage by changing the developing bias control voltage, transfer controlvoltage and separation control voltage. Also checks the transfer outputvoltage.

PurposeTo check and change high voltages other than the main charger voltage.

Start1 Press the print key. The screen for selecting an item is displayed.

2 Select an item to be set or checked. The screen for the selected item isdisplayed.

Setting the developing bias1 Select the item to be adjusted. The selected item is displayed in

reverse, and the current setting is displayed in the adjustment window.

2 Change the setting using the Up/Down keys.

Increasing the setting makes the developing bias higher, anddecreasing it makes the bias lower.

3 Press the print key. The value is set.

4 To return to the screen for selecting in item, press the stop/clear key.

DisplayDEV BIAS SETTC SETAC SET

DescriptionSetting the developing biasSetting and checking the transfer voltageSetting the separation voltage

Display OperationDB DATA

DB DATA2

Developing bias control voltage during image formationDeveloping bias control voltage during no image formation

Setting range0 to 255

0 to 255

Initial setting220

57

3-2-38

2A3/4

DescriptionMaintenance

item No.

U101 Setting the transfer voltage1 Change the setting using the Up/Down keys.

Increasing the setting makes the transfer voltage higher, anddecreasing it makes the voltage lower.

2 Press the print key. The value is set.

3 To check the transfer voltage output, press the TC ON on the touchpanel. The currently set transfer voltage is output.

4 To stop the transfer voltage output, press the stop/clear key.

5 To return to the screen for selecting an item, press the stop/clear keyafter the transfer voltage output is stopped.

Setting the separation voltage1 Change the setting using the Up/Down keys.

Increasing the setting makes the separation voltage higher, anddecreasing it makes the voltage lower.

2 Press the print key. The value is set.

3 To return to the screen for selecting an item, press the stop/clear key.

Interrupt copy modeWhile this maintenance item is being performed, copying from an originalcan be made in interrupt copy mode.

CompletionPress the stop/clear key. The screen for selecting a maintenance item No.is displayed.

Display OperationTC DATA Transfer control voltage

Setting range0 to 255

Initial setting140

Display DescriptionAC DATA Separation control voltage

Setting range0 to 255

Initial setting100

3-2-39

2A3/4

Maintenanceitem No.

Description

U102 Setting the cleaning interval for the transfer charger

DescriptionExecutes a cleaning operation for the transfer charger and changes theintervals at which the transfer charger is cleaned.

PurposeTo check the cleaning operation for the transfer charger. Also to changethe intervals for the operation. Making the intervals longer decreases thestand-by time when starting copying.

Method1 Press the print key. The screen for selecting an item is displayed.

2 To execute the cleaning operation, press TEST RUN. The cleaningoperation for the transfer charger is executed once.

Setting1 Change the setting using the Up/Down keys.

When set to 3, the transfer charger is cleaned every 3000 copies (3 by1000) counted after the main switch is turned on. When set to 0, thetransfer charger is not cleaned.

2 Press the print key. The value is set.

CompletionPress the stop/clear key. The screen for selecting a maintenance item No.is displayed.

Description Setting rangeTransfer charger cleaning operation intervals

0 to 20Initial setting1

Change in value per step1000 copies

3-2-40

2A3/4

DescriptionMaintenance

item No.

U110 Checking/clearing the drum count

DescriptionDisplays the drum counts for checking or clearing the figure, which is usedas a reference when correcting the main charger potential output.

PurposeTo check the drum status. Also used to clear the count after replacing thedrum during regular maintenance.

Since the count was cleared before shipping, do not clear it when installing.

MethodPress the print key. The drum counter count is displayed.

Clearing1 Press CLEAR on the touch panel.

2 Press the print key. The count is cleared, and the screen for selecting amaintenance item No. is displayed.

Setting1 Enter a six-digit count using the numeric keys.

2 Press the print key. The count is set, and the screen for selecting amaintenance No. is displayed.

CompletionTo exit the maintenance mode without changing the count, press the stop/clear key. The screen for selecting a maintenance item No. is displayed.

3-2-41

2A3/4

Maintenanceitem No.

Description

U111 Checking/clearing the drum drive time

DescriptionDisplays the drum drive time for checking or clearing a figure, which isused as a reference when correcting the high voltage based on time.

PurposeTo check the drum status. Also used to clear the drive time after replacingthe drum.

MethodPress the print key. The drum drive time is displayed in minutes.

Clearing1 Press CLEAR on the touch panel.

2 Press the print key. The time is cleared, and the screen for selecting amaintenance item No. is displayed.

Setting1 Enter a five-digit drive time (in minutes) using the numeric keys.

2 Press the print key. The time is set, and the screen for selecting amaintenance No. is displayed.

CompletionTo exit this maintenance item without changing the time, press the stop/clear key. The screen for selecting a maintenance item No. is displayed.

3-2-42

2A3/4

DescriptionMaintenance

item No.

U130 Initial setting for the developer

DescriptionAutomatically sets the toner sensor control voltage and toner feed startlevel for the installed developer.

PurposeTo set the initial settings for the developer when installing the machine orreplacing the developer.

Method1 Press the print key. The screen for executing is displayed.

2 Press the print key. The initial settings for the developer is set, and theresult is displayed.

The toner sensor output value is displayed on the right side of thescreen.

SupplementThe following data is also renewed or cleared by performing thismaintenance item:

• Renewing the toner sensor control voltage (U131)

• Renewing the toner feed start level (U156)

• Clearing the developing drive time (U157)

• Clearing the developing count (U158)

• Resetting the toner feed start level and toner empty detection

CompletionAfter initial setting is complete, press the stop/clear key. The screen forselecting a maintenance item No. is displayed.

DescriptionToner sensor control voltageToner feed start levelAbsolute humidity

DisplayCONTROLTARGETHUMID

3-2-43

2A3/4

Maintenanceitem No.

Description

U131 Setting the toner sensor control voltage

DescriptionDisplays or changes the toner sensor control voltage automatically set inmaintenance item U130.

PurposeTo check the automatically set toner sensor control voltage. Also to changethe toner density if an image is too dark or light.

MethodPress the print key. The current setting for the toner sensor control voltageis displayed.

Setting1 Change the setting using the Up/Down keys.

Increasing the setting makes the density higher, and decreasing itmakes the density lower.

Increasing the setting too high may result in toner scattering.

2 Press the print key. The value is set.

CompletionPress the stop/clear key. The screen for selecting a maintenance item isdisplayed.

DescriptionToner sensor control voltage

Setting range0 to 255

Initial setting153

3-2-44

2A3/4

DescriptionMaintenance

item No.

U132 Replenishing toner forcibly

DescriptionReplenishes toner forcibly until the toner sensor output value reaches thetoner feed start level.

PurposeUsed when the toner empty is detected frequently.

Method1 Press the print key. The screen for executing is displayed.

2 Press the print key. Operation starts, and the current data is displayed.

Toner is replenished until the toner sensor output value reaches thetoner feed start level.

To stop operation, press the start/clear key.

The current toner sensor output value is displayed on the right side ofthe screen.

CompletionPress the stop/clear key when toner replenishment stops. The screen forselecting a maintenance item No. is displayed.

U133 Collecting the recycled toner

DescriptionTransfers residual toner in the cleaning section, toner main hopper andtoner sub hopper to the developing unit.

PurposeTo dispose of residual toner inside the machine when the developer isreplaced. Be sure to run this maintenance item before replacing thedeveloper. Failing to do so could lead to toner scattering.

There is no need to run this maintenance item if the developer is to beloaded for the first time in such occasion as machine installation.

DisplayTARGET (NOW)CONTROL (NOW)HUMID

DescriptionCurrent toner feed start levelCurrent toner sensor control voltageAbsolute humidity

3-2-45

2A3/4

Maintenanceitem No.

Description

Method1 Press the print key. The screen for executing is displayed.

2 Press ON on the touch panel. The selected item is displayed inreverse.

3 Press the print key. The toner recycle motor turn on and recycled tonercollection is performed for approximately 5 minutes. The ON display onthe touch panel flashes during the operation and returns to the normalstate when it ends.

To interrupt operation, press the stop/clear key.

CompletionPress the stop/clear key when operation stops. The screen for selecting amaintenance item No. is displayed.

U135 Checking toner motor operation

DescriptionDrives the toner feed motor or toner recycle motor.

PurposeTo check the operation of the toner feed motor or toner recycle motor.

CautionNote that driving either of the motors unnecessarily long may cause a tonerjam, resulting in machine lockup. Be sure to drive each motor for justseveral seconds.

Method1 Press the print key. The screen for selecting an item is displayed.

2 Select the motor to be driven. The selected motor is displayed inreverse, and operation starts.

3 To stop operation, press the stop clear key.

CompletionPress the stop/clear key when operation stops. The screen for selecting amaintenance item No. is displayed.

DescriptionMOTOR 1MOTOR 2

OperationToner feed motor driveToner recycle motor drive

U133

3-2-46

2A3/4

DescriptionMaintenance

item No.

U136 Turning the toner level detection function on/off

DescriptionTurning the control based on the toner level sensor output on/off.

PurposeTo enable copying using the toner in the developing section after the tonerlevel in the toner hopper decreases, by turning the control function off

MethodPress the print key.

Setting1 Press ON or OFF to change the operation.

Initial setting: ON

2 Press the print key. The setting is set , and the screen for entering amaintenance item is displayed.

CompletionTo exit this maintenance item without changing the current setting, pressthe stop/clear key. The screen for selecting a maintenance item No. isdisplayed.

U137 Checking the toner level detection sensor

DescriptionDisplays the detection status of the toner level detection sensor and tonerhopper lockup detection sensor.

PurposeTo check the toner level and recycle toner level in the toner hopper.

Method1 Press the print key. The detected status of the each sensor is

displayed.

When there is toner or if the sensor connector is disconnected, on isdetected , and the corresponding display is displayed in reverse.

CompletionPress the stop clear key. The screen for selecting a maintenance item No.is displayed.

DisplayON

OFF

DescriptionControls based on the detection by the toner sensor detection sensor.Ignores the detection by the toner level detection sensor.

DisplayTE1 SWTE2 SW

DescriptionToner level detection sensor (toner level in the toner hopper)Toner hopper lockup detection sensor (recycle toner level)

3-2-47

2A3/4

Maintenanceitem No.

Description

U155 Displaying the toner sensor output

DescriptionDisplays the toner sensor output value , and related data.

PurposeTo check the toner sensor output value.

Method1 Press the print key. The screen for executing is displayed.

2 Press the print key. The current data is displayed.

The current toner sensor output value is displayed on the right side ofthe screen.

CompletionPress the stop/clear key. The screen for selecting a maintenance item No.is displayed.

DisplayTARGET (NOW)

CONTROL (NOW)HUMID

DescriptionCurrent toner feed level (corrected value for humidity and drive time)Current toner sensor control voltageAbsolute humidity

3-2-48

2A3/4

DescriptionMaintenance

item No.

U156 Changing the toner control level

DescriptionChanges the toner feed start level set in maintenance item U130 or thetoner empty level to be determined by the difference from the toner feedstart level.

PurposeTo check the toner feed start level and toner empty level.

MethodPress the start key. The screen for selecting an item is displayed.

Setting for the toner feed start level1 Press TARGET.

2 Change the setting using the Up/Down key.

Increasing the setting makes the toner density lower.

3 Press the print key. The value is set.

Setting for the toner empty level1 Press EMPTY.

2 Change the setting using the Up/Down key.

Increasing the setting makes the toner empty level higher: the tonerdensity is lower when the toner empty is detected.

3 Press the print key. The value is set.

CompletionPress the stop/clear key. The screen for selecting maintenance item No. isdisplayed.

DisplayTARGETEMPTY

DescriptionToner feed start levelDifference between the toner feed start level and toner empty level

DescriptionToner feed start level

Setting range0 to 255

Initial setting114

DescriptionDifference between the toner feed start level and the toner empty level

Setting range0 to 255

Initial setting20

3-2-49

2A3/4

Maintenanceitem No.

Description

U157 Checking/clearing the developing drive time

DescriptionChecks or clears the developing drive time, which is used as a referencewhen correcting the toner control. It is automatically cleared when U130 isexecuted.

PurposeTo check the developing drive time after replacing the developer.

MethodPress the print key. The developing drive time is displayed in minutes.

Clearing1 Press CLEAR on the touch panel.

2 Press the print key. The count is set, and the screen for selecting amaintenance item No. is displayed.

Setting1 Enter a five-digit drive time (in minutes) using the numeric keys.

2 Press the print key. The time is set, and the screen for selecting amaintenance No. is displayed.

CompletionTo exit the maintenance mode without changing the time, press the stop/clear key. The screen for selecting a maintenance item No. is displayed.

U158 Checking/clearing the developing count

DescriptionChecks or clears the developing count, which is used as a reference whencorrecting the toner control. It is automatically cleared when U130 isexecuted.

PurposeTo check the developing count after replacing the developer.

MethodPress the print key. The developing count is displayed.

Clearing1 Press CLEAR on the touch panel.

2 Press the print key. The count is set, and the screen for selecting amaintenance item No. is displayed.

Setting1 Enter a six-digit count using the numeric keys.

2 Press the print key. The count is set, and the screen for selecting amaintenance No. is displayed.

CompletionTo exit the maintenance mode without changing the count, press the stop/clear key. The screen for selecting a maintenance item No. is displayed.

2AD-1

3-2-50

2A3/4

DescriptionMaintenance

item No.

U160 Applying toner to the cleaning blade

DescriptionApplies toner to the cleaning blade.

PurposeTo apply toner to the drum to coat the cleaning blade. To be executedwhen replacing or cleaning the cleaning blade or the drum.

Method1 Press the print key. The screen for executing is displayed.

2 Press the print key. Operation starts.

When the operation is complete, the screen for selecting amaintenance item No. is displayed.

CompletionTo exit this maintenance item without performing operation, press the stop/clear key. The screen for selecting a maintenance item No. is displayed.

3-2-51

2A3/4

Maintenanceitem No.

Description

U161 Setting the fixing control temperature

DescriptionChanges the fixing control temperature.

PurposeNormally no change is necessary. However, can be used to prevent curledor creased paper, or solve a fixing problem on thick paper.Also used to output a test pattern for measuring fixing pressure.

MethodPress the print key. The screen for selecting an item is displayed.

Setting1 Select the item to be set. The selected item is displayed in reverse, and

the current setting is displayed in the adjustment window.

2 Change the setting using the Up/Down key.

The respective temperatures are to be set such that CONTROL TEMP≥ SECOND ≥ TEMPFIRST TEMP.

3 Press the print key. The value is set.

Interrupt copy modeWhile this maintenance item is being performed, a test pattern formeasuring fixing pressure is output in interrupt copy mode (see page 3-3-79).

CompletionPress the stop/clear key. The screen for selecting maintenance item No. isdisplayed.

Display

CONTROL TEMP

FIRST TEMP

SECOND TEMP

RUNNING TIME

Description

Normal stabilization fixing temperaturePrimary stabilization fixing temperatureSecondary stabilization fixing temperatureAging time after secondary stabilization

Setting range

100 to 200 (°C)

100 to 200 (°C)

100 to 200 (°C)

0 to 120 (s)

Initial setting42 ppm 52 ppm

180

175

180

60

190

175

190

120

3-2-52

2A3/4

DescriptionMaintenance

item No.

U162 Stabilizing fixing forcibly

DescriptionStops the stabilization fixing drive forcibly, regardless of fixing temperature.

PurposeTo forcibly stabilize the machine before the fixing section reachesstabilization temperature.

Method1 Press the print key. The screen for executing is displayed.

2 Press the print key. The forced stabilization mode is entered, andstabilization operation stops. The screen for selecting a maintenanceitem No. is displayed.

To exit the forced stabilization mode, turn the power off and on.

CompletionTo exit this maintenance item without executing forced fixing stabilization,press the stop clear key.

U196 Turning the fixing heater on

DescriptionTurns the fixing heater on.

PurposeTo check fixing heaters M or S.

Method1 Press the print key. The screen for selecting an item is displayed.

2 Select the heater to be turned on. The selected heater turns on for 3 sand then turns off.

CompletionPress the stop/clear key when fixing motors M and S are off. The screenfor selecting the maintenance item No. is displayed.

DisplayMAINSUB

DescriptionFixing heater M (H1)Fixing heater S (H2)

3-2-53

2A3/4

Maintenanceitem No.

Description

U198 Setting the fixing phase control

DescriptionSets the use of fixing phase control to reduce electrical noise generated bythe copier.

PurposeNormally no change is necessary. If electrical noise generated by thecopier causes flickering of the lights around the copier, select fixing phasecontrol to reduces the noise.

MethodPress the print key.

Setting1 Press ON or OFF to change operation.

Initial setting: ON for metric and OFF for inch specifications

2 Press the print key. The setting is set. The screen for selecting amaintenance item No. is displayed.

CompletionTo exit this maintenance item without changing the current setting, pressthe stop/clear key. The screen for selecting a maintenance item No. isdisplayed.

U200 Turning all LEDs on

DescriptionTurns all the LEDs on the operation panel on.

PurposeTo check if all the LEDs on the operation panel light

MethodPress the print key. All the LEDs on the operation panel light.

CompletionPress the stop/clear key or wait for 10 s. The LEDs turns off, and thescreen for selecting a maintenance mode is displayed.

DisplayONOFF

DescriptionFixing phase control presentFixing phase control absent

3-2-54

2A3/4

DescriptionMaintenance

item No.

U201 Initializing the touch panel

DescriptionAutomatically correct the positions of the X- and Y-axes of the touch panel.

PurposeTo automatically correct the display positions on the touch panel after it isreplaced.

Method1 Press the print key. The screen for executing is displayed, and the +

key displayed at the upper left of the touch panel flashes.

2 Press on the center of the + key. The + key on lower right flashes.

3 Press the center of the flashing +. Initialization of the touch panel iscomplete, and the screen for selecting a maintenance item No. isdisplayed.

CompletionTo exit this maintenance item without initializing, press the stop/clear key.The screen for selecting a maintenance mode No. is displayed.

3-2-55

2A3/4

Maintenanceitem No.

Description

U202 Setting the MMD host monitoring system

DescriptionInitializes or operates the MMD host monitoring system*

* Optional for 120 V specifications only.

PurposeUsed when setting up the machine or during regular maintenance or repair.

Method1 Press the print key. The basic status screen is displayed.

2 Operates the device following the instructions on the touch panel.

CompletionPress the stop/clear key on the basic screen. The screen for selecting amaintenance item No. is displayed.

Maintenance item No. select screen U202

Technician arrive

Maintenance count clear

Service report (leave)

Phone number setting

Device initialization

• To initialize the MMD host monitoring system, run the following modes in order:· Phone number setting 4· Device initialization 5

• During regular maintenance or service· Technician arrive 1· Maintenance count clear 2· Service report (leave) 3

12345

Maintenance item No. select screen

[Basic status]

Stop/clear key

3-2-56

2A3/4

DescriptionMaintenance

item No.

Ready to sendPush print key

Transmission start

Basic status screen

Stop/clear key

Stop/clear key

Print key

1 2

Maintenance parts check/clearSelect parts & push clear

DRUM

DEVELOPER

FIXING ROLLER

BLADE

MAIN CHARGER

00000000

00000000

00000000

00000000

00000000 Clear

Checkmark the replaced parts.

Counts are cleared.

Basic status screen

Clear

Ready to sendPush print key

Print key

U202

Maintenance parts check/clearSelect parts & push clear

SEP.CLAW MOUNT

SEP.CLAW ASS'Y

HEAT ROLLER

PRESS ROLLER

FIX HEATER M

00000000

00000000

00000000

00000000

00000000 Clear

U202

3-2-57

2A3/4

DescriptionMaintenance

item No.

Phone number settingSet mode

U202

Prefix code

Host tel No.

Suffix code

Dial type

0000000000

0000000000

0000000000

Set Tone Pulse10

Pulse20

Select an item and enter the digits

using numeric keys.

Press the interrupt key to enter a space.

4

The phone number is stored.

Basic status screen

Set

Print key

Preventive maintenance

Repair

PM & Repair

Courtesy call

Ready to sendPush print key

Ready to sendPush print key

Transmission starts.

Print key

Stop/clear key

Select an item.

Basic status screen

3

Service report (leave)Select a mode

U202

Stop/clear key

3-2-58

2A3/4

DescriptionMaintenance

item No.

Standard

Special by MODEL

Retry initialization

PPC ID 000000 Model 000000

StandardSpecial by MODEL

5

5 – 1

Device initializationSelect a mode

U202

Device initializationSelect a mode

U202

Device initializationSelect a mode

U202

Enter the digits using the numeric keys and press the print key.

Enter the digits using the numeric keys and press the print key.

Enter the digits using the numeric keys and press the print key.

Enter the digits using the numeric keys and press the print key.

PPC ID

Initialization ID

000000

000000

Model

Personal ID

000000

000000

Device initializationSelect a mode

U202 Device initializationSelect a mode

U202

Enter the digits using the numeric keys and press the print key.

PPC ID

Initialization ID

Total count

000000

000000

00000000

Model

Personal ID

Total count

000000

000000

00000000

Device initializationSelect a mode

U202 Device initializationSelect a mode

U202

Enter the digits using the numeric keys and press the print key.

Stop/clear key

Stop/clear key

3-2-59

2A3/4

DescriptionMaintenance

item No.

5 – 1

Ready to sendPush print key

Initialization starts.

Print key

Check

Initializationsucceeded?

Check

Initialization successful

Basic status screen

Check

xxxx (Reason for failure)

Check

MMD system problem?

No

Screen depending on the reason for failure

Yes

5 – 1

Retry initialization

No

Yes

Standard

Special by MODEL

Retry initialization

Device initializationSelect a mode

U202

3-2-60

2A3/4

DescriptionMaintenance

item No.

U203 Operating DF separately

DescriptionSimulates the original conveying operation separately in the SRDF.

PurposeTo check the SRDF.

Method1 Press the print key. The screen for selecting an item is displayed.

2 Set the magnification to between 25 and 200% using the Up/Downkeys.

3 Place an original in the SRDF if running this simulation with paper.

4 Select the item to be operated. The selected item is displayed inreverse and operation starts.

5 To stop continuous operation, press the stop/clear key.

CompletionPress the stop/clear key when the operation stops. The screen forselecting the maintenance item No. is displayed.

DisplayADF MODERADF MODEADF MODE (NON-PAPER)

RADF MODE (NON-PAPER)

OperationWith paper, single-sided originalWith paper, double-sided originalWithout paper, single-sided original (continuous operation)Without paper, double-sided original (continuous operation)

3-2-61

2A3/4

Maintenanceitem No.

Description

U204 Setting the presence or absence of a key card or key counter

DescriptionSets the presence or absence of the optional key card or key counter.

PurposeA key card is not available for metric specifications. The setting for theHECON key card, which is supported by inch-specification machines, is notnecessary in this maintenance item.

MethodPress the start key.

Setting1 Select the optional counter to be installed. The selected counter is

displayed in reverse.

Pressing the reversed item again resets the selection.

2 Press the print key. The screen for selecting a maintenance item No. isdisplayed.

CompletionTo exit this maintenance item without changing the current setting, pressthe stop/clear key. The screen for selecting a maintenance item No. isdisplayed.

DisplayKEY CARDKEY COUNTER

DescriptionThe key card is installed.The key counter is installed.

3-2-62

2A3/4

DescriptionMaintenance

item No.

U206 Setting the presence or absence of the coin vender

DescriptionSets the presence or absence of the optional coin vender. Also sets thedetails for coin vender operation, such as mode and unit price.

This is an optional device which is currently supported only by Japanesespecification machines, so no setting is necessary.

3-2-63

2A3/4

Maintenanceitem No.

Description

U209 Setting date and time

DescriptionSets the real time clock, which is used as a reference when correctingdrum time.

PurposeTo set the date and time after initializing data.

Method1 Press the print key. The screen for executing is displayed. The current

setting for the year is displayed.

2 Set the year (last two digits of the year) using the numeric or Up/Downkeys and press the print key. The current setting for the month isdisplayed.

3 Set the month using the numeric or Up/Down keys and press the printkey. The current setting for the date is displayed.

4 Set the date using the numeric or Up/Down keys and press the printkey. The current setting for the day of the week is displayed.

5 Set the day of the week using the numeric or Up/Down keys and pressthe print key. The current time setting for hours is displayed.

6 Set the time (hours, 0 to 23) using the numeric or Up/Down keys andpress the print key. The current time setting for minutes is displayed.

7 Set the minutes using the numeric or Up/Down keys and press the printkey. Setting is complete, and the screen for selecting a maintenanceitem No. is displayed.

SupplementTo return to the last screen, press the stop/clear key while setting.

CompletionTo stop this maintenance item without changing the current setting, pressthe stop/clear key at the screen for the year setting. The screen forselecting a maintenance item No. is displayed.

DescriptionMondayTuesdayWednesdayThursdayFridaySaturdaySunday

Setting1234567

3-2-64

2A3/4

DescriptionMaintenance

item No.

U243 Checking the operation of the DF motors, clutches and solenoids

DescriptionTurns the SRDF motors, clutches or solenoids on.

PurposeTo check the operation of the SRDF motors, clutches and solenoids.

Method1 Press the print key. The screen for selecting an item is displayed.

2 Select the item to be operated. The selected item is displayed inreverse, and operation starts.

3 To turn each motor off, press the stop/clear key.

CompletionPress the stop/clear key when operation stops. The screen for selecting amaintenance item No. is displayed.

DisplayF MOTORC MOTORFEED CLEJ JCT SLREV JCT SLFEED SLREVPRS SL

Motors, clutches and solenoidsOriginal feed motor (OFM)Original paper conveying motor (OCM)Original feed clutch (OFCL)Eject feedshift solenoid (EFSSOL)Switchback feedshift solenoid (SBFSSOL)Original feed solenoid (OFSOL)Switchback pressure solenoid (SBPSOL)

OperationIn operationIn operationOn for 0.5 sOn for 0.5 sOn for 0.5 sOn and offOn and off

3-2-65

2A3/4

Maintenanceitem No.

Description

U244 Checking the DF switches

DescriptionDisplays the status of the respective switches on the SRDF.

PurposeTo check if respective switches on the SRDF operate correctly.

Start1 Press the print key. The screen for selecting an item is displayed.

2 Select the type of switches (SW or VR) to be checked. The screen forexecuting is displayed.

Method for the on/off switches1 Turn the respective switches on and off manually to check the status.

If the on-status of a switch is detected, the corresponding switch isdisplayed in reverse.

2 To return to the screen for selecting an item, press the stop/clear key.

Method for the volume switch1 Move the original insertion guides to check the detection status of the

original size width switch.

As shown on the next page, the detected original width is displayed asa numerical value with the decimals omitted.

DisplaySWVR

Type of switchesOn/off switchesVolume switch

DisplaySET SWFEED SWREV SWTMG SW

SZ A SW

SwitchesOriginal set switch (OSSW)Original feed switch (OFSW)Original switchback switch (OSBSW)DF timing switch (DFTSW)

Original size length switch (OSLSW)

3-2-66

2A3/4

DescriptionMaintenance

item No.

U244

For example, if any value between 105 and 139 is displayed when theoriginal insertion guides are adjusted for A4R paper, it indicates that theoriginal width is detected correctly.

2 To return to the screen for selecting an item, press the stop/clear key.

CompletionPress the stop/clear key at the screen for selecting an item. The screen forselecting a maintenance item No. is displayed.

Numerical value

A5R

B5R

Folio/A4R

B4/B5

CF (11" × 15")

A3/A4

Original width to be detected

51/2" × 81/2"

81/2" × 14"/81/2" × 11"

11" × 17"/11" × 15"/11" × 81/2"

000

49.664

50.176

61.440

61.952

103.936

104.448

139.264

139.776

146.432

146.994

197.120

197.632

197.720

223.232

256

····

····

····

····

····

····

····

····

····

····

····

····

····

····

····

3-2-67

2A3/4

Maintenanceitem No.

Description

U245 Checking messages

DescriptionDisplays a list of messages on the touch panel of the operation panel.

PurposeTo check the messages to be displayed.

Method1 Press the print key.

2 Change the screen using the Up/Down keys to display each messageone at a time.

CompletionPress the stop/clear key. The screen for selecting a maintenance item No.is displayed.

U247 Checking the operation of the large paper deck and paper feed desk

DescriptionTurns on motors and clutches of the large paper deck*1 or the upper andlower drawers of the optional paper feed desk*2.*1: 42 ppm:optional/52 ppm: standard.*2: Optonal for 42 ppm only.

PurposeTo check the operation of motors and clutches of the respective paper feeddevices.

Start1 Press the print key. The screen for selecting an item is displayed.

2 Select the paper feed device to be checked. The screen for executingis displayed.

Method1 Press the item to be operated. The selected item is displayed in

reverse and operation starts.

• Large paper deck

Display3000 DECK500 × 2 DESK

Paper feed deviceLarge paper deckUpper and lower drawers of the paper feed desk

DisplayLCF MOTL CLPCL1

PCL2

Motors and clutchesDeck paper conveying motor (CM)Paper feed clutch 1 (PFCL1)Paper conveying clutch (CCL)

Paper feed clutch 2 (PFCL2)

OperationOn for 5 sOn for 1sOn for 1s

On for 1s

3-2-68

2A3/4

DescriptionMaintenance

item No.

U247 • Upper and lower drawers of the paper feed desk

2 To return to the screen for selecting an item, press the stop/clear key.

CompletionPress the stop/clear key at the screen for selecting an item. The screen forselecting a maintenance item No. is displayed.

U248 Setting the paper eject device

DescriptionAdjusts the amount of slack in the paper for the optional finisher in punchmode when it is attached. Also sets the punch limit and displays and clearsthe punch-hole scrap count. Adjusts the booklet stapling position for eachpaper size when the optional booklet stitcher is attached.

Purpose• Adjustment of the amount of slack in the paper in punch mode

Adjusts the amount of slack in the paper while in the punch section if,in punch mode, paper jams or is Z-folded frequently due to too muchslack in the paper, or, the position of punch holes varies due to toolittle slack in the paper.

• Punch limit setting

Sets the punch limit to notify the user of the time to collect punch-holescrap.

• Punch-hole scrap count display (clearing)

Used to manually clear the punch-hole scrap count if a messagerequiring collection of punch-hole scrap is shown on the touch panelafter collection. If punch-hole scrap is collected with the copier powerturned off, the punch-hole scrap count is not cleared andconsequently this problem occurs.

• Booklet stapling position adjustment

Adjusts the booklet stapling position in the stitching mode if theposition is not proper.

DisplayDESK MOTFEED CLUPP CLLOW CL

Motors and clutchesDesk drive motor (DDM)Desk feed clutch (DFCL)Upper desk paper feed clutch (DPFCL-U)Lower desk paper feed clutch (DPFCL-L)

OperationOn for 5 sOn for 1 sOn for 1sOn for 1s

3-2-69

2A3/4

Maintenanceitem No.

Description

Start

Press the print key. The screen for selecting an item is displayed.

Setting the amount of slack in the paper

1 Select PUNCH TIMING on the screen for selecting an item.

2 Change the setting using the Up/Down keys.

I f the position of punch holes varies, increase the setting to make theamount of slack larger.If paper jams or is Z-folded frequently, decrease the setting to makethe amount of slack smaller.Changing the value by 1 changes the amount of slack by 1.25 mm.

3 Press the print key. The value is set.

4 To return to the screen for selecting an item, press the stop/clear key.

Setting the punch limit or displaying the punch-hole scrap count1 Select PUNCH LIMIT on the screen for selecting an item.

2 Select the item to be set.

3 Change the setting using the numeric keys or the Up/Down keys.

To clear the punch-hole scrap count, press the all clear/reset key.

PUNCH LIMIT can be changed in increments of 1000 times.

When the punch-hole scrap count reaches the punch limit, “Checkpunch waste tank.” is displayed on the touch panel.

4 Press the print key. The value is set.

5 To return to the screen for selecting an item, press the stop/clear key.

DescriptionPunch timing

Setting range–15 to +15

Initial setting0

DescriptionAmount of slack in the paper

Setting range–15 to +15

Initial setting0

DisplayPUNCH LIMIT

PUNCH CNT

DescriptionPunch limit (maximum number of punching times)Punch-hole scrap count (current number of punching times)

Setting range0 to 999000

0 to 999999

Initial setting75000

—

DisplayPUNCH TIMING

PUNCH LIMITSADDLE ADJUST

DescriptionAdjustment of the amount of slack inthe paper in punch modePunch limit/punch-hole scrap countBooklet stapling position adjustment

U248

3-2-70

2A3/4

DescriptionMaintenance

item No.

U248 Setting the booklet stapling position

1 Select SADDLE ADJUST on the screen for selecting an item.

2 Select the size to be set.

3 Adjust the preset value using the Up/Down keys.

4 Press the print key. The value is set.

5 To return to the screen for selecting an item, press the stop/clear key.

CompletionPress the stop/clear key at the screen for selecting an item. The screen forselecting a maintenance item No. is displayed.

Display

A4R

B4R

A3R

Description

Adjustment of booklet stapling position for A4R sizeAdjustment of booklet stapling position for B4R sizeAdjustment of booklet stapling position for A3R size

Setting range

–125 to +125

–125 to +125

–125 to +125

Initial setting0

0

0

Chang in valueper step0.25 mm

0.25 mm

0.25 mm

Left stapling Right stapling Adjustment method

Proper

Increase the preset value.

Decrease the preset value.

Upper side is longer.

Lower side is longer.

Lower side is longer.

Upper side is longer.

3-2-71

2A3/4

Maintenanceitem No.

Description

U250 Setting the maintenance cycle

DescriptionDisplays and changes the maintenance cycle.

PurposeTo check and change the maintenance cycle.

MethodPress the print key. The current setting is displayed as follows:

Maintenance cycle (number of copies) = setting × 1000

Setting1 Change the setting using the Up/Down keys.

For example, when set to 120, the maintenance cycle is set to 120000.

Pressing the Up key when set to 600 rolls over the setting to 0.

2 Press the start key. The value is set , and the screen for selecting amaintenance item No. is displayed.

CompletionTo exit this maintenance item without changing the current setting, pressthe stop/clear key. The screen for selecting an item is displayed.

U251 Checking/clearing the maintenance count

DescriptionDisplays, clears and changes the maintenance count.

PurposeTo check the maintenance count. Also to clear the count duringmaintenance service.

MethodPress the print key. The maintenance count is displayed.

Clearing1 Press CLEAR on the touch panel.

2 Press the print key. The count is set, and the screen for selecting amaintenance item is displayed.

Setting1 Enter a six-digit count using the numeric key.

2 Press the print key. The count is set , and the screen for selecting amaintenance item is displayed.

CompletionTo exit this maintenance item without changing the count, press the stop/clear key. The screen for entering a maintenance item No. is displayed.

DescriptionMaintenance cycle

Setting range0 to 600

Initial setting150

Change in value per step1000 (copies)

2AD-1

3-2-72

2A3/4

DescriptionMaintenance

item No.

U252 Setting the destination

DescriptionSwitches the operations and screens of machines according to therespective destinations.

PurposeTo be executed after replacing the backup RAM on the main PCB orinitializing the backup RAM by running maintenance item U020, in order toreturn the setting to the value before replacement or initialization.

MethodPress the print key. The screen for entering an item is displayed.

Setting1 Select the destination. The selected item is displayed in reverse.

2 Press the print key. The value is set, and the screen for selecting amaintenance item No. is displayed.

CompletionTo exit this maintenance item without changing the count, press the stop/clear key. The screen for entering a maintenance item No. is displayed.

SupplementThe specified initial settings are provided according to the destinations inthe maintenance items below. To change the initial settings in those items,be sure to run maintenance item U021 after changing the destination.

• Initial setting according to the destinations

DisplayJAPAN METRICINCHEUROPE METRICASIA PACIFIC

DescriptionMetric (Japan) specificationsInch specificationsMetric (Europe) specificationsMetric (Asia Pacific) specifications

Maintenance item No.198 253 255 347 348

Title Setting the fixing phase controlSwitching between double and single countsSetting auto clear time Setting auto drawer size detectionSetting copy density adjustment range

Japan ON SINGLE COUNT 120 s ON NORMAL

Inch OFF DOUBLE COUNT90 s ON SPECIAL AREA

Europe Metric, Asia PacificON DOUBLE COUNT90 s OFF SPECIAL AREA

3-2-73

2A3/4

Maintenanceitem No.

Description

U253 Switching between double and single counts

DescriptionSwitches the count system for the total count and other counts.

PurposeAccording to user (copy service provider) request, select if A3/11" x 17"paper is to be counted as one sheet (single count) or two sheets (doublecount).

MethodPress the print key. The screen for selecting an item is displayed.

Setting1 Select double or single count.

Initial setting: DOUBLE COUNT

2 Press the print key. The value is set, and the screen for selecting anmaintenance item No. is displayed.

CompletionTo exit this maintenance item without changing the current setting, pressthe stop/clear key. The screen for selecting an maintenance item No. isdisplayed.

DisplayDOUBLE COUNTSINGLE COUNT

DescriptionDouble count for A3/11" × 17" paper onlySingle count for all size paper

3-2-74

2A3/4

DescriptionMaintenance

item No.

U254 Turning auto start function on/off

DescriptionSelects if the auto start function is turned on.

PurposeNormally no change is necessary. If incorrect operation occurs, turn thefunction off: this may solve the problem.

MethodPress the start key. The screen for entering an item is displayed.

Setting1 Select either ON or OFF. The selected item is displayed in reverse.

Initial setting: ON

2 Press the print key. The setting is set. The screen for selecting amaintenance item is displayed.

CompletionTo exit this maintenance item without changing the current setting, pressthe stop clear key. The screen for selecting a maintenance item No. isdisplayed.

DisplayONOFF

DescriptionAuto start function onAuto start function off

3-2-75

2A3/4

Maintenanceitem No.

Description

U255 Setting auto clear time

DescriptionSets the time to return to initial settings after copying is complete.

PurposeTo be set according to frequency of use. Set to a comparatively long timefor continuous copying at the same settings, and a comparatively shorttime for frequent copying at various settings.

MethodPress the print key. The value is set. Current settings are displayed.

Setting1 Change the setting using the Up/Down key.

The setting can be changed by 30 s per step. Pressing the Up keywhen set to 270 rolls over the setting to 0.

When set to 0, the auto clear function is cancelled.

2 Press the print key. The value is set. The screen for selecting amaintenance item is displayed.

CompletionTo exit this maintenance item without changing the current setting, pressthe stop clear key. The screen for selecting a maintenance item No. isdisplayed.

DescriptionAuto clear time

Setting range0 to 270

Initial setting90

3-2-76

2A3/4

DescriptionMaintenance

item No.

U256 Turning auto preheat/energy saver function on/off

DescriptionSelects if the auto preheat/energy saver function is turned on. When set toON, the time to enter preheat/energy saver mode can be changed in copymanagement mode.

PurposeAccording to user request, to set the preheat time to save energy, orenable copying promptly without the recovery time from preheat mode.

MethodPress the print key. The setting is set. The screen for selecting an item isdisplayed.

Setting1 Select ON or OFF. The selected item is displayed in reverse.

Initial setting: ON

2 Press the print key. The setting is set. The screen for selecting amaintenance item is displayed.

When change from OFF to ON, the initial value of 15 min. is set.

CompletionTo exit this maintenance item without changing the current setting, pressthe stop clear key. The screen for selecting a maintenance item No. isdisplayed.

DisplayONOFF

DescriptionAuto preheat/energy saver function onAuto preheat/energy saver function off

3-2-77

2A3/4

Maintenanceitem No.

Description

U258 Switching copy operation at toner empty detection

DescriptionSelects if continuous copying is enabled after toner empty is detected, andsets the number of copies that can be made after the detection.

MethodPress the print key. The current setting is displayed.

Setting1 Select single or continuous copying. The selected item is displayed in

reverse.

Initial setting: SINGLE MODE

2 Set the number of copies that can be made using the Up/Down keys.

The setting can be changed by 5 copies per step.

When set to 0, the number of copies is not limited regardless of thesetting for single or continuous copying.

3 Press the print key. The setting is set , and the screen for entering amaintenance item No. is displayed.

CompletionTo exit this maintenance item without changing the current setting, pressthe stop/clear key. The screen for selecting a maintenance item isdisplayed.

DisplaySINGLE MODECONTINUE MODE

DescriptionEnables only single copying.Enables single and continuous copying.

DescriptionNumber of copies after toner empty detection

Setting range0 to 200 (copies)

Initial setting0

3-2-78

2A3/4

DescriptionMaintenance

item No.

U260 Changing the copy count timing

DescriptionChanges the copy count timing for the total counter and other counters.

PurposeTo be set according to user (copy service provider) request.

If a paper jam occurs frequently in the finisher when the number of copiesis counted at the time of paper ejection, copies are provided without copycounts. The copy service provider cannot charge for such copying. Toprevent this, the copy timing should be made earlier.

If a paper jam occurs frequently in the paper conveying or fixing sectionswhen the number of copies is counted before the paper reaches thosesections, copying is charged without a copy being made. To prevent this,the copy timing should be made later.

MethodPress the start key. The screen for selecting an item is displayed.

Setting1 Select the copy count timing.

Initial setting: EJECT

2 Press the print key. The setting is set , and the screen for entering amaintenance item No. is displayed.

CompletionTo exit this maintenance item without changing the current setting, pressthe stop/clear key. The screen for selecting a maintenance item isdisplayed.

DisplayCOUNT:FEEDCOUNT:EJEC

DescriptionWhen secondary paper feed starts.When the paper is ejected.

3-2-79

2A3/4

Maintenanceitem No.

Description

U263 Setting DF copy ejection orientation

DescriptionSets the copy paper ejection orientation in DF copying.

PurposeTo set face up ejection to eject the same order as the originals when usingspecial papers such as tracing paper and film as copy medium.

MethodPress the print key. The screen for selecting an item is displayed.

Setting1 Select an ejection orientation.

Initial setting: Face down

2 Press the print key. The setting is set , and the screen for entering amaintenance item No. is displayed.

CompletionTo exit this maintenance item without changing the current setting, pressthe stop/clear key. The screen for selecting a maintenance item isdisplayed.

DisplayFACE-DOWN (NORMAL)FACE-UP (SPEED)FACE-UP (MEMORY)

DescriptionFace down ejection.Face up ejection with bitmap copy.Face up ejection with memory copy.

3-2-80

2A3/4

DescriptionMaintenance

item No.

U264 Setting date display order

DescriptionSets the order of year, month, and day for output on a list and the like.

PurposeSelects the order according to user request.

MethodPress the print key. The screen for selecting an item is displayed.

Setting1 Select the order of display.

Initial setting: inch: Month - day - yearmetric: Day - month - year

2 Press the print key. The setting is set , and the screen for entering amaintenance item No. is displayed.

CompletionTo exit this maintenance item without changing the current setting, pressthe stop/clear key. The screen for selecting a maintenance item isdisplayed.

U265 Setting OEM purchaser code

DescriptionSets the OEM purchaser code.

PurposeSets the code when replacing the main PCB and the like.

MethodPress the print key.

Setting1 Use the numeric keys or Up/Down keys to adjust the preset value.

2 Press the print key. The count is set , and the screen for selecting amaintenance item is displayed.

CompletionTo exit this maintenance item without changing the current setting, pressthe stop/clear key. The screen for selecting a maintenance item isdisplayed.

DisplayYEAR-MONTH-DATEMONTH-DATE-YEARDATE-MONTH-YEAR

DescriptionYear - month - dayMonth - day - yearDay - month - year

3-2-81

2A3/4

Maintenanceitem No.

Description

U330 Sets the number of copies for switching the copy eject tray in thefinisher

DescriptionSets the number of copies at which the copy eject tray will switch from thesub tray to the main tray.

PurposeSelects the value according to user request.

MethodPress the print key. The screen for adjustment is displayed.

Setting1 Use the numeric keys or Up/Down keys to adjust the preset value.

The copy eject tray is switched from the sub tray to the main tray whenthe number of copies ejected to the sub tray exceeds the preset value.

2 Press the print key. The setting is set , and the screen for entering amaintenance item No. is displayed.

CompletionTo exit this maintenance item without changing the current setting, pressthe stop/clear key. The screen for selecting a maintenance item isdisplayed.

DescriptionNumber of copies to be ejected on the sub tray

Setting range1 to 100 (sheets)

Initial value100

3-2-82

2A3/4

DescriptionMaintenance

item No.

U333 Setting the number of digits of ID-code

DescriptionSets the number of digits of ID-code.

PurposeSets the number of digits according to user request.

MethodPress the print key. The screen for selecting an item is displayed.

Setting1 Select the number of digits.

Initial setting: 4 digits

2 Press the print key. The setting is set , and the screen for entering amaintenance item No. is displayed.

CompletionTo exit this maintenance item without changing the current setting, pressthe stop/clear key. The screen for selecting a maintenance item isdisplayed.

Display4 digits7 digits

DescriptionThe number of digits of ID-code is 4.The number of digits of ID-code is 7.

3-2-83

2A3/4

Maintenanceitem No.

Description

U334 Setting the ejection method in the booklet stitcher

DescriptionSets whether or not the eject bin in use is switched to the other bin whenthe bin in use in the booklet stitcher overflows.

PurposeSets the value to 1 BIN to use one bin only for copying and the other binonly for printing.

MethodPress the print key. The screen for selecting an item is displayed.

Setting1 Select an ejection method.

Initial setting: 2 BIN

2 Press the print key. The setting is set , and the screen for entering amaintenance item No. is displayed.

CompletionTo exit this maintenance item without changing the current setting, pressthe stop/clear key. The screen for selecting a maintenance item isdisplayed.

Display2 BIN1 BIN

DescriptionThe eject bin is switched when a bin overflows.The eject bin is not switched even when a bin overflows.

3-2-84

2A3/4

DescriptionMaintenance

item No.

U343 Switching between duplex/simplex copy mode

DescriptionSwitches the initial setting between duplex and simplex copy.

PurposeTo be set according to frequency of use: set to the more frequently usedmode.

MethodPress the start key. The screen for selecting an item is displayed.

Setting1 Select ON or OFF.

Initial setting: OFF

2 Press the print key. The setting is set, and the screen for entering amaintenance item No. is displayed.

CompletionTo exit this maintenance item without changing the current setting, pressthe stop/clear key. The screen for selecting a maintenance item isdisplayed.

DisplayONOFF

DescriptionDuplex copySimplex copy

3-2-85

2A3/4

Maintenanceitem No.

Description

U344 Setting preheat/energy saver mode

DescriptionChanges the control mode for preheat/energy saver, and sets the silentmode (low noise mode).

PurposeAccording to user request, selects which has priority, recovery time frompreheat or energy saving. Also sets polygon motor noise elimination inpreheat.

MethodPress the start key. The screen for selecting an item is displayed.

Setting1 Select control mode.

Initial setting: Energy Star applied

3 Press the print key. The setting is set, and the screen for entering amaintenance item No. is displayed.

CompletionTo exit this maintenance item without changing the current setting, pressthe stop/clear key. The screen for selecting a maintenance item isdisplayed.

DisplayINSTANT READY ENERGY STAR E 2000

SILENT MDOE

Control in preheat modeWithout decreasing the fixing control temperature, the display on the operation panel is turned off.The fixing control temperature is decreased by 30°C/54°F (42 ppm) or 20°C/36°F (52 ppm) and the copier is forcibly stabilized 30 s after exiting preheat mode.The fixing control temperature is decreased by 40°C/72°F (42 ppm) or 20°C/36°F (52 ppm).ON: Polygon motor off/OFF: Normal

3-2-86

2A3/4

DescriptionMaintenance

item No.

U345 Setting the value for maintenance due indication

DescriptionSets when to display a message notifying that the time for maintenance isabout to be reached, by setting the number of copies that can be madebefore the current maintenance cycle ends.

When the difference between the number of copies of the maintenancecycle and that of the maintenance count reaches the set value, themessage is displayed.

PurposeTo change the time to display the maintenance due indication.

MethodPress the print key. The current setting is displayed.

Setting1 Change the setting using the numeric or Up/Down keys.

Initial setting: 0

2 Press the print key. The setting is set, and the screen for entering amaintenance item No. is displayed.

CompletionTo exit this maintenance item without changing the current setting, pressthe stop/clear key. The screen for selecting a maintenance item isdisplayed.

DescriptionDisplay period for the next maintenance (remaining count before the end of the maintenance cycle)

Setting range0 to 9999

3-2-87

2A3/4

Maintenanceitem No.

Description

U347 Setting auto drawer size detection

DescriptionTurning the auto drawer size detection function on/off.

PurposeTo be used when turning the auto paper size (in the drawers) detection offand making copies onto only the specified size paper.

MethodPress the print key. The screen for selecting an item is displayed.

Setting1 Select ON or OFF.

Initial setting: ON for inch and OFF for metric specifications

2 Press the print key. The setting is set, and the screen for entering amaintenance item No. is displayed.

CompletionTo exit this maintenance item without changing the current setting, pressthe stop/clear key. The screen for selecting a maintenance item isdisplayed.

DisplayONOFF

DescriptionDetects the paper sizes in the drawers automatically.Does not detect the paper sizes in the drawers automatically.

3-2-88

2A3/4

DescriptionMaintenance

item No.

U348 Setting the copy density adjustment range

DescriptionSelects the adjustment range for copy density from NORMAL andSPECIAL AREA (for wider range).

PurposeTo change the setting according to user request.

When especially dark or light density is requested, set to SPECIAL AREA.

MethodPress the print key. The screen for selecting an item is displayed.

Setting1 Select the density range.

Initial setting: SPECIAL AREA

2 Press the print key. The setting is set, and the screen for entering amaintenance item No. is displayed.

CompletionTo exit this maintenance item without changing the current setting, pressthe stop/clear key. The screen for selecting a maintenance item isdisplayed.

DisplaySPECIAL AREANORMAL

Description25 steps (enlargement mode)13 steps

3-2-89

2A3/4

Maintenanceitem No.

Description

U350 Setting the ID-code error output

DescriptionSets whether or not an error report is output when an ID-code error occurs.

PurposeAccording to user request, changes the setting.

MethodPress the print key. The screen for selecting an item is displayed.

Setting1 Select ON or OFF. * The selected item is highlighted.

Initial setting: ON

2 Press the print key. The setting is set, and the screen for entering amaintenance item No. is displayed.

CompletionTo exit this maintenance item without changing the current setting, pressthe stop/clear key. The screen for selecting a maintenance item isdisplayed.

U402 Adjusting margins for image printing

AdjustmentSee page 3-3-20.

U403 Adjusting margins for reading an original on the contact glass

AdjustmentSee page 3-3-40.

U404 Adjusting margins for DF original reading

AdjustmentSee page 3-3-100.

DisplayONOFF

DescriptionError report is output.Error report is not output.

3-2-90

2A3/4

DescriptionMaintenance

item No.

U901 Checking/clearing copy counts by paper feed locations

DescriptionDisplays or clears copy counts by paper feed locations.

PurposeTo check the time to replace consumable parts. Also to clear the countsafter replacing the consumable parts.

Method1 Press the print key. The counts by paper feed locations are displayed.

2 Change the screen using the Up/Down keys.

*1: Optional for 42 ppm only.*2: 42 ppm: optional/52 ppm: standard.

When an optional paper feed device is not installed, the correspondingcount is not displayed.

Clearing1 Select the count to be cleared. The selected item is displayed in

reverse.

To clear the counts for all paper feed locations, press ALL on the touchpanel.

2 Press the print key. The setting is set, and the screen for entering amaintenance item No. is displayed.

CompletionTo exit this maintenance item without changing the current setting, pressthe stop/clear key. The screen for selecting a maintenance item isdisplayed.

DisplayBYPASSFIRSTSECONDTHIRD FORTHLCFDUPLEX

Paper feed locationsBypass tableCopier upper drawerCopier lower drawerPaper feed desk*1 upper drawer Paper feed desk*1 lower drawerLarge paper deck*2

Duplex unit

3-2-91

2A3/4

Maintenanceitem No.

Description

U903 Checking/clearing the paper jam counts

DescriptionDisplays or clears the jam counts by jam locations.

PurposeTo check the paper jam status. Also to clear the jam counts after replacingconsumable parts.

Method1 Press the print key. The jam count is displayed by jam codes.

2 Change the screen using the Up/Down keys.

Clearing1 Press ALL on the touch panel. Jam counts cannot be cleared

individually.

2 Press the print key. The count is cleared, and the screen for entering amaintenance item No. is displayed.

CompletionTo exit this maintenance item without changing the current setting, pressthe stop/clear key. The screen for selecting a maintenance item isdisplayed.

3-2-92

2A3/4

DescriptionMaintenance

item No.

U904 Checking/clearing the service call counts

DescriptionDisplays or clears the service call code counts by types.

PurposeTo check the service call code status by types. Also to clear the service callcode counts after replacing consumable parts.

Method1 Press the print key. The jam count is displayed by service call codes.

2 Change the screen using the Up/Down keys.

Clearing1 Select the count to be cleared. The selected count is displayed in

reverse. To clear all counts, press ALL on the touch panel.

2 Press the print key. The count is cleared. When all counts are cleared,the screen for entering a maintenance item No. is displayed.

CompletionPress the stop/clear key. The screen for selecting a maintenance item isdisplayed.

3-2-93

2A3/4

Maintenanceitem No.

Description

U905 Checking/clearing counts by optional devices

DescriptionDisplays or clears the counts by optional devices.

PurposeTo check the use of the SRDF, finisher and booklet siticher. Also to clearthe counts after replacing consumable parts.

Method1 Press the print key. The screen for selecting an item is displayed.

2 Select the device, the count of which is to be checked. The count of theselected device is displayed.

• SRDF (DF)

• Finisher (SORTER)

Clearing1 Select the item to be cleared. The selected item is displayed in reverse.

2 Press the print key. The count is cleared.

3 To return to the screen for entering an item, press the stop/clear key.

CompletionPress the stop/clear key at the screen for selecting an item. The screen forselecting a maintenance item is displayed.

DisplayCHANGE ADF RADF

DescriptionOriginal replacement countNo. of single-sided originals that has passed through the DF in ADF modeNo. of double-side originals that has passed through the DF in RADF mode

DisplayCOPY COUNTSTAPLEPUNCHSTACKERSADDLE

DescriptionNo. of copies that has passedFrequency the stapler has been activatedFrequency the punch has been activatedFrequency the stacker has been activatedFrequency the booklet stitcher has been activated

3-2-94

2A3/4

DescriptionMaintenance

item No.

U906 Resetting partial operation control

DescriptionResets the service call code for partial operation control.

PurposeTo be reset after partial operation is performed due to problems in thedrawers or other sections below, and the related parts are serviced.

The following sections can be the subject of the partial operation:SRDFLarge paper deckCopier upper drawerCopier lower drawerPaper feed desk upper drawerPaper feed desk lower drawerDuplex unitFinisher

Method1 Press the print key.

2 Press RESET on the touch panel.

3 Press the print key to reset partial operation control. The maintenancemode is exited, and the machine returns to the same status when themain switch is turned on.

3-2-95

2A3/4

Maintenanceitem No.

Description

U907 Checking and resetting the count value on each ejection location

DescriptionDisplays and resets the count value of ejected sheets on each ejectionlocation.

PurposeChecks the replacement period for maintenance parts. Also resets thecount value after replacing the maintenance parts.

MethodPress the print key.* The count value on each ejection location is displayed

.

Clearing1 Select the item for which the count value is to be reset. * The selected item is highlighted. * To reset the count values for all ejection locations, press ALL on the

touch panel.

2 Press the print key. The count is cleared.

CompletionTo exit this maintenance item without changing the current setting, pressthe stop/clear key. The screen for selecting a maintenance item isdisplayed.

DisplaySTRAIGHTSWITCH BACKAUTO DUPLEX

DescriptionStraight ejection countReversed ejection countDuplex tray ejection count

3-2-96

2A3/4

DescriptionMaintenance

item No.

U908 Checking the count value of the electronic counter

DescriptionDisplays the count value of the electronic counter.

PurposeChecks the value for maintenance work.

MethodPress the print key.* The count value of the total counter is displayed.

.ClearingThe count value cannot be changed or cleared.

CompletionTo exit this maintenance item without changing the current setting, pressthe stop/clear key. The screen for selecting a maintenance item isdisplayed.

DisplayCOUNT

DescriptionCount value of electronic counter

3-2-97

2A3/4

Maintenanceitem No.

Description

U990 Checking/clearing the time for the exposure lamp to light

DescriptionDisplays, clears or changes the accumulated time for the exposure lamp tolight.

PurposeTo check duration of use of the exposure lamp. Also to clear theaccumulated time for the lamp after replacement.

MethodPress the print key. The accumulated time of illumination for the exposurelamp is displayed in minutes.

Clearing1 Press CLEAR on the touch panel.

2 Press the print key. The accumulated time is cleared, and the screenfor selecting a maintenance item No. is displayed.

Setting1 Enter a six-digit accumulated time using the numeric keys.

2 Press the print key. The time is set, and the screen for selecting amaintenance item is displayed.

CompletionTo exit this maintenance item without changing the accumulated time,press the stop/clear key. The screen for selecting a maintenance item isdisplayed.

3-2-98

2A3/4

DescriptionMaintenance

item No.

U992 Checking/clearing the printer count

DescriptionDisplays, clears or changes the print count of the printer when the optionalprinter unit is installed.

PurposeTo check the frequency of use of the printer.

MethodPress the print key. The printer count is displayed.

Clearing1 Press CLEAR on the touch panel.

2 Press the print key. The count is set, and the screen for selecting amaintenance item is displayed.

Setting1 Enter a six-digit numerical value using the numeric keys.

2 Press the print key. The count is set, and the screen for selecting amaintenance item is displayed.

CompletionTo exit this maintenance item without changing the count, press the stop/clear key. The screen for selecting a maintenance item is displayed.

3-2-99

2A3/4

3-2-2 Copier managementIn addition to a maintenance function for service, the copier is equipped with a managementfunction which can be operated by users (mainly by the copier administrator). In this copiermanagement mode, default settings and the settings for the timer function can be changed.

( 1 ) Executing a copier management item

Default/Special: on

Management: on

Enter an ID code Department management (see page 3-2-100)

End: on

End: on

End: on

End: on

Week timer (see page 3-2-101)

Copy default (see page 3-2-102)

Machine default (see page 3-2-105)

Language (see page 3-2-107)

Enter an ID code

Enter an ID code

Enter an ID code

Week timer/Weekly timer: on

Copy default: on

Machine default: on

Language: on

End

Start

3-2-100

2A3/4

( 2 ) Department management

Altering the copy limit

1. SET CODE: on2. CORRECTION: on3. Select the department code to be

altered.4. Enter the limit of the number of copies

using the numeric keys.5. REGISTER: on6. END: on7. END: on

Clearing copy counts

1. SET CODE: on2. CLEAR: on3. YES: on4. END: on

Viewing copy counts

1. REFERENCE: on2. END: on

Printing a copy management report

1. Set A4/81/2" x 11" copy paper.2. PRINT MANAGEMENT LIST: on

Turning copy management function on/off

1. Select ON or OFF.

Registering a new department code

Sets a department code and the limitof the number of copies for thatdepartment.1. SET CODE: on2. REGISTER: on3. Enter a department code using

the numeric keys: 7 digits for inchspecifications and 4 digits formetric specifications.

4. REGISTER: on5. Enter the limit using the numeric

keys.Setting range is 1000 to 250000(in every 1000) copies. Set to 0 forunlimited copies.

6. REGISTER: on7. END: on8. END: on

Deleting a department code

1. SET CODE: on2. DELETE: on3. Select the department code to

be deleted.4. END: on5. END: on

3-2-101

2A3/4

( 3 ) Week timer

Setting the time

1. TIMER SET: on2. Set the current day of the week,

hour and minute by pressing +/-symbols (24-hour clock format).

3. ENTER: on

Programming the week timer

Set the on/off time for each day of theweek.1. WEEK TIMER: on2. Select the day of the week to be

set.3. Select ON and set hours and

minutes by pressing the +/-symbols.

4. Select OFF and set hours andminutes by pressing the +/-symbols.

5. ENTER: on6. ENTER: on

Canceling the timer function

1. CANCEL: on2. Select the day of week to be

canceled.3. ENTER: on

Turning the timer on/off

1. Select ON or OFF.

3-2-102

2A3/4

Exposure mode

Selects auto or manual exposure tobe given priority in initial mode.1. Display EXPOSURE MODE using

the Up/Down keys.2. Select AUTO or MANUAL.

Exposure steps

Sets the exposure steps in manualexposure mode.1. Display EXPOSURE STEPS

using the Up/Down keys.2. Select 7 STEPS or 13 STEPS.

Toner economy mode

Sets the initial value of the tonereconomy mode at power on.1. Display TONER ECONOMY using

the Up/Down keys.2. CHANGE: on3. Select ON or OFF4. END: on

Auto exposure adjustment

Adjusts the exposure in auto densitymode.1. Display AUTO EXPOSURE AD-

JUSTMENT using the Up/Downkeys.

2. CHANGE: on3. Adjust the exposure by pressing

DARKER or LIGHTER.4. END: on

( 4 ) Copy default

Manual exposure adjustment.

Adjusts the exposure in manualdensity mode.1. Display MANUAL EXPOSURE

ADJUSTMENT using the Up/Down keys.

2. CHANAGE: on3. Adjust the exposure by pressing

DARKER or LIGHTER.Setting is available for text, textand photo (mixed) and photomodes.

4. END: on

Copy quality

Sets the image quality to be selectedin initial mode.1. Display COPY QUALITY using

the Up/Down keys.2. Select MIXED, TEXT or PHOTO.

Output form

Sets the initial value of the sort modewhen setting originals.1. Display OUTPUT FORM using the

Up/Down keys.2. Select ON or OFF

Paper selection

Set if the same sized paper as theoriginal to be copied is automaticallyselected.

1. Display PAPER SELECTIONusing the Up/Down keys.

2. Select AUTO or MANUAL.

3-2-103

2A3/4

Job programming

Selects whether all program numbersare selectable or program No. 1 isgiven priority.1. Display JOB PROGRAMMING

using the Up/Down keys.2. Select REGULAR (for all program

numbers) or OFF THE PLATEN(for program No. 1).

Default drawer

Set the drawer to be selected afterthe all clear/reset key is pressed.1. Display DEFAULT DRAWER

using the Up/Down keys.2. CHANGE: on.3. Select the default drawer.

Zoom mode

Selects fixed or standard magnifi-cations in reduction/enlargementmode.1. Display ZOOM MODE using

the Up/Down keys.2. Select SIZE ZOOM or STAN-

DARD ZOOM.

Copy limit

Sets the limit of the number of copiesfor multiple copying.1. Display COPY LIMIT using

the Up/Down keys.2. CHANGE: on3. Enter the number of copies up to

999 using the numeric keys.4. CHANGE: on

Custom size for border erase

Sets the custom size for border erasecopying.1. Display CUSTOM SIZE FOR

BORDER ERASE usingthe Up/Down keys.

2. CHANGE: on3. Set the paper width by pressing

the upper +/- symbols. Setting isavailable between 94 mm/311/16"and 214mm/87/16" in 8 mm/5/16"steps.

4. Set the paper length by pressingthe lower +/- symbols. Setting isavailable between 60 mm/23/8"and 296 mm/115/8" in 4 mm/2/16".

5. END: on

Front and back page margin

Sets if individual margin settings forfront and back page are available.1. Display F & BP. MARGIN using

the Up/Down keys.2. Select ON or OFF.

Drawer for insert sheet

1. Display DRAWER FOR INSERTSHEET using the Up/Down keys.

2. CHANGE: on3. Select the paper feed location.

Drawer cover sheet/stitch

Selects the drawer to be used forsetting cover sheets in the stitchingmode.1. Display DRAWER COVER

SHEET using the Up/Down keys.2. CHANGE: on3. Select a drawer.

3-2-104

2A3/4

Rotate sort

Sets if rotate sort is available in sortcopy mode. Setting is not availablewhen the finisher is installed.1. Display ROTATE SORT using

the Up/Down keys.2. Select ON or OFF.

Create shortcut

Registers frequently used functionkeys, and displays them on the basicscreen.1. Display CREATE SHORTCUT #1

or CREATE SHORTCUT #2 usingthe Up/Down keys.

2. CHANGE: on3. Select a function.

Create user choice #1-#5

Moves frequently used function keysto the basic screen for selecting afunction.1. Display one of CREATE USER

CHOICE/Customize GUI #1 to #5using the Up/Down keys.

2. CHANGE: ON3. Select the function to be moved.

3-2-105

2A3/4

( 5 ) Machine default

APS for special paper

Sets if auto paper selection is availablefor the paper feed location with thespecial paper.1. Display APS FOR SPECIAL

PAPER using the Up/Down keys.2. Select ON or OFF.

Key sound

Sets if a beep sounds when a key onthe key touch panel is pressed.1. Display KEY SOUND using the

Up/Down keys.2. Select ON or OFF.

Auto preheat time

Sets the auto preheat time.1. Display AUTO PREHEAT TIME

using the Up/Down keys.2. Set the time by pressing the +/-

symbols. Setting is availablebetween 5 and 45 min. in 5 min.steps

Auto shutoff time

Sets the auto shutoff time.1. Display AUTO SHUT-OFF TIME

using the Up/Down keys.2. Set the time by pressing the +/-

symbols. Setting is availablebetween 15 and 270 min. in 15min. steps.

Un-fixed size from bypass

Sets if non-standard size paper isavailable when the paper is fed fromthe bypass table.1. Display UN-FIXED SIZE FROM

BYPASS using the Up/Down keys.2. Select ON or OFF.

Auto drawer switching

Sets if the auto drawer switchingfunction is available.1. Display AUTOMATIC DRAWER

SWITCHING using the Up/Downkeys.

2. Select ON or OFF.

Drawer paper size

Changes the paper size for thedrawers displayed on the basicscreen.1. Display DRAWER PAPER SIZE

for the drawer to be changed usingthe Up/Down keys.

2. CHANGE: ON3. Select paper size.

Special paper

Selects the drawer for special paper.1. Display SPECIAL PAPER using

the Up/Down keys.2. CHANGE: ON3. Select the drawer. To cancel,

select the same drawer again.4. End: ON

3-2-106

2A3/4

Management code change

Changes the management code tobe used.1. Display MANAGEMENT CODE

CHANGE using the Up/Downkeys.

2. CHANGE: ON.3. Enter the code using the numeric

keys.4. CHANGE: ON

Auto shutoff

Sets if the auto shutoff function isavailable.1. Display AUTO SHUT-OFF using

the Up/Down keys.2. Select ON or OFF.

3-2-107

2A3/4

( 6 ) Language

Switches the language to be displayed on the key touch panel.

1. Press on the language to bedisplayed.• Available languages are English,

German, French, Italian andSpanish for metric specifications,and English, French and Spanishfor inch specifications.

1-1-21

2A3/4

CONTENTS

3-3 Assembly and Disassembly

3-3-1 Precautions for assembly and disassembly ........................................ 3-3-1(1) Precautions ................................................................................. 3-3-1(2) Running a maintenance item ....................................................... 3-3-2

3-3-2 Paper feed section .............................................................................. 3-3-3(1) Detaching and refitting the forwarding, upper paper feed and

lower paper feed pulleys ............................................................. 3-3-3(2) Detaching and refitting the bypass forwarding, upper and

lower paper feed pulleys ............................................................. 3-3-8(3) Replacing the upper and lower paper width switches

(inch models only) ..................................................................... 3-3-14(4) Replacing the upper and lower registration cleaner

assemblys ................................................................................. 3-3-16(5) Adjusting the position of the rack adjuster ................................. 3-3-17(6) Adjustment after roller and clutch replacement ......................... 3-3-18

(6-1) Adjusting the leading edge registration .......................... 3-3-18(6-2) Adjusting the center line of image printing ...................... 3-3-19(6-3) Adjusting the margins for printing ................................... 3-3-20(6-4) Adjusting the amount of slack in the paper

at the registration roller for drawer, bypass andduplex feeds ................................................................... 3-3-22

3-3-3 Optical section .................................................................................. 3-3-23(1) Detaching and refitting the exposure lamp ................................ 3-3-23(2) Detaching and refitting the scanner wires ................................. 3-3-24

(2-1) Detaching the scanner wires .......................................... 3-3-24(2-2) Refitting the scanner wires ............................................. 3-3-25

(3) Replacing the laser scanner unit ............................................... 3-3-28(4) Replacing the ISU (reference) ................................................... 3-3-30(5) Adjusting the longitudinal squareness (reference) .................... 3-3-32(6) Adjusting scanner image lateral squareness (reference) .......... 3-3-33

(5-1) Adjusting the position of the laser scanner unit .............. 3-3-33(5-2) Adjusting the position of the ISU .................................... 3-3-35

(7) Adjusting magnification of the scanner in the mainscanning direction ..................................................................... 3-3-36

(8) Adjusting magnification of the scanner in the auxiliaryscanning direction ..................................................................... 3-3-37

(9) Adjusting the scanner center line .............................................. 3-3-38(10) Adjusting the scanner leading edge registration ....................... 3-3-39(11) Adjusting the margins for scanning an original on the

contact glass ............................................................................. 3-3-403-3-4 Main charging section ....................................................................... 3-3-42

(1) Replacing the charger wire and main charger grid .................... 3-3-423-3-5 Drum section ..................................................................................... 3-3-45

(1) Replacing the drum ................................................................... 3-3-45(2) Cleaning the drum ..................................................................... 3-3-48

1-1-22

2A3/4

3-3-6 Developing section ............................................................................ 3-3-51(1) Replacing the developing unit upper seal ................................. 3-3-51(2) Adjusting the position of the magnetic brush (developing roller)

(reference) ................................................................................. 3-3-52(3) Adjusting the position of the doctor blade (reference) ............... 3-3-53(4) Replacing the developing duct filter .......................................... 3-3-55

3-3-7 Transfer and separation section ....................................................... 3-3-56(1) Replacing the charger wires and cleaning pads........................ 3-3-56

3-3-8 Cleaning section ............................................................................... 3-3-59(1) Detaching and refitting the cleaning blade ................................ 3-3-59(2) Detaching and refitting the cleaning brush ................................ 3-3-61(3) Detaching and refitting the drum separation claw assembly

and cleaning lower seal assembly ............................................. 3-3-633-3-9 Fixing section .................................................................................... 3-3-64

(1) Detaching and refitting fixing heaters M and S.......................... 3-3-64(2) Detaching and refitting the fixing unit thermistor ....................... 3-3-68(3) Detaching and refitting the fixing unit thermostats .................... 3-3-70(4) Replacing the press roller .......................................................... 3-3-71(5) Replacing the heat roller ........................................................... 3-3-73(6) Replacing the heat roller separation claws................................ 3-3-75(7) Detaching and refitting the press roller separation claws .......... 3-3-76(8) Replacing the cooling filter ........................................................ 3-3-77(9) Replacing the ozone filter .......................................................... 3-3-78

(10) Adjusting the fixing pressure (reference)................................... 3-3-793-3-10 Feedshift and duplex section ............................................................ 3-3-80

(1) Detaching and refitting the duplex forwarding pulley................. 3-3-80(2) Detaching and refitting the switchback roller,

duplex upper registration roller .................................................. 3-3-81(3) Adjusting the position of the side registration section ............... 3-3-87(4) Adjusting the side registration amount ...................................... 3-3-88

3-3-11 SRDF section .................................................................................... 3-3-89(1) Detaching and refitting the DF original feed pulley and

the DF forwarding pulleys.......................................................... 3-3-89(2) Detaching and refitting the DF separation pulley ...................... 3-3-91(3) Adjusting the lateral squareness of the DF ............................... 3-3-94(4) Adjusting the DF magnification .................................................. 3-3-96(5) Adjusting the DF center line ...................................................... 3-3-97(6) Adjusting the scanning start position when the DF is used ....... 3-3-98

(6-1) Adjusting the DF leading edge registration .................... 3-3-98(6-2) Adjusting the DF traling edge registration ...................... 3-3-99

(7) Adjusting the margins for scanning the original from the DF... 3-3-1003-3-12 Large paper deck section (42 ppm: optional/52 ppm: standard) ..... 3-3-102

(1) Detaching and refitting the upper and lower deck separationrollers....................................................................................... 3-3-103

(2) Detaching and refitting the deck paper conveying unitassembly ................................................................................. 3-3-103

(3) Detaching and refitting deck paper feed roller 1...................... 3-3-104(4) Adjusting the position of the center adjuster

(center line alignment) ............................................................. 3-3-105

2A3/4

3-3-1

3-3-1 Precautions for assembly and disassembly

( 1 ) Precautions• Be sure to turn the main switch off and disconnect the power plug before starting

disassembly.• When handling PCBs, do not touch connectors with bare hands or damage the

board.• Do not touch any PCB containing ICs with bare hands or any object prone to

static charge.• Use only the specified parts to replace the fixing unit .

Never substitute wire for thermostats, as the copier may be seriously damaged.When installing a thermostat, ensure the correct clearance, if specified, using athickness gauge.

• Use the following testers when measuring voltages:Hioki 3200Sanwa MD-180CSanwa YX-360TRBeckman TECH300Beckman DM45Beckman 330 (capable of measuring RMS values)Beckman 3030 (capable of measuring RMS values)Beckman DM850 (capable of measuring RMS values)Fluke 8060A (capable of measuring RMS values)Arlec DMM1050Arlec YF1030C

• Prepare the following as test originals:1. NTC (new test chart)2. NPTC (newspaper test chart)

2A3/4

3-3-2

( 2 ) Running a maintenance item

Enter "10871087" using the numeric keys.

Enter "001" using the numeric keys or Up/Down key and press the print key.

Enter the maintenance item number using the numeric keys

or Up/Down keys.

The selected maintenance item is run.

Press the stop/clear key.

Press the print key.

Start

End

Maintenance mode is entered.

The maintenance item is selected.

Maintenance mode is exited.

Repeat the same maintenance item?

Run another maintenance item?

No

No

Yes

Yes

2A3/4

3-3-3

3-3-2 Paper feed section

( 1 ) Detaching and refitting the forwarding, upper paper feed and lower paperfeed pulleys

Replace the forwarding, upper and lower paper feed pulleys as follows.

<Procedure>Removing the primary paper feed unit 1. Remove right front lower covers B and A and the right rear lower cover. 2. Open the front cover and the right cover. 3. Open the duplex unit and upper and lower drawer at the same time. 4. Remove the screw holding the primary paper feed unit and then the unit.

Primary paper feed unit

Screw

Screw

Figure 3-3-1 Detaching the primary paper feed unit

2A3/4

3-3-4

Removing the forwarding pulley 5. Raise the forwarding pulley retainer in the direction the arrows, and remove it from

the primary paper feed unit.

Forwarding pulley retainer

Figure 3-3-2 Detaching the forwarding pulley retainer

2A3/4

3-3-5

6. Remove the stop ring, pull the forwarding pulley shaft in the direction of the arrow,and remove the forwarding pulley.

Forwarding pulley shaft

Stop ring

Forwarding pulley

Figure 3-3-3 Detaching the forwarding pulley

Removing the upper paper feed pulley 7. Remove the two stop rings. 8. Remove the paper feed clutch wires from the notches on the rear of the paper feed

housing. 9. Pull the upper paper feed shaft toward the rear of the primary paper feed unit (see

the arrow below) and remove the upper paper feed pulley.

Stop rings

Upper paper feed shaftNotches

Upper paper feed pulley Wires

Paper feed clutch

Figure 3-3-4 Detaching the upper paper feed pulley

2A3/4

3-3-6

Removing the lower paper feed pulley10. Remove the stop ring on the rear of the primary paper feed unit.11. Pull the lower paper feed shaft to the rear (see the arrow shown below).

Lower paper feed shaft Stop ring

Figure 3-3-5

12. Remove the lower paper feed pulley.

Lower paper feed pulley

Figure 3-3-6 Detaching the lower paper feed pulley

2A3/4

3-3-7

13. Replace the forwarding pulley and upper and lower paper feed pulleys.14. Refit all removed parts.

Caution:• When fitting the forwarding pulley, orient it correctly as shown in Figure 3-3-7.

Forwarding pulley

Machine front Machine rear

Figure 3-3-7

• When fitting the upper paper feed pulley, keep its blue end toward the machine front.• After fitting the upper paper feed pulley, refit the wires which were removed in step 8

in the paper feed housing notches.• When refitting the clutch, be sure to refit the stop.

2A3/4

3-3-8

( 2 ) Detaching and refitting the bypass forwarding, upper and lower paper feedpulleys

Replace the bypass forwarding, upper and lower paper feed pulleys as follows.

<Procedure>Removing the bypass paper feed unit 1. Open the right cover and bypass table, and remove right front lower cover B, the

right rear lower cover and middle right cover. 2. Detach the connector under the bypass table and then the bypass table.

Connector

Bypass table

Figure 3-3-8 Detaching the bypass table

2A3/4

3-3-9

3. Remove the connector and four screws holding the bypass paper feed unit, andthen the unit.

Screws Screws

Connector

Bypass paper feed unit

Figure 3-3-9 Detaching the bypass paper feed unit

Removing the bypass forwarding pulley 4. Remove the stop ring at the front of the bypass forwarding pulley retainer. 5. Pull out the bypass forwarding pulley shaft in the direction of the arrow, and remove

the bypass forwarding pulley.

Stop ring

Bypass forwarding pulley

Bypass forwarding pulley shaft

Bypass forwarding pulley retainer

Figure 3-3-10 Detaching the bypass forwarding pulley

2A3/4

3-3-10

Remove the bypass uppedr paper feed pulley. 6. Remove the spring from the bypass forwarding pulley retainer. 7. Remove the stop ring. 8. Move the bushing in the direction of arrow A and remove it from the bypass

forwarding pulley retainer. 9. Push the bypass solenoid lever in the direction of arrow B and remove the bypass

forwarding pulley retainer in the direction of arrow C.

Bypass forwarding pulley retainer

Bushing

Bypass solenoid

lever

Spring

Stop ring

A

B

C

Figure 3-3-11 Detaching the bypass forwarding pulley retainer

2A3/4

3-3-11

10. Remove the stop ring, gear, spring pin and bushing.11. Slightly move the bypass paper feed shaft in the direction of the arrow and remove

the shaft from the bypass front frame.

Bypass front frame

Spring pin

Stop ring

Gear

Bushing

Bypass paper feed shaft

Figure 3-3-12 Detaching the bypass paper feed shaft

2A3/4

3-3-12

12. Remove the bushing and the bypass upper paper feed pulley from the bypasspaper feed shaft.

Bypass upper paper feed pulley

Bushing

Bypass paper feed shaft

Figure 3-3-13 Detaching the bypass upper paper feed pulley

Removing the bypass lower paper feed pulley13. Remove the two screws holding the bypass separation retainer and then the

retainer.

Screws Bypass separation retainer

Figure 3-3-14 Detaching the bypass separation retainer

2A3/4

3-3-13

14. Remove the stop ring and pull the joint shaft in the direction of the arrow.

Joint shaft Bypass separation retainer

Stop ring

Figure 3-3-15 Detaching the bypass lower paper feed pulley (1)

15. Remove the stop ring and then the bypass lower paper feed pulley.

Stop ring

Bypass lower paper feed pulley

Figure 3-3-16 Detaching the bypass lower paper feed pulley (2)

16. Replace the bypass forwarding, upper and lower paper feed pulleys.17. Refit all removed parts.

Caution: When refitting the upper paper feed pulley, orient its blue end toward themachine rear.

2A3/4

3-3-14

( 3 ) Replacing the upper and lower paper width switches (Inch models only)Replace the upper and lower paper width switches as follows.Caution: After replacing a paper width switch, be sure to perform (5) Adjusting the

position of the rack adjuster.

<Procedure> 1. Open the drawer. 2. Remove the four screws and take the drawer out of the machine.

Screws

Screws

Drawer

Figure 3-3-17

3. Remove the two screws and 8-pin socket from the rear of the drawer. 4. Detach the 8-pin paper width switch connector from the 8-pin socket. 5. Remove the three screws holding the rack adjuster. 6. While raising the drawer lift in the direction of the arrow, remove the rack adjuster.

Drawer lift 8-pin socket

8-pin connector

Rack adjuster

Screws

Screws

Figure 3-3-18 Detaching the rack adjuster

2A3/4

3-3-15

7. Remove the two screws from the back of the rack adjuster and then the paper widthswitch.

Screws

Paper width switch

Figure 3-3-19 Detaching the paper width switch

8. Apply the specified grease to the printed surface of the new paper width switch(shaded area in the diagram) and fit the switch to the rack adjuster.

Apply the specified grease.

Figure 3-3-20 Paper width switch

9. Refit all removed parts.

2A3/4

3-3-16

( 4 ) Replacing the upper and lower registration cleaner assembliesReplace the upper and lower registration cleaner assemblies as follows.

<Procedure>Detaching the upper registration cleaner assembly 1. Open the front cover and pull the image formation unit out. 2. Remove the screw holding the paper feed section knob and then the knob. 3. Remove the screw holding the inner right cover and then the cover. 4. Remove the screw holding the upper registration cleaner assembly. Replace the

assembly. 5. Refit all removed parts.

Detaching the lower registration cleaner assembly 1. Open the front cover. 2. Remove the screw holding the lower registration cleaner assembly. Replace the

assembly. 3. Refit all removed parts.

Upper registration cleaner assembly

Screw

Inner right cover

Paper feed section knob

Screw

Lower registration cleaner assembly

Figure 3-3-21 Replacing the upper and lower registration cleaner assemblies

2A3/4

3-3-17

( 5 ) Adjusting the position of the rack adjusterPerform the following adjustment if there is a regular error between the centers of theoriginal and the copy image on paper fed from the drawer.

<Procedure>

Yes

No

Make a test copy at 100%.

Start

End

Is the center of the image aligned with that

of the original?

Loosen the three screws holding the rack adjuster and change the position of the adjuster so that the centers of the original and the copy image are aligned.• For example 1, move it toward the

machine front ( ).• For example 2, move it toward the

machine rear ( ).

Screws

Rack adjuster

Figure 3-3-23 Adjusting the position of the rack adjuster

Original Copy example 1

Copy example 2

Figure 3-3-22

2A3/4

3-3-18

( 6 ) Adjustment after roller and clutch replacementPerform the following adjustment after refitting rollers and clutches.

(6-1) Adjusting the leading edge registrationMake the following adjustment if there is a regular error between the leading edges ofthe copy image and original.

U034 U404(P.3-3-100)

U066(P.3-3-39)

U071(P.3-3-98)

U403(P.3-3-40)

U 402(P.3-3-20)

Caution: Check the copy image after the adjustment. If the image is still incorrect,perform the above adjustments in maintenance mode.

<Procedure>

Yes

No

Start

Enter maintenance mode.

Enter "034" using the numeric keys.

Press the print key.

Press the interrupt key.

Is the leading edge registration within the range of

20 ± 1 mm ?

Press the print key

The new setting is stored

Press the stop/clear key to exit maintenance mode.

End

Selected the item to be adjusted.

For output example 1, decrease the value using the Down key.For output example 2, increase the value using the Up key.

RCL ON DATA: Leading edge registrationRCL ON DATA 2: Leading edge registration for

duplex copying (second face)

Setting range: –30.0 - +30.0Changing the value by 1 moves the leading edge by 0.5 mm.Reference

Leading edge registration: –4.0Leading edge registration for duplex copying (second face): 0

Press the print key and make a test copy using A3/11" × 17" paper. If "RCL ON DATA 2" is selected, make a test copy in duplex copy mode.

Correct image Output example 1

Output example 2

Leading edge registration (20 ± 1 mm)

Figure 3-3-24

2A3/4

3-3-19

(6-2) Adjusting the center line of image printingMake the following adjustment if there is a regular error between the center lines of thecopy image and original when paper is fed from the drawer.

U034 U404(P.3-3-100)

U067(P.3-3-38)

U072(P.3-3-97)

U403(P.3-3-40)

U 402(P.3-3-20)

Caution:• Perform (5) Adjusting the position of rack adjuster before and after this adjustment.• Check the copy image after the adjustment. If the image is still incorrect, perform the

above adjustments in maintenance mode.

<Procedure>

Yes

No

Start

Enter maintenance mode.

Enter "034" using the numeric keys.

Press the print key.

Press the interrupt key.

Press the print key to make a test copy.

Is the image correct?

Press the print key.

The new setting is stored.

Press the stop/clear key to exit maintenance mode.

End

Select "LSUOUT DATA."

For output example 1, decrease the value using the Down key.For output example 2, increase the value using the Up key.

Setting range: –30.0 - +30.0Changing the value by 1 moves the center line by 0.5 mm.Reference: 0

Figure 3-3-25

Correct image Output example 1

Output example 2

Center line of printing

2A3/4

3-3-20

(6-3) Adjusting the margins for printingMake the following adjustment if the margins are not correct.

U402 U404(P.3-3-100)

U 403(P.3-3-40)

Caution: Check the copy image after the adjustment. If the margins are still incorrect,perform the above adjustments in maintenance mode.

<Procedure>

Yes

No

Start

Enter maintenance mode.

Enter "402" using the numeric keys.

Press the print key.

Press the print key to make a test copy using A3/11" × 17" paper.

Press the print key.

The new setting is stored.

Setting range (default)Printer leading edge margin: 0 - +10.0 (3.0)Printer trailing edge margin: –5.0 - +10.0 (5.0)Printer left/right margin: –5.0 - +10.0 (3.0)Printer trailing edge margin for

duplex copying (secondface): –5.0 - +10.0 (4.0)Increasing the value makes the margin wider and decreasing it makes the margin narrower.Changing the value by 1 moves the margin by 0.1 mm for all.

Select the items to be adjusted on the touch panel.

Are the margins correct? Change the setting using the Up/Down keys.

AB

Press the interrupt key.

Touch panel first displayA EDGE: printer left marginLEAD EDGE: printer leading edge marginC EDGE: printer right margin(TRAIL EDGE: printer trailing edge margin)

Touch panel second displayTRAIL EDGE: printer trailing edge marginTRAIL EDGE 2: printer trailing edge margin

for duplex copying (second face)

Press the stop/clear key.

2A3/4

3-3-21

Yes

No

Press the stop/clear key.

Exit maintenance mode.

End

Proceed to another mode?

AB

Ejection direction(reference)

Printer trailing edge margin for duplex copying (3±1.0mm)

Printer leading edge margin(3±1.0mm)

Printer left margin(2±0.5mm)

Printer right margin(2±0.5mm)

Printer trailing edge margin(3±1.0mm)

Duplex copy mode (first face, A3/11" × 17")

Normal copy mode (A3/11" × 17")

Figure 3-3-26

2A3/4

3-3-22

(6-4) Adjusting the amount of slack in the paper at the registration roller fordrawer, bypass and duplex feeds

Make the following adjustment if the leading edge of the copy image is missing or variesrandomly, or if the copy paper is Z-folded.

<Procedure>

End

Start

Enter maintenance mode.

Enter "051" using the numeric keys.

Yes

Yes

No

No

Press the print key.

Press the interrupt key.

Set an A3 size original and make a test copy with the 100% magnification.

Press the stop/clear key.

Exit maintenance mode.

Decrease the value using the Down key.

Setting range: –30 - +20Changing the value by 1 changes the amount of slack by 1 mm.

Reference: DECK DATA: –20BYPASS DATA: –5DUPLEX DATA: –25

The greater the value, the larger the amount of slack; the smaller the value, the smaller the amount of slack.

The new setting is stored.

Select the item to be adjusted.

DECK DATA: Amount of slack at the registrationroller for drawer feed

BYPASS DATA: Amount of slack at the registrationroller for bypass feed

DUPLEX DATA: Amount of slack at the registrationroller for duplex feed

Is the leading edge of the image missing or varying randomly (copy

example 1)?

Is the copy paper Z-folded (copy

example 2)?

Increase the value using the Up key.

Press the print key.

Figure 3-3-27

Original Copyexample 1

Copyexample 2

2A3/4

3-3-23

3-3-3 Optical section

( 1 ) Detaching and refitting the exposure lampClean or replace the exposure lamp as follows.

<Procedure> 1. Open the SRDF. 2. Remove the two screws holding the upper right cover and then the cover. 3. While taking care not to touch the shading plate or rear face of the contact glass,

remove the contact glass. 4. Move the scanner to the cutouts at the center of the machine.Caution: When moving the scanner, do not touch the exposure lamp nor inverter PCB. 5. Detach the exposure lamp 2-pin connector from the inverter PCB. 6. Remove the two screws holding the exposure lamp and then the lamp. 7. Clean or replace the exposure lamp. 8. Refit all removed parts.

Exposure lamp

2-pin connector

Inverter PCB

Cutout

Cutout

Scanner

Screw

Screw

Figure 3-3-28 Detaching the exposure lamp

2A3/4

3-3-24

( 2 ) Detaching and refitting the scanner wiresTake the following procedure when the scanner wires are broken or to be replaced.• After replacing the scanner wires, proceed to (5) Adjusting scanner image lateral

squareness (reference).

(2-1) Detaching the scanner wires

<Procedure> 1. Detach the SRDF connector and remove the SRDF from the machine. 2. Remove the rear cover, upper rear cover and upper right cover. 3. While taking care not to touch the shading plate or rear face of the contact glass,

remove the contact glass. 4. Remove the upper left cover and slit glass. 5. Loosen the two screws securing the lamp wire and remove the wire from the

inverter PCB.Caution: Remove the lamp wire completely from the machine. 6. Remove the screws holding the front cover and then the cover. 7. Remove the four screws holding the operation unit lower and inner covers and then

the covers. 8. Detach the three connectors and clamp from under the operation unit main PCB. 9. Remove the six screws holding the operation unit and then the unit.10. Remove the four screws holding the mirror 1 upper frame and then the frame.

Mirror 1 upper frame

Lamp wireScrews

Screws

Mirror 1 lower frame

Wire retainers

Figure 3-3-29 Detaching the mirror 1 upper frame

11. Remove the two screws from each of the wire retainers and then the retainers fromthe mirror 1 lower frame.

12. Remove the mirror 1 lower frame from the scanner unit.

2A3/4

3-3-25

13. Detach the round terminal of the scanner wire from the scanner wire spring on theleft side of the scanner unit.

14. Remove the scanner wire.

Scanner wire spring

Round terminal

Scanner unit

Figure 3-3-30 Detaching the scanner wire

(2-2) Refitting the scanner wiresCaution: When fitting the wires, be sure to use those specified below.Machine front: 2AC12170Machine rear: 2AC12420 (black)

Refitting requires the following tool:Frame securing tool (P/N: 2AC68230)

<Procedure>At the machine rear: 1. Insert the two frame securing tools into the positioning holes at the front and rear of

the scanner unit to pin the mirror 2 frame in position. 2. Secure the two frame securing tools at the machine front and rear using the two

screws for each. 3. Hook the round terminal on one end of the scanner wire onto the left catch on the

inside of the scanner unit. ....................................................................................... 1 4. Loop the scanner wire around the rear groove in the scanner wire pulley on the

mirror 2 frame, winding from below to above. ........................................................ 2 5. Loop the scanner wire around the groove in the scanner wire pulley at the machine

right, winding from above to below. ........................................................................ 3

Rear groove

(Machine left) (Machine right)

4

2

5

31

Scanner wire spring

Wire guide6

7

Front groove

Scanner wire drum

Catch

Scanner wire pulley

Round terminal

Round terminal

Figure 3-3-31 Refitting the scanner wires

2A3/4

3-3-26

6. Wind the scanner wire around the scanner wire drum four turns from the reartoward the hole in the drum.

7. Insert the locating ball on the scanner wire into the hole in the scanner wire drum. 8. Wind the scanner wire a further five turns from the locating ball toward the machine

front.

4 turns5 turns

Scanner wire

Rear

Front

Locating ball

Figure 3-3-32 Winding the scanner wire

9. Loop the scanner wire around the groove in the scanner wire pulley at the machineleft, winding from below to above. .......................................................................... 4

10. Loop the scanner wire around the front groove in the scanner wire pulley on themirror 2 frame, winding from below to above. ........................................................ 5

11. Run the scanner wire around the wire guide at the machine left. ........................... 612. Hook the round terminal onto the scanner wire spring. .......................................... 713. Hook the other end of the scanner wire spring onto the catch at the machine left.14. Repeat steps 2 to 13 for the scanner wire at the machine front.15. Remove the two screws from each of the frame securing tools and then the tools.16. Move the scanner from side to side to correctly locate the wire in position.

2A3/4

3-3-27

17. Loosen the two screws securing the mirror 2 frame.18. Insert the mirror 1 lower frame into the scanner unit and seat it on the positioning

holes.19. Insert the two frame securing tools into the positioning holes in the front and rear of

the scanner unit and determine the positions of the mirror 1 lower frame and mirror2 frame.

20. While holding the scanner wire on the mirror 1 lower frame, secure the wireretainers at the front and rear of the mirror 1 lower frame using the two screws foreach.

Screws

Screws

Frame securing tool

Mirror 2 frame

Wire retainer

Mirror 1 lower frame

Wire retainer

Frame securing tool

Mirror 2 frame

Mirror 1 lower frame

Figure 3-3-33 Securing the scanner wire

21. Retighten the two screws securing the mirror 2 frame.22. Remove the two screws holding each of the two frame securing tools and then the

tools.23. Refit all removed parts.

2A3/4

3-3-28

( 3 ) Replacing the laser scanner unitTake the following procedure when the laser scanner unit is to be checked or replaced.Caution: After replacing the laser scanner unit, proceed to (5) Adjusting scanner image

lateral squareness (reference).

<Procedure> 1. Remove the SRDF, rear cover, upper rear cover, upper right cover and upper left

cover. 2. Remove the screws holding the front cover and then the cover. 3. Pull the image formation unit out. 4. Remove the four screws holding the operation unit lower and inner covers and then

the covers. 5. Detach the three connectors and clamp from under the operation unit main PCB. 6. Remove the six screws holding the operation unit and then the unit. 7. Remove the five clamps and two connectors at the front of the scanner unit. 8. Remove the five clamps and twelve connectors at the rear of the scanner unit. 9. Remove the screw holding the two grounding wires at the rear of the scanner unit

and then the wires.10. Remove the wires detached in steps 7, 8 and 9 from the scanner unit.11. While taking care not to touch the shading plate or rear face of the contact glass,

remove the contact glass.12. Remove the ISU and lower ISU covers, and detach the three connectors.13. Remove the four screws with rubber mounts and then the scanner unit.

Screws

Screws

Screws

ISU coverScrews

Connectors

Lower ISU cover

Screws

Scanner unit

Figure 3-3-34 Detaching the scanner unit

2A3/4

3-3-29

14. Detach the three connectors.15. Remove the two screws holding the LSU adjuster mount and then the mount.16. Remove the three pins and replace the laser scanner unit.17. Refit all removed parts.Caution: When fitting the scanner unit, fit from directly above the machine to prevent

deformation of the grounding point.

Pins

Laser scanner unit

Laser scanner unit

Connector

LSU adjuster mount

Connectors

Screws

Figure 3-3-35 Replacing the laser scanner unit

2A3/4

3-3-30

( 4 ) Replacing the ISU (reference)Take the following procedure when the ISU is to be checked or replaced.Caution: After fitting the ISU, proceed to (5-2) Adjusting the position of the ISU.

<Procedure> 1. Remove the upper right cover. 2. While taking care not to touch the shading plate or rear face of the contact glass,

remove the contact glass. 3. Remove the ISU and lower ISU covers, and detach the two connectors.

ScrewsScrews

Screws

ISU coverScrews

Connectors

Lower ISU cover

Screws

ISU

Figure 3-3-36 Detaching the ISU and lower ISU covers

4. Remove the four screws holding the ISU and then the ISU. 5. Check or replace the ISU. 6. Refit all removed parts.

2A3/4

3-3-31

• Securing the ISU

<ISU installation requires the following tools:>Two (2) positioning pins (P/N 18568120)

<Procedure> 1. Secure the ISU using the two positioning pins. 2. Refit the four screws. 3. Remove the two positioning pins.

ISU

Positioning pin

Positioning pin

Screws

Screws

Figure 3-3-37 Installing the ISU

2A3/4

3-3-32

( 5 ) Adjusting the longitudinal squareness (reference)Perform the following adjustment if the copy image is longitudinally skewed (longitudinalsquareness is not obtained).Caution:

• Before making the following adjustment, output a 1 DOT-LINE PG pattern inmaintenance item U089 to use as the original for the adjustment.

• Adjust the amount of slack in the paper at the registration roller for drawer, bypassand duplex feeds (page 3-3-22) first. Check for the longitudinal squareness of thecopy image, and if it is not obtained, perform the longitudinal squarenessadjustment.

<Procedure>

Yes

No

Press the print key and make a test copy at 100% magnification.

Start

Remove the contact glass. Loosen the two screws and adjust the position of the mirror 2 frame.For copy example 1, move the frame in the direction of the white arrow (e).For copy example 2, move the frame in the direction of the black arrow (b).

End

Is the image correct?

Place the original on the contact glass.

Retighten the two screws and refit the contact glass.

ScrewsMirror 2 frame

Figure 3-3-39 Adjusting the position of the mirror 2 frame

Correct image Copy example 1

Copy example 2

Figure 3-3-38

2A3/4

3-3-33

( 6 ) Adjusting scanner image lateral squareness (reference)Perform the following adjustment if the copy image is laterally skewed (lateralsquareness not obtained).Caution:

• Before making the following adjustment, open the front cover and remove theoperation unit lower cover.

• Perform (5-1) Adjusting the position of the laser scanner unit first and check forlateral squareness of the copy image. If squareness is not obtained, perform (5-2)Adjusting the position of ISU.

(5-1) Adjusting the position of the laser scanner unit<Procedure>

Retighten the three screws and refit the contact glass.

Yes

No

Press the print key and make a copy at 100% magnification.

Start

End

Is the image correct?

Enter maintenance mode.

Enter "089" using the numeric keys.

Press the interrupt key.

Select "1 DOT-LINE."

Press the print key.

Exit maintenance mode.

Press the stop/clear key.

Remove the contact glass. Loosen the three screws and adjust the position of the laser scanner unit by rotating the LSU adjustment shaft from the machine front using a straight screwdriver (see Figure 3-3-39).

For output example 1, rotate the LSU adjustment shaft in the direction of the white arrow (e).For output example 2, rotate the LSU adjustment shaft in the direction of the black arrow (b).

Figure 3-3-40

Correct image Output example 1

Output example 2

2A3/4

3-3-34

Pin holes

Laser scanner unit

LSU adjustment shaft

Adjustment access hole in the machine front

Figure 3-3-41 Adjusting the position of the laser scanner unit

2A3/4

3-3-35

(5-2) Adjusting the position of the ISUCaution:

• Before making the following adjustment, output a 1 DOT-LINE PG pattern inmaintenance item U089 to use as the original for the adjustment.

• Adjust the pin at the machine front only and never touch the one at the machinerear.

<Procedure>

Refit the contact glass.

Remove the contact glass and adjust the lateral squareness of the ISU by rotating the pin.

For copy example 1, rotate the pin in the direction of the black arrow (\).For copy example 2, rotate the pin in the direction of the white arrow (e).

Yes

No

Press the print key and make a test copy at 100% magnification.

Start

End

Is the image correct?

Place the original on the contact glass.

Pin

Figure 3-3-43 Adjusting the position of the ISU

Figure 3-3-42

Correct image Copy example 1

Copy example 2

2A3/4

3-3-36

( 7 ) Adjusting magnification of the scanner in the main scanning directionPerform the following adjustment if the magnification in the main scanning direction isnot correct.

U065 U403(P.3-3-40)

U 066(P.3-3-39)

Caution: Check the copy image after the adjustment. If the image is still incorrect,perform the above adjustments in maintenance mode.

<Procedure>

Enter maintenance mode.

Enter "065" using the numeric keys.

Yes

No

Start

End

Press the interrupt key.

Exit maintenance mode.

Set an A3 size original and make a test copy with the 100% magnification.

Is the image correct?

Setting range: –25 - +25Reference: 0Changing the value by 1 changes the magnification by 0.1%.Increasing the value makes the image wider, and decreasing it makes the image narrower.

For copy example 1, increase the value using the Up key.For copy example 2, decrease the value using the Down key.

Press the print key.

The new setting is stored.

Select "MAIN SCAN ADJ" (main scanning direction).

Press the print key.

Press the stop/clear key.

Original Copyexample

Copyexample 2

Figure 3-3-44

2A3/4

3-3-37

( 8 ) Adjusting magnification of the scanner in the auxiliary scanning directionPerform the following adjustment if the magnification in the auxiliary scanning directionis not correct.

U053(P.3-2-20)

U403(P.3-3-40)

U402(P.3-3-20)

U066(P.3-3-39)

U070(P.3-3-96)

U071(P.3-3-98)

U404(P.3-3-100)

U065U034(P.3-3-18)

Caution: Before making the following adjustment, ensure that the above adjustmentshave been made in maintenance mode.

<Procedure>

Enter maintenance mode.

Enter "065" using the numeric keys.

Yes

No

Start

End

Press the interrupt key.

Exit maintenance mode.

Set an A3 size original and make a test copy with the 100% magnification.

Is the image correct?

Setting range: –25 - +25Reference: 0Changing the value by 1 changes the magnification by 0.1%.Increasing the value makes the image longer, and decreasing it make the image shorter.

For copy example 1, increase the value using the Up key.For copy example 2, decrease the value using the Down key.

Press the print key.

The new setting is stored.

Press the print key.

Press the stop/clear key.

Select "SUB SCAN ADJ" (auxiliary scanning direction).

Figure 3-3-45

Original Copyexample

Copyexample 2

2A3/4

3-3-38

( 9 ) Adjusting the scanner center linePerform the following adjustment if there is a regular error between the center lines ofthe copy image and original.

U034(P.3-3-19)

U404(P.3-3-100)

U067 U072(P.3-3-97)

U403(P.3-3-40)

U 402(P.3-3-20)

Caution: Before making the following adjustment, ensure that the above adjustmentshave been made in maintenance mode.

<Procedure>

Yes

No

Start

Enter maintenance mode.

Enter "067" using the numeric keys.

Press the print key.

Press the interrupt key.

Set an A3 size original and make a test copy with the 100% magnification.

Is the scanner center line correct?

For copy sample 1, decrease the value using the Down key.For copy sample 2, increase the value using the Up key.

Press the print key.

The new settingis stored.

Press the stop/clear key.

Exit the maintenance mode.

Setting range: –39.0 - +39.0Changing the value by 1 moves the center line by 0.17 mmReference: 0

End

Figure 3-3-46

Original Copysample 1

Copysample 2

Scanner center line

2A3/4

3-3-39

(10) Adjusting the scanner leading edge registrationPerform the following adjustment if there is regular error between the leading edges ofthe copy image and original.

U034(P.3-3-18)

U404(P.3-3-100)

U066 U071(P.3-3-98)

U403(P.3-3-40)

U 402(P.3-3-20)

Caution: Before making the following adjustment, ensure that the above adjustmentshave been made in maintenance mode.

<Procedure>

Is the scanner leading edge registration

correct?

Yes

No

Start

Enter maintenance mode.

Enter "066" using the numeric keys.

Press the print key.

Press the interrupt key.

Set an A3 size original and make a test copy with the 100% magnification.

For copy sample 1, decrease the value using the Down key.For copy sample 2, increase the value using the Up keys.

Press the print key.

The new setting is stored.

Press the stop/clear key.

Exit maintenance mode.

Setting range: –32.0 - +32.0Changing the value by 1 moves the leading edge by 0.17 mm.Reference: 0

End

Figure 3-3-47

Original Copy sample 1

Copy sample 2

2A3/4

3-3-40

(11) Adjusting the margins for scanning an original on the contact glassPerform the following adjustment if the margins are not correct.

U402(P.3-3-20)

U404(P.3-3-99)U403

Caution: Before making the following adjustment, ensure that the above adjustmentshave been made in maintenance mode.

<Procedure>

Change the setting.Increasing the value using the Up key makes the margin wider.Decreasing the value using the Down key makes the margin narrower.

Yes

No

Start

Enter maintenance mode.

Enter "403" using the numeric keys.

Press the print key.

Set an A3 size original and make a test copy with the 100% magnification.

Press the print key.

The new setting is stored.

Setting range (default)Scanner left margin: 0 - +20 (2)Scanner leading edge margin: 4 - +20 (6)Scanner right margin: 0 - +20 (2)Scanner trailing edge margin: 0 - +20 (6)

Changing the value by one moves the margin by 0.5 mm for all.

Select the item to be adjusted on the touch panel.

Are the margins correct?

AB

Press the interrupt key.

Touch panel displaySCAN A MARGIN: scanner left marginSCAN B MARGIN: scanner leading edge marginSCAN C MARGIN: scanner right marginSCAN D MARGIN: scanner trailing edge margin

2A3/4

3-3-41

Yes

No

Press the stop/clear key.

Exit maintenance mode.

End

Proceed to another mode?

AB

Scannerleading edge margin(3±1.0mm)

Scannerleft margin(2±1.0mm)

Original

Scanner right margin(2±1.0mm)

Scanner trailing edge margin(3±1.0mm)

Figure 3-3-48

2A3/4

3-3-42

3-3-4 Main charging section

( 1 ) Replacing the charger wire and main charger gridTake the following procedure when the charger wire is broken or to be replaced.

<Precautions>• Use the specified tungsten wire for the charger wire.• The part of the wire wrapped around the charger spring must not protrude from the

charger housing.• The cut end of the charger wire must not protrude more than 2 mm from under the

charger wire retainer pin.• Use clean, undamaged tungsten wire.• Keep the charger wire taut by stretching it.• Clean the main charger shield when replacing the charger wire.• Do not use organic solvents such as alcohol or thinner to clean the main charger

shield.<Procedure> 1. Draw the image formation unit out of the machine. 2. Remove the two screws and slide off the main charger assembly toward the

machine rear.

Screws

Main charger assembly

Figure 3-3-49 Detaching the main charger assembly

2A3/4

3-3-43

3. Remove the screw holding the grid tension plate and then the plate and maincharger grid.

4. Remove the main charger front and rear lids. 5. Remove the charger spring from the charger wire retainer pin and charger terminal,

and then the charger wire.

Charger wire

Charger wire retainer pin

Main charger rear lid

Main charger front lid

Charger terminal

Charger spring

Main charger grid

Grid tension plate

Figure 3-3-50 Detaching the charger wire

2A3/4

3-3-44

Main charger front housing

Charger spring

Main charger rear housing

Charger terminal

Charger springCharger wire retainer pin

Projection

Not more than 2 mm 13 ± 2 mm

Projection

Charger terminal

Charger wire retainer pin

Not more than 2 mm

Figure 3-3-51 Installing the charger wire

6. Wind the new tungsten wire at least five turns around one end of the charger springand trim the end.∗ The width of the coiled charger wire and the cut end must be within 2 mm.

7. Hook the other end of the charger spring onto the charger terminal of the maincharger rear housing.

8. Pass the wire through the notch in the charger wire retainer pin and stretch it taut.∗ The charger wire must be adjusted so that the charger spring stretches to

13 ± 2 mm and the spring end aligns with the rib on the main charger rearhousing.

9. Hook the charger wire onto the projection on the main charger front housing.10. Insert the charger wire retainer pin into the projection on the main charger rear

housing to secure the charger wire.11. Cut off the excess wire under the charger wire retainer pin.

∗ The cut end of the charger wire must protrude less than 2 mm.12. Refit the main charger front and rear lids.13. Refit all removed parts.

2A3/4

3-3-45

3-3-5 Drum section

( 1 ) Replacing the drum.Replace the drum as follows.

<Precautions>• Avoid direct sunlight and strong light when detaching and refitting the drum.• Hold the drum at the ends and never touch the drum surface.• After removing the drum, keep it in the drum case or storage bag to protect the

surface from light.

<Procedure> 1. Open the front cover. 2. Lower the paper conveying section by turning the paper transfer section release

lever as shown in Figure 3-3-52.∗ While pressing the image formation unit release button, pull the image formation

unit out from the machine.

Paper transfer section release lever

Image formation unit release button

Image formation unit

*Illustration shows a 42 ppm.

Figure 3-3-52 Drawing the image formation unit

2A3/4

3-3-46

3. Remove the two screws holding the main charger assembly and then the assembly.

Screws

Main charger assembly

Figure 3-3-53 Detaching the main charger assembly

4. Loosen the cleaning blade pin. Move the cleaning blade lever in the direction of thearrow so that the cleaning blade is kept away from the drum and then tighten thecleaning blade pin.

5. Remove the two screws and open the upper cleaning cover on the left of the drum. 6. Remove the two screws and open the image formation rail in the direction of the

arrow.

Screw

Image formation rail

Cleaning blade lever

Cleaning blade pin

Upper cleaning cover

Screw

Screw

Screw

Figure 3-3-54

2A3/4

3-3-47

7. Detach the 1-pin and 4-pin connectors. 8. While raising the toner sub-hopper slightly, slide the hopper toward the front of the

image formation unit and turn the image formation unit to the right.

Toner sub-hopper

1-pin connector4-pin connector

Figure 3-3-55

9. Move the developing unit to the right of the image formation unit and remove it fromthe unit.

10. Remove one screw each from the drum front and rear retainers and then the drumfrom the image formation unit.

DrumScrew

Screw

Developing unit

Image formation unit

Drum rear retainer

Drum front retainer

Figure 3-3-56 Detaching the developing unit and the drum

2A3/4

3-3-48

11. Remove the drum front and rear retainers from the drum. Replace the drum.

Drum rear retainer

Drum front retainer

Drum

Figure 3-3-57 Detaching the drum front and rear retainers

2A3/4

3-3-49

12. Refit all removed parts.

Important:∗ After replacing the drum, run maintenance items U110 "Checking/clearing the drum

count" and U111 "Checking/clearing the drum drive time."∗ After running maintenance item U160, loosen the blade pin and position the cleaning

blade against the drum.∗ When installing the drum, orient correctly with the thinner end of the drum flange shaft

at the machine front and the thicker end at the machine rear.

Drum

Machine rearMachine front

Drum flange Drum flange

Figure 3-3-58

∗ When refitting the toner sub-hopper, align the toner sub-hopper hole with thedeveloping unit hole and connect the coupling to the joint.

∗ When installing the main charger assembly, fix the assembly pushed all the waytoward the machine front.

Hole Joint

Hole Toner sub-hopperCoupling

Figure 3-3-59

2A3/4

3-3-50

( 2 ) Cleaning the drumClean the drum as follows when an image problems occur or if the drum is dirty.

<Precautions>• Avoid direct sunlight and strong light when cleaning the drum.• Dust in the air and from the cleaning pad may damage the drum during operation.

Avoid working in dusty places.• Clean the drum entirely even if it is only dirty locally.• Do not clean the drum with alcohol or other organic solvent.

Required supplies:• Polishing cloth: specified synthetic cotton• Toner

<Procedure> 1. Remove the drum from the imaging unit (see page 3-3-45). 2. Apply a polishing cloth to the drum and gently wipe the drum taking care not to

damage the surface. 3. Apply toner to another cloth and wipe the drum surface with it in the same manner. 4. Refit the drum. 5. Refit all removed parts and let the machine stand for 30 minutes. 6. Make a test copy and check the image.

Drum

Polishing cloth

Figure 3-3-60 Cleaning the drum

2A3/4

3-3-51

3-3-6 Developing section

( 1 ) Replacing the developing unit upper sealTake the following procedure when the developing unit upper seal is soiled.<Procedure> 1. Draw the image formation unit out and remove the developing unit. 2. Remove the two screws holding the developing unit upper seal and then the seal. 3. Clean or replace the developing unit upper seal. 4. Refit all removed parts.

Screws

Developing unit upper seal

Figure 3-3-61 Detaching the developing unit upper seal

2A3/4

3-3-52

( 2 ) Adjusting the position of the magnetic brush (developing roller) (reference)Perform the following adjustment if the image is abnormally dark or light.• Before starting this adjustment, ensure that the doctor blade is installed correctly and

that the correct amount of developer is present.

<Procedure> 1. Loosen the hexagonal socket head screw holding the developing sleeve front

bushing using a hexagonal wrench. 2. Turn the developing roller shaft using a straight screwdriver until the distance

between the top of the magnetic brush and the bottom of the developing unithousing is 15 mm (reference).

3. Tighten the hexagonal socket head screw to secure the developing roller shaft.∗ If the distance is smaller than the specified value, carrier or background appears on

the copy image. 4. After adjustment, make a test copy to check for performance.

Developing sleeve front bushing

Developing roller shaft

Hexagonal socket head screw

A

A=15mm

Figure 3-3-62 Adjusting the position of the magnetic brush

2A3/4

3-3-53

( 3 ) Adjusting the position of the doctor blade (reference)Perform the following adjustment if carrier or background appears on the copy image.

<Procedure> 1. Remove the two screws holding the developing unit upper seal, and then the seal.

∗ When refitting the seal, fit while holding it upward. 2. Remove the two screws, disengage the two hooks and detach the developing unit

upper cover.

Screws

Screws

Hook

Developing unit upper cover

Developing unit upper sealHook

Figure 3-3-63 Detaching the developing unit upper cover

2A3/4

3-3-54

3. Measure the distance between the developing roller and the doctor blade with athickness gauge as shown in Figure 3-3-64, and adjust the doctor blade until thecorrect distances are obtained at the center and ends of the developing unithousing; the 0.50 mm gauge should go into the gap and the 0.55 mm one shouldnot.

∗ The smaller the distance, the lighter the image; the larger the distance, the darkerthe image.

Adjustment screw

Developing roller

Adjustment screw Adjustment screw

Doctor blade

Figure 3-3-64

2A3/4

3-3-55

( 4 ) Replacing the developing duct filterReplace the developing duct filter as follows.

<Procedure> 1. Open the front cover. 2. Slide off the developing duct cover downward. 3. Replace the developing duct filter.Caution: When fitting the developing duct filter, ensure that the harder side of the filter

faces the fan. 4. Refit all removed parts.

Developing duct filter

Developing duct cover

Figure 3-3-65 Detaching the developing duct filter

2A3/4

3-3-56

3-3-7 Transfer and separation section

( 1 ) Replacing the charger wires and cleaning padsTake the following steps when the charger wire is broken or is to be replaced, or whenreplacing the cleaning pads.

<Precautions>• Use only the specified tungsten wire for the charger wire.• The part of the wire wrapped around the charger spring must not protrude from the

rear of the transfer charger housing.• The cut end of the charger wire must not protrude from under the charger wire

retainer pin.• Keep the charger wire taut by stretching the charger spring.• Clean the charger shield when replacing the charger wire.

<Procedure> 1. Turn the paper transfer section release lever to the right to lower the paper

conveying section. 2. Remove the connector, pin and then the transfer charger assembly.

Connector Paper transfer section release lever

Transfer charger assemblyPin

*Illustration shows a 42 ppm.

Figure 3-3-66 Detaching the transfer charger assembly

2A3/4

3-3-57

3. Remove the transfer charger front and rear lids. 4. Remove the separation guide. 5. Replace the transfer charger cleaning pad and separation charger cleaning pad. 6. Remove the charger wire retainer pins, charger springs and then the charger wires.

Separation guide

Transfer charger rear lid

Transfer charger front lid

Transfer chargercleaning pad

Separation chargercleaning pad

Charger wire retainer pins

Charger wiresCharger springs

Figure 3-3-67 Detaching the charger wires

2A3/4

3-3-58

7. Wind one end of the new wire at lease five turns around the end of the chargerspring.

8. Hook the other end of the charger spring onto the catch on the transfer chargerterminal on the rear of the transfer charger housing.

9. Pass the charger wire through the notches in the front and rear of the transfercharger housing, and stretch it.

10. Insert the charger wire under the charger wire retainer pin into the hole at the frontof the transfer charger housing.

∗ The charger wire must be adjusted so that the charger spring stretches to12.5 ± 1.5 mm.

∗ Cut off the excess wire under the charger wire retainer pin.11. Refit all removed parts.

∗ When installing the main charger assembly, fix the assembly pushed all the waytoward the machine front.

Charger wire retainer pin

Front of the transfer charger housing

Rear of the transfer charger housing

Transfer charger terminal

Transfer charger terminal

Not more than 2mm

Charger wire

12.5 ± 1.5 mm

Not more than 2mm

Not more than 1mm

Charger spring

Figure 3-3-68 Installing the charger wire

2A3/4

3-3-59

3-3-8 Cleaning section

( 1 ) Detaching and refitting the cleaning bladeCheck or replace the cleaning blade as follows.

<Procedure> 1. Draw the image formation unit out. 2. Remove the developing unit, main charger assembly and drum. 3. Remove the pin holding the cleaning blade and then the blade. 4. Check or replace the cleaning blade.

PinCleaning blade

Figure 3-3-69 Detaching the cleaning blade

2A3/4

3-3-60

5. Refit all removed parts.∗ When installing the cleaning blade, take care not to trap the sponges at both ends.∗ After replacing the cleaning blade, move it away from the drum and run

maintenance item U160 (see page 3-2-50).

Cleaning blade

Sponge Sponge

Figure 3-3-70 Installing the cleaning blade

2A3/4

3-3-61

( 2 ) Detaching and refitting the cleaning brushClean or replace the cleaning brush as follows.

<Procedure> 1. Remove the developing unit, main charger assembly and drum. 2. Remove the cleaning spring.

Cleaning spring

Figure 3-3-71

3. Shift the thrust spring toward the machine rear and detach the cleaning blade shaft.

Thrust spring

Cleaning blade shaft

Cleaning blade shaft

Figure 3-3-72

2A3/4

3-3-62

4. Detach the 2-pin connector and remove the cleaning unit from the image formationunit.

5. Remove the E-rings, bushings and gear from both ends of the cleaning brush.6. Clean or replace the cleaning brush.7. Refit all removed parts.

∗ When installing the cleaning brush, position the end with the D-section at themachine rear and take care not to pinch the cleaning lower seal assembly.

2-pin connector

Cleaning brush

BushingBushing

Cleaning unitCleaning lower seal assembly

GearE-ring E-ring

D-section

Figure 3-3-73

2A3/4

3-3-63

( 3 ) Detaching and refitting the drum separation claw assembly and cleaninglower seal assembly.

Clean or replace the drum separation claw assembly and cleaning lower seal assemblyas follows.

<Procedure> 1. Remove the developing unit, main charger assembly and drum. 2. Remove the four screws holding the drum separation claw assembly and then the

assembly. 3. Remove the two screws holding the cleaning lower seal assembly and then the

assembly. 4. Replace the drum separation claw assembly and cleaning lower seal assembly.

Drum separation claw assembly

Cleaning lower sealassembly

Screws

Screw Screw

Figure 3-3-74 Detaching the drum claw assembly and cleaning lower seal assembly

5. Refit all removed parts.

2A3/4

3-3-64

3-3-9 Fixing section

( 1 ) Detaching and refitting fixing heaters M and SReplace fixing heaters M and S as follows.

<Procedure> 1. While raising the fixing unit release lever, draw the fixing unit out of the machine. 2. Remove the screw holding the fixing unit and then the unit.

Screw

Fixing unit

Fixing unit release lever

*Illustration shows a 42 ppm.

Figure 3-3-75 Detaching the fixing unit

2A3/4

3-3-65

3. Open the fixing unit cover in the direction of the arrow. 4. Remove the two screws holding the fixing unit front cover and then the cover. 5. Remove the screw and two pins holding the fixing unit upper cover, and then the

cover.

Fixing unit front cover

Screws

Pins holding the fixing unit cover

Screw

Fixing unit upper cover

Fixing unit cover

Figure 3-3-76 Detaching the fixing unit front cover and cover

2A3/4

3-3-66

6. Detach the fixing heater wire and the fixing unit wire from the fixing unit thermostat.

Fixing heater wire

Fixing unit wire

Fixing unit thermostat

Figure 3-3-77

7. Detach the two connectors on the fixing heater wire on the rear of the fixing unit.

Connector (white)

Connector (red)

Figure 3-3-78

2A3/4

3-3-67

8. Remove the screw holding the fixing heater front retainer and then the retainer. 9. Pull fixing heaters M and S out from the front of the fixing unit.

Fixing heater front retainer

Screw

Fixing heater S

Fixing heater M

S M

Figure 3-3-79 Detaching fixing heaters M and S

10. Replace fixing heaters M and S.∗ When fitting, place fixing heater M on the right and S on the left, as viewed form the

fixing unit front.∗ Fit the white connector on the rear of the fixing unit to heater M, and the red one to

heater S.11. Refit all removed parts.

2A3/4

3-3-68

( 2 ) Detaching and refitting the fixing unit thermistorReplace the fixing unit thermistor as follows.

<Procedure> 1. Detach the connector. 2. Remove the screw holding the fixing unit thermistor and then the thermistor.

Connector

Fixing unit thermistor

Screw

Figure 3-3-80 Detaching the fixing unit thermistor

2A3/4

3-3-69

3. Replace the thermistor.∗ When fitting the fixing unit thermistor, pass the projection on the thermistor through

the hole in the fixing unit thermistor film and then insert into the cutout in the fixingunit stay.

Fixing unit thermistor

Projection

Fixing unit thermistor film

CutoutFixing unit stay

Figure 3-3-81 Installing the fixing unit thermistor

4. Refit all removed parts.

2A3/4

3-3-70

( 3 ) Detaching and refitting the fixing unit thermostatsReplace the fixing unit thermostats as follows.Caution: Use the specified thermostat for replacement. Do not substitute a simple wire

or similar; otherwise, the machine will be seriously damaged.

<Procedure> 1. Remove the connectors of the fixing unit wire and the fixing heater wire from the

fixing unit thermostat.Remove the connectors while pushing the projection on each connector.

2. Remove the two screws and then the fixing unit thermostat. 3. Replace the fixing unit thermostat.

Fixing heater wire

Fixing unit thermostat

Fixing unit wire

Screws

Figure 3-3-82 Detaching the fixing unit thermostats

4. Refit all removed parts.

2A3/4

3-3-71

( 4 ) Replacing the press rollerReplace the press roller as follows.

<Procedure> 1. Remove the two screws and open the fixing unit stay in the direction of the arrow.

Screw

Screw

Fixing unit stay

Figure 3-3-83 Detaching the fixing unit stay

2A3/4

3-3-72

2. Remove the press roller.

Press roller

Figure 3-3-84 Detaching the press roller

3. Remove the E-ring on either the front or rear end of the press roller and pull out thepress roller shaft.

E-ring

Press roller shaft

E-ring

Figure 3-3-85 Detaching the press roller shaft

4. Replace the press roller. 5. Refit all removed parts.

2A3/4

3-3-73

( 5 ) Replacing the heat rollerReplace the heat roller as follows.

<Procedure> 1. Remove fixing heaters M and S (see page 3-3-64). 2. Open the fixing unit stay (see page 3-3-71). 3. Loosen the screw holding each of the fixing unit front and rear frames and move the

heat roller stopper in the direction of the arrow. 4. Remove the heat roller.

Heat roller stopper

Heat roller

ScrewFixing unit front frame

Heat roller stopper

Screw

Fixing unit rear frame

Figure 3-3-86 Detaching the heat roller

2A3/4

3-3-74

5. Remove the circlip, bearing and bushing from the front end of the heat roller. 6. Remove the circlip, gear, bearing and bushing from the rear end of the heat roller. 7. Replace the heat roller.

Circlip

Circlip

Bearing

Bearing

Gear

Bushing

Heat roller

Bushing

Figure 3-3-87 Refitting the heat roller

8. Refit all removed parts.

2A3/4

3-3-75

( 6 ) Replacing the heat roller separation clawsReplace the heat roller separation claws as follows.

<Procedure> 1. Open the fixing unit cover. 2. Remove the E-ring from the heat roller separation claw shaft and the springs from

the seven heat roller separation claws. 3. Remove the heat roller separation claws from the fixing unit upper guide. 4. Replace the heat roller separation claws.

Springs

Fixing unit upper guide

Heat roller separation claws

E-ring

Fixing unit cover

Figure 3-3-88 Detaching the heat roller separation claws

5. Refit all removed parts.

2A3/4

3-3-76

( 7 ) Detaching and refitting the press roller separation clawsReplace the press roller separation claws as follows.

<Procedure> 1. Open the fixing unit cover. 2. Remove the two E-rings from each of the press roller separation claws and then the

four claws. 3. Replace the press roller separation claws.

Fixing unit cover

Press roller separation claws

Figure 3-3-89 Detaching the press roller separation claws

4. Refit all removed parts.

2A3/4

3-3-77

( 8 ) Replacing the cooling filterReplace the cooling filter as follows.

<Procedure> 1. Remove the screw holding the ozone filter retainer and then the retainer. 2. Replace the cooling filter.

Ozone filter retainer

Cooling filter

Screw

Figure 3-3-90 Detaching the cooling filter

3. Refit all removed parts.

2A3/4

3-3-78

( 9 ) Replacing the ozone filterReplace the ozone filter as follows.

<Procedure> 1. Remove the two screws holding the lower left cover and then the cover. 2. Remove the four screws holding the middle right cover and then the cover. 3. Replace the ozone filter.

Ozone filter

Figure 3-3-91 Fitting the ozone filter

4. Refit all removed parts.

2A3/4

3-3-79

(10) Adjusting the fixing pressure (reference)Adjust fixing pressure when paper creases, fixing is defective, or after the fixingpressure spring is replaced.

<Procedure>

Enter maintenance mode.

Enter "161" using the numeric keys and press the print key.

Yes

No

Start

End

Press the print key.

Wait for 30 s and remove the jammed paper manually.

Press the interrupt key.

Exit maintenance mode.

Is the width of the

black band printed on the image (indicating the part

which stopped in the fixing section)

7.0 ± 0.5 mm?

Turn the fixing pressure nuts to adjust the fixing pressure.

Press the interrupt key.

Clean the heat and press roller if they are dirty.

Fixing pressure nuts

Figure 3-3-93

7.0±0.5 mm

• Fixing pressure: 210 N(both machine frontand rear)

Figure 3-3-92

2A3/4

3-3-80

3-3-10 Feedshift and duplex section

( 1 ) Detaching and refitting the duplex forwarding pulleyReplace the duplex forwarding pulley as follows.

<Procedure> 1. Open the duplex unit. 2. Remove the stop ring and duplex forwarding pulley. 3. Refit all removed parts.

∗ When fitting the duplex forwarding pulley, align the projections of the duplexforwarding pulley with the slots in the forwarding pulley.

Slots

Forwarding pulley

Stop ring

Projections

Duplex forwarding pulley

Figure 3-3-94

2A3/4

3-3-81

( 2 ) Detaching and refitting the switchback roller, duplex upper registration rollerReplace the switchback roller and duplex registration roller as follows.

<Procedure>• Detaching the switchback roller 1. Open the duplex unit. 2. Remove the two screws holding the duplex unit front cover and then the cover.

(only for 42 ppm) 3. Loosen the three screws at the front of the duplex unit. Remove the two screws on

the top and then the duplex unit cover.

Duplex unit front cover

Screws

Screws

Screws

Duplex unit cover

*Illustration shows a 42 ppm.

Figure 3-3-95 Detaching the duplex unit cover

2A3/4

3-3-82

4. Remove the four screws and the duplex unit from the rails. 5. Remove the two screws holding the duplex cover and then the cover. 6. Detach the 6-pin connector of the side registration section and the 3-pin connector

of the side registration home position switch, and unlock the edging. 7. Remove the paper tapping guide by gently bending it and taking out of the hole in

the machine rear first. 8. Remove the four screws holding the side registration section and slide off the

section toward the machine right. 9. Remove the two screws holding the duplex paper conveying upper cover and then

the cover.

3-pin connector

Duplex paper conveying upper cover

Paper tapping guide

Side registration section

Screw

Screws

Screw

Screws

Screws

Duplex cover

6-pin connector

Figure 3-3-96 Detaching the duplex cover and side registration section

2A3/4

3-3-83

10. Remove the screw holding the switchback feedshift solenoid and then the solenoid.

Screw

Switchback feedshift solenoid

Figure 3-3-97 Detaching the switchback feedshift solenoid

11. Remove the E-ring and then the bushing at the front of the duplex unit.

Bushing

E-ring

Figure 3-3-98 Detaching the switchback roller (1)

2A3/4

3-3-84

12. Remove the E-ring and then the fixing drive gear at the rear of the duplex unit.13. Remove the pin, E-ring and bushing.14. Remove the stop ring holding the switchback roller and then the roller from the shaft.

∗ When refitting the switchback roller, fit so that it turns in the same direction as theshaft when the shaft is turned in the direction of the white arrow.

Bushing

Fixing drive gear

E-ring

E-ring

PinShaft

Switchback roller

Stop ring

Figure 3-3-99 Detaching the switchback roller (2)

2A3/4

3-3-85

• Detaching the duplex upper registration roller 1. Remove the duplex unit front cover (42 ppm only) and then the duplex unit cover. 2. Remove the screw holding the switchback feedshift solenoid and then the solenoid. 3. Remove the E-ring and then the bushing at the tront of the duplex unit.

Bushing

E-ring

Figure 3-3-100 Detaching the duplex upper registration roller (1)

2A3/4

3-3-86

4. Remove the two screws holding the stock switch mount and then the mount. 5. Remove the E-ring the at the rear of the duplex unit and then the duplex registration

gear. 6. Remove the spring pin and bushing, and then the duplex upper registration roller.

Screws

Stock switchmount

Bushing

Spring pinDuplex registration

Duplex upper registration roller

Bushing

Figure 3-3-101 Detaching the duplex upper registration roller (2)

2A3/4

3-3-87

( 3 ) Adjusting the position of the side registration sectionPerform the following adjustment if there is a regular error between the centers of theoriginal and copy image during duplex copying (second face).

<Procedure>

Yes

No

Start

Is the center of the image aligned with

that of original?

Make a test copy at 100% and using the largest size paper in duplex mode.

End

Loosen the four screws holding the side registration section, move the section and retighten the screws.

• For copy example 1, move the sec-tion toward the machine front ( ).

• For copy example 2, move the sec-tion toward the machine rear ( ).

Screws

Screws

Side registration section

*Illustration shows a 42 ppm.

Figure 3-3-103 Adjusting the position of the side registration section

Original Copy example 1

Copy example 2

Figure 3-3-102

2A3/4

3-3-88

( 4 ) Adjusting the side registration amountPerform the following adjustment if paper is fed askew during refeed from the duplexunit.

<Procedure>

Enter maintenance mode.

Enter "052" using the numeric keys.

Yes

No

Start

Press the print key.

Select "STEPPER DATA."

Press "TEST RUN."

Press the interrupt key to make a test copy using

A3/11" x 17" paper.

Is gap A between the paper and the side registration front guide

within 1 mm?

Press the print key.

The new setting is stored.

After paper is stocked in the duplex unit, open the unit and move the paper all the way to the side registration rear guide.

Remove the paper and reinstallthe duplex unit.

Remove the paper and reinstall the duplex unit.

Press the stop/clear key.

Exit maintenance mode.

End

Change the setting using the Up/Down keys.• Increasing the value makes the gap

narrower, decreasing it makes the gap wider.

• Setting range: –20 - +20Reference: 0Changing the value by 1 changes the gap by 0.3 mm.

A : 1 mm

Paper

Side registration front guide

Side registration rear guide

Figure 3-3-104

2A3/4

3-3-89

3-3-11 SRDF section

( 1 ) Detaching and refitting the DF original feed pulley and the DF forwarding pulleysClean or replace the DF original feed pulley and DF forwarding pulleys as follows.

<Procedure> 1. Open the DF original reversing cover. 2. Remove the two screws holding the upper original feed section cover and then the

cover. 3. Remove the two stop rings and then the original feed pulley assembly by sliding out

the bushings.

Stop ring

Stop ringBushing

Bushing

Original feed pulley assembly

Figure 3-3-105 Detaching the original feed pulley assembly

• Detaching the DF original feed pulley 4. Remove the two stop rings and then the DF original feed pulley from the original

feed front shaft.

DF forwarding pulleys

DF forwarding belt

DF forwarding pulley 20

DF original feed pulley

Original feed front shaft

Stop rings

One-way clutch

Figure 3-3-106 Detaching the DF original feed pulley

2A3/4

3-3-90

• Detaching DF forwarding pulleys 5. Remove the stop ring and bushing. While lifting the forwarding shaft, remove the

DF forwarding pulleys. 6. Clean or replace the DF original feed pulley and DF forwarding pulleys. 7. Refit all removed parts.

∗ When fitting the DF original feed pulley and DF forwarding pulleys, ensure that theside having the one-way clutch faces the machine rear.

DF forwarding pulleys

DF forwarding belt

DF original feed pulley 28

Forwarding shaft

Stop ring

Bushing

One-way clutch

Figure 3-3-107 Detaching the DF forwarding pulleys

2A3/4

3-3-91

( 2 ) Detaching and refitting the DF separation pulleyClean or replace the DF separation pulley as follows.

<Procedure> 1. Open the DF reversing cover. 2. Remove the two screws holding the upper original feed section cover and then the

cover. 3. Remove the two screws holding the DF rear cover. 4. Remove the screw holding the fulcrum pin and then the pin. 5. Detach the 6-pin connector and remove the original table.

Fulcrum pin

6-pin connectors

Original table

Screw

Figure 3-3-108

2A3/4

3-3-92

6. Remove the two screws holding the DF original feed lower guide and the twoscrews holding the DF original feed upper guide.

7. Loosen the other two screws on the DF original feed lower guide. 8. While lifting the DF original feed upper guide and pressing the original set switch

actuator, remove the DF original feed lower guide.

DF original feed upper guide

DF original feed lower guide

Original set switch actuator

Screws (To be loosened only)

Screws

Screw

Screw

Figure 3-3-109

9. Detach the original set switch 3-pin connector.10. Remove the two screws holding the separation pulley retainer.

Separation pulley retainer

3-pin connectors

Figure 3-3-110

2A3/4

3-3-93

11. Remove the two stop rings and pin to remove the DF separation pulley from theseparation shaft.

12. Clean or replace the DF separation pulley.13. Refit all removed parts.

∗ When fitting the DF separation pulley, ensure that the side having the one-wayclutch faces the machine rear.

DF separation pulley

Stop rings

One-way clutch

Separation shaft

Pin

Figure 3-3-111 Detaching the DF separation pulley

2A3/4

3-3-94

( 3 ) Adjusting the lateral squareness of the DFPerform the following adjustment if the copy image is skewed laterally (lateralsquareness is not obtained).Caution:

• Before making the following adjustment, output a 1 DOT-LINE PG pattern inmaintenance item U089 to use as the original for the adjustment.

• Adjust the amount of slack in the paper at the registration roller for drawer, bypassand duplex feeds (page 3-3-22) and the scanner image lateral squareness(reference, page 3-3-33) first. Check for lateral squareness of the copy image andif squareness is not obtained, adjust the lateral squareness of the DF.

<Procedure>

Adjust the position of the SRDF.• For copy example 1, rotate the

adjustment screw in the direction of the white arrow (e).

• For copy example 2, rotate the adjustment screw in the direction of the black arrow (b).Yes

No

Press the print key to make a test copy.

End

Is the image correct?

Start

Place the original on the SRDF.

Figure 3-3-112

Original Copy example 1

Copy example 2

2A3/4

3-3-95

• Adjusting 1. Open the SRDF. 2. Loosen the screw securing the right leg of the SRDF on the right. 3. Adjust the position of the SRDF by rotating the adjustment screw behind the right

leg of the SRDF. 4. Retighten the screw loosened in step 2. 5. Refit all removed parts.

Figure 3-3-113

Screw

Adjustment screw

SRDF right leg

2A3/4

3-3-96

( 4 ) Adjusting the DF magnificationAdjust magnification in the auxiliary scanning direction if magnification is incorrect whenthe DF is used.

U053(P.3-2-21)

U403(P.3-3-40)

U402(P.3-3-20)

U066(P.3-3-39)

U070 U071(P.3-3-98)

U404(P.3-3-100)

U065(P.3-3-37)

U034(P.3-3-18)

Caution: Before making the following adjustment, ensure that the above adjustmentshave been made in maintenance mode.

<Procedure>

Enter maintenance mode.

Place an original on the DF and make a test copy.

Yes

No

Start

End

Exit maintenance mode.

Press the stop/clear key.

Is the image correct?

Enter "070" using the numeric keys.

Press the interrupt key.

Setting range: –25 - +25Changing the value by 1 changes the magnification by 0.1%.Reference: 0

Change the setting.• For copy example 1, increase

the value using the Up key to make the copy image longer.

• For copy example 2, decrease the value using the Down keys to make the copy image shorter.

Press the print key.

Press the print key.

The new setting is stored.

Figure 3-3-114

Auxiliary scanning direction

Original

Main scanning direction

Copy example 1

Copy example 2

2A3/4

3-3-97

( 5 ) Adjusting the DF center linePerform the following adjustment if there is a regular error between the centers of theoriginal and the copy image.

U034(P.3-3-19)

U404(P.3-3-100)

U067(P.3-3-38) U072U403

(P.3-3-40)U 402

(P.3-3-20)

Caution: Before making the following adjustment, ensure that the above adjustmentshave been made in maintenance mode.

<Procedure>

Enter maintenance mode.

Place and original on the DF and make a test copy.

Yes

No

Start

End

Change the setting.• For copy example 1, increase

the value using the Up key.• For copy example 2, decrease

the value using the Down key.

Exit maintenance mode.

Press the stop/clear key.

Is the image correct?

Enter "072" using the numeric keys.

Press the interrupt key.

Press the print key.

Setting range: –39.0 - +39.0Changing the value by 1 moves the center line by 0.17 mm.Reference: 0

Press the print key.

The new setting is stored.

Figure 3-3-115

Original Copy example 1

Copy example 2

Reference

2A3/4

3-3-98

( 6 ) Adjusting the scanning start position when the DF is usedPerform the following adjustment if there is a regular error between the leading ortrailing edges of the original and the copy image.

U034(P.3-3-18)

U404(P.3-3-100)

U066(P.3-3-39) U071U403

(P.3-3-40)U 402

(P.3-3-20)

Caution: Before making the following adjustment, ensure that the above adjustmentshave been made in maintenance mode.

(6-1) Adjusting the DF leading edge registration<Procedure>

Enter maintenance mode.

Enter "071" using the numeric keys and press the print key.

Yes

No

Start

End

• For copy example 1, increase the value using the Up key.

• For copy example 2, decrease the value using the Down key.

Press the interrupt key.

Exit maintenance mode.

Press the stop/clear key.

Place an original on the DF and make a test copy.

Is the image correct?

Setting range: –32 - +32Reference: 0Changing the value by 1 moves the copy image by 0.19 mm.Increasing the value moves the copy image backward, and decreasing it moves the image forward.

Press the print key.

The new setting is stored.

To adjust the DF leading edge registration, select "LEAD EDGE ADJ."

Figure 3-3-116

Original Copy example 1

Copy example 2

2A3/4

3-3-99

(6-2) Adjusting the DF trailing edge registration<Procedure>

Enter maintenance mode.

Enter "071" using the numeric keys and press the print key.

Yes

No

Start

End

• For copy example, decrease the value using the Down key.

Press the interrupt key.

Exit maintenance mode.

Press the stop/clear key.

Place an original on the DF and make a test copy.

Is the image correct?

Setting range: –32 - +32Reference: 0Changing the value by 1 moves the copy image by 0.19 mm.

Press the print key.

The new setting is stored.

To adjust the DF trailing edge registration, select

"TRAIL EDGE ADJ."

Figure 3-3-117

Original Copy example

2A3/4

3-3-100

( 7 ) Adjusting the margins for scanning the original from the DFPerform the following adjustment if margins are not correct.

U402(P.3-3-20) U404U403

(P.3-3-40)

Caution: Before making the following adjustment, ensure that the above adjustmentshave been made in maintenance mode.

<Procedure>

Change the setting.• Increasing the value using the

Up key makes the margin wider.

• Decreasing the value using the Down key makes the margin narrower.

Touch panel displayDF A MARGIN: DF left marginDF B MARGIN: DF leading edge marginDF C MARGIN: DF right marginDF D MARGIN: DF trailing edge margin

Yes

No

Start

Enter maintenance mode.

Enter "404" using the numeric keys.

Press the print key.

Place an original on the DF and make a test copy

Press the print key.

The new setting is stored.

Setting range (default)DF left margin: 0 - +20 (2)DF leading edge margin: 6 - +20 (6)DF right margin: 0 - +20 (2)DF trailing edge margin: 0 - +20 (6)Changing the value by 1 moves the margin by 0.5 mm for all.

Select the item to be adjusted on the touch panel.

Are the margins correct?

AB

Press the interrupt key.

2A3/4

3-3-101

Yes

No

AB

Proceed to another mode?

Press the stop/clear key.

Exit maintenance mode.

End

DF leading edge margin (3±1.0mm)

DF left margin(2±0.5mm)

DF right margin(2±0.5mm)

DF trailing edge margin(3±1.0mm)

Original

Figure 3-3-118

2A3/4

3-3-102

3-3-12 Large paper deck section(42 ppm: optional/52 ppm: standard)

( 1 ) Detaching and refitting the upper and lower deck separation rollersClean or replace the upper and lower deck separation rollers as follows.

<Procedure> 1. Open the large paper feed deck. 2. Open the deck side cover. 3. Remove the stop rings. 4. Remove the one-way drum. 5. Clean or replace the upper and lower deck separation rollers. 6. Refit all removed parts.

One-way drum

Upper deck separation roller

Stop ringsLower deck separation roller

Deck side cover

Figure 3-3-119 Detaching and refitting the upper andlower deck separation rollers

One-way drum Upper deck separation roller

Figure 3-3-120 Installing the one-way drum

∗ Be sure to orient the one-way drum as shown in the above diagram.

2A3/4

3-3-103

( 2 ) Detaching and refitting the deck paper conveying unit assembly

<Procedure> 1. Open the large paper deck. 2. Open the deck right cover and remove the deck rear cover. 3. Remove the spring and four screws holding the deck paper conveying motor

bracket and then the bracket. 4. Remove the two screws holding the deck paper conveying unit assembly and then

the assembly.

Deck paper conveying roller

Spring

Screws

Deck paper feed roller 1

Deck paper conveying motor bracket

Screws

Deck paper feed roller 2

Deck paper conveying unit assembly

Figure 3-3-121 Detaching and refitting the deck paper conveying unit assembly

2A3/4

3-3-104

( 3 ) Detaching and refitting deck paper feed roller 1Clean or replace deck paper feed roller 1 as follows.

<Procedure> 1. Remove the stop ring. 2. While pressing the roller down, pull out the shaft. 3. Take deck paper feed roller 1 out and clean or replace. 4. Refit all removed parts.

Stop ring

Deck paper feed roller 1

Shaft

Figure 3-3-122 Detaching and refitting deck paper feed roller 1

∗ Use the above procedure to detach and refit deck paper feed roller 2 and the paperconveying roller.

2A3/4

3-3-105

( 4 ) Adjusting the position of the center adjuster (center line alignment)Perform the following adjustment if the center lines of the original and copy image aremisaligned.

<Procedure>

Loosen the six screws securing the deck front cover. Adjust the position of the deck front cover such that the surface becomes flush with other covers on the machine front and retighten the screws.

YesAre the center lines of the original and copy

image misaligned?Loosen the two screws securing the center adjuster and adjust the position of the adjuster.• For copy example 1, move it

toward the machine rear (a).• For copy example 2, move it

toward the machine front (f).

Retighten the two screws securing the center adjuster and close the large paper deck.

Start

End

Make a test copy.

Open the large paper deck.

No

Original Copy example 2

Copy example 1

Figure 3-3-123

Screws

Center adjuster

Figure 3-3-124 Adjusting the center of the center adjuster

1-1-23

2A3/4

CONTENTS

3-4 PCB Initial Settings

3-4-1 Replacing the main PCB ..................................................................... 3-4-1(1) Replacing the main PCB only ...................................................... 3-4-1(2) Replacing the main PCB and backup RAM ................................. 3-4-1

3-4-2 Replacing the main PCB ROMs.......................................................... 3-4-23-4-3 Adjustment-free variable resisters (VR) .............................................. 3-4-3

3-4-1

2A3/4

3-4-1 Replacing the main PCB

(1) Replacing the main PCB onlyAfter replacing the main PCB, remove the backup RAM (IC15) from the old main PCBand fit it to the new main PCB to maintain the original setting data.

(2) Replacing the main PCB and backup RAMWhen replacing the backup RAM along with the main PCB, perform the following steps.

Procedure• Before removing the old backup RAM:

1. Enter the maintenance mode. 2. Execute maintenance item U000 to output a list of the current settings for

maintenance items. 3. Exit the maintenance mode. 4. Turn the main switch off and disconnect the power plug. 5. Replace the main PCB and backup RAM with the new ones.

• After installing the new backup RAM: 6. Insert the power plug and turn the main switch on. 7. Enter maintenance mode. 8. Execute maintenance item U020. 9. Execute maintenance item U252 and select the destination.10. Execute maintenance item U000 and output a list of the current settings for

maintenance items.11. Compare the lists output in steps 2 and 10. If there are any differences, reenter

the data in accordance with the values on the list output in step 2.12. Exit the maintenance mode.

3-4-2

2A3/4

3-4-2 Replacing the main PCB ROMs

When replacing the ROMs on the main PCB, perform the following steps.Main ROM IC (P/N 2A368010)Engine ROM IC (P/N 2A368020)Scanner ROM IC (P/N 2A368060)

Procedure 1. Turn the main switch off and disconnect the power plug. 2. Remove the screw securing the main PCB ROM cover. 3. Replace the main ROM IC (IC45), engine ROM IC (IC57) and scanner ROM IC

(IC54). 4. Refit the main PCB ROM cover. 5. Insert the power plug and turn the main switch on.

Scanner ROM IC

Main ROM IC

Engin ROM IC

Figure 3-4-1 Replacing the main PCB ROMs

3-4-3

2A3/4

3-4-3 Adjustment-free variable resisters (VR)

The variable resistors listed below are set at the factory prior to shipping and should notbe adjusted in the field.

• High-voltage transformer PCB: VR101, VR102, VR201, VR202, VR301, VR401,VR402

• Power source PCB: VR301

1-1-25

2A3/4

CONTENTS

3-5 Self-Diagnosis

3-5-1 Self-diagnosis ..................................................................................... 3-5-1(1) Self-diagnostic function ............................................................... 3-5-1

2A3/4

3-5-1

3-5-1 Self-diagnosis

(1) Self-diagnostic function

This unit is equipped with a self-diagnostic function. When a problem is detected, copy-ing is disabled and the problem displayed as a code consisting of "C" followed by anumber between 001 and 924, indicating the nature of the problem.A message is also displayed requesting the user to call for service.After removing the problem, the self-diagnostic function can be reset by turning safetyswitches 1, 2 or 3 off and back on.

Call for service.

012345678901234

C241

Figure 3-5-1 Service call code display

2A3/4

3-5-2

Defectivememory copyPCB 1.

Defectivememory copyPCB 2.

Defective mainPCB.

Problem withthe backupmemory data.

Defectivebackup RAM.

Poor contact ofthe connectorterminals.

Defective mainPCB or opera-tion unit mainPCB.

Replace memory copy PCB 1and check for correct opera-tion.

Replace memory copy PCB 2and check for correct opera-tion.

Replace the main PCB andcheck for correct operation.

Turn safety switch 1 off andback on and run maintenanceitem U020 to set the contentsof the backup memory dataagain.

If the C011 is displayed afterre-setting the backup memorycontents, replace the backupRAM.

Check the connection of con-nectors CN6 on the main PCBand CN6 on the operation unitmain PCB, and the continuityacross the connector termi-nals. Repair or replace if nec-essary.

Replace the main PCB or op-eration unit main PCB andcheck for correct operation.

C001

C003

C010

C011

C021

Memory copy PCB 1 com-munication problem• Problems with data from

memory copy PCB 1.

Memory copy PCB 2 prob-lem*1

• Problems with data frommemory copy PCB 2.

RAM/ROM problem• Read and write data does

not match.

Backup memory dataproblem• Data in the specified area

of the backup memorydoes not match the speci-fied values.

Operation unit main PCBcommunication problem• There is no reply after 20

retries at communication.

Self diagnostic codes

Code ContentsRemarks

Causes Check procedures/corrective measures

*1: 42 ppm: optional/52 ppm: standard.

2A3/4

3-5-3

Defective en-gine ROM IC.

Defective mainPCB.

Defective mainPCB.

Poor contact ofthe connectorterminals.

Defective mainPCB or printerboard.

Replace the engine ROM ICon the main PCB and checkfor correct operation.

Replace the main PCB andcheck for correct operation.

Replace the main PCB andcheck for correct operation.

Check the connection of con-nector CN4 on the main PCBand the connector on theprinter board. Repair or re-place if necessary.

Replace the main PCB orprinter board and check forcorrect operation.

Code ContentsRemarks

Causes Check procedures/corrective measures

Communication problembetween the engine PCBand main PCB• There is no reply after 20retries at communication.

Scanner communicationproblem• There is no reply after 5 re-tries at communication.

Printer board communica-tion problem*2

•There is no reply after 20retries at communication.

C022

C023

C024

*2: Optional.

2A3/4

3-5-4

Check the connection of con-nector CN2 on the main PCBand the connector on memorycopy PCB 1. Repair or replaceif necessary.

Replace the main PCB ormemory copy PCB 1 andcheck for correct operation.

Check the connection of con-nector CN17 on the enginePCB and the connector CN9on the deck main PCB, andthe continuity across the con-nector terminals. Repair or re-place if necessary.

Replace the engine PCB andcheck for correct operation.

Replace the main PCB andcheck for correct operation.

Replace the deck main PCBand check for correct opera-tion.

Check the connection of con-nectors CN17 on the enginePCB and CN2 on the deskmain PCB, and the continuityacross the connector termi-nals. Repair or replace if nec-essary.

Replace the engine PCB andcheck for correct operation.

Replace the main PCB andcheck for correct operation.

Replace the desk main PCBand check for correct opera-tion.

Poor contact ofthe connectorterminals.

Defective mainPCB ormemory copyPCB 1.

Poor contact ofthe connectorterminals.

Defective en-gine PCB.

Defective mainPCB.

Defective deckmain PCB.

Poor contact ofthe connectorterminals.

Defective en-gine PCB.

Defective mainPCB.

Defective deskmain PCB.

C026

C032

C032

Memory copy PCB 1 com-munication problem• There is no reply after five

retries at transmitting.• There is no reply after five

retries at receiving.

Large paper deck commu-nication problem*1

• Communication errors fromthe communication micro-computer (IC56) on themain PCB:No communication: thereis no replay after 3 retries.Abnormal communication:a communication error(parity or checksum error)is detected five times insuccession.

Paper feed desk commu-nication problem*3

• An error code from the pa-per feed desk is detectedeight times in succession.No communication: thereis no reply after 3 retries.Abnormal communication:a communication error(parity or checksum error)is detected five times insuccession.

Code ContentsRemarks

Causes Check procedures/corrective measures

*1: 42 ppm: optional/52 ppm: standard. *3: Optional for 42 ppm only.

2A3/4

3-5-5

Poor contact ofthe connectorterminals.

Defective en-gine PCB.

Defective mainPCB.

Defective fin-isher mainPCB.

Poor contact ofthe connectorterminals.

Defective mainPCB ormemory copyPCB 2.

Defective mainPCB.

Insufficient ex-posure lampluminosity.

DefectivemainPCB.

Incorrect shad-ing position.

CCD PCB out-put problem.

Check the connection of con-nectors CN21 on the enginePCB and CN2 on the finishermain PCB, and the continuityacross the connector termi-nals. Repair or replace if nec-essary.

Replace the engine PCB andcheck for correct operation.

Replace the main PCB andcheck for correct operation.

Replace the finisher main PCBand check for correct opera-tion.

Check the connection of con-nector CN3 on the main PCBand the connector on memorycopy PCB 2. Repair or replaceif necessary.

Replace the main PCB ormemory copy PCB 2 andcheck for correct operation.

Replace the main PCB andcheck for correct operation.

Replace the exposure lamp orinverter PCB.

Replace the mainPCB.

Adjust the position of the con-tact glass (shading plate). Ifthe problem still occurs, re-place the scanner home posi-tion switch.

Replace the ISU.

Finisher communicationproblem*2

• Communication errors fromthe communication micro-computer (IC56) on themain PCB:No communication: thereis no reply after 3 retries.Abnormal communication:a communication error(parity or checksum error)is detected five times insuccession.

Memory copy PCB 2 com-munication problem*1

• There is no reply after fiveretries at transmitting.

• There is no reply after fiveretries at receiving.

Communication micro-computer problem• A problem is detected withthe communication micro-computer (IC56) on themain PCB.

Optical system problem• After AGC, correct input isnot obtained at CCD.

Code ContentsRemarks

Causes Check procedures/corrective measures

C034

C036

C037

C104

*1: 42 ppm: optional/52 ppm: standard. *2: Optional.

2A3/4

3-5-6

Reinsert the connector. Alsocheck for continuity within theconnector cable. If none, rem-edy or replace the cable.

Replace the drive motor.

Check if the rollers and gearsrotate smoothly. If not, greasethe bushings and gears.Check for broken gears andreplace if any.

Reinsert the connector. Alsocheck for continuity within theconnector cable. If none, rem-edy or replace the cable.

Replace the paper conveyingmotor.

Check if the rollers and gearsrotate smoothly. If not, greasethe bushings and gears.Check for broken gears andreplace if any.

Poor contact ofthe drive motorconnector ter-minals.

Defective drivemotor rotationcontrol circuit.

Defective drivetransmissionsystem.

Poor contact ofthe paper con-veying motorconnector ter-minals.

Defective paperconveying mo-tor rotation con-trol circuit.

Defective drivetransmissionsystem.

C200

C210

Drive motor problem• DM LOCK signal remains

high for 1 s, 1 s after thedrive motor has turned on.

Paper conveying motorproblem

• PCM LOCK signal remainshigh for 1 s, 1 s after theconveying motor hasturned on.

Code ContentsRemarks

Causes Check procedures/corrective measures

2A3/4

3-5-7

Defective sideregistration mo-tor.

Defective sideregistrationhome positionswitch.

Poor contact ofthe connectorterminals.

Malfunction ofthe side regis-tration guides.

Poor contact ofthe connectorterminals.

Defective paperfeed motor ro-tation controlcircuit.

Defective drivetransmissionsystem.

Poor contact ofthe desk drivemotor connec-tor terminals.

Defective deskdrive motor ro-tation controlcircuit.

Side registration motorproblem• A problem where the sideregistration home positionswitch does not turn off af-ter the side registrationmotor has turned 30 stepsor the switch does not turnon after the motor hasturned 265 steps is de-tected twice in succession.(The first time, the copierindicates that the duplexunit is not inserted cor-rectly, requesting the userto open and reinsert theduplex unit. After the sec-ond detection, the copierenters partial operationcontrol.)

Paper feed motor problem• PFM LOCK signal remainshigh for 1 s, 1 s after thepaper feed motor hasturned on.

Desk drive motor prob-lem*3

• DDM LOCK signal remainshigh for 1 s, 2 s after thedesk drive motor hasturned on.

Check for continuity acrossthe coil. If none, replace theside registration motor.

Check if CN9-12 on the en-gine PCB goes high when theside registration home positionswitch is on and goes lowwhen the switch is off. If not,replace the switch.

Reinsert the connector. Alsocheck for continuity within theconnector cable. If none, rem-edy or replace the cable.

Check if the side registrationguides operate smoothly. Ifnot, repair.

Reinsert the connector. Alsocheck for continuity within theconnector cable. If none, rem-edy or replace the cable.

Replace the paper feed motor.

Check if the rollers and gearsrotate smoothly. If not, greasethe bushings and gears.Check for broken gears andreplace if any.

Reinsert the connector. Alsocheck for continuity within theconnector cable. If none, rem-edy or replace the cable.

Replace the desk drive motor.

Code ContentsRemarks

Causes Check procedures/corrective measures

C220

C230

C231

*3: Optional for 42 ppm only.

2A3/4

3-5-8

Check if rollers and gears ro-tate smoothly. If not greasethe bushings and gears.Check for broken gears andreplace if any.

Replace the upper lift motor.

Check for continuity acrossthe coil. If none, replace theupper lift motor.

Reinsert the connector. Alsocheck for continuity within theconnector cable. If none, rem-edy or replace the cable.

Check if CN15-3 on the en-gine PCB goes low when theupper lift limit switch is turnedon. If not, replace the upper liftlimit switch.

Reinsert the connector. Alsocheck for continuity within theconnector cable. If none, rem-edy or replace the cable.

Replace the lower lift motor.

Check for continuity acrossthe coil. If none, replace thelower lift motor.

Reinsert the connector. Alsocheck for continuity within theconnector cable. If none, rem-edy or replace the cable.

Defective drivetransmissionsystem.

Broken gearsor couplings ofthe upper liftmotor.

Defective upperlift motor.

Poor contact ofthe upper liftmotor connec-tor terminals.

Defective upperlift limit switch.

Poor contact ofthe upper liftlimit switchconnector ter-minals.

Broken gearsor couplings ofthe lower liftmotor

Defective lowerlift motor.

Poor contact ofthe lower liftmotor connec-tor terminals.

C231

C241

C242

Desk drive motor prob-lem*3

• DDM LOCK signal remainshigh for 1 s, 2 s after thedesk drive motor hasturned on.

Upper lift motor problem• When the drawer is in-

serted, the upper lift limitswitch does not turn onwithin 4 to 5 s of the upperlift motor turning on.

• During copying, the upperlift limit switch does notturn on within 200 ms ofthe upper lift motor turningon.

Lower lift motor problem• When the drawer is in-

serted, the lower lift limitswitch does not turn onwithin 4 to 5 s of the lowerlift motor turning on.

• During copying, the lowerlift limit switch does notturn on within 200 ms ofthe lower lift motor turningon.

Code ContentsRemarks

Causes Check procedures/corrective measures

*3: Optional for 42 ppm only.

2A3/4

3-5-9

Lower lift motor problem• When the drawer is in-serted, the lower lift limitswitch does not turn onwithin 4 to 5 s of the lowerlift motor turning on.

• During copying, the lowerlift limit switch does notturn on within 200 ms ofthe lower lift motor turningon.

Upper desk lift motorproblem*3

• When the drawer is in-serted, the upper desk liftlimit switch does not turnon within 4 to 5 s of the up-per desk lift motor turningon.

• During copying, the upperdesk lift limit switch doesnot turn on within 200 msof the upper desk lift motorturning on.

C242

C243

Defective lowerlift limit switch.

Poor contact ofthe lower liftlimit switchconnector ter-minals.

Broken gearsor couplings ofthe upper desklift motor.

Defective upperdesk lift motor.

Poor contact ofthe upper desklift motor con-nector termi-nals.

Defective upperdesk lift limitswitch.

Poor contact ofthe upper desklift limit switchconnector ter-minals.

Check if CN15-4 on the en-gine PCB goes low when thelower lift limit switch is turnedon. If not, replace the upper liftlimit switch.

Reinsert the connector. Alsocheck for continuity within theconnector cable. If none, rem-edy or replace the cable.

Replace the upper desk liftmotor.

Check for continuity acrossthe coil. If none, replace theupper desk lift motor.

Reinsert the connector. Alsocheck for continuity within theconnector cable. If none, rem-edy or replace the cable.

Check if CN3-11 on the deskmain PCB goes low when theupper desk lift limit switch isturned on. If not, replace theupper desk lift limit switch.

Reinsert the connector. Alsocheck for continuity within theconnector cable. If none, rem-edy or replace the cable.

Code ContentsRemarks

Causes Check procedures/corrective measures

*3: Optional for 42 ppm only.

2A3/4

3-5-10

Lower desk lift motorproblem*3

• When the drawer is in-serted, the lower desk liftlimit switch does not turnon within 4 to 5 s of thelower desk lift motor turn-ing on.

• During copying, the lowerdesk lift limit switch doesnot turn on within 200 msof the lower desk lift motorturning on.

Scanner carriage problem• The home position is not

correct when the power isturned on or at the start ofcopying using the bypasstable.

C244

C310

Broken gearsor couplingsof the lowerdesk lift mo-tor.

Defectivelower desk liftmotor.

Poor contactof the lowerdesk lift motorconnectorterminals.

Defectivelower desk liftlimit switch.

Poor contactof the lowerdesk lift limitswitch con-nector termi-nals.

Poor contact ofthe connectorterminals.

Defective scan-ner home posi-tion switch.

Defective mainPCB or scan-ner motor PCB.

Defective scan-ner motor.

Replace the lower desk liftmotor.

Check for continuity acrossthe coil. If none, replace thelower desk lift motor.

Reinsert the connector. Alsocheck for continuity within theconnector cable. If none, rem-edy or replace the cable.

Check if CN3-12 on the deskmain PCB goes low when thelower desk lift limit switch isturned on. If not, replace theupper desk lift limit switch.

Reinsert the connector. Alsocheck for continuity within theconnector cable. If none, rem-edy or replace the cable.

Check the connection of con-nector CN5 on the main PCBand the continuity across theconnector terminals. Repair orreplace if necessary.

Replace the scanner homeposition switch.

Replace the main PCB orscanner motor PCB and checkfor correct operation.

Replace the scanner motor.

Code ContentsRemarks

Causes Check procedures/corrective measures

*3: Optional for 42 ppm only.

2A3/4

3-5-11

Scanner watchdog prob-lem• The main routine does notrun within 8.192 ms of themain switch being turnedon.

Original detection posi-tion problem• The original size detectionmicrocomputer in the mainPCB cannot store initialdata correctly.

Polygon motor synchroni-zation problem• The polygon motor doesnot reach the stable speedwithin 9 s of the polygonmotor remote signal turn-ing on.

Polygon motor steady-state problem• The polygon motor rotationis not stable for 600 ms af-ter the polygon motor rota-tion has been stabilized.

C332

C340

C400

C401

Defective mainPCB.

Poor contact ofthe connectors.

Defective origi-nal size sensor.

Defective mainPCB or scan-ner motor PCB.

Poor contact ofthe polygonmotor connec-tor terminals.

Defective poly-gon motor.

Defectivepower sourcePCB.

Defective en-gine PCB.

Poor contact ofthe polygonmotor connec-tor terminals.

Defective poly-gon motor.

Replace the main PCB andcheck for correct operation.

Check the connection of con-nector CN7 on the scannermotor PCB and the continuityacross the connector termi-nals. Repair or replace if nec-essary.

Replace the original size sen-sor.

Replace the main PCB orscanner motor PCB and checkfor correct operation.

Reinsert the connector. Alsocheck for continuity within theconnector cable. If none, rem-edy or replace the cable.

Replace the LSU.

Check if 24 V DC is suppliedto CN6-5 on the engine PCB.If not, replace the powersource PCB.

Check if 24 V DC is outputfrom CN7-1 on the enginePCB. If not, replace the enginePCB.

Reinsert the connector. Alsocheck for continuity within theconnector cable. If none, rem-edy or replace the cable.

Replace the LSU.

Code ContentsRemarks

Causes Check procedures/corrective measures

2A3/4

3-5-12

Defectivepower sourcePCB.

Defective en-gine PCB.

Defective laserdiode.

Defective poly-gon motor.

Defective mainPCB.

Defective high-voltage trans-former PCB.

Leakage duringmain charging.

Defective high-voltage trans-former PCB.

Leakage duringtransfer/sepa-ration charging.

Poor contact ofthe fixing unitthermistor con-nector termi-nals.

Broken fixingunit thermistorwire.

Fixing unit ther-mistor installedincorrectly.

Fixing unit ther-mostattriggered.

Check if 24 V DC is suppliedto CN6-5 on the engine PCB.If not, replace the powersource PCB.

Check if 24 V DC is outputfrom CN7-1 on the enginePCB. If not, replace the enginePCB.

Replace the LSU.

Replace the LSU.

Replace the main PCB.

Replace the high-voltagetransformer PCB.

Check and clean the maincharger assembly.

Replace the high-voltagetransformer PCB.

Check and clean the transfercharger assembly.

Check the connection of con-nector CN3-B8 on the enginePCB and the continuity acrossthe connector terminals. Re-pair or replace if necessary.

Measure the resistance. If it isinfinite, replace the fixing unitthermistor.

Check and reinstall if neces-sary.

Check for continuity. If none,replace the fixing unit thermo-stat.

C401

C420

C510

C511

C610

Polygon motor steady-state problem• The polygon motor rotation

is not stable for 600 ms af-ter the polygon motor rota-tion has been stabilized.

BD steady-state problem• The VTC detects a BD er-

ror for 600 ms after thepolygon motor rotation hasbeen stabilized.

Main charger problem• MC ALM signal is detected

continuously for 400 mswhen MC REM signal isturned on.

Transfer/separation high-voltage problem• STALM signal is detected

continuously for 400 mswhen TC/SC REM signal isturned on.

Broken fixing unit ther-mistor wire• The fixing temperature

does not increase for 40 safter the fixing heatershave been turned on forwarming up.

• The fixing temperature re-mains below 50˚C/122˚Ffor 10 s continuously afterthe fixing heaters havebeen turned on during sta-bilization.

Code ContentsRemarks

Causes Check procedures/corrective measures

2A3/4

3-5-13

Code ContentsRemarks

Causes Check procedures/corrective measures

Fixing unitheater M or Sinstalled incor-rectly.

Broken fixingunit heater M orS wire.

Poor contact ofthe fixing unitthermistor con-nector termi-nals.

Broken fixingunit thermistorwire.

Fixing unit ther-mistor installedincorrectly.

Fixing unit ther-mostat trig-gered.

Fixing unitheater M or Sinstalled incor-rectly.

Broken fixingunit heater M orS wire.

Check and reinstall if neces-sary.

Check for continuity. If none,replace the fixing unit heaterM or S.

Check the connection of con-nector CN3-B8 on the enginePCB and the continuity acrossthe connector terminals. Re-pair or replace if necessary.

Measure the resistance. If it isinfinite, replace the fixing unitthermistor.

Check and reinstall if neces-sary.

Check for continuity. If none,replace the fixing unit thermo-stat.

Check and reinstall if neces-sary.

Check for continuity. If none,replace the fixing unit heaterM or S.

C610

C620

Broken fixing unit ther-mistor wire• The fixing temperaturedoes not increase for 40 safter the fixing heatershave been turned on forwarming up.

• The fixing temperature re-mains below 50˚C/122˚Ffor 10 s continuously afterthe fixing heaters havebeen turned on during sta-bilization.

Abnormally low fixingtemperature• The fixing temperature re-mains below 120˚C/248˚Ffor 10 s.

2A3/4

3-5-14

Shorted fixingunit thermistor.

Broken fixingunit heater con-trol circuit onthe powersource PCB.

Poor contact ofthe connectorterminals.

Defectivepower sourcePCB.

Defective mainPCB.

Defective tonersensor.

Poor contact ofthe toner sen-sor connectorterminals.

Developerproblem.

Measure the resistance. If it isinfinite, replace the fixing unitthermistor.

Replace the power sourcePCB.

Check the connection of con-nectors CN10-5 on the mainPCB and CN4-3 on the powersource PCB, and the continu-ity across the connector termi-nals. Repair or replace if nec-essary.

Check if the zero-crossing sig-nal is output from CN4-3 onthe power source PCB. If not,replace the power sourcePCB.

Replace the main PCB if C640is detected while CN4-3 on thepower source PCB outputs thezero-crossing signal.

Replace the toner sensor.

Reinsert the connector. Alsocheck for continuity within theconnector cable. If none, rem-edy or replace the cable.

Replace the developer.

C630

C640

C710

Abnormally high fixingtemperature• The fixing temperature ex-

ceeds 220˚C/428˚F for 10s.

• The fixing unit high tem-perature detection circuiton the engine PCB detectsan abnormally high tem-perature.

Zero-crossing signalproblem• The main PCB does not

detect the zero-crossingsignal (Z CROSS SIG) forthe time specified below.At power-on: 3 sOthers: 5 s

Toner sensor problem• The sensor output voltage

is outside the range of 0.5to 4.5 V during copying orin maintenance item U130.

• The toner sensor controlvoltage cannot be setwithin the range in mainte-nance item U130.

Code ContentsRemarks

Causes Check procedures/corrective measures

2A3/4

3-5-15

Poor contact ofthe humiditysensor PCBconnector ter-minals.

Defective exter-nal temperaturethermistor.

Poor contact ofthe humiditysensor PCBconnector ter-minals.

Defective exter-nal temperaturethermistor.

Toner mainhopper lockup.

Defective tonerhopper lockupsensor.

Poor contact ofthe toner hop-per lockup sen-sor connectorterminals.

Defective tonerrecycle motor.

Poor contact ofthe toner re-cycle motorconnector ter-minals.

Reinsert the connector. Alsocheck for continuity within theconnector cable. If none, rem-edy or replace the cable.

Replace the humidity sensorPCB.

Reinsert the connector. Alsocheck for continuity within theconnector cable. If none, rem-edy or replace the cable.

Replace the humidity sensorPCB.

Remove the recycled toner inthe toner main hopper if itlocks up.

Replace the toner hopperlockup sensor.

Reinsert the connectors. Alsocheck for continuity within thecable. If none, remedy or re-place the cable.

Check for continuity acrossthe coils. If none, replace therecycle motor.

Reinsert the connectors. Alsocheck for continuity within thecable. If none, remedy or re-place the cable.

C730

C731

C740

Broken external tempera-ture thermistor wire• The input voltage is above4.5 V (230 bits).

Short-circuited externaltemperature thermistor• The input voltage is below0.5 V (250 bits).

Toner hopper problem• The toner hopper lockupsensor does not turn off af-ter the toner recycle motorhas rotated for at least 1minute.

Code ContentsRemarks

Causes Check procedures/corrective measures

2A3/4

3-5-16

Reinsert the connector. Alsocheck for continuity within theconnector cable. If none, rem-edy or replace the cable.

Replace the paper conveyingmotor and check for correctoperation.

Replace the finisher main PCBand check for correct opera-tion.

Adjust the paper conveyingbelt so that it is in phase andcheck for correct operation.

Replace the paper conveyingbelt clutch and check for cor-rect operation.

Replace the paper conveyingbelt home position sensor andcheck for correct operation.

Reinsert the connector. Alsocheck for continuity within theconnector cable. If none, rem-edy or replace the cable.

Check whether the internaltray unit or front cover catchesare damaged.

The paperconveyingmotor con-nector makespoor contact.

The paperconveyingmotor mal-functions.

Defective fin-isher mainPCB.

The paperconveyingbelt is out ofphase.

The paperconveyingbelt clutchmalfunctions.

The paperconveyingbelt homeposition sen-sor malfunc-tions.

The paperconveyingbelt homeposition sen-sor connectormakes poorcontact.

The internaltray is incor-rectly in-serted.

C801

C803

Finisher paper conveyingmotor problem*2

• The paper conveying mo-tor lockup signal is de-tected for 0.5 s or longer.

Finisher paper conveyingbelt problem*2

• An on-to-off or off-to-onstate change of the paperconveying belt home posi-tion sensor is not detectedwithin 2 s of the paper con-veying belt clutch turningon.

Code ContentsRemarks

Causes Check procedures/corrective measures

*2: optional.

2A3/4

3-5-17

The tray eleva-tion motor con-nector makespoor contact.

The tray eleva-tion motor mal-functions.

Defective fin-isher mainPCB.

The front jog-ger motor con-nector makespoor contact.

The front jog-ger motor mal-functions.

The front jog-ger motorhome positionsensor connec-tor makes poorcontact.

The front jog-ger motorhome positionsensor mal-functions.

Defective fin-isher mainPCB.

Reinsert the connector. Alsocheck for continuity within theconnector cable. If none, rem-edy or replace the cable.

Replace the tray elevation mo-tor and check for correct op-eration.

Replace the finisher main PCBand check for correct opera-tion.

Reinsert the connector. Alsocheck for continuity within theconnector cable. If none, rem-edy or replace the cable.

Replace the front jogger motorand check for correct opera-tion.

Reinsert the connector. Alsocheck for continuity within theconnector cable. If none, rem-edy or replace the cable.

Replace the front jogger homeposition sensor and check forcorrect operation.

Replace the finisher main PCBand check for correct opera-tion.

C814

C817

Finisher tray elevationmotor problem*2

• The sort tray is not de-tected in the home positionwithin 30 s of the start ofthe tray elevation motor ro-tation.

Finisher front jogger mo-tor problem*2

• While the front jogger isnot detected in the homeposition, the front joggerhome position sensor doesnot detect the jogger within1.5 s of the start of frontjogger motor clockwise ro-tation.

• After the front jogger is de-tected in the home posi-tion, the front jogger homeposition sensor still detectsthe jogger within 0.5 s ofthe start of front jogger mo-tor counterclockwise rota-tion.

Code ContentsRemarks

Causes Check procedures/corrective measures

*2: optional.

2A3/4

3-5-18

Reinsert the connector. Alsocheck for continuity within theconnector cable. If none, rem-edy or replace the cable.

Replace the rear jogger motorand check for correct opera-tion.

Reinsert the connector. Alsocheck for continuity within theconnector cable. If none, rem-edy or replace the cable.

Replace the rear jogger homeposition sensor and check forcorrect operation.

Replace the finisher main PCBand check for correct opera-tion.

The rear jog-ger motorconnectormakes poorcontact.

The rear jog-ger motormalfunctions.

The rear jog-ger motorhome positionsensor con-nector makespoor contact.

The rear jog-ger motorhome positionsensor mal-functions.

Defective fin-isher mainPCB.

C818 Finisher rear jogger motorproblem*2

• While the rear jogger is notdetected in the home posi-tion, the rear jogger homeposition sensor does notdetect the jogger within 1.5s of the start of rear joggermotor clockwise rotation.

• After the rear jogger is de-tected in the home posi-tion, the rear jogger homeposition sensor still detectsthe jogger within 0.5 s ofthe start of rear jogger mo-tor counterclockwise rota-tion.

Code ContentsRemarks

Causes Check procedures/corrective measures

*2: optional.

2A3/4

3-5-19

The front sta-pler connectormakes poorcontact.

The front sta-pler malfunc-tions.a) The frontstapler isblocked with astaple.b) The frontstapler is bro-ken.

Defective fin-isher mainPCB.

The rear sta-pler connectormakes poorcontact.

The rear sta-pler malfunc-tions.a) The rear sta-pler is blockedwith a staple.b) The rear sta-pler is broken.

Defective fin-isher mainPCB.

Reinsert the connector. Alsocheck for continuity within theconnector cable. If none, rem-edy or replace the cable.

a) Remove the front staplercartridge, and check the car-tridge and the stapling sectionof the stapler.b) Replace the front staplerand check for correct opera-tion.

Replace the finisher main PCBand check for correct opera-tion.

Reinsert the connector. Alsocheck for continuity within theconnector cable. If none, rem-edy or replace the cable.

a) Remove the rear staplercartridge, and check the car-tridge and the stapling sectionof the stapler.b) Replace the rear staplerand check for correct opera-tion.

Replace the finisher main PCBand check for correct opera-tion.

C821

C822

Finisher front staplerproblem*2

• The front stapler home po-sition sensor does notchange state from non-de-tection to detection within0.2 s of the start of frontstapler motor counterclock-wise (forward) rotation.

• During initialization, thefront stapler home positionsensor does not changestate from non-detection todetection within 0.6 s ofthe start of front staplermotor clockwise (reverse)rotation.

Finisher rear stapler prob-lem*2

• The rear stapler home po-sition sensor does notchange state from non-de-tection to detection within0.2 s of the start of rearstapler motor counterclock-wise (forward) rotation.

• During initialization, therear stapler home positionsensor does not changestate from non-detection todetection within 0.6 s ofthe start of rear stapler mo-tor clockwise (reverse) ro-tation.

Code ContentsRemarks

Causes Check procedures/corrective measures

*2: optional.

2A3/4

3-5-20

The deck paperconveying mo-tor connectormakes poorcontact.

Defective deckpaper convey-ing motor PCB.

The deck paperconveying mo-tor does not ro-tate correctly(the motor isoverloaded).

Paper deckmotor 1 con-nector makespoor contact.

Paper deckmotor 1 doesnot rotate cor-rectly (the mo-tor is over-loaded).

Reinsert the connector. Alsocheck for continuity within theconnector cable. If none, rem-edy or replace the cable.

Replace the deck paper con-veying motor PCB and checkfor correct operation.

Check the gears and remedy ifnecessary.

Reinsert the connector. Alsocheck for continuity within theconnector cable. If none, rem-edy or replace the cable.

Check the gears and remedy ifnecessary.

C920

C921

Deck paper conveyingmotor problem*1

• No pulse is input within500 ms of the start-up.

• No pulse is input within100 ms of the previouspulse input.

Paper deck motor 1 prob-lem*1

• No pulse is input within 20ms of the start-up.

• No pulse is input within400 ms of the previouspulse input.

Code ContentsRemarks

Causes Check procedures/corrective measures

*1: 42 ppm: optional/52 ppm: standard.

2A3/4

3-5-21

Paper deckmotor 2 con-nector makespoor contact.

Paper deckmotor 2 doesnot rotate cor-rectly (the mo-tor is over-loaded).

Upper limitswitch 1 con-nector makespoor contact.

Deck levelswitch 1 con-nector makespoor contact.

Upper limitswitch 2 con-nector makespoor contact.

Deck levelswitch 2 con-nector makespoor contact.

Reinsert the connector. Alsocheck for continuity within theconnector cable. If none, rem-edy or replace the cable.

Check the gears and remedy ifnecessary.

Reinsert the connector. Alsocheck for continuity within theconnector cable. If none, rem-edy or replace the cable.

Reinsert the connector. Alsocheck for continuity within theconnector cable. If none, rem-edy or replace the cable.

Reinsert the connector. Alsocheck for continuity within theconnector cable. If none, rem-edy or replace the cable.

Reinsert the connector. Alsocheck for continuity within theconnector cable. If none, rem-edy or replace the cable.

C922

C923

C924

Paper deck motor 2 prob-lem*1

• No pulse is input within 20ms of the start-up.

• No pulse is input within400 ms of the previouspulse input.

Right lift position prob-lem*1

• While the paper deck mo-tor is driving, lift upper limitswitch 1 detects the rightlift reaching the upper limit.

Left lift position problem*1

• While the paper deck mo-tor is driving, lift upper limitswitch 2 detects the left liftreaching the upper limit.

Code ContentsRemarks

Causes Check procedures/corrective measures

*1: 42 ppm: optional/52 ppm: standard.

1-1-27

2A3/4

CONTENTS

3-6 Troubleshooting

3-6-1 Image formation problems .................................................................. 3-6-1(1) No image appears (entirely white). .............................................. 3-6-4(2) No image appears (entirely black). .............................................. 3-6-5(3) Image is too light. ........................................................................ 3-6-6(4) Background is visible. .................................................................. 3-6-6(5) A white line appears longitudinally. ............................................. 3-6-7(6) A black line appears longitudinally. ............................................. 3-6-7(7) A black line appears laterally. ...................................................... 3-6-8(8) One side of the copy image is darker than the other. .................. 3-6-8(9) Black dots appear on the image. ................................................. 3-6-9

(10) Image is blurred. .......................................................................... 3-6-9(11) The leading edge of the image is consistently misaligned with

the original. ................................................................................ 3-6-10(12) The leading edge of the image is sporadically misaligned with

the original. ................................................................................ 3-6-10(13) Paper creases. .......................................................................... 3-6-11(14) Offset occurs. ............................................................................ 3-6-11(15) Image is partly missing. ............................................................. 3-6-12(16) Fixing is poor. ............................................................................ 3-6-12(17) Image is out of focus. ................................................................ 3-6-13(18) Image center does not align with the original center. ................ 3-6-13(19) Image is not square. .................................................................. 3-6-14(20) Image contrast is low (carrier scattering) .................................. 3-6-14(21) There is a regular error between the centers of

the original and copy image when the SRDF is used. ............... 3-6-15(22) There is a regular error between the leading edges of

the original and copy image when the SRDF is used. ............... 3-6-15(23) When the duplex unit is used, the center of the original

image and that of the copy image do not align. ......................... 3-6-16(24) When the large paper deck is used, the center of the original

image and that of the copy image do not align. ......................... 3-6-16(25) Toner scatters at the leading edge of the image. ...................... 3-6-17

3-6-2 Paper misfeeds ................................................................................. 3-6-18• Copier ............................................................................................. 3-6-18

(1) A paper jam in the paper feed, conveying or eject section isindicated as soon as the main switch is turned on. ................... 3-6-18

(2) A paper jam in the paper feed section is indicated duringcopying (no paper feed from copier upper drawer). .................. 3-6-19

(3) A paper jam in the paper feed section is indicated duringcopying (no paper feed from copier lower drawer). ................... 3-6-20

(4) A paper jam in the paper feed section is indicated duringcopying (no paper feed from bypass). ....................................... 3-6-20

(5) A paper jam in the paper feed section is indicated duringcopying (jam in copier vertical paper conveying section). ......... 3-6-21

(6) A paper jam in the paper feed section is indicated duringcopying (jam in converging section). ......................................... 3-6-22

1-1-28

2A3/4

(7) A paper jam in the paper feed section is indicated duringcopying (multiple sheets in paper feed section). ....................... 3-6-22

(8) A paper jam in the paper feed section is indicated duringcopying (multiple sheets in copier verticalconveying section). .................................................................... 3-6-22

(9) A paper jam in the paper feed section is indicated duringcopying (multiple sheets before registration section). ............... 3-6-22

(10) A paper jam in the paper conveying section is indicatedduring copying (jam in registration/transfer section). ................. 3-6-23

(11) A paper jam in the fixing section is indicated duringcopying (jam in fixing section). .................................................. 3-6-23

(12) A paper jam in the eject section is indicated duringcopying (jam in eject section). ................................................... 3-6-23

(13) A paper jam in the eject section is indicated duringcopying (jam in switchback eject section). ................................ 3-6-24

• SRDF .............................................................................................. 3-6-25(1) An original jams when the main switch is turned on. ................. 3-6-25(2) An original jams during continuous copying of

multiple originals. ....................................................................... 3-6-25(3) An original jams in the SRDF during copying

(a jam in the original feed/conveying section). .......................... 3-6-26(4) An original jams in the SRDF during copying

(a jam in the original switchback section). ................................. 3-6-27(5) Original jams frequently. ............................................................ 3-6-27

• Feedshift and duplex sections ........................................................ 3-6-28(1) A paper jam in the feedshift section is indicated during

copying (jam in feedshift section). ............................................. 3-6-28(2) A paper jam in the duplex section is indicated during

copying (jam in duplex conveying section). ............................... 3-6-28(3) A paper jam in the duplex section is indicated during

copying (jam in duplex stock section). ....................................... 3-6-29• Large paper deck (42 ppm: optional/52 ppm: standard) ................. 3-6-30

(1) A paper jam in the large paper deck is indicated duringcopying (paper failing to reach PPS0 in large paper deckhorizontal paper path). .............................................................. 3-6-30

(2) A paper jam in the large paper deck is indicated duringcopying (paper failing to reach PPS1 in large paper deckhorizontal paper path). .............................................................. 3-6-31

(3) A paper jam in the large paper deck is indicated duringcopying (paper failing to reach PPS2 in large paper deckhorizontal paper path). .............................................................. 3-6-32

3-6-3 PCB terminal voltages ...................................................................... 3-6-33(1) Power source PCB .................................................................... 3-6-33(2) Engine PCB ............................................................................... 3-6-36(3) Main PCB .................................................................................. 3-6-47(4) Memory copy PCB .................................................................... 3-6-57(5) Scanner motor PCB .................................................................. 3-6-60(6) CCD PCB .................................................................................. 3-6-62(7) DF driver PCB ........................................................................... 3-6-64(8) Operation unit main PCB........................................................... 3-6-67(9) Deck main PCB (42 ppm: optional/53 ppm: standard) .............. 3-6-70

1-1-29

2A3/4

3-6-4 Electrical problems ............................................................................ 3-6-73• Copier ............................................................................................. 3-6-73

(1) The machine does not operate when the main switch isturned on. .................................................................................. 3-6-73

(2) The drive motor does not operate (C200). ................................ 3-6-73(3) The scanner motor does not operate. ....................................... 3-6-74(4) The upper lift motor does not operate. ...................................... 3-6-74(5) The lower lift motor does not operate. ....................................... 3-6-74(6) The toner feed motor does not operate. .................................... 3-6-75(7) The paper conveying section fan motor does not operate. ....... 3-6-75(8) Cooling fan motor 1 does not operate at all

or does not turn at full speed. .................................................... 3-6-75(9) Cooling fan motor 2 does not operate at all

or does not turn at full speed. .................................................... 3-6-75(10) Paper feed motor does not operate (C230). .............................. 3-6-76(11) The paper conveying motor does not operate (C210). .............. 3-6-76(12) The toner recycle motor does not operate. ............................... 3-6-76(13) The charger cleaning motor does not operate. ......................... 3-6-77(14) The image formation unit fan motor does not operate. ............. 3-6-77(15) The upper paper feed clutch does not operate. ........................ 3-6-77(16) The lower paper feed clutch does not operate. ......................... 3-6-78(17) Feed clutch 1 does not operate. ................................................ 3-6-78(18) Feed clutch 2 does not operate. ................................................ 3-6-78(19) Feed clutch 3 does not operate. ................................................ 3-6-78(20) Feed clutch 4 does not operate. ................................................ 3-6-79(21) Feed clutch 5 does not operate. ................................................ 3-6-79(22) The registration clutch does not operate. .................................. 3-6-79(23) The bypass paper feed clutch does not operate. ...................... 3-6-79(24) The eject speed switching clutch does not operate. .................. 3-6-80(25) The bypass solenoid does not operate. .................................... 3-6-80(26) The cleaning lamp does not turn on. ......................................... 3-6-80(27) The exposure lamp does not turn on. ........................................ 3-6-80(28) The exposure lamp does not turn off. ........................................ 3-6-81(29) Fixing heater M or S does not turn on (C620). .......................... 3-6-81(30) Fixing heater M or S does not turn off

(fixing unit thermostat triggered; C620). .................................... 3-6-81(31) Main charging is not performed (C510). .................................... 3-6-81(32) Transfer charging is not performed (C511). .............................. 3-6-82(33) Separation charging is not performed (C511). .......................... 3-6-82(34) No developing bias is output. .................................................... 3-6-82(35) The original size is not detected. ............................................... 3-6-83(36) The original size is not detected correctly. ................................ 3-6-83(37) The touch panel keys do not work. ............................................ 3-6-83(38) The message requesting paper to be loaded is

shown when paper is present in the upper drawer. ................... 3-6-83(39) The message requesting paper to be loaded is shown

when paper is present in the lower drawer. ............................... 3-6-84(40) The message requesting paper to be loaded is shown

when paper is present on the bypass table. .............................. 3-6-84(41) The size of paper in the upper drawer is not

displayed correctly. .................................................................... 3-6-84

1-1-30

2A3/4

(42) The size of paper in the lower drawer is notdisplayed correctly. .................................................................... 3-6-85

(43) A paper jam in the paper feed, paper conveying or fixingsection is indicated on the touch panel immediately afterthe main switch is turned on. ..................................................... 3-6-86

(44) The message requesting covers to be closed is displayedwhen the front, left and right covers are closed......................... 3-6-87

(45) Others........................................................................................ 3-6-87• SRDF .............................................................................................. 3-6-88

(1) The original feed motor does not operate. ................................ 3-6-88(2) The original conveying motor does not operate. ....................... 3-6-88(3) The original feed solenoid does not operate. ............................ 3-6-88(4) The switchback feedshift solenoid does not operate. ................ 3-6-89(5) The eject feedshift solenoid does not operate........................... 3-6-89(6) The switchback pressure solenoid does not operate. ............... 3-6-89(7) The original feed clutch does not operate. ................................ 3-6-90(8) A message indicating cover open is displayed when

the SRDF is closed correctly. .................................................... 3-6-90(9) An original jams when the main switch is turned on.................. 3-6-90

• Feedshift and duplex sections ........................................................ 3-6-92(1) The side registration motor does not rotate (C220). .................. 3-6-92(2) The feedshift solenoid does not operate. .................................. 3-6-93(3) The duplex forward solenoid does not operate. ........................ 3-6-92(4) The switchback feedshift solenoid does not operate. ................ 3-6-93(5) The duplex paper tapping solenoid does not operate. .............. 3-6-93(6) The message requesting covers to be closed is displayed

when the left cover is closed. .................................................... 3-6-93(7) Others........................................................................................ 3-6-93

• Large paper deck (42 ppm: optional/52 ppm: standard) ................. 3-6-94(1) The large paper deck does not operate when the print key is

pressed...................................................................................... 3-6-94(2) The deck paper conveying motor does not operate (C920). ..... 3-6-94(3) Paper deck motor 1 does not operate (C921). .......................... 3-6-94(4) Paper deck motor 2 does not operate (C922). .......................... 3-6-95(5) Paper feed clutch 1 does not operate. ...................................... 3-6-95(6) Paper feed clutch 2 does not operate. ...................................... 3-6-95(7) The paper conveying clutch dose not operate. ......................... 3-6-96

3-6-5 Mechanical problems ........................................................................ 3-6-97• Copier ............................................................................................. 3-6-97

(1) No primary paper feed............................................................... 3-6-97(2) No secondary paper feed. ......................................................... 3-6-97(3) Skewed paper feed. .................................................................. 3-6-97(4) The scanner does not travel. ..................................................... 3-6-98(5) Multiple sheets of paper are fed at one time. ............................ 3-6-98(6) Paper jams. ............................................................................... 3-6-98(7) Toner drops on the paper conveying path. ................................ 3-6-98(8) Abnormal noise is heard. ........................................................... 3-6-99

• SRDF ............................................................................................ 3-6-100(1) No primary original feed. ......................................................... 3-6-100(2) No secondary original feed...................................................... 3-6-100(3) Originals jam. .......................................................................... 3-6-100

1-1-31

2A3/4

• Feedshift and duplex sections ...................................................... 3-6-101(1) No refeed. ................................................................................ 3-6-101(2) Paper is refed askew. .............................................................. 3-6-101(3) Paper jams. ............................................................................. 3-6-101(4) Abnormal noise is heard. ......................................................... 3-6-101

• Large paper deck (42 ppm: optional/52 ppm: standard) ............... 3-6-102(1) No primary paper feed. ............................................................ 3-6-102(2) Paper is fed askew. ................................................................. 3-6-102(3) Multiple sheets of paper are fed at one time. .......................... 3-6-102(4) Paper jams. ............................................................................. 3-6-102(5) Abnormal noise is heard. ......................................................... 3-6-103

2A3/4

3-6-1

3-6-1 Image formation problems

(1) No image appears(entirely white).

See page 3-6-4

(2) No image appears(entirely black).

See page 3-6-5

(3) Image is too light.

See page 3-6-6

(4) Background is visible.

See page 3-6-6

(5) A white line appearslongitudinally.

See page 3-6-7

(6) A black line appearslongitudinally.

See page 3-6-7

(7) A black line appearslaterally.

See page 3-6-8

(8) One side of the copyimage is darker thanthe other.

See page 3-6-8

(9) Black dots appear onthe image.

See page 3-6-9

(10) Image is blurred.

See page 3-6-9

(11) The leading edge ofthe image is consist-ently misaligned withthe original.

See page 3-6-10

(12) The leading edge ofthe image is sporadi-cally misaligned withthe original.

See page 3-6-10

2A3/4

3-6-2

(13) Paper creases.

See page 3-6-11

(14) Offset occurs.

See page 3-6-11

(15) Image is partly miss-ing.

See page 3-6-12

(16) Fixing is poor.

See page 3-6-12

(17) Image is out of focus.

See page 3-6-13

(18) Image center doesnot align with theoriginal center.

See page 3-6-13

(19) Image is not square.

See page 3-6-14

(21) There is a regularerror between thecenters of the originaland copy image whenthe SRDF is used.

See page 3-6-15

(22) There is a regularerror between theleading edges of theoriginal and copyimage when theSRDF is used.

See page 3-6-15

(23) When the duplex unitis used, the center ofthe original image andthat of the copy imagedo not align.

See page 3-6-16

(20) Image contrast is low(carrier scattering).

See page 3-6-14

(24) When the large paperdeck is used, thecenter of the originalimage and that of thecopy image do notalign.

See page 3-6-16

2A3/4

3-6-3

(25) Toner scatters at theleading edge of theimage.

See page 3-6-17

2A3/4

3-6-4

Causes Check procedures/corrective measures

1. No transfer charging.

A. Broken transfer charger wire.

B. The connector terminals of thehigh-voltage transformer PCBmake poor contact.

C. Defective main PCB.

D. Defective engine PCB.

E. Defective high-voltagetransformer PCB.

(1) No image appears(entirely white).

Causes1. No transfer charging.

Replace the wire.

Reinsert the connector. Also check forcontinuity within the connector cable. If none,remedy or replace the cable.

Check if CN1-84 on the main PCB goes lowwhen maintenance item U101 is run. If not,replace the main PCB.

Check if CN5-B7 on the engine PCB goeslow when CN1-84 on the main PCB is heldlow while maintenance item U101 is run. Ifnot, replace the engine PCB.

Check if transfer charging takes place whenCN1-7 on the high-voltage transformer PCBgoes low while maintenance item U101 isrun. If not, replace the high-voltagetransformer PCB.

2A3/4

3-6-5

Causes Check procedures/corrective measures

1. No main charging.

A. Broken main charger wire.

B. Leaking main charger housing.

C. The connector terminals of thehigh-voltage transformer PCBmake poor contact.

D. Defective main PCB.

E. Defective engine PCB.

F. Defective high-voltagetransformer PCB.

2. Exposure lamp fails to light.

A. The connector terminals of theexposure lamp make poorcontact.

B. Defective inverter PCB.

C. Defective scanner control PCB.

Replace the wire.

Clean the main charger wire, grid and shield.

Reinsert the connector. Also check forcontinuity within the connector cable. If none,remedy or replace the cable.

Check if CN1-86 on the main PCB goes lowwhen maintenance item U100 is run. If not,replace the main PCB.

Check if CN5-B13 on the engine PCB goeslow when CN1-86 on the main PCB is heldlow while maintenance item U100 is run. Ifnot, replace the engine PCB.

Check if main charging takes place whenCN1-1 on the high-voltage transformer PCBgoes low while maintenance item U100 isrun. If not, replace the high-voltagetransformer PCB.

Reinsert the connector. Also check forcontinuity within the connector cable. If none,remedy or replace the cable.

Check if the exposure lamp lights when CN1-5 and 1-6 on the inverter PCB go low whilemaintenance item U061 is run. If not, replacethe inverter PCB.

Check if CN 5-14 on the main PCB goes lowwhen maintenance item U061 is run. If not,replace the main PCB.

(2) No image appears(entirely black).

Causes1. No main charging.2. Exposure lamp fails to light.

2A3/4

3-6-6

(3) Image is too light.

(4) Background is visible.

Causes1. Insufficient toner.2. Deteriorated developer.3. Dirty or deteriorated drum.

Causes Check procedures/corrective measures

1. Insufficient toner.

2. Deteriorated developer.

3. Dirty or deteriorated drum.

If the display shows the message requestingtoner replenishment, replace the cartridge.

Check the number of copies made with thecurrent developer. If it has reached thespecified limit, replace the developer.

Clean the drum or, if the maintenance levelhas been reached, replace the drum (seepage 3-3-45).

Causes1. Deteriorated developer.

Causes Check procedures/corrective measures

1. Deteriorated developer. Check the number of copies made with thecurrent developer. If it has reached thespecified limit, replace the developer.

2A3/4

3-6-7

Causes Check procedures/corrective measures

1. Dirty or flawed transfer chargerwire.

2. Foreign matter in the developingsection.

3. Flawed drum.

4. Dirty shading plate.

Causes Check procedures/corrective measures

1. Dirty contact glass.

2. Dirty or flawed drum.

3. Deformed or worn cleaning blade.

4. Dirty scanner mirror.

(5) A white line appearslongitudinally.

Causes1. Dirty or flawed transfer charger wire.2. Foreign matter in the developing section.3. Flawed drum.4. Dirty shading plate.

Clean the transfer charger wire or, if it isflawed, replace it.

Check if the magnetic brush is formeduniformly. If not, replace the developer.

Replace the drum (see page 3-3-45).

Clean the shading plate.

(6) A black line appearslongitudinally.

Causes1. Dirty contact glass.2. Dirty or flawed drum.3. Deformed or worn cleaning blade.4. Dirty scanner mirror.

Clean the contact glass.

Clean the drum or, if it is flawed, replace it(see page 3-3-45).

Replace the cleaning blade (see page3-3-59).

Clean the scanner mirror.

2A3/4

3-6-8

Causes Check procedures/corrective measures

1. Dirty main charger wire.

2. Defective exposure lamp.

Causes Check procedures/corrective measures

1. Flawed drum.

2. Dirty developing section.

3. Leaking main charger housing.

Clean the wire or, if it is extremely dirty,replace it.

Check if the exposure lamp light is distributedevenly. If not, replace the exposure lamp(see page 3-3-23).

Replace the drum (see page 3-3-45).

Clean any part contaminated with toner orcarrier in the developing section.

Clean the main charger wire, grid and shield.

(7) A black line appearslaterally.

Causes1. Flawed drum.2. Dirty developing section.3. Leaking main charger housing.

(8) One side of the copyimage is darker thanthe other.

Causes1. Dirty main charger wire.2. Defective exposure lamp.

2A3/4

3-6-9

(10) Image is blurred.

(9) Black dots appear onthe image.

Causes1. Dirty or flawed drum.2. Deformed or worn cleaning blade.

Causes Check procedures/corrective measures

1. Dirty or flawed drum. Clean the drum or, if it is flawed, replace it(see page 3-3-45).

2. Deformed or worn cleaning blade. Replace the cleaning blade (see page3-3-59).

Causes1. Scanner moves erratically.2. Deformed press roller.3. Paper conveying section drive problem.

Causes Check procedures/corrective measures

1. Scanner moves erratically.

2. Deformed press roller.

3. Paper conveying section driveproblem.

Check if there is any foreign matter on thefront and rear scanner rails. If any, remove it.

Replace the press roller (see page 3-3-71).

Check the gears and belts and, if necessary,grease them.

2A3/4

3-6-10

(11) The leading edge of theimage is consistentlymisaligned with theoriginal.

Causes1. Misadjusted leading edge registration.

Causes Check procedures/corrective measures

1. Misadjusted leading edgeregistration.

Readjust the leading edge registration (seepages 3-3-18 and 39).

(12) The leading edge of theimage is sporadicallymisaligned with theoriginal.

Causes1. Registration clutch, bypass paper feed clutch or

upper or lower paper feed clutch installed oroperating incorrectly.

Causes Check procedures/corrective measures

1. Registration clutch, bypass paperfeed clutch or upper or lowerpaper feed clutch installed oroperating incorrectly.

Check the installation position and operationof the registration clutch, bypass paper feedclutch and upper and lower paper feedclutches. If any of them operates incorrectly,replace it.

2A3/4

3-6-11

(14) Offset occurs.

(13) Paper creases. Causes1. Paper curled.2. Paper damp.3. Defective pressure springs.

Causes Check procedures/corrective measures

1. Paper curled. Check the paper storage conditions.

2. Paper damp. Check the paper storage conditions.

3. Defective pressure springs. Replace the pressure springs.

Causes1. Defective cleaning blade.

Causes Check procedures/corrective measures

1. Defective cleaning blade. Replace the cleaning blade (see page3-3-59).

2A3/4

3-6-12

(15) Image is partly missing. Causes1. Paper damp.2. Paper creased.3. Drum condensation.4. Flawed drum.

Causes Check procedures/corrective measures

1. Paper damp. Check the paper storage conditions.

2. Paper creased. Replace the paper.

3. Drum condensation. Clean the drum (see page 3-3-50).

4. Flawed drum. Replace the drum (see page 3-3-45).

(16) Fixing is poor. Causes1. Wrong paper.2. Defective pressure springs.3. Flawed press roller.

Causes Check procedures/corrective measures

1. Wrong paper. Check if the paper meets specifications.

2. Defective pressure springs. Replace the pressure springs.

3. Flawed press roller. Replace the press roller (see page 3-3-71).

2A3/4

3-6-13

Causes Check procedures/corrective measures

1. Misadjusted image center line. Readjust the image center line (see page 3-3-19).

2. Misadjusted scanner center line. Readjust the scanner center line (see page3-3-38).

3. Original placed incorrectly. Place the original correctly.

(18) Image center does notalign with the originalcenter.

(17) Image is out of focus. Causes1. Defective image scanning unit.

Causes Check procedures/corrective measures

1. Defective image scanning unit. Replace the image scanning unit.

Causes1. Misadjusted image center line.2. Misadjusted scanner center line.3. Original placed incorrectly.

2A3/4

3-6-14

(19) Image is not square. Causes1. Laser scanner unit positioned incorrectly.2. Image scanning unit positioned incorrectly.

Causes Check procedures/corrective measures

1. Laser scanner unit positionedincorrectly.

2. Image scanning unit positionedincorrectly.

Adjust the installation position of the laserscanner unit (see page 3-3-33).

Adjust the installation position of the imagescanning unit (see page 3-3-35).

(20) Image contrast is low(carrier scattering).

Causes1. No developing bias output.

Causes Check procedures/corrective measures

1. No developing bias output.

A. Developing bias wire makes poorcontact.

B. Defective main PCB.

C. Defective high-voltagetransformer PCB.

Check the developing bias wire. If there areany problems, replace it.

Check if CN1-85 on the main PCB goes lowwhen maintenance item U030 is run. If not,replace the main PCB.

Check if developing bias is output when thereis no problem with the main PCB whilemaintenance item U030 is run. If not, replacethe high-voltage transformer PCB.

2A3/4

3-6-15

(22) There is a regularerror between theleading edges of theoriginal and copyimage when theSRDF is used.

Causes1. Misadjusted DF original scanning start position.

Check procedures/corrective measuresReadjust the DF original scanning startposition (see page 3-3-98).

Causes1. Misadjusted DF original scanning

start position.

(21) There is a regularerror between thecenters of the originaland copy image whenthe SRDF is used.

Causes1. Misadjusted DF center line.

Check procedures/corrective measuresReadjust the DF center line (see page 3-3-97).

Causes1. Misadjusted DF center line.

2A3/4

3-6-16

Check procedures/corrective measuresAdjust the installation position of the centeradjuster (see page 3-3-105).

Causes1. Center adjuster installed incor-

rectly.

(23) When the duplex unit is used, the center of the original image and that of the copy image do not align.

Causes1. Side registration section installed incorrectly.

1. Side registration sec-tion installed incor-rectly.

Adjust the installation position of the side registration section (see page 3-3-87).

Causes Check procedures/corrective measures

(24) When the large paperdeck is used, thecenter of the originalimage and that of thecopy image do notalign.

Causes1. Center adjuster installed incorrectly.

2A3/4

3-6-17

Check procedures/corrective measuresVacuum clean the paper powder from theupper registration cleaner assembly.

Causes1. Upper registration cleaner

assembly soiled with paperpowder.

(25) Toner scatters at theleading edge of theimage.

Causes1. Upper registration cleaner assembly soiled with

paper powder.

2A3/4

3-6-18

Check visually and remove it, ifany.

With 5 V DC present at CN13-5on the engine PCB, check ifCN13-4 on the engine PCB re-mains low when paper feedswitch 1 is turned on and off. Ifit does, replace paper feedswitch 1.

With 5 V DC present at CN13-8on the engine PCB, check ifCN13-7 on the engine PCB re-mains low when paper feedswitch 2 is turned on and off. Ifit does, replace paper feedswitch 2.

With 5 V DC present at CN13-11 on the engine PCB, check ifCN13-10 on the engine PCBremains low when paper feedswitch 3 is turned on and off. Ifit does, replace paper feedswitch 3.

With 5 V DC present at CN13-2on the engine PCB, check ifCN13-1 on the engine PCB re-mains low when the feed switchis turned on and off. If it does,replace the feed switch.

With 5 V DC present at CN8-B1on the engine PCB, check ifCN8-B2 on the engine PCBremains low when the registra-tion switch is turned on and off.If it does, replace the registra-tion switch.

(1)A paper jamin the paperfeed, convey-ing or ejectsection is indi-cated as soonas the mainswitch isturned on.

A piece of paper torn from copypaper is caught around paperfeed switch 1/2/3, the feedswitch,registration switch oreject switch.

Defective paper feed switch 1.

Defective paper feed switch 2.

Defective paper feed switch 3.

Defective feed switch.

Defective registration switch.

3-6-2 Paper misfeeds• Copier

Problem Causes/check procedures Corrective measures

2A3/4

3-6-19

(1)A paper jamin the paperfeed, convey-ing or ejectsection is indi-cated as soonas the mainswitch isturned on.

(2)A paper jamin the paperfeed sectionis indicatedduring copy-ing (no paperfeed fromcopier upperdrawer).

Defective eject switch.

Paper in the upper drawer isextremely curled.

Check if the upper paper feedpulley, lower paper feed pulleyor upper forwarding pulley ofthe upper drawer are deformed.

Broken paper feed switch 2actuator.

Defective paper feed switch 2.

Check if the upper paper feedclutch malfunctions.

Electrical problem with the up-per paper feed clutch.

With 5 V DC present at CN3-B10 on the engine PCB, checkif CN3-B9 on the engine PCBremains low when the ejectswitch is turned on and off. If itdoes, replace the eject switch.

Change the paper.

Check visually and replace anydeformed pulleys.

Check visually and replace pa-per feed switch 1 if its actuatoris broken.

With 5 V DC present at CN13-8on the engine PCB, check ifCN13-7 on the engine PCBgoes low when paper feedswitch 2 is turned on. If not,replace paper feed switch 2.

Check and repair if necessary.

Check (see page 3-6-79).

Problem Causes/check procedures Corrective measures

2A3/4

3-6-20

(3)A paper jamin the paperfeed sectionis indicatedduring copy-ing (no paperfeed fromcopier lowerdrawer).

(4)A paper jamin the paperfeed sectionis indicatedduring copy-ing (no paperfeed from by-pass).

Paper in the lower drawer isextremely curled.

Check if the upper paper feedpulley, lower paper feed pulleyor upper forwarding pulley ofthe lower drawer are deformed.

Broken paper feed switch 3actuator.

Defective paper feed switch 3.

Check if the lower paper feedclutch malfunctions.

Electrical problem with thelower paper feed clutch.

Paper on the bypass table isextremely curled.

Check if the forwarding pulley,upper or lower paper feed pul-leys of the bypass are de-formed.

Broken feed switch actuator.

Defective feed switch.

Check if the bypass paper feedclutch malfunctions.

Electrical problem with the by-pass paper feed clutch.

Change the paper.

Check visually and replace anydeformed pulleys.

Check visually and replace pa-per feed switch 3 if its actuatoris broken.

With 5 V DC present at CN13-11 on the engine PCB, check ifCN13-10 on the engine PCBgoes low when paper feedswitch 3 is turned on. If not,replace paper feed switch 3.

Check and repair if necessary.

Check (see page 3-6-80).

Change the paper.

Check visually and replace anydeformed pulleys.

Check visually and replace thefeed switch if its actuator is bro-ken.

With 5 V DC present at CN13-2on the engine PCB, check ifCN13-1 on the engine PCBremains low when the feedswitch is turned on and off. If itdoes, replace the feed switch.

Check and repair if necessary.

Check (see page 3-6-81).

Problem Causes/check procedures Corrective measures

2A3/4

3-6-21

(5)A paper jamin the paperfeed sectionis indicatedduring copy-ing (jam incopier verticalpaper convey-ing section).

Broken feed switch actuator.

Defective feed switch.

Broken paper feed switch 1actuator.

Defective paper feed switch 1.

Broken paper feed switch 2actuator.

Defective paper feed switch 2.

Broken paper feed switch 3actuator.

Defective paper feed switch 3.

Check if the feed pulleys andfeed rollers 1, 2 and 3 do notcontact each other.

Check if the feed pulleys andfeed rollers 1, 2 and 3 aredeformed.

Check visually and replace thefeed switch if its actuator is bro-ken.

With 5 V DC present at CN13-2on the engine PCB, check ifCN13-1 on the engine PCBgoes low when the feed switchis turned on. If not, replace thefeed switch.

Check visually and replace pa-per feed switch 1 if its actuatoris broken.

With 5 V DC present at CN13-5on the engine PCB, check ifCN13-4 on the engine PCBgoes low when paper feedswitch 1 is turned on. If not,replace paper feed switch 1.

Check visually and replace pa-per feed switch 2 if its actuatoris broken.

With 5 V DC present at CN13-8on the engine PCB, check ifCN13-7 on the engine PCBgoes low when paper feedswitch 2 is turned on. If not,replace paper feed switch 2.

Check visually and replacepaper feed switch 3 if itsactuator is broken.

With 5 V DC present at CN13-11 on the engine PCB, check ifCN13-10 on the engine PCBgoes low when paper feedswitch 3 is turned on. If not,replace paper feed switch 3.

Check visually and remedy ifnecessary.

Repair or replace if necessary.

Problem Causes/check procedures Corrective measures

2A3/4

3-6-22

(6)A paper jamin the paperfeed sectionis indicatedduring copy-ing (jam inconvergingsection).

(7)A paper jamin the paperfeed sectionis indicatedduring copy-ing (multiplesheets in pa-per feed sec-tion).

(8)A paper jamin the paperfeed sectionis indicatedduring copy-ing (multiplesheets incopier verticalconveyingsection).

(9)A paper jamin the paperfeed sectionis indicatedduring copy-ing (multiplesheets beforeregistrationsection).

Broken registration switch ac-tuator.

Defective registration switch.

Check if the feed pulleys andfeed rollers 1, 2 and 3 are de-formed.

Check if the feed pulleys andfeed rollers 1, 2 and 3 do notcontact each other.

Check if the feed guides aredeformed.

Check if the feed guides aredeformed.

Check if the upper, middle andlower feed guide plates are de-formed.

Check visually and replace theregistration switch if its actuatoris broken.

With 5 V DC present at CN8-B1on the engine PCB, check ifCN8-B2 on the engine PCBgoes low when the registrationswitch is turned on. If not, re-place the registration switch.

Repair or replace if necessary.

Check visually and remedy ifnecessary.

Check visually and remedy ifnecessary.

Check visually and remedy ifnecessary.

Check visually and remedy ifnecessary.

Problem Causes/check procedures Corrective measures

2A3/4

3-6-23

Check if the registration clutchmalfunctions.

Electrical problem with the reg-istration clutch.

Check if the upper and lowerregistration rollers contact eachother.

Check if the upper and lowerfeed rollers contact each other.

Check if the registration clutchmalfunctions.

Electrical problem with the reg-istration clutch.

Check if the upper and lowerregistration rollers contact eachother.

Check if the upper and lowerfeed rollers contact each other.

Check if the fixing unit frontguide is deformed.

Check if the press roller is ex-tremely dirty or deformed.

Check if the heat roller separa-tion claws are dirty or de-formed.

Check if the heat roller and itsseparation claws contact eachother.

Check if the eject roller andeject pulley contact each other.

Check visually and remedy ifnecessary.

Check (see page 3-6-81).

Check visually and remedy ifnecessary.

Check visually and remedy ifnecessary.

Check and remedy if neces-sary.

Check (see page 3-6-81).

Check visually and remedy ifnecessary.

Check visually and remedy ifnecessary.

Repair or replace if necessary.

Clean or replace if necessary.

Clean or replace if necessary.

Remedy if the separation clawsprings are out of place.

Remedy.

(10)A paper jamin the paperconveyingsection is indi-cated duringcopying (jamin registration/transfersection).

(11)A paper jamin the fixingsection is indi-cated duringcopying (jamin fixing sec-tion).

(12)A paper jamin the ejectsection is indi-cated duringcopying (jamin ejectsection).

Problem Causes/check procedures Corrective measures

2A3/4

3-6-24

Check visually and replace theswitchback eject switch if itsactuator is broken.

With 5 V DC present at CN3-A2on the engine PCB, check ifCN3-A1 on the engine PCBremains low when theswitchback eject switch isturned on and off. If it does,replace the switchback ejectswitch.

Check visually and replace anydeformed rollers.

Check visually and remedy ifnecessary.

Broken switchback eject switchactuator.

Defective switchback ejectswitch.

Check if the left or rightswitchback feed roller isdeformed.

Check if the right middle or leftswitchback eject guide isdeformed.

(13)A paper jamin the ejectsection isindicatedduringcopying (jamin switchbackeject section).

Problem Causes/check procedures Corrective measures

2A3/4

3-6-25

Problem Causes/check procedures Corrective measures

• SRDF

(1)An originaljams whenthe mainswitch isturned on.

(2)An originaljams duringcontinuouscopying ofmultiple origi-nals.

A piece of paper torn from anoriginal is caught around theoriginal feed switch.

Defective original feed switch.

A piece of paper torn from anoriginal is caught around theoriginal switchback switch.

Defective original switchbackswitch.

A piece of paper torn from anoriginal is caught around the DFtiming switch.

Defective DF timing switch.

Defective original feed switch.

Check if the original feed motoror the original conveying motormalfunction.

Remove any found.

With 5 V DC present at CN6-B4on the DF driver PCB, check ifCN6-B5 on the DF driver PCBremains low when the originalfeed switch is turned on and off.If it does, replace the originalfeed switch.

Remove any found.

With 5 V DC present at CN6-A6on the DF driver PCB, check ifCN6-A5 on the DF driver PCBremains low when the originalswitchback switch is turned onand off. If it does, replace theoriginal switchback switch.

Remove any found.

With 5 V DC present atCN6-A15 on the DF driver PCB,check if CN6-A14 on the DFdriver PCB remains low whenthe DF timing switch is turnedon and off. If it does, replacethe DF timing switch.

With 5 V DC present at CN6-B4on the DF driver PCB, check ifCN6-B5 on the DF driver PCBremains low when the originalfeed switch is turned on and off.If it does, replace the originalfeed switch.

Check and remedy.

2A3/4

3-6-26

Problem Causes/check procedures Corrective measures

(3)An originaljams in theSRDF duringcopying (ajam in theoriginal feed/conveyingsection).

With 5 V DC present atCN6-A15 on the DF driver PCB,check if CN6-A14 on the DFdriver PCB remains low whenthe DF timing switch is turnedon and off. If it does, replacethe DF timing switch.

With 5 V DC present at CN6-B4on the DF driver PCB, check ifCN6-B5 on the DF driver PCBremains low when the originalfeed switch is turned on and off.If it does, replace the originalfeed switch.

With 5 V DC present at CN6-A6on the DF driver PCB, check ifCN6-A5 on the DF driver PCBremains low when the originalswitchback switch is turned onand off. If it does, replace theoriginal switchback switch.

Check and remedy.

Check visually and replace thedeformed pulley.

Check visually and replace thedeformed pulley.

Check visually and replace thedeformed pulley.

Defective DF timing switch.

Defective original feed switch.

Defective original switchbackswitch.

Check if the original feed motormalfunctions.

Check if the DF original feedpulley or the DF separation pul-ley is deformed.

Check if the DF registrationroller or the DF registration pul-ley is deformed.

Check if the lower original con-veying roller or the front scan-ning pulley is deformed.

2A3/4

3-6-27

Problem Causes/check procedures Corrective measures

(3)An originaljams in theSRDF duringcopying (ajam in theoriginal feed/conveyingsection).

(4)An originaljams in theSRDF duringcopying (ajam in theoriginalswitchbacksection).

(5)Original jamsfrequently.

Check if the original conveyingmotor malfunctions.

Check if the middle originalconveying roller and middleoriginal conveying pulleycontact eachother correctly.

Defective original switchbackswitch.

Defective DF timing switch.

Check if the original feed motormalfunctions.

Check if the original conveyingmotor malfunctions.

An original outside the specifi-cations is used.

The DF forwarding pulleys, DForiginal feed pulley or DFswitchback pulley is dirty withpaper powder.

The DF original feed pulley andthe DF separation pulley do notcontact correctly.

Check and remedy.

Check and remedy.

With 5 V DC present at CN6-A6on the DF driver PCB, check ifCN6-A5 on the DF driver PCBremains low when the originalswitchback switch is turned onand off. If it does, replace theoriginal switchback switch.

With 5 V DC present atCN6-A15 on the DF driver PCB,check if CN6-A14 on the DFdriver PCB remains low whenthe DF timing switch is turnedon and off. If it does, replacethe DF timing switch.

Check and remedy.

Check and remedy.

Use only originals conformingto the specifications.

Clean with isopropyl alcohol.

Remedy.

2A3/4

3-6-28

Check visually and replace thefeedshift switch if its actuator isbroken.

With 5 V DC present at CN3-A5on the engine PCB, check ifCN3-A4 on the engine PCBgoes low when the feedshiftswitch is turned on. If not,replace the feedshift switch.

Check (see page 3-6-94).

Check and remedy.

Check and remedy.

Check visually and replace theduplex paper conveying switchif its actuator is broken.

With 5 V DC present at CN9-6on the engine PCB, check ifCN9-8 on the engine PCB goeslow when the duplex paper con-veying switch is turned on. Ifnot, replace the duplex paperconveying switch.

Check visually and replace theduplex registration switch if itsactuator is broken.

With 5 V DC present at CN9-5on the engine PCB, check ifCN9-7 on the engine PCB goeslow when the duplexregistration switch is turned on.If not, replace the duplexregistration switch.

Check visually and replace theduplex eject switch if its actua-tor is broken.

(1)A paper jamin thefeedshift sec-tion is indi-cated duringcopying (jamin feedshiftsection).

(2)A paper jamin the duplexsection is indi-cated duringcopying (jamin duplex con-veyingsection).

Broken feedshift switch actua-tor.

Defective feedshift switch.

Electrical problem with thefeedshift solenoid.

Deformed lower feedshift guide.

Incorrect contact between thefeedshift lower roller and pulley.

Broken duplex paper conveyingswitch actuator.

Defective duplex paper convey-ing switch.

Broken duplex registrationswitch actuator.

Defective duplex registrationswitch.

Broken duplex eject switchactuator.

• Feedshift and duplex sections

Problem Causes/check procedures Corrective measures

2A3/4

3-6-29

(2)A paper jamin the duplexsection is indi-cated duringcopying (jamin duplex con-veyingsection).

(3)A paper jamin the duplexsection is indi-cated duringcopying (jamin duplexstocksection).

Defective duplex eject switch.

Check if upper and lowerduplex registration rollers,duplex paper conveying rollerand pulley, and duplex ejectroller and pulley contact eachother correctly.

Check if upper or lower duplexregistration roller, duplex paperconveying roller or pulley, orduplex eject roller or pulley aredeformed.

Check if the duplex forwardsolenoid malfunctions.

Electrical problem with the du-plex forward solenoid.

Broken switchback eject switchactuator.

Defective switchback ejectswitch.

Broken duplex registrationswitch actuator.

Defective duplex registrationswitch.

With 5 V DC present at CN9-13on the engine PCB, check ifCN9-11 on the engine PCBgoes low when the duplex ejectswitch is tuned on. If not, re-place the duplex eject switch.

Check and remedy.

Check visually and remedy ifnecessary.

Check and remedy.

Check (see page 3-6-94).

Check visually and replace theswitchback eject switch if itsactuator is broken.

With 5 V DC present at CN3-A2on the engine PCB, check ifCN3-A1 on the engine PCBgoes low when the switchbackeject switch is turned on. If not,replace the switchback ejectswitch.

Check visually and replace theduplex registration switch if itsactuator is broken.

With 5 V DC present at CN9-5on the engine PCB, check ifCN9-7 on the engine PCB goeslow when the duplexregistration switch is turned on.If not, replace the duplexregistration switch.

Problem Causes/check procedures Corrective measures

2A3/4

3-6-30

Check visually and replace thedeck paper conveying motor orits gear if necessary.

Change the paper.

With a 5/0 V DC pulse signaloutput at CN1-1 on the deckmain PCB, check if a 2/0 V DCpulse signal is output at CN4-9on the deck main PCB whenpaper path sensor 1 is turnedon by holding a sheet of paperlevel about 10 to 20 mm belowthe bottom of the paperconveying base. If not, paperpath sensor 1 or the interfacePCB is defective. Check theinterface PCB and, if it is okay,replace paper path sensor 1.

Check (see page 3-6-96).

Remedy or replace.

Check the installation condition.

Check for continuity acrossCN1-9 & CN7-2 and CN1-4 &CN5-6 on the interface PCB. Ifnone, replace the interfacePCB.

Check if the voltage at CN4-9on the deck main PCB changesin the pattern 2 V DC/0 V DC(pulse) /0 V DC. If it does,replace the deck main PCB.

(1)A paper jamin the largepaper deck isindicatedduringcopying(paper failingto reachPPS0 in largepaper deckhorizontalpaper path).

Broken deck paper conveyingmotor gear.

Paper is extremely curled.

Defective paper path sensor 1.

Electrical problem with paperfeed clutch 1.

The paper side guides aredeformed.

Mechanical problem with paperfeed clutch 1.

Defective interface PCB.

Defective deck main PCB.

• Large paper deck (42 ppm: optional/52 ppm: standard)

Problem Causes/check procedures Corrective measures

2A3/4

3-6-31

Broken deck paper conveyingmotor gear.

Paper is extremely curled.

Defective paper path sensor 2.

Electrical problem with thepaper conveying clutch.

The paper side guides aredeformed.

Mechanical problem with thepaper conveying clutch.

Defective interface PCB.

Defective deck main PCB.

Problem Causes/check procedures Corrective measures

Check visually and replace thedeck paper conveying motor orits gear if necessary.

Change the paper.

With a 5/0 V DC pulse signaloutput at CN1-1 on the deckmain PCB, check if a 2/0 V DCpulse signal is output at CN1-6on the deck main PCB withpaper path sensor 2 is turnedon by holding a sheet of paperlevel about 10 to 20 mm belowthe bottom of the paperconveying base. If not, paperpath sensor 2 or the interfacePCB is defective. Check theinterface PCB and, if it is okay,replace paper path sensor 2.

Check (see page 3-6-98).

Remedy or replace.

Check the installation condition.

Check for continuity acrossCN1-6 & CN5-2 and CN2-6 &CN4-8 on the interface PCB. Ifnone, replace the interfacePCB.

Check if the voltage at CN1-6on the deck main PCB changesin the pattern 2 V DC/0 V DC(pulse) /0 V DC. If it does,replace the deck main PCB.

(2)A paper jamin the largepaper deck isindicatedduringcopying(paper failingto reachPPS1 in largepaper deckhorizontalpaper path).

2A3/4

3-6-32

Broken deck paper conveyingmotor gear.

Paper is extremely curled.

Defective paper path sensor 3.

Electrical problem with paperfeed clutch 2.

Mechanical problem with paperfeed clutch 2.

The paper side guides aredeformed.

Defective interface PCB.

Defective deck main PCB.

Check visually and replace thedeck paper conveying motor orits gear if necessary.

Change the paper.

With a 5/0 V DC pulse signaloutput at CN1-1 on the deckmain PCB, check if a 2/0 V DCpulse signal is output at CN1-11on the deck main PCB whenpaper path sensor 3 is turnedon by holding a sheet of paperlevel about 10 to 20 mm belowthe bottom of the paperconveying base. If not, paperpath sensor 3 or the interfacePCB is defective. Check theinterface PCB and, if it is okay,replace paper path sensor 3.

Check (see page 3-6-97).

Check the installation condition.

Remedy or replace.

Check for continuity acrossCN1-5 & CN5-4 and CN2-11 &CN4-2 on the interface PCB. Ifnone, replace interface thePCB.

Check if the voltages at CN1-11on the deck main PCB changein the pattern 2 V DC/0 V DC(pulse) /0 V DC. If it does,replace the deck main PCB.

Problem Causes/check procedures Corrective measures

(3)A paper jamin the largepaper deck isindicatedduringcopying(paper failingto reachPPS2 in largepaper deckhorizontalpaper path).

2A3/4

3-6-33

3-6-3 PCB terminal voltages

Precautions• When handling the circuit boards, do not touch the components with bare hands.• ICs can be damaged by static discharges. If a PCB contains ICs, do not touch the ICs,

cable connectors or edge connectors.• Store the circuit boards wrapped in aluminum foil, conductive sponge rubber, or

similar material.

(1) Power source PCB

LUG

5

Q201

J1503AJ1015AJ1016AJ1017AJ1018A

C204

L201

J1011AJ1010AJ1024

R212

R210

R321

Q203

CN

5

F301

F302

CN

7

R316

CN

3

CN

6Q

302

C308

J1543J1535

R304

J0511

C304

J0513 Q304

D302 Q

303

Q301

D301

13

C302C

305

R310

R305R309

R307

R503

R602 R

601

J0510J1531

J1530Q

501

PC

3 PT

2

PT

1

C10 R

3

C9

C8

C11

LUG

4

J0506

J0504

R106

R105

R107

C106

J1527 R104

IC1

C105

J1015

C102

D106

J2001

C104

L1J1513J1512

J1511J1510

L2

D104

B1 R

109

J2007

J0505

R120

J1524J1517

J1518

J1519J1520J1521J1522

J1523

J1525 J1007

D001

Q3 C

110

RF

1T

R1

J2002

R129

C111

IC3

J0512

C301

CN

4

C306C

303

C307

J1502A

J1009AJ1203

C309

J1029J1541

J1008A

31

C402

L3021

3

C404 C

403

J1542

81

81

F201

R211

J1025

D203 J0519

J1539 Q306

Q305R

205T

RN

SR

101

R206

J1021

J1538J1537J1020

J1202J0517

D304

ZD

401Z

D301

ZD

201

R319

R401

R320

R208

IC2

R325R

203

R326

R327

CN

1C

207

J1540 CN

2J1026

Q202

C203

R209

J1504AD

202

J1014AC

202

31

31

3

2

1

1

B3

D201

C201

J1017J1016

C101

C103

R115

R116

R117

R114

AB1

B2

J1031

J0522

R202

F202 R213

J1023

R204

J0518

C205

C206R207

PC1

R102

R103D101

PC2J1529

J1528

C107

J0508

J0507

ZD102

R113

R118

J1010

D1073 1

4 1

J0509

C108

C109

ZD101

J0503

J1012

J1011

J2008

J1526

J1014

J1013

R128

C116

J1501J1502

J1002A J1001A

J1001

J7501

J7502

J1002J1003

J1004

J7501A

J1505J1006

J1506J1507

J1005

R123

R108

R119

C112

D103

TR2

J0502

J0501

D102

Q1R110

R112 R111

R122 D109

D108

ZD103

R121

D105 J1006A

J2006

J2005

J2004

J2003

J1007AJ1516J1515

R324

R322J0520

R323J1022

9 17 1

IC4

J0521

J7503J1028

J1027

J1536

J0516

B4C401

J1030

R314R315

R306J1201

L301

D303

J0515

J1532J0514

R308

R502

R501

C501

R318

R312 R311

R313

J1018

J1019

J1534J1533

R317

R301R302R303

C310

I 0

J1013A

J1012A

AB2

R201

J1009

Q2

LUG3

C1

F1

F2

TAB

1TA

B2

TAB

4

TAB

3

C2

C4

C3

CN

8

CN

9

CN

10 J1003A

J1504L3

J1503

C113

R125R

124

LUG

2

R127

C114

J1514

R126

C115

TR

33

13

1

12

LUG

1

R2

J1501AJ1005A

J1004A

J1509

1 5

1 3J1508

Z1

R1

J1008

2A3/4

3-6-34

Terminals (CN) Voltage Remarks

TB1 TB2 120 V AC 120 V AC supply, input (120 V specs)

220 - 240 V AC 220 - 240 V AC supply, input (220 - 240 Vspecs)

TB3 TB4 120 V AC 120 V AC supply, output (120 V specs)

220 - 240 V AC 220 - 240 V AC supply, output (220 - 240 Vspecs)

1-1 1-5 24 V DC 24 V DC supply for OMPCB, output

1-2 1-5 24 V DC 24 V DC supply for PRY, output

1-3 1-6 24 V DC 24 V DC supply for EPCB, output

1-4 1-8 24 V DC 24 V DC supply for SMPCB, output

2-1 3-2, -3, -4, -5 5 V DC 5 V DC supply for OMPCB, output

2-2 3-2, -3, -4, -5 5 V DC 5 V DC supply for MPCB, output

2-3 3-2, -3, -4, -5 5 V DC 5 V DC supply for printer board*1, output

2-4 3-2, -3, -4, -5 5 V DC 5 V DC supply for MPCB, output

2-5 3-2, -3, -4, -5 5 V DC 5 V DC supply for MCPCB1, output

2-6 3-2, -3, -4, -5 5 V DC 5 V DC supply for MCPCB2*2, output

2-7 3-2, -3, -4, -5 5 V DC 5 V DC supply for EPCB, output

4-1 3-1 12 V DC 12 V DC supply for SMPCB, output

4-2 3-3 0/5 V DC PSPCB SLEEP SIG signal, input

4-3 3-3 0/5 V DC (pulse) PSPCB zero-cross signal, input

4-4 3-7 0/5 V DC H1 on/off, input

4-5 3-7 0/5 V DC H2 on/off, input

5-1 6-1, -2, -3 24 V DC 24 V DC supply for finisher*, output

5-2 6-1, -2, -3 24 V DC 24 V DC supply for finisher*, output

5-3 6-1, -2, -3 24 V DC 24 V DC supply for finisher*, output

5-4 6-1, -2, -3 24 V DC 24 V DC supply for finisher*, output

5-5 6-6, -7 24 V DC 24 V DC supply for SRDF, output

5-6 6-6, -7 24 V DC 24 V DC supply for SRDF, output

5-8 6-5 24 V DC 24 V DC supply for SMPCB, output

7-1 7-5 5 V DC 5 V DC supply for finisher*, output

7-3 7-6, -7 5 V DC 5 V DC supply for SRDF, output

7-4 7-6, -7 5 V DC 5 V DC supply for SRDF, output

7-9 3-8 5 V DC 5 V DC supply for SMPCB, output

8-1 8-5 120 V AC 120 V AC supply for MSW, output (120 Vspecs)

220 - 240 V AC 220 - 240 V AC supply for MSW, output(220 - 240 V specs)

*1: Optional. *2: 42 ppm: optional/52 ppm: standard.

2A3/4

3-6-35

Terminals (CN) Voltage Remarks

10-1 9-1 120/0 V AC H1 on/off, output (120 V specs)

220 - 240/0 V AC H1 on/off, output (220 - 240 V specs)

10-2 9-1 120/0 V AC H2 on/off, output (120 V specs)

220 - 240/0 V AC H2 on/off, output (220 - 240 V specs)

2A3/4

3-6-36

(2) Engine PCB

+ +

+

+

+

+

+C

1

C2

B12

A1

B1

A12

B1B C E

R1

R2

A11

B11

CN3A1

B1

A14

B14

CN5 A1

A1

B10

A10

CN

12

B1

B1

A11

B11

CN

8

A1

10

5

6

CN4

1

CN

2

D2

D3

D1

DT

1

TR

1

TR

20T

R19

TR

18T

R17

TR

16

TR

15

TR

14

TR

13

DT

6

TR

3

TR

5

DT

4

DT

12

DT

11D

T10

DT

9D

T8

DT

7

DT

13

D4

DT

3

TR7

ZD2

ZD

1

IC23

1 G 0

ZD3

TR

4

TR

6

TR

8

TR

9

IC14

IC13

TR

11T

R10

TR

12

CN

21

DT

2

F2

F3

TR

2

1401397069

72712

1

1IC1

8

1IC2

8

1

1

1

1

1

5

1

5

IC12

1

5

5

9

11

1

IC3IC

8IC

4

1

8

61

CN

18

121121

CN

16

121

CN

13

151

CN6CN15

1

21

1615

CN19

CN14CN20

4 1

B10

A10

B1

A1

B9B1

A1A9

8

CN

11

91

CN

7

21

CN

17

CN

10

181721

181721

CN

9

262521

IC20

1

8

IC19

1

8

IC5

DT

5 1

8

IC6

CN

1

1

5

1

1

11

IC7

IC11

IC15 IC

10

1

9

IC18

RA

8R

A7

C7

C6 C4

C5

C3

RA

6

RA

5

RA

1

RA

3R

A4

RA

2

D5

1

9

IC17

IC22

1

1

1

F1

9

11

11 9

IC16

1

9

IC9

1

8

IC21

8

2A3/4

3-6-37

Terminals (CN) Voltage Remarks

*1: Optional. *3: Optional for 120 V specifications only.

1-1 2-B10 0 - 5 V DC TNS detection voltage, output

1-3 2-B10 0/5 V DC TLDS toner absent/present detection,output

1-4 2-B10 0/5 V DC TLS on/off, output

1-5 2-B10 0/5 V DC SBESW on/off, output

1-6 2-B10 0/5 V DC ESW on/off, output

1-7 2-B10 0/5 V DC FSSW on/off, output

1-8 2-B10 0 - 5 V DC FTH detection voltage, output

1-9 2-B10 24/0 V DC SSW2 on/off, output

1-10 2-B10 24/0 V DC SSW3 on/off, output

1-11 2-B10 24/0 V DC SSW1 on/off, output

1-12 2-B10 5 V DC 5 V DC control voltage for MSW, input

1-13 2-B10 0 - 5 V DC TNS control voltage, input

1-14 2-B10 0 - 5 V DC HVTPCB SC control voltage, input

1-15 2-B10 0 - 5 V DC HVTPCB TC control voltage, input

1-16 2-B10 0 - 5 V DC HVTPCB DB control voltage, input

1-17 2-B10 0 - 5 V DC HVTPCB GRID control voltage, input

1-18 2-B10 ETTH detection voltage, output

1-19 2-B10 0 - 5 V DC EHUMSENS detection voltage, output

1-20 2-B10 24 V DC Control voltage for MPCB, output

1-21 2-B10 0 - 5 V DC H ALARM signal, output

1-23 2-B10 0/5 V DC TC on/off, output

1-24 2-B10 0/5 V DC MMD*3 connected/not connected, output

1-25 2-B10 0/5 V DC Finisher*1 connected/not connected, output

1-28 2-B10 0/5 V DC STKSW on/off, output

1-29 2-B10 0/5 V DC DUPRSW on/off, output

1-30 2-B10 0/5 V DC DUPESW on/off, output

1-31 2-B10 0/5 V DC DUPPCSW on/off, output

1-32 2-B10 0/5 V DC PFM LOCK signal, output

1-33 2-B10 0/5 V DC RSW on/off, output

1-34 2-B10 0/5 V DC FSW on/off, output

1-35 2-B10 0/5 V DC PFSW4 on/off, output

1-36 2-B10 0/5 V DC PFSW3 on/off, output

1-37 2-B10 0/5 V DC PFSW2 on/off, output

1-38 2-B10 0/5 V DC PFSW1 on/off, output

1-39 2-B10 0/5 V DC HVTPCB MC ALM, output

1-40 2-B10 0/5 V DC HVTPCB ST ALM, output

1-41 2-B10 0/5 V DC PCM LOCK signal, output

2A3/4

3-6-38

Terminals (CN) Voltage Remarks

1-42 2-B10 0/5 V DC DM LOCK signal, output

1-43 2-B10 0/5 V DC PWSW-L (DIG2) on/off, output (inch specs)

1-44 2-B10 0/5 V DC PWSW-L (DIG1) on/off, output (inch specs)

1-45 2-B10 0/5 V DC PWSW-L (DIG0) on/off, output (inch specs)

1-46 2-B10 0/5 V DC PLSW-L on/off, output

1-47 2-B10 0/5 V DC PWSW-U (DIG2) on/off, output (inchspecs)

1-48 2-B10 0/5 V DC PWSW-U (DIG1) on/off, output (inchspecs)

1-49 2-B10 0/5 V DC PWSW-U (DIG0) on/off, output (inchspecs)

1-50 2-B10 0/5 V DC PLSW-U on/off, output

1-51 2-B10 0/5 V DC BYPPWSW (DIG2) on/off, output

1-52 2-B10 0/5 V DC BYPPWSW (DIG1) on/off, output

1-53 2-B10 0/5 V DC BYPPWSW (DIG0) on/off, output

1-54 2-B10 0/5 V DC BYPPLSW on/off, output

1-55 2-B10 0/5 V DC PSW-L on/off, output

1-56 2-B10 0/5 V DC PSW-U on/off, output

1-57 2-B10 0/5 V DC BYPPSW on/off, output

1-58 2-B10 5/0 V DC LICSW-L on/off, output

1-59 2-B10 5/0 V DC LICSW-U on/off, output

1-60 2-B10 0/5 V DC BYPEDSW on/off, output

1-61 2-B10 5/0 V DC SRHPSW on/off, output

1-62 2-B10 0/5 V DC Duplex unit installed/not installed, output

1-63 2-B10 0/5 V DC Key card*3 ENABLE signal, output

1-64 2-B10 0/5 V DC Key card*3, key counter*1 connected/notconnected, output

1-65 2-B10 0/5 V DC Key card*3 control signal, input

1-66 2-B10 0/5 V DC Key card*3 control signal, input

1-67 2-B10 0/5 V DC Key card*3 control signal, input

1-68 2-B10 0/5 V DC Key card*3 control signal, input

1-69 2-B10 5 V DC Control voltage for MPCB, output

1-70 2-B10 5/0 V DC Control voltage for MPCB, output

1-71 2-B10 0/24 V DC IFFM on/off, input

1-72 2-B10 0/24 V DC CL on/off, input

1-73 2-B10 0/5 V DC (pulse) TFM/TRM drive clock pulse, input

1-75 2-B10 0/5 V DC TFM drive control signal, input

1-76 2-B10 0/5 V DC TRM drive control signal, input

*1: Optional. *3: Optional for 120 V specifications only.

2A3/4

3-6-39

Terminals (CN) Voltage Remarks

1-77 2-B10 0/24 V DC SCL on/off, input

1-78 2-B10 0/24 V DC FSSOL latch-on signal, input

1-79 2-B10 0/24 V DC FSSOL release signal, input

1-80 2-B10 24/0 V DC PRY on/off, input

1-81 2-B10 0/24 V DC SSW1 control voltage, input

1-82 2-B10 24/0 V DC MSW OFF signal, input

1-83 2-B10 0/24 V DC HVTPCB (SC) on/off, input

1-84 2-B10 0/15 V DC HVTPCB (TC) on/off, input

1-85 2-B10 0/20 V DC HVTPCB (DB) on/off, input

1-86 2-B10 0/20 V DC HVTPCB (MC) on/off, input

1-87 2-B10 0/5 V DC PFM on/off, input

1-88 2-B10 0/5 V DC (pulse) PFM drive clock pulse, input

1-89 2-B10 0/5 V DC (pulse) MMD*3 serial signal, input

1-90 2-B10 0/5 V DC (pulse) MMD*3 serial signal, output

1-91 2-B10 0/5 V DC (pulse) Finisher*1 serial signal, input

1-92 2-B10 0/5 V DC (pulse) Finisher*1 serial signal, output

1-93 2-B10 0/5 V DC (pulse) Paper feed desk*4 OE signal, input

1-94 2-B10 0/5 V DC (pulse) Paper feed desk*4 SCLK signal, input

1-95 2-B10 0/5 V DC (pulse) Paper feed desk*4 SOUT signal, input

1-96 2-B10 0/5 V DC (pulse) Paper feed desk*4 SIN signal, output

1-97 2-B10 0/5 V DC (pulse) MMD*3 count on/off, input

1-101 2-B10 0/5 V DC TC on/off, input

1-102 2-B10 0/5 V DC Finisher*1 RESET signal, input

1-103 2-B10 0/5 V DC Paper feed desk*4 RESET signal, input

1-104 2-B10 0/24 V DC FCL3 on/off, input

1-105 2-B10 0/24 V DC FCL2 on/off, input

1-106 2-B10 0/24 V DC FCL1 on/off, input

1-107 2-B10 0/24 V DC FCL5 on/off, input

1-108 2-B10 0/5 V DC H2 on/off, input

1-109 2-B10 0/5 V DC H1 on/off, input

1-110 2-B10 0/5 V DC (pulse) PCM drive clock pulse, input

1-111 2-B10 0/5 V DC PCM on/off, input

1-112 2-B10 0/5 V DC (pulse) DM drive clock pulse, input

1-113 2-B10 0/5 V DC DM on/off, input

1-114 2-B10 0/24 V DC PCFM on/off, input

1-115 2-B10 0/24 V DC RCL on/off, input

1-116 2-B10 0/5 V DC CCM forward rotation signal, input

*1: Optional. *3: Optional for 120 V specifications only. *4: Optional for 42 ppm only.

2A3/4

3-6-40

Terminals (CN) Voltage Remarks

1-117 2-B10 0/5 V DC CCM reverse rotation signal, input

1-118 2-B10 0/24 V DC CLM-L on/off, input

1-119 2-B10 0/24 V DC CLM-U on/off, input

1-120 2-B10 0/5 V DC (pulse) SRM coil energization pulse, input (B_)

1-121 2-B10 0/5 V DC (pulse) SRM coil energization pulse, input (A_)

1-122 2-B10 0/5 V DC (pulse) SRM coil energization pulse, input (B)

1-123 2-B10 0/5 V DC (pulse) SRM coil energization pulse, input (A)

1-125 2-B10 0/24 V DC SBFSSOL release signal, input

1-126 2-B10 0/24 V DC SBFSSOL latch-on signal, input

1-127 2-B10 0/24 V DC DUPPTSOL on/off, input

1-128 2-B10 0/24 V DC DUPFWDSOL on/off, input

1-130 2-B10 0/24 V DC FCL4 on/off, input

1-131 2-B10 0/24 V DC PFCL-L on/off, input

1-132 2-B10 0/24 V DC PFCL-U on/off, input

1-133 2-B10 0/24 V DC BYPSOL on/off, input

1-134 2-B10 0/24 V DC BYPPFCL on/off, input

1-135 2-B10 0/5 V DC Key card*3 control signal, input

1-136 2-B10 0/5 V DC Key card*3 control signal, input

1-137 2-B10 0/5 V DC Key card*3 control signal, input

1-138 2-B10 0/5 V DC Key card*3 control signal, input

1-139 2-B10 0/5 V DC Key card*3, key counter*1 copy countsignal, input

1-140 2-B10 0/24 V DC Key card*3 on/off, output

2-A1 2-A11 24 V DC 24 V DC supply for CL, output

2-A2 2-A11 0/24 V DC CL on/off, output

2-A3 2-A11 24 V DC 24 V DC supply for IFFM, output

2-A4 2-A11 0/24 V DC IFFM on/off, output

2-A5 2-A11 0/5 V DC (pulse) TFM drive control signal (–), output

2-A6 2-A11 0/5 V DC (pulse) TFM drive control signal (+), output

2-A7 2-A11 0/5 V DC (pulse) TRM drive control signal (–), output

2-A8 2-A11 0/5 V DC (pulse) TRM drive control signal (+), output

2-A9 2-A11 5 V DC 5 V DC supply for TLS, output

2-A10 2-A11 0/5 V DC TLS on/off, input

2-B3 2-B2 0/5 V DC TLDS toner absent/present, input

2-B4 2-B2 5 V DC 5 V DC supply for TLDS, output

2-B9 2-B10 0 - 15 V DC TNS control voltage, output

2-B11 2-B10 0 - 5 V DC TNS detection voltage, input

*1: Optional. *3: Optional for 120 V specifications only.

2A3/4

3-6-41

Terminals (CN) Voltage Remarks

2-B12 2-B10 24 V DC 24 V DC supply for TNS, output

3-A1 3-A3 0/5 V DC SBESW on/off, input

3-A2 3-A3 5 V DC 5 V DC supply for SBESW, output

3-A4 3-A6 0/5 V DC FSSW on/off, input

3-A5 3-A6 5 V DC 5 V DC supply for FSSW, output

3-A7 3-A6 24 V DC 24 V DC supply for FSSOL, output

3-A8 3-A6 0/24 V DC FSSOL latch-on signal, output

3-A9 3-A6 0/24 V DC FSSOL release signal, output

3-A10 3-A6 0/24 V DC 24 V DC supply for ESCL, output

3-A11 3-A6 0/24 V DC ESCL on/off, output

3-B1 3-A6 24 V DC 24 V DC supply for TC, output

3-B2 3-A6 0/5 V DC TC on/off, input

3-B3 3-A6 24 V DC 24 V DC supply for CFM1, output

3-B4 3-A6 0/5 V DC CFM1 on/off, output

3-B5 3-A6 24 V DC 24 V DC supply for CFM2, output

3-B6 3-A6 0/5 V DC CFM2 on/off, output

3-B7 3-B11 5 V DC 5 V DC supply for FTH, output

3-B8 3-B11 0 - 5 V DC FTH detection voltage, input

3-B9 3-B11 0/5 V DC ESW on/off, input

3-B10 3-B11 5 V DC 5 V DC supply for ESW, output

4-1 3-B11 24/0 V DC SSW1 on/off, input

4-2 3-B11 24/0 V DC SSW2 on/off SOURCE, output

4-3 3-B11 24/0 V DC SSW3 on/off, input

4-4 3-B11 24/0 V DC PRY on/off SOURCE, output

4-5 3-B11 24/0 V DC 24 V DC supply for MSW, output

4-6 3-B11 0/24 V DC Control voltage for SSW1, output

4-7 3-B11 24/0 V DC SSW2 on/off, input

4-8 3-B11 24/0 V DC SSW3 on/off SOURCE, output

4-9 3-B11 24/0 V DC PRY on/off, output

4-10 3-B11 24/0 V DC MSW off signal, output

5-A1 5-A2 ETTH detection voltage, input

5-A3 5-A2 0 - 5 V DC EHUMSENS detection voltage, input

5-A4 5-A2 5 V DC 5 V DC supply for HUMPCB, output

5-A6 5-A10 0/5 V DC (pulse) PCM drive clock pulse, output

5-A7 5-A10 0/5 V DC PCM LOCK signal, output

5-A8 5-A10 0/5 V DC PCM on/off, input

5-A9 5-A10 5 V DC 5 V DC control voltage for PCM, output

2A3/4

3-6-42

Terminals (CN) Voltage Remarks

5-A13, -A14 5-A11, -A12 24 V DC 24 V DC supply for PCM, output

5-B1 5-B2 24 V DC 24 V DC supply for HVTPCB, output

5-B3 5-B9 0/5 V DC HVTPCB ST ALM, input

5-B4 5-B9 0 - 5 V DC HVTPCB SC control voltage, output

5-B5 5-B9 0/24 V DC HVTPCB (SC) on/off, output

5-B6 5-B9 0 - 5 V DC HVTPCB TC control voltage, output

5-B7 5-B9 0/15 V DC HVTPCB (TC) on/off, output

5-B8 5-B9 0 - 5 V DC HVTPCB DB control voltage, output

5-B10 5-B9 0/20 V DC HVTPCB (DB) on/off, output

5-B11 5-B9 0/5 V DC HVTPCB MC ALM, input

5-B12 5-B9 0 - 5 V DC HVTPCB GRID control voltage, output

5-B13 5-B9 0/20 V DC HVTPCB (MC) on/off, output

6-1 6-2, -6 24 V DC 24 V DC supply for EPCB, input

6-3 6-4 5 V DC 5 V DC supply for EPCB, input

6-5 6-2, -6 24 V DC 24 V DC supply for PRY, output

6-7 6-4 0/5 V DC H1 on/off, output

6-8 6-4 0/5 V DC H2 on/off, output

7-1 7-2 24 V DC 24 V DC supply for LSU, output

8-A2 8-B3 24 V DC 24 V DC supply for CLM-U, output

8-A3 8-B3 0/24 V DC CLM-U on/off, output

8-A4 8-B3 24 V DC 24 V DC supply for CLM-L, output

8-A5 8-B3 0/24 V DC CLM-L on/off, output

8-A8 8-A7 0/5 V DC PLSW-U on/off, input

8-A10 8-A9 0/5 V DC PLSW-L on/off, input

8-B1 8-B3 5 V DC 5 V DC supply for RSW, output

8-B2 8-B3 0/5 V DC RSW on/off, input

8-B4 8-B3 0/5 V DC CCM forward rotation signal, output

8-B5 8-B3 0/5 V DC CCM reverse rotation signal, output

8-B6 8-B3 24 V DC 24 V DC supply for PCFM, output

8-B7 8-B3 0/24 V DC PCFM on/off, output

8-B8 8-B3 24 V DC 24 V DC supply for FCL4, output

8-B9 8-B3 0/24 V DC FCL4 on/off, output

8-B10 8-B3 24 V DC 24 V DC supply for RCL, output

8-B11 8-B3 0/24 V DC RCL on/off, output

9-1 9-2 0/5 V DC Finisher*1 connected/not connected, input

9-5 9-3 5 V DC 5 V DC supply for DUPRSW, output

9-6 9-4 5 V DC 5 V DC supply for DUPPCSW, output

*1: Optional.

2A3/4

3-6-43

Terminals (CN) Voltage Remarks

9-7 9-3 0/5 V DC DUPRSW on/off, input

9-8 9-4 0/5 V DC DUPPCSW on/off, input

9-11 9-9 0/5 V DC DUPESW on/off, input

9-12 9-10 5/0 V DC SRHPSW on/off, input

9-13 9-9 5 V DC 5 V DC supply for DUPESW, output

9-14 9-10 5 V DC 5 V DC supply for SRHPSW, output

9-15 9-17 5 V DC 5 V DC supply for STKSW, output

9-16 9-17 0/5 V DC STKSW on/off, input

9-19 9-22 0/5 V DC PWSW-U (DIG0) on/off, input (inch specs)

9-20 9-22 0/5 V DC PWSW-U (DIG1) on/off, input (inch specs)

9-21 9-22 0/5 V DC PWSW-U (DIG2) on/off, input (inch specs)

9-23 9-26 0/5 V DC PWSW-L (DIG0) on/off, input (inch specs)

9-24 9-26 0/5 V DC PWSW-L (DIG1) on/off, input (inch specs)

9-25 9-26 0/5 V DC PWSW-L (DIG2) on/off, input (inch specs)

10-1 12-B6 0/5 V DC (pulse) SRM coil energization pulse, output (B_)

10-2 12-B6 0/5 V DC (pulse) SRM coil energization pulse, output (A_)

10-3 12-B6 0/5 V DC (pulse) SRM coil energization pulse, output (B)

10-4 12-B6 0/5 V DC (pulse) SRM coil energization pulse, output (A)

10-5, -6 12-B7 24 V DC 24 V DC supply for SRM, output

10-7 12-B7 24 V DC 24 V DC supply for DUPFWDSOL, output

10-8 12-B7 0/24 V DC DUPFWDSOL on/off, output

10-9 12-B7 24 V DC 24 V DC supply for SBFSSOL, output

10-10 12-B7 0/24 V DC SBFSSOL latch-on signal, output

10-12 12-B7 0/24 V DC SBFSSOL release signal, output

10-13 12-B7 24 V DC 24 V DC supply for DUPPTSOL, output

10-14 12-B7 0/24 V DC DUPPTSOL on/off, output

11-1 11-5 0/5 V DC (pulse) PFM drive clock pulse, output

11-2 11-5 0/5 V DC PFM LOCK signal, input

11-3 11-5 0/5 V DC PFM on/off, output

11-4 11-5 5 V DC 5 V DC supply for PFM, output

11-8, -9 11-6, -7 24 V DC 24 V DC supply for PFM, output

12-A1 12-B7 24 V DC 24 V DC supply for FCL5, output

12-A2 12-B7 0/24 V DC FCL5 on/off, output

12-A3 12-B7 24 V DC 24 V DC supply for FCL1, output

12-A4 12-B7 0/24 V DC FCL1 on/off, output

12-A7 12-B7 24 V DC 24 V DC supply for FCL2, output

12-A8 12-B7 0/24 V DC FCL2 on/off, output

2A3/4

3-6-44

Terminals (CN) Voltage Remarks

12-A9 12-B7 24 V DC 24 V DC supply for FCL3, output

12-A10 12-B7 0/24 V DC FCL3 on/off, output

12-B2 12-B6 0/5 V DC (pulse) DM drive clock pulse, output

12-B3 12-B6 0/5 V DC DM LOCK signal, input

12-B4 12-B6 0/5 V DC DM on/off, output

12-B5 12-B6 5 V DC 5 V DC supply for DM, output

12-B9, -B10 12-B7, -B8 24 V DC 24 V DC supply for DM, output

13-1 13-3 0/5 V DC FSW on/off, input

13-2 13-3 5 V DC 5 V DC supply for FSW, output

13-4 13-6 0/5 V DC PFSW1 on/off, input

13-5 13-6 5 V DC 5 V DC supply for PFSW1, output

13-7 13-9 0/5 V DC PFSW2 on/off, input

13-8 13-9 5 V DC 5 V DC supply for PFSW2, output

13-10 13-12 0/5 V DC PFSW3 on/off, input

13-11 13-12 5 V DC 5 V DC supply for PFSW3, output

13-13 13-15 0/5 V DC PFSW4 on/off, input

13-14 13-15 5 V DC 5 V DC supply for PFSW4, output

14-A2 14-A3 5 V DC 5 V DC supply for BYPPSW, output

14-A4 14-A3 0/5 V DC BYPPSW on/off, input

14-A5 14-A9 24 V DC 24 V DC supply for BYPPFCL, output

14-A6 14-A9 24 V DC 24 V DC supply for BYPSOL, output

14-A7 14-A9 0/24 V DC BYPPFCL on/off, output

14-A8 14-A9 0/24 V DC BYPSOL on/off, output

14-B2 14-B1 0/5 V DC BYPPWSW (DIG2) on/off, input

14-B3 14-B1 0/5 V DC BYPPWSW (DIG1) on/off, input

14-B4 14-B1 0/5 V DC BYPPWSW (DIG0) on/off, input

14-B5 14-B6 0/5 V DC BYPEDSW on/off, input

14-B8 14-B7 0/5 V DC BYPPLSW on/off, input

14-B9 14-B7 5 V DC 5 V DC supply for BYPPLSW, output

15-1 15-5 5 V DC 5 V DC supply for LICSW-U, output

15-2 15-6 5 V DC 5 V DC supply for LICSW-L, output

15-3 15-5 5/0 V DC LICSW-U on/off, input

15-4 15-6 5/0 V DC LICSW-L on/off, input

15-7 15-11 5 V DC 5 V DC supply for PSW-U, output

15-8 15-12 5 V DC 5 V DC supply for PSW-L, output

15-9 15-11 0/5 V DC PSW-U on/off, input

15-10 15-12 0/5 V DC PSW-L on/off, input

2A3/4

3-6-45

Terminals (CN) Voltage Remarks

15-13 15-12 0/24 V DC PFCL-U on/off, output

15-14 15-12 0/24 V DC PFCL-L on/off, output

15-15 15-12 24 V DC 24 V DC supply for PFCL-U, output

15-16 15-12 24 V DC 24 V DC supply for PFCL-L, output

16-1 16-6 24 V DC 24 V DC supply for MMD*3, output

16-2 16-7 0/5 V DC (pulse) MMD*3 count on/off, output

16-5 16-6 24 V DC 24 V DC supply for MMD*3, output

16-8 16-7 0/5 V DC MMD*3 connected/not connected, input

16-10 16-9 0/5 V DC (pulse) Serial signal MMD*3, output

16-12 16-11 0/5 V DC (pulse) MMD*3 serial signal, input

17-2 17-1 5 V DC 5 V DC supply for large paper deck*2 orPaper feed desk*4, output

17-4 17-5 0/5 V DC (pulse) Large paper deck*2 serial signal, input

17-6 17-5 0/5 V DC (pulse) Large paper deck*2 serial signal, output

17-7 17-3 0/5 V DC Large paper deck*2 PFSW4 on/off, output

17-8 17-1 0/5 V DC Paper feed desk*4 RESET signal, output

17-9 17-1 0/5 V DC (pulse) Paper feed desk*4 OE signal, output

17-10 17-1 0/5 V DC (pulse) Paper feed desk*4 SCLK signal, output

17-11 17-1 0/5 V DC (pulse) Paper feed desk*4 SOUT signal, output

17-12 17-1 0/5 V DC (pulse) Paper feed desk*4 SIN signal, input

17-17 17-18 24 V DC 24 V DC supply for large paper deck*2 or

Paper feed desk*4, output

19-A1 19-B9 5 V DC 5 V DC control voltage for key card*3,output

19-A2 19-B9 5 V DC 5 V DC control voltage for key card*3,output

19-A3 19-B9 5 V DC 5 V DC control voltage for key card*3,output

19-A4 19-B9 5 V DC 5 V DC control voltage for key card*3,output

19-A5 19-B9 5 V DC 5 V DC control voltage for key card*3,output

19-A6 19-B9 5 V DC 5 V DC control voltage for key card*3,output

19-A7 19-B9 5 V DC 5 V DC control voltage for key card*3,output

19-A8 19-B9 5 V DC 5 V DC control voltage for key card*3,output

19-A9 19-B9 0/5 V DC Key card*3 ENABLE signal, input

*2: 42 ppm: optional/52 ppm: standard. *3: Optional for 120 V specifications only.*4: Optonal for 42 ppm.

2A3/4

3-6-46

Terminals (CN) Voltage Remarks

19-A10 19-B9 24 V DC 24 V DC supply for key card*3, output

19-B1 19-B9 0/5 V DC Key card*3 control signal, output

19-B2 19-B9 0/5 V DC Key card*3 control signal, output

19-B3 19-B9 0/5 V DC Key card*3 control signal, output

19-B4 19-B9 0/5 V DC Key card*3 control signal, output

19-B5 19-B9 0/5 V DC Key card*3 control signal, output

19-B6 19-B9 0/5 V DC Key card*3 control signal, output

19-B7 19-B9 0/5 V DC Key card*3 control signal, output

19-B8 19-B9 0/5 V DC Key card*3 control signal, output

19-B10 19-B10 0/5 V DC Key card*3 on/off, output

20-1 20-4 24 V DC 24 V DC supply for key card*3, output

20-2 20-4 0/5 V DC Key card*3, key counter*1 copy countsignal, output

20-3 20-4 0/5 V DC Key card*3, key counter*1 connected/notconnected, input

21-2 21-1 0/5 V DC (pulse) Finisher*1 serial signal, output

21-4 21-3 0/5 V DC (pulse) Finisher*1 serial signal, input

21-5 21-1 0/5 V DC Finisher*1 RESET signal, output

21-6 21-1 0/5 V DC Finisher*1 connected/not connected, input

*1: Optional. *3: Optional for 120 V specifications only.

2A3/4

3-6-47

(3) Main PCB

C131C132C133C134

1 11 13

29301415

171621CN4

L59IC11

L60L61L62L63

L64

L66

L67

L68L69

L70

L109

L136

L138

L169L170L171L172

C184IC47

L160

L161

L166

L167

L168

L180L181L182L183L184L185L186L187L188L189L190L191L192L193L194

L210L211L212L213L214L215L216L217L218L219L220

L209

CN15 1

1617

151430

29

2

L162 R309

C185

C181

L163

C187

L139

L164L165

RA35RA36RA37RA38RA39

L137

TR5

4849

L135

64

1

TR29

10076

75

51

50

4 1

23

XT4

L158XT7

R303

L248

L251

R302

L252

RA107

L208

26

25

1

RA64RA63

1617

3233

IC33

L110

RA13

RA12

8081100

TR30 L108

1

3051

XT2

TR32

L107L128

12

L129 L9IC3

L15TR2

TP8

TP7

C3

L130

L131

TR31 TR34

TR4

RA14

C55

L72L73L74

L75L76

L71

L77L78L79L80L81L82L83L84L85L86L87L88L89L90L91L92L93L94L95L96

L1301

L17L19

TR3

L20

CN9

L1L2

L3 TR1 L14

R210C1

L21

L22 L23C2

36L24

L25

L56

RA1 RA2

RA3

L59 L65L57

IC20 RA10 C9C10

C11

C121312

89

44

1

176

C16

L121

L120IC29

133132

C13

C14C15

TP4TP3TP2

RA25C171

L119

RA26

4041

45

88C22

RA30RA31RA32RA33L127

TP6

IC41

L152

RA60

RA61

RA62

IC43

L155L154

RA58C42C39 C41

RA59

RA57RA56

RA55RA54RA52RA49

IC42RA50

RA51 C201 L156

L157

RA53RA48

RA45C29

C31

RA41

L145R6

TR11

TR16

TR15

L196

R7

LA8

LA9LA12

RA89

LA10

RA86

R8RA88LA11

RA87

RA90

XT5

176

RA72IC53

RA70 RA70 TR17

100 RA82

R381 3233 48

49

641

1716

L175IC56

L176

L177

L179

RA93RA94

RA95RA96

RA97RA98

RA99IC66

L205L206 L207

5180

L247 L246 L245

C50

XT8

RA100

IC65

L201

IC63

L198

L197

L199

IC73 L254

IC60

L204

CN1

64

65

4140

6465

601 24

25

40

41 2524 1

31

81

301

127172

6970

139140

C255R432R433C256

L178

L174

1

2526

1

1TP19TP20

TP18

L195

LA7

RA66TR14

TR9

L173

51 50

C51

TR10

LA1LA2TR12

TR27TR26TR13

TR28TR25RA69

LA3LA4LA5LA6

L144

L143

C293

L146

C32L140

C294L141L142C38

C37C36

RA42C33

RA43

RA44

RA46IC38

TP9

TR24

RA47 12081

80

L153C45C46

C47C48

R3

R4R5

TP5RA29RA28

C24

RA27

L102 RA7 RA8L104

L106L105

RA11

1

37

R212 XT14

R191

C4 1

1

3

L4L5L6R1L7L8

IC18

L97

L98

R2

D2

D4

D5FM1L111

L112L113L114L115L116L117L118

CN8 CN74 5

L10

L12

L16

IC1

CN

611

17

1C

N12

L100

C5

D3

IC19

RA

6L9

9 R19

0C

190

48

1324

1324

RA

34

C7

C8

L103

RA

9

C23

24

L101

C6

R19

2

L18

IC4

IC5

L26

L27

L28

L29

L30

L31

L32

L33

L34

L35

L36

L37

L38

L39

L40

L41

L42

L43

L44

L45

L46

L47

L49

L50

L51

LS07

IC7 IC8

IC9

IC12

IC13

2815 14

1528 1

14

1

RA

4R

A5

IC16

RA

15R

A16

RA

17R

A18

B16

A16

B1

IC25

IC24

IC34

XT

3

IC36

C15

5

IC48

RA

65

RA

101

IC68

RA

102

L249

IC46

L250L2

44L2

43L2

40L2

38L2

36L2

34L2

32L2

30L2

28L2

26

L242

L241

L239

L237

L235

L233

L231

L229

L227

L225

L253

RA

106

RA

105

RA

104

RA

103

IC49

IC50

IC51

TR

7T

R8R

308

L159

C19

0 RA

40

13 12124

RA

21R

A19

R25

6

IC35

IC26

RA

20

RA

22

A1

CN

3

IC15

IC23

IC21

IC14

IC30

IC31

L125

C21 C

25C

26

C27

C28

C44

C49

160

121

L149

IC44

C43

L148

TR

6

C35

L150 L151

IC40

IC39

CN

10C

N13

CN

5

CN

14

RA

91R

A92

11116

1

B11

A1

B1

A11

IC52

C24

0R

392

R39

1

RA76

RA81

RA80

RA79

RA78

RA

77 RA

83

17 16

32 1

RA75

RA74

RA73

C23

9IC

54

XT

6S

CA

NN

ER

EN

GIN

EIC

57

IC59

IC58

IC72

50

100

80

IC67

IC64

L202

L200

IC61

IC62

TR

23L203

IC71

IC70

IC69

B16

A16

B1

A1

CN

2

R35

7

IC57

28 1

32 1

24 1

18 12

17 16

15 14

TR

21T

R22

RA84

RA85

71

C30 L1

47

C40

4222

MA

INIC

4532 1

32 16

211

C20C

19

IC28

FM

2

CN

1111

1

RA

24 L122

IC27

TP

1 RA

23

C18

L123

L124

L126

IC2

121

1

IC22

IC32

C11

1

C11

0L1

32L1

33L1

34R16

4C

161

IC10

L52

L53

L54

L55

IC6

L48

2A3/4

3-6-48

Terminals (CN) Voltage Remarks

1-1 2-A4 0 - 5 V DC TNS detection voltage, input

1-3 2-A4 0/5 V DC TLDS toner absent/present, input

1-4 2-A4 0/5 V DC TLS on/off, input

1-5 2-A4 0/5 V DC SBESW on/off, input

1-6 2-A4 0/5 V DC ESW on/off, input

1-7 2-A4 0/5 V DC FSSW on/off, input

1-8 2-A4 0 - 5 V DC FTH detection voltage, input

1-9 2-A4 24/0 V DC SSW2 on/off, input

1-10 2-A4 24/0 V DC SSW3 on/off, input

1-11 2-A4 24/0 V DC SSW1 on/off, input

1-12 2-A4 5 V DC 5 V DC control voltage for MSW, output

1-13 2-A4 0 - 5 V DC TNS control voltage, output

1-14 2-A4 0 - 5 V DC HVTPCB SC control voltage, output

1-15 2-A4 0 - 5 V DC HVTPCB TC control voltage, output

1-16 2-A4 0 - 5 V DC HVTPCB DB control voltage, output

1-17 2-A4 0 - 5 V DC HVTPCB GRID control voltage, output

1-18 2-A4 ETTH detection voltage, input

1-19 2-A4 0 - 5 V DC EHUMSENS detection voltage, input

1-20 2-A4 24 V DC Control voltage for MPCB, input

1-21 2-A4 0 - 5 V DC H ALARM control voltage, input

1-23 2-A4 0/5 V DC TC on/off, input

1-24 2-A4 0/5 V DC MMD*3 connected/not connected, input

1-25 2-A4 0/5 V DC Finisher*1 connected/not connected, input

1-28 2-A4 0/5 V DC STKSW on/off, input

1-29 2-A4 0/5 V DC DUPRSW on/off, input

1-30 2-A4 0/5 V DC DUPESW on/off, input

1-31 2-A4 0/5 V DC DUPPCSW on/off, input

1-32 2-A4 0/5 V DC PFM LOCK signal, input

1-33 2-A4 0/5 V DC RSW on/off, input

1-34 2-A4 0/5 V DC FSW on/off, input

1-35 2-A4 0/5 V DC PFSW4 on/off, input

1-36 2-A4 0/5 V DC PFSW3 on/off, input

1-37 2-A4 0/5 V DC PFSW2 on/off, input

1-38 2-A4 0/5 V DC PFSW1 on/off, input

1-39 2-A4 0/5 V DC HVTPCB MC ALM, input

1-40 2-A4 0/5 V DC HVTPCB ST ALM, input

1-41 2-B10 0/5 V DC PCM LOCK signal, input

*1: Optional. *3: Optional for 120 V specifications only.

2A3/4

3-6-49

Terminals (CN) Voltage Remarks

1-42 2-B10 0/5 V DC DM LOCK signal, input

1-43 2-B10 0/5 V DC PWSW-L (DIG2) on/off, input (inch specs)

1-44 2-B10 0/5 V DC PWSW-L (DIG1) on/off, input (inch specs)

1-45 2-B10 0/5 V DC PWSW-L (DIG0) on/off, input (inch specs)

1-46 2-B10 0/5 V DC PLSW-L on/off, input

1-47 2-B10 0/5 V DC PWSW-U (DIG2) on/off, input (inch specs)

1-48 2-B10 0/5 V DC PWSW-U (DIG1) on/off, input (inch specs)

1-49 2-B10 0/5 V DC PWSW-U (DIG0) on/off, input (inch specs)

1-50 2-B10 0/5 V DC PLSW-U on/off, input

1-51 2-B10 0/5 V DC BYPPWSW (DIG2) on/off, input

1-52 2-B10 0/5 V DC BYPPWSW (DIG1) on/off, input

1-53 2-B10 0/5 V DC BYPPWSW (DIG0) on/off, input

1-54 2-B10 0/5 V DC BYPPLSW on/off, input

1-55 2-B10 0/5 V DC PSW-L on/off, input

1-56 2-B10 0/5 V DC PSW-U on/off, input

1-57 2-B10 0/5 V DC BYPPSW on/off, input

1-58 2-B10 5/0 V DC LICSW-L on/off, input

1-59 2-B10 5/0 V DC LICSW-U on/off, input

1-60 2-B10 0/5 V DC BYPEDSW on/off, input

1-61 2-B10 5/0 V DC SRHPSW on/off, input

1-62 2-B10 0/5 V DC Duplex unit installed/not installed, input

1-63 2-B10 0/5 V DC Key card*3 ENABLE signal, input

1-64 2-B10 0/5 V DC Key card*3, key counter*1 connected/notconnected, input

1-65 2-B10 0/5 V DC Key card*3 control signal, output

1-66 2-B10 0/5 V DC Key card*3 control signal, output

1-67 2-B10 0/5 V DC Key card*3 control signal, output

1-68 2-B10 0/5 V DC Key card*3 control signal, output

1-69 2-B10 5 V DC Control voltage for MPCB, input

1-70 2-B10 5/0 V DC Control voltage for MPCB, input

1-71 2-B10 0/24 V DC IFFM on/off, output

1-72 2-B10 0/24 V DC CL on/off, output

1-73 2-B10 0/5 V DC (pulse) TFM/TRM drive clock pulse, output

1-75 2-B10 0/5 V DC TFM drive control signal, output

1-76 2-B10 0/5 V DC TRM drive control signal, output

1-77 2-B10 0/24 V DC SCL on/off, output

1-78 2-B10 0/24 V DC FSSOL latch-on signal, output

1-79 2-B10 0/24 V DC FSSOL release signal, output*1: Optional. *3: Optional for 120 V specifications only.

2A3/4

3-6-50

Terminals (CN) Voltage Remarks

*1: Optional. *3: Optional for 120 V specifications only. *4: Optional for 42 ppm only.

1-80 2-A4 24/0 V DC PRY on/off, output

1-81 2-A4 0/24 V DC SSW1 control voltage, output

1-82 2-A4 24/0 V DC MSW OFF signal, output

1-83 2-A4 0/24 V DC HVTPCB (SC) on/off, output

1-84 2-A4 0/15 V DC HVTPCB (TC) on/off, output

1-85 2-A4 0/20 V DC HVTPCB (DB) on/off, output

1-86 2-A4 0/20 V DC HVTPCB (MC) on/off, output

1-87 2-A4 0/5 V DC PFM on/off, output

1-88 2-A4 0/5 V DC (pulse) PFM drive clock pulse, output

1-89 2-A4 0/5 V DC (pulse) MMD*3 serial signal, output

1-90 2-A4 0/5 V DC (pulse) MMD*3 serial signal, input

1-91 2-A4 0/5 V DC (pulse) Finisher*1 serial signal, output

1-92 2-A4 0/5 V DC (pulse) Finisher*1 serial signal, input

1-93 2-A4 0/5 V DC (pulse) Paper feed desk*4 OE signal, output

1-94 2-A4 0/5 V DC (pulse) Paper feed desk*4 SCLK signal, output

1-95 2-A4 0/5 V DC (pulse) Paper feed desk*4 SOUT signal, output

1-96 2-A4 0/5 V DC (pulse) Paper feed desk*4 SIN signal, input

1-97 2-A4 0/5 V DC (pulse) MMD*3 count on/off, output

1-101 2-A4 0/5 V DC TC on/off, output

1-102 2-A4 0/5 V DC Finisher*1 RESET signal, output

1-103 2-A4 0/5 V DC Paper feed desk*4 RESET signal, output

1-104 2-A4 0/24 V DC FCL3 on/off, output

1-105 2-A4 0/24 V DC FCL2 on/off, output

1-106 2-A4 0/24 V DC FCL1 on/off, output

1-107 2-A4 0/24 V DC FCL5 on/off, output

1-108 2-A4 0/5 V DC H2 on/off, output

1-109 2-A4 0/5 V DC H1 on/off, output

1-110 2-A4 0/5 V DC (pulse) PCM drive clock pulse, output

1-111 2-A4 0/5 V DC PCM on/off, output

1-112 2-A4 0/5 V DC (pulse) DM drive clock pulse, output

1-113 2-A4 0/5 V DC DM on/off, output

1-114 2-A4 0/24 V DC PCFM on/off, output

1-115 2-A4 0/24 V DC RCL on/off, output

1-116 2-A4 0/5 V DC CCM forward rotation signal, output

1-117 2-A4 0/5 V DC CCM reverse rotation signal, output

1-118 2-A4 0/24 V DC CLM-L on/off, output

1-119 2-A4 0/24 V DC CLM-U on/off, output

2A3/4

3-6-51

Terminals (CN) Voltage Remarks

1-120 2-A4 0/5 V DC (pulse) SRM coil energization pulse, output (B_)

1-121 2-A4 0/5 V DC (pulse) SRM coil energization pulse, output (A_)

1-122 2-A4 0/5 V DC (pulse) SRM coil energization pulse, output (B)

1-123 2-A4 0/5 V DC (pulse) SRM coil energization pulse, output (A)

1-125 2-A4 0/24 V DC SBFSSOL release signal, output

1-126 2-A4 0/24 V DC SBFSSOL latch-on signal, output

1-127 2-A4 0/24 V DC DUPPTSOL on/off, output

1-128 2-A4 0/24 V DC DUPFWDSOL on/off, output

1-130 2-A4 0/24 V DC FCL4 on/off, output

1-131 2-A4 0/24 V DC PFCL-L on/off, output

1-132 2-A4 0/24 V DC PFCL-U on/off, output

1-133 2-A4 0/24 V DC BYPSOL on/off, output

1-134 2-A4 0/24 V DC BYPPFCL on/off, output

1-135 2-A4 0/5 V DC Key card*3 control signal, output

1-136 2-A4 0/5 V DC Key card*3 control signal, output

1-137 2-A4 0/5 V DC Key card*3 control signal, output

1-138 2-A4 0/5 V DC Key card*3 control signal, output

1-139 2-A4 0/5 V DC Key card*3, key counter*1 copy countsignal, output

1-140 2-A4 0/24 V DC Key card*3 on/off, input

2-A1 2-A4 0/5 V DC MCPCB1 image control signal MCPSEL,output

2-A2 2-A4 0/5 V DC (pulse) MCPCB1 serial communication signal,output

2-A3 2-A4 0/5 V DC (pulse) MCPCB1 communication control signalMCP1 ACK, input

2-A5 2-A4 0/5 V DC (pulse) MCPCB1 serial communication signal,input

2-A6 2-A4 0/5 V DC MCPCB1 control signal ENGACK MCP1,output

2-A7 2-A4 0/5 V DC (pulse) MCPCB1 communication control signal RRDY MCP1, input

2-A8 2-A4 0/5 V DC (pulse) MCPCB1 communication control signal WRDY MCP1, input

2-A9 2-A4 0/5 V DC (pulse) MCPCB1 control signal PVSYNC, output

2-A10 2-A4 0/5 V DC (pulse) MCPCB1 image control signal PHSYNC,output

2-A11 2-A4 0/5 V DC (pulse) MCPCB1 image control clock pulse, input

2-A12 2-A13 0/5 V DC MCPCB1 control signal MCP MREW, input

*1: Optional. *3: Optional for 120 V specifications only.

2A3/4

3-6-52

Terminals (CN) Voltage Remarks

2-A14 2-A13 0/5 V DC MCPCB1 control signal MCP IDA, input

2-A16 2-A15 0/5 V DC MCPCB1 control signal MCP IDB, input

2-B1 2-B6 0/5 V DC MCPCB1 control signal SEMCP MCP1,input

2-B2 2-B6 0/5 V DC MCPCB1 RESET signal, output

2-B3 2-B6 0/5 V DC MCPCB1 image control signal WCK, output

2-B4 2-B6 0/5 V DC (pulse) MCPCB1 control signal OVSYNC, output

2-B5 2-B6 0/5 V DC MCPCB1 image control signal MRE, output

2-B8 2-B7 0/5 V DC (pulse) MCPCB1 image control signal DATA0,output

2-B9 2-B7 0/5 V DC (pulse) MCPCB1 image control signal DATA1,output

2-B10 2-B7 0/5 V DC (pulse) MCPCB1 image control signal DATA2,output

2-B11 2-B7 0/5 V DC (pulse) MCPCB1 image control signal DATA3,output

2-B12 2-B7 0/5 V DC (pulse) MCPCB1 image control signal DATA4,output

2-B13 2-B7 0/5 V DC (pulse) MCPCB1 image control signal DATA5,output

2-B14 2-B7 0/5 V DC (pulse) MCPCB1 image control signal DATA6,output

2-B15 2-B7 0/5 V DC (pulse) MCPCB1 image control signal DATA7,output

3-A1 3-A4 0/5 V DC MCPCB2*2 image control signal MCPSEL,output

3-A2 3-A4 0/5 V DC (pulse) MCPCB2*2 serial communication signal,output

3-A3 3-A4 0/5 V DC (pulse) MCPCB2*2 communication control signalMCP2 ACK, input

3-A5 3-A4 0/5 V DC (pulse) MCPCB2*2 serial communication signal,input

3-A6 3-A4 0/5 V DC MCPCB2*2 control signal ENGACK MCP2,output

3-A7 3-A4 0/5 V DC (pulse) MCPCB2*2 communication control signal RRDY MCP2, input

3-A8 3-A4 0/5 V DC (pulse) MCPCB2*2 communication control signal WRDY MCP2, input

3-A9 3-A4 0/5 V DC (pulse) MCPCB2*2 control signal PVSYNC, output

3-A10 3-A4 0/5 V DC (pulse) MCPCB2*2 image control signal PHSYNC,output

*2: 42 ppm: optional/52 ppm: standard.

2A3/4

3-6-53

Terminals (CN) Voltage Remarks

3-A11 3-A4 0/5 V DC (pulse) MCPCB2*2 image control clock pulse, input

3-A12 3-A13 0/5 V DC MCPCB2*2 control signal MCP MREW,input

3-A14 3-A13 0/5 V DC MCPCB2*2 control signal MCP IDA, input

3-A16 3-A15 0/5 V DC MCPCB2*2 control signal MCP IDB, input

3-B1 3-B6 0/5 V DC MCPCB2*2 control signal SEMCP MCP2,input

3-B2 3-B6 0/5 V DC MCPCB2*2 RESET signal, output

3-B3 3-B6 0/5 V DC MCPCB2*2 image control signal WCK,output

3-B4 3-B6 0/5 V DC (pulse) MCPCB2*2 control signal OVSYNC, output

3-B5 3-B6 0/5 V DC MCPCB2*2 image control signal MRE,output

3-B8 3-B7 0/5 V DC (pulse) MCPCB2*2 image control signal DATA0,output

3-B9 3-B7 0/5 V DC (pulse) MCPCB2*2 image control signal DATA1,output

3-B10 3-B7 0/5 V DC (pulse) MCPCB2*2 image control signal DATA2,output

3-B11 3-B7 0/5 V DC (pulse) MCPCB2*2 image control signal DATA3,output

3-B12 3-B7 0/5 V DC (pulse) MCPCB2*2 image control signal DATA4,output

3-B13 3-B7 0/5 V DC (pulse) MCPCB2*2 image control signal DATA5,output

3-B14 3-B7 0/5 V DC (pulse) MCPCB2*2 image control signal DATA6,output

3-B15 3-B7 0/5 V DC (pulse) MCPCB2*2 image control signal DATA7,output

4-2 4-1 0/3.3 V DC (pulse) Printer board*1 serial signal, input

4-3 4-1 0/5 V DC Printer board*1 ENGACK PRT signal,output

4-5 4-4 0/5 V DC (pulse) Printer board*1 serial signal, output

4-6 4-4 0/3.3 V DC Printer board*1 PRT ACK signal, input

4-8 4-7 0/3.3 V DC Printer board*1 PRINT signal, input

4-9 4-7 0/3.3 V DC Printer board*1 SETPRT signal, input

4-10 4-7 0/5 V DC Printer board*1 MRDY signal, output

4-11 4-7 0/3.3 V DC Printer board*1 P1 signal, input

4-12 4-7 0/5 V DC Printer board*1 P2 signal, output

4-14 4-13 0/5 V DC Printer board*1 PRTRST signal, output

*1: Optional. *2: 42 ppm: optional/52 ppm: standard.

2A3/4

3-6-54

Terminals (CN) Voltage Remarks

4-16 4-17 0/3.3 V DC (pulse) Printer board*1 clock pulse, input

4-18 4-17 0/3.3 V DC (pulse) Printer board*1 POVSYNC signal, input

4-20 4-19 0/3.3 V DC Printer board*1 PMRE signal, input

4-22 4-21 0/3.3 V DC (pulse) Printer board*1 PID0 signal, input

4-23 4-21 0/3.3 V DC (pulse) Printer board*1 PID1 signal, input

4-24 4-21 0/3.3 V DC (pulse) Printer board*1 PID2 signal, input

4-25 4-26 0/3.3 V DC (pulse) Printer board*1 PID3 signal, input

4-27 4-26 0/3.3 V DC (pulse) Printer board*1 PID4 signal, input

4-28 4-26 0/3.3 V DC (pulse) Printer board*1 PID5 signal, input

4-29 4-26 0/3.3 V DC (pulse) Printer board*1 PID6 signal, input

4-30 4-26 0/3.3 V DC (pulse) Printer board*1 PID7 signal, input

5-1 5-16 0/5 V DC (pulse) OSD2*5 on/off, input

5-2 5-16 0/5 V DC (pulse) OSD1 on/off, input

5-3 5-16 0/5 V DC ODSW on/off, input

5-4 5-16 SM current control voltage SM Vref, output

5-5 5-16 0/5 V DC SM drive control signal SM M1, output

5-6 5-16 0/5 V DC SM drive control signal SM M2, output

5-7 5-16 0/5 V DC SM drive control signal SM M3, output

5-8 5-16 0/5 V DC SM drive control signal SM M4, output

5-9 5-16 0/5 V DC SM drive control signal SM M5, output

5-10 5-16 0/5 V DC (pulse) SM drive clock pulse, output

5-11 5-16 0/5 V DC SM rotation direction switching signalSMOT CWB, output

5-12 5-16 0/5 V DC SM control signal SMOT RET, output

5-13 5-16 0/5 V DC SM enable signal, output

5-14 5-16 5/0 V DC EL on/off, output

5-15 5-16 5/0 V DC SHPSW on/off, input

6-2 6-1 0/5 V DC (pulse) OMPCB serial communication signal,output

6-3 6-4 0/5 V DC OMPCB MMI ACK signal, input

6-5 6-4 0/5 V DC (pulse) OMPCB serial communication signal, input

6-6 6-4 0/5 V DC OMPCB ENGACK MMI signal, output

6-7 6-4 0/5 V DC OMPCB MMI ERROR signal, input

6-8 6-10 0/5 V DC OMPCB ENG ERROR MMI signal, output

6-9 6-10 0/5 V DC OMPCB RESET MMI signal, output

7-2 7-1 0/5 V DC LSU VD2 – signal, output

7-3 7-1 0/5 V DC LSU VD2 + signal, output

*1: Optional. *5: For inch specifications only.

2A3/4

3-6-55

Terminals (CN) Voltage Remarks

7-4 7-1 0/5 V DC LSU VD1 – signal, output

7-5 7-1 0/5 V DC LSU VD1 + signal, output

7-7 7-6 0/5 V DC LSU ENABLE signal, output

7-9 7-8 0/5 V DC LSU ADJUST2 signal, output

7-11 7-10 0/5 V DC LSU ADJUST1 signal, output

7-13 7-12 5 V DC 24 V DC supply for LSU, output

8-2 8-1 0/5 V DC LSU BD – signal, input

8-3 8-1 0/5 V DC LSU BD + signal, input

8-5 8-4 5 V DC 24 V DC supply for LSU, output

9-1 9-2 0/5 V DC (pulse) LSU clock pulse, output

9-3 9-2 0/5 V DC LSU START signal, output

9-4 9-2 0/5 V DC LSU READY signal, output

10-1 10-3 5 V DC 5 V DC supply for MPCB, input

10-2 10-3 0/5 V DC PSPCB SLEEP SIG, output

10-4 10-3 5 V DC 5 V DC supply for MPCB, input

10-5 10-3 0/5 V DC (pulse) Zero-cross signal, output

10-6 10-7 12 V DC 12 V DC supply for MPCB, input

11-1, -2, -3 11-1, -2 5 V DC 5 V DC supply for CCDPCB, output

11-4 11-1, -2 0/5 V DC CCD drive clock signal φ SHIFT –, output

11-5 11-1, -2 0/5 V DC CCD drive clock signal φ SHIFT +, output

11-6 11-1, -2 0/5 V DC CCD drive clock signal φ CLP –, output

11-7 11-1, -2 0/5 V DC CCD drive clock signal φ CLP +, output

11-8 11-1, -2 0/5 V DC CCD drive clock signal φ RS –, output

11-9 11-1, -2 0/5 V DC CCD drive clock signal φ RS +, output

11-10 11-1, -2 0/5 V DC CCD drive clock signal φ CLK –, output

11-11 11-1, -2 0/5 V DC CCD drive clock signal f CLK +, output

12-3 12-1, -2 12 V DC +12 V DC supply for CCDPCB, output

12-4 12-1, -2 CCD control signal VO_E –, input

12-5 12-1, -2 CCD control signal VO_E +, input

12-6 12-1, -2 CCD control signal VO_O –, input

12-7 12-1, -2 CCD control signal VO_O +, input

13A-1 5-16 0/5 V DC OSLED (red) on/off, output

13A-2 5-16 0/5 V DC OSLED (green) on/off, output

13A-3 5-16 0/5 V DC SBPSOL release signal, output

13A-4 5-16 0/5 V DC SBPSOL latch-on signal, output

13A-5 5-16 0/5 V DC OFCL on/off, output

13A-6 5-16 0/5 V DC EFSSOL on/off, output

2A3/4

3-6-56

Terminals (CN) Voltage Remarks

13A-7 5-16 0/5 V DC SBFSSOL on/off, output

13A-9 5-16 0/5 V DC OFSOL release signal, output

13A-10 5-16 0/5 V DC OFSOL latch-on signal, output

13A-11 5-16 0/5 V DC OFM enable signal, output

13B-1 5-16 0/5 V DC OFM control signal OFM RET, output

13B-2 5-16 0/5 V DC (pulse) OFM drive clock pulse, output

13B-3 5-16 0/5 V DC OFM rotation direction switching signalOFM CWB, output

13B-4 5-16 0/5 V DC OCM enable signal, output

13B-5 5-16 0/5 V DC OCM control signal OCM RET, output

13B-6 5-16 0/5 V DC (pulse) OCM drive clock pulse, output

13B-7 5-16 0/5 V DC OCM rotation direction switching signalOCM CWB, output

13B-8 5-16 OCM current control voltage OCM Vref,output

13B-9 5-16 0/5 V DC OCM drive control signal OCM M3, output

13B-10 5-16 0/5 V DC OCM drive control signal OCM M2, output

13B-11 5-16 0/5 V DC OCM drive control signal OCM M1, output

14-1 5-16 0/5 V DC OSBSW on/off, input

14-2 5-16 0/5 V DC OFSW on/off, input

14-3 5-16 0/5 V DC OSSW on/off, input

14-6 5-16 0/5 V DC SRDF installed/not installed signal, input

14-7 5-16 0/5 V DC OSWSW on/off, input

14-8 5-16 5/0 V DC DFSSW2 off/on, input

14-9 5-16 5/0 V DC DFSSW1 off/on, input

14-10 5-16 5/0 V DC OSLSW off/on, input

14-11 5-16 5/0 V DC DFTSW off/on, input

2A3/4

3-6-57

(4) Memory copy PCB

+

L2

RA

8R

A18 U

121

4

RA

7

RA

17

L1

1

21

U1

1

1

11

1

11

54

8

15

U4

U6

U3

U5

U10

1

11U

9

X1

X2

RA

12

RA

9R

A10

RA

20R

A21

RA

25R

A36

RA

48R

A57

RA

60

RA

28R

A30

RA

33R

A42

RA

46R

A52

RA

29

RA

22

RA

26

RA

27 RA

31R

A53

RA

34R

A41

RA

45R

A49

RA

23

RA

24

RA

32 RA

35R

A43R

A47

RA

50R

A54

RA

58

RA

59

RA

56

RA

44R

A51

RA

55

RA

11

U13

F1

L3

RA

37

RA

38

CT

1

CT

2

CT

3

1

15

U11

GND

TP2

U2

RA19

RA68RA69

RA80 RA81 RA82

RA90 RA91 RA92 RA93 RA94

RA95 RA96 RA97

CE7

CE10

GND

RA98 RA99

RA100 RA101 RA102 RA103

RA104 RA105

RA83 RA84RA85

RA

87

RA

86R

A89

RA

88

RA66

RA67 RA63 RA64 RA70 RA71

RA61 RA62 RA65

0

1G91

CE1

CN2 12

CE2

CE3

CE5

CE6

CE8

CE9

CE11

CE4

RA1

RA15 RA16

RA39

RA72

RA108RA109

RA110

RA111 RA113

RA112

RA73 RA74 RA75

GND

RA76 RA77 RA78 RA79

CN412

CN512

7172

7172

RA40

RA13 RA14

GND

A1B1

A16B16

RA2 RA3 RA4 RA5

CN1

RA6

TP4

TP7

1U16

76

77

152

304

229

TP8 TP9

U17

CN3

1

1 36144 37

4X3

LD1

TP10

TP11

TP1

TP3

TP5

TP6

+

+

+

+

++

+

+

+

+

+

+

+

1

11U

8

1

11

1

22

U7

U14

1

22U

151

22

U18

1

22

U19

1

22U

201

22

F2

L4

L5F

3

X4

RA

106R

A107

108 73

109 72

228153

U25136

14437

10873

10972

U26136

14437

10873

10972

1

11U

21

1

11U

22

1

11U

23

1

11U

24

2A3/4

3-6-58

Terminals (CN) Voltage Remarks

1-A1 1-A4 0/5 V DC MCPCB1, 2*2 image control signalMCPSEL, input

1-A2 1-A4 0/5 V DC (pulse) MCPCB1, 2*2 serial communication signal,input

1-A3 1-A4 0/5 V DC (pulse) MCPCB1, 2*2 communication control signalMCP1 ACK, output

1-A5 1-A4 0/5 V DC (pulse) MCPCB1, 2*2 serial communication signal,output

1-A6 1-A4 0/5 V DC MCPCB1, 2*2 control signal ENGACKMCP1, input

1-A7 1-A4 0/5 V DC (pulse) MCPCB1, 2*2 communication control signalR RDY MCP1, output

1-A8 1-A4 0/5 V DC (pulse) MCPCB1, 2*2 communication control signalW RDY MCP1, output

1-A9 1-A4 0/5 V DC (pulse) MCPCB1, 2*2 control signal PVSYNC, input

1-A10 1-A4 0/5 V DC (pulse) MCPCB1, 2*2 image control signalPHSYNC, input

1-A11 1-A4 0/5 V DC (pulse) MCPCB1, 2*2 image control clock pulse,output

1-A12 1-A13 0/5 V DC MCPCB1, 2*2 control signal MCP MREW,output

1-A14 1-A13 0/5 V DC MCPCB1, 2*2 control signal MCP IDA,output

1-A16 1-A15 0/5 V DC MCPCB1, 2*2 control signal MCP IDB,output

1-B1 1-B6 0/5 V DC MCPCB1, 2*2 control signal SEMCPMCP1, output

1-B2 1-B6 0/5 V DC MCPCB1, 2*2 RESET signal, input

1-B3 1-B6 0/5 V DC MCPCB1, 2*2 image control signal WCK,input

1-B4 1-B6 0/5 V DC (pulse) MCPCB1, 2*2 control signal OVSYNC,input

1-B5 1-B6 0/5 V DC MCPCB1, 2*2 image control signal MRE,input

1-B8 1-B7 0/5 V DC (pulse) MCPCB1, 2*2 image control signal DATA0,input

1-B9 1-B7 0/5 V DC (pulse) MCPCB1, 2*2 image control signal DATA1,input

1-B10 1-B7 0/5 V DC (pulse) MCPCB1, 2*2 image control signal DATA2,input

1-B11 1-B7 0/5 V DC (pulse) MCPCB1, 2*2 image control signal DATA3,input

*2: 42 ppm: optional/52 ppm: standard.

2A3/4

3-6-59

Terminals (CN) Voltage Remarks

1-B12 1-B7 0/5 V DC (pulse) MCPCB1, 2*2 image control signal DATA4,input

1-B13 1-B7 0/5 V DC (pulse) MCPCB1, 2*2 image control signal DATA5,input

1-B14 1-B7 0/5 V DC (pulse) MCPCB1, 2*2 image control signal DATA6,input

1-B15 1-B7 0/5 V DC (pulse) MCPCB1, 2*2 image control signal DATA7,input

2-1 2-2 5 V DC 5 V DC supply for MCPCB1, 2*2, input

*2: 42 ppm: optional/52 ppm: standard.

2A3/4

3-6-60

(5) Scanner motor PCB

+

+

+

+

JP1

L14

11

CN

1

C12

C13

J5

JP4

JP2

R17

R15R16JP7JP8

J9

IC1

DT

1

221

14

CN

6

L2

L3

R12

R1

R2R3R4R5R6C6

R7C7

R8C8

R9C9

L4

C19

C20

C1

C3

R10

R11

JP3

C11

C5

C4

C10

J4J10

C16

C17

C18C15

C14

J14J13

J16

J17

J8

JP5JP15JP6

J1

J7

J6J3

J2

JP16

JP9

JP11

JP12

JP14

C23

J15

J11

TP

1

JP10

JP13

J12

CN4

3 1

C2

R14

D1

C22

C21

DT

2

R13

E C

B12

56L5

CN

3

CN5

1 3

CN2

61

E C

B

2A3/4

3-6-61

Terminals (CN) Voltage Remarks

1-2 1-1 0/5 V DC SHPSW on/off, output

1-3 1-1 0/5 V DC EL on/off, input

1-4 1-1 0/5 V DC SM enable signal, input

1-5 1-1 0/5 V DC SM control signal SMOT RET, input

1-6 1-1 0/5 V DC SM rotation direction switching signalSMOT CWB, input

1-7 1-1 0/5 V DC (pulse) SM drive clock pulse, input

1-8 1-1 0/5 V DC SM drive control signal SM M5, input

1-9 1-1 0/5 V DC SM drive control signal SM M4, input

1-10 1-1 0/5 V DC SM drive control signal SM M3, input

1-11 1-1 0/5 V DC SM drive control signal SM M2, input

1-12 1-1 0/5 V DC SM drive control signal SM M1, input

1-13 1-1 SM current control voltage SM Vref, input

1-14 1-1 0/5 V DC ODSW on/off, output

1-15 1-1 0/5 V DC OSD1 on/off, output

1-16 1-1 0/5 V DC OSD2*5 on/off, output

2-1 3-5, -6 0/5 V DC (pulse) SM coil energization pulse, output (B_)

2-2 3-5, -6 24 V DC 24 V DC supply for SM, output

2-3 3-5, -6 0/5 V DC (pulse) SM coil energization pulse, output (B)

2-4 3-5, -6 0/5 V DC (pulse) SM coil energization pulse, output (A)

2-5 3-5, -6 24 V DC 24 V DC supply for SM, output

2-6 3-5, -6 0/5 V DC (pulse) SM coil energization pulse, output (A_)

3-1 3-5, -6 0/5 V DC EL on/off, output

3-2 3-5, -6 0/5 V DC EL on/off, output

3-3 3-5, -6 24 V DC 24 V DC supply for INPCB, output

3-4 3-5, -6 24 V DC 24 V DC supply for INPCB, output

4-1 4-3 5 V DC 5 V DC supply for SHPSW, output

4-2 4-3 0/5 V DC SHPSW on/off, input

5-1 5-3 5 V DC 5 V DC supply for ODSW, output

5-2 5-3 0/5 V DC ODSW on/off, input

6-2 6-1 24 V DC 24 V DC supply for SMPCB, input

6-4 6-3 5 V DC 5 V DC supply for SMPCB, input

6-6 6-5 5 V DC 5 V DC supply for SMPCB, input

7-2 7-1 5 V DC 5 V DC supply for OSD1, output

7-3 7-1 0/5 V DC OSD1 detection data, input

7-5 7-4 5 V DC 5 V DC supply for OSD2*5, output

7-6 7-4 0/5 V DC OSD2*5 detection data, input

*5: For inch specifications only.

2A3/4

3-6-62

(6) CCD PCB

C10

C12

C13

C11

R18

IC2

CN

1 C17

IC3

IC4

C3

C23

C9

F1F

2F

4F

3

F5

RA

1

R22

R23

R24

C2

C1R9

R4

1

1

1

51

9

11

9

F6

TR2 TR1

CN

27

1

C4

C7

R2

R5

R6R7

R12R13

R15R16R17

C5

F8

R25

R29R8

C6

C8

R28 R27

R32

F19

R31

R33

R34R35R36

E C BE C B

IC5

1

5

2A3/4

3-6-63

Terminals (CN) Voltage Remarks

1-1 1-10, -11 0/5 V DC CCD drive clock signal φ CLK +, input

1-2 1-10, -11 0/5 V DC CCD drive clock signal φ CLK –, input

1-3 1-10, -11 0/5 V DC CCD drive clock signal φ RS +, input

1-4 1-10, -11 0/5 V DC CCD drive clock signal φ RS –, input

1-5 1-10, -11 0/5 V DC CCD drive clock signal φ CLP +, input

1-6 1-10, -11 0/5 V DC CCD drive clock signal φ CLP –, input

1-7 1-10, -11 0/5 V DC CCD drive clock signal φ SHIFT +, input

1-8 1-10, -11 0/5 V DC CCD drive clock signal φ SHIFT –, input

1-9 1-10, -11 5 V DC 5 V DC supply for CCDPCB, input

2-1 2-6, -7 CCD control signal VO_O +, output

2-2 2-6, -7 CCD control signal VO_O –, output

2-3 2-6, -7 CCD control signal VO_E +, output

2-4 2-6, -7 CCD control signal VO_E –, output

2-5 2-6, -7 12 V DC +12 V DC supply for CCDPCB, input

2A3/4

3-6-64

1-1 1-3, -4 24 V DC 24 V DC supply, input

1-2 1-3, -4 24 V DC 24 V DC supply, input

1-7 1-9, -10 5 V DC 5 V DC supply, input

1-8 1-9, -10 5 V DC 5 V DC supply, input

2-1 1-9, -10 0/5 V DC OCM control signal OCM M1, input

2-2 1-9, -10 0/5 V DC OCM control signal OCM M2, input

2-3 1-9, -10 0/5 V DC OCM control signal OCM M3, input

2-6 1-9, -10 OCM current control voltage OCM Vref,input

2-7 1-9, -10 0/5 V DC OCM rotation direction switching signalOCM CWB, input

2-8 1-9, -10 0/5 V DC (pulse) OCM drive clock pulse, input

2-9 1-9, -10 0/5 V DC OCM control signal OCM RET, input

2-10 1-9, -10 0/5 V DC OCM enable signal, input

2-11 1-9, -10 0/5 V DC OFM rotation direction switching signalOFM CWB, input

2-12 1-9, -10 0/5 V DC (pulse) OFM drive clock pulse, input

2-13 1-9, -10 0/5 V DC OFM control signal OFM RET, input

(7) DF driver PCB

CN2

CN

5B

-13

A-1

B-1

A-1

3

CN

6B

-15

A-1

B-1

CN

4

41

CN

1

91

102

A-1

3

CN32221

21

1413

21

Terminals (CN) Voltage Remarks

2A3/4

3-6-65

Terminals (CN) Voltage Remarks

2-14 1-9, -10 0/5 V DC OFM enable signal, input

2-15 1-9, -10 0/5 V DC OFSOL latch-on signal, input

2-16 1-9, -10 0/5 V DC OFSOL release signal, input

2-17 1-9, -10 0/5 V DC SBFSSOL on/off, input

2-19 1-9, -10 0/5 V DC EFSSOL on/off, input

2-20 1-9, -10 0/5 V DC OFCL on/off, input

2-21 1-9, -10 0/5 V DC SBPSOL latch-on signal, input

2-22 1-9, -10 0/5 V DC SBPSOL release signal, input

3-1 1-9, -10 0/5 V DC OSSW on/off, output

3-2 1-9, -10 0/5 V DC OFSW on/off, output

3-3 1-9, -10 0/5 V DC OSBSW on/off, output

3-4 1-9, -10 0/5 V DC DFTSW on/off, output

3-5 1-9, -10 0/5 V DC OSLSW on/off, output

3-6 1-9, -10 0/5 V DC DFSSW1 on/off, output

3-7 1-9, -10 0/5 V DC DFSSW2 on/off, output

3-8 1-9, -10 Size detection voltage, output

3-9 1-9, -10 0/5 V DC OSLED (green) off/on, input

3-10 1-9, -10 0/5 V DC OSLED (red) off/on, input

3-11 1-9, -10 0/5 V DC SRDF installed/not installed signal

4-3 4-2 0/24 V DC DFSSW1 on/off, output

4-4 4-2 0/24 V DC DFSSW2 on/off, output

5-A1 1-3, -4 0/24 V DC 24 V DC supply for SBPSOL, output

5-A2 1-3, -4 0/24 V DC SBPSOL latch-on signal, output

5-A3 1-3, -4 0/24 V DC SBPSOL release signal, output

5-A4 1-3, -4 24 V DC 24 V DC supply for OFCL, output

5-A5 1-3, -4 0/24 V DC OFCL on/off, output

5-A6 1-3, -4 24 V DC 24 V DC supply for EFSSOL, output

5-A7 1-3, -4 0/24 V DC EFSSOL on/off, output

5-A8 1-3, -4 24 V DC 24 V DC supply for OCM, output (A)

5-A9 1-3, -4 24 V DC 24 V DC supply for OCM, output (B)

5-A10 1-3, -4 0/24 V DC (pulse) OCM motor coil energization pulse, output(A)

5-A11 1-3, -4 0/24 V DC (pulse) OCM motor coil energization pulse, output(B)

5-A12 1-3, -4 0/24 V DC (pulse) OCM motor coil energization pulse, output(A_)

5-A13 1-3, -4 0/24 V DC (pulse) OCM motor coil energization pulse, output(B_)

2A3/4

3-6-66

Terminals (CN) Voltage Remarks

5-B1 1-3, -4 24 V DC 24 V DC supply for OFM, output (A)

5-B2 1-3, -4 24 V DC 24 V DC supply for OFM, output (B)

5-B3 1-3, -4 0/24 V DC (pulse) OFM motor coil energization pulse, output(A)

5-B4 1-3, -4 0/24 V DC (pulse) OFM motor coil energization pulse, output(B)

5-B5 1-3, -4 0/24 V DC (pulse) OFM motor coil energization pulse, output(A_)

5-B6 1-3, -4 0/24 V DC (pulse) OFM motor coil energization pulse, output(B_)

5-B7 1-3, -4 24 V DC 24 V DC supply for SBFSSOL, output

5-B8 1-3, -4 0/24 V DC SBFSSOL on/off, output

5-B11 1-3, -4 24 V DC 24 V DC supply for OFSOL, output

5-B12 1-3, -4 0/24 V DC OFSOL latch-on signal, output

5-B13 1-3, -4 0/24 V DC OFSOL release signal, output

6-A5 6-A4 0/5 V DC OSBSW on/off, input

6-A6 6-A4 5 V DC 5 V DC supply for OSBSW, output

6-A8 6-A7 0/5 V DC OSWSW on/off, input

6-A9 6-A7 5 V DC 5 V DC supply for OSWSW, output

6-A11 6-A10 0/5 V DC OSLSW on/off, input

6-A12 6-A10 5 V DC 5 V DC supply for OSLSW, output

6-A14 6-A13 0/5 V DC DFTSW on/off, input

6-A15 6-A13 5 V DC 5 V DC supply for DFTSW, output

6-B1 6-B3 5 V DC 5 V DC supply for OSSW, output

6-B2 6-B3 0/5 V DC OSSW on/off, input

6-B4 6-B6 5 V DC 5 V DC supply for OFSW, output

6-B5 6-B6 0/5 V DC OFSW on/off, input

6-B7 6-B8 0/5 V DC OSLEDPCB (red) on/off, output

6-B9 6-B8 0/5 V DC OSLEDPCB (green) on/off, output

2A3/4

3-6-67

(8) Operation unit main PCB

1314

CN3

L47

IC12

RA1RA2

IC16

17

17

15

L49

L50 L48

D1

A 111

KA

KA

KA

1

1

8

1

8

11

1

1

1

8

1

1

158

88

91

10

1

8

++

++

+

41

21

13

18051

30

100

8150 31

141

11

2 1817

9

3

KD

2D

3

CN

8

D4

12

C

CCCC

C C

C

CC

C

E

3

4 CN4

1

2

B EB

B

E

B

D8 D7D6

TR4

TR3TR5

TR6

TR7TR8

D5

E

CC

B

CTR

1

IC1

IC2

IC4

IC18

IC19

IC15

IC11

IC10

IC13

IC5

IC61

IC7

FUSE1

IC3

CN

5

C26

C25

C29

TR2

C11

IC9

C14

IC8

IC17

IC20

IC21

CN2

CN1 L22

L17

L18L19L20

E

B

C

E

C

RA

8

X1

RA

3R

A4

RA

5

30

5180

8150

1

1

10

11

1

1

88

31100

RA

6R

A7

RA

9R

A10

RA

11R

A12

RA

13

2A3/4

3-6-68

Terminals (CN) Voltage Remarks

1-1 1-8 0/5 V DC LCD control voltage, output

1-2 2-3 –23 V DC –23 V supply for LCD, output

1-3 1-8 0/5 V DC (pulse) LCD (XD3) data, output

1-4 1-8 0/5 V DC (pulse) LCD (XD2) data, output

1-5 1-8 0/5 V DC (pulse) LCD (XD1) data, output

1-6 1-8 0/5 V DC (pulse) LCD (XD0) data, output

1-7 2-3 –23 V DC –23 V supply for LCD, output

1-9 1-8 5 V DC 5 V DC supply for LCD, output

1-10 1-8 0/5 V DC (pulse) LCD control signal XSCL, output

1-11 1-8 0/5 V DC (pulse) LCD control signal LP, output

1-12 1-8 0/5 V DC (pulse) LCD control signal DIN, output

1-14 1-8 0/5 V DC LCD control signal LCD REM, output

2-1 2-3 24 V DC 24 V DC supply for OLPCB, output

2-2 2-3 –23 V DC –23 V DC supply for OLPCB, output

2-4 2-3 OLPCB contrast adjustment VR supply,output

2-5 1-8 0/5 V DC OLPCB key return signal DIGKEY L1, input

2-6 1-8 0/5 V DC OLPCB key return signal DIGKEY L2, input

2-7 1-8 0/5 V DC OLPCB key return signal DIGKEY L3, input

2-8 1-8 0/5 V DC (pulse) OLPCB scan signal SCAN L1, output

2-9 1-8 0/5 V DC (pulse) OLPCB scan signal SCAN L2, output

2-10 1-8 0/5 V DC (pulse) OLPCB scan signal SCAN L3, output

2-11 1-8 0/5 V DC (pulse) OLPCB LED on DIG LED L1, output

2-12 1-8 0/5 V DC (pulse) OLPCB LED on DIG LED L2, output

2-13 1-8 0/5 V DC (pulse) OLPCB LED on DIG LED L3, output

2-14 1-8 0/5 V DC (pulse) OLPCB LED on DIG LED L4, output

2-15 1-8 0/5 V DC OLPCB CFL on/off, output

2-16 1-8 5 V DC 5 V DC supply for OLPCB, output

2-17 1-8 5 V DC 5 V DC supply for OLPCB, output

3-1 6-2 0/5 V DC ORPCB key return signal DIGKEY R1,input

3-2 6-2 0/5 V DC ORPCB key return signal DIGKEY R2,input

3-3 6-2 0/5 V DC ORPCB key return signal DIGKEY R3,input

3-4 6-2 0/5 V DC ORPCB key return signal DIGKEY R4,input

3-5 6-2 0/5 V DC (pulse) ORPCB scan signal SCAN R1, output

2A3/4

3-6-69

Terminals (CN) Voltage Remarks

3-6 6-2 0/5 V DC (pulse) ORPCB scan signal SCAN R2, output

3-7 6-2 0/5 V DC (pulse) ORPCB scan signal SCAN R3, output

3-8 6-2 0/5 V DC (pulse) ORPCB scan signal SCAN R4, output

3-9 6-2 0/5 V DC (pulse) ORPCB LED on DIG LED R1, output

3-10 6-2 0/5 V DC (pulse) ORPCB LED on DIG LED R2, output

3-11 6-2 0/5 V DC (pulse) ORPCB LED on DIG LED R3, output

3-12 6-2 0/5 V DC ORPCB BZ1 on/off, output

3-14 6-2 5 V DC 5 V DC supply for ORPCB, output

4-1 6-2 0/5 V DC (pulse) Touch panel detection voltage Y2, output

4-2 6-2 0/5 V DC (pulse) Touch panel detection voltage X1, input

4-3 6-2 0/5 V DC (pulse) Touch panel detection voltage Y1, input

4-4 6-2 0/5 V DC (pulse) Touch panel detection voltage X2, output

5-3 5-2 5 V DC 5 V DC supply for OMPCB, input

5-4 5-1 24 V DC 24 V DC supply for OMPCB, input

6-3 6-2 0/5 V DC OMPCB RESET MMI signal, input

6-4 6-2 0/5 V DC OMPCB ENG ERROR MMI signal, input

6-5 6-8 0/5 V DC OMPCB MMI ERROR signal, output

6-6 6-8 0/5 V DC OMPCB ENGACK MMI signal, input

6-7 6-8 0/5 V DC (pulse) OMPCB serial communication signal,output

6-9 6-8 0/5 V DC OMPCB MMI ACK signal, output

6-10 6-11 0/5 V DC (pulse) OMPCB serial communication signal, input

2A3/4

3-6-70

(9) Deck main PCB (42 ppm: optional/52 ppm: standard)

BEQ

4

CB

EQ1

C

BEQ

2

CB

EQ3

C

D2

D4 C

17

CN

26

1C

N7

101

+

+

21

CN

13TP

12T

P24

TP

22

TP

17

TP

11

TP

23T

P16

+5 V

ZD

1

M5248P IC4

C19

AK

DA

2

IC7

IC227C256

µPD

78233GC

-389

TP

2

TP

5S

IZ

TP

9LM

S2

TP

14+

24 V TP

15

PG

TP

7LM

S1

TP

8LS

2T

P6

LS1

TP

21E

1TP

20E

2

TP

27E

1CLK

TP

26E

2CLK

TP

10C

LK

TP

19M

OT

CLK

TP

30M

OT

PW

M

RS

EN

P2

PP

51T

P25

TP

3

TP

4

TP

1

PP

50P

P52

TP

13

TP

18S

GR

S2

RS

1

Txd

Rxd

BC

LP

1

RC

LE

MP

OS

C1

TP

31

A

WR

1

14

CN

3

C14

C15

FU

SE

1 3A 125 V

PF

4065K500A

MA

DE

IN JA

PA

N

SG

5C

N9

+

+

C18

+

C16

+

CN

61

35

1C

N12

SE

C-A

AK

DA

1

CN1

111

CN4

112

WA

RN

ING

FO

R C

ON

TIN

UE

DP

RO

TE

CT

ION

AG

AIN

ST

RIS

K O

FF

IRE

. RE

PLA

CE

ON

LY W

ITH

SA

ME

TY

PE

AN

D R

AT

ING

OF

FU

SE

2A3/4

3-6-71

Terminals (CN) Voltage Remarks

1-1 1-1 5/0 V DC (pulse) Clock signal for PPSENS1 - 3 andPESENS, output

1-4 4-8 24/0 V DC DOSSW signal on/off, input

1-5 4-8 2/0 (pulse)/0 V DC PESENS signal input, paper present/absent, input

1-6 4-8 2/0 (pulse)/0 V DC PPSENS2 signal input, paper present/absent, input

1-7 4-8 5/0 V DC DLSW1 on/off, input

1-8 4-8 5/0 V DC UPSW1 on/off, input

1-9 4-8 5/0 V DC DLSW2 on/off, input

1-10 4-8 5/0 V DC UPSW2 on/off, input

1-11 4-8 2/0 (pulse)/0 V DC PPSENS3 paper present/absent, input

2-3 2-2 5/0 V DC PLDSENS1 on/off, input

2-6 2-5 5/0 V DC PLDSENS2 on/off, input

3-1 3-2 5 V DC 5 V DC supply, input

3-3 3-4 24 V DC 24 V DC supply, input

4-1 4-8 24 V DC Power supply for RCL, PFCL1, PFCL2 andCCL, output

4-2 4-8 24 V DC Power supply for RCL, PFCL1, PFCL2 andCCL, output

4-4 4-8 24/0 V DC PFCL1 off/on, output

4-5 4-8 24/0 V DC PFCL2 off/on, output

4-6 4-8 24/0 V DC CCL off/on, output

4-7 4-8 5 V DC Power supply for PPSENS1 - 3, PESENS,SCSW, UPSW1 - 2 and DLSW1 - 2, output

4-9 4-8 2/0 (pulse)/0 V DC PPSENS1 paper present/absent, input

4-11 4-8 5/0 V DC SCSW on/off, input

7-1 7-6, -9 24/0 V DC PDM1 off/on, output

7-2 7-6, -9 24 V DC Power supply for PDM1, output

7-3 7-6, -9 24 V DC Power supply for PDM2, output

7-4 7-6, -9 24/0 V DC PDM2 off/on, output

7-5 7-6, -9 1.1 V DC Power supply for PDMSENS1, output

7-7 7-6, -9 5/0 V DC PDMSENS1 on/off, input

7-8 7-6, -9 1.1 V DC Power supply for PDMSENS2, output

7-10 7-6, -9 5/0 V DC PDMSENS2 on/off, input

9-1 9-2 5/0 V DC (pulse) Serial data signal to EPCB (TXD)

9-3 9-4 5/0 V DC (pulse) Serial data signal from EPCB (RXD)

9-5 9-2, -4 0/5 V DC PFSW4 on/off, input

2A3/4

3-6-72

Terminals (CN) Voltage Remarks

12-1 12-2 24 V DC Power supply for CM, output

12-3 12-2 5/0 V DC (pulse) CM drive PWM signal, output

12-4 12-2 5 V DC Power supply for CM, output

12-5 12-2 5/0 V DC (pulse) CM FG signal, input

2A3/4

3-6-73

Measure the input voltage.

Check the contact between the power plugand the outlet.

Check the front, left and right covers.

Check for continuity. If none, replace thecord.

Check for continuity across the contacts. Ifnone, replace the main switch.

Check for continuity. If none, remove thecause of blowing and replace the fuse.

Check for continuity across the contacts ofeach switch. If none, replace the switch.

With AC present, check for 5 V DC at CN2-1 on the power source PCB, 12 V DCat CN4-1 and 24 V DC at CN1-1. If none,replace the power source PCB.

Reinsert the connector. Also check forcontinuity within the connector cable. Ifnone, remedy or replace the cable.

Check visually and replace the drive motor ifnecessary.

(1)The machinedoes not op-erate whenthe mainswitch isturned on.

(2)The drivemotor doesnot operate(C200).

No electricity atthe power outlet.

The power cord isnot plugged inproperly.

The front cover,left cover and/orright cover are/isnot closed com-pletely.

Broken powercord.

Defective mainswitch.

Blown fuse in thepower sourcePCB.

Defective safetyswitch 1, 2 or 3.

Defective powersource PCB.

Poor contact in thedrive motor con-nector terminals.

Broken drive motorgear.

3-6-4 Electrical problems• Copier

Problem Causes Check procedures/corrective measures

2A3/4

3-6-74

Defective drivemotor.

Defective mainPCB.

Broken scannermotor coil.

Poor contact in thescanner motorconnector termi-nals.

Defective scannercontrol PCB.

Broken upper liftmotor coil.

Poor contact in theupper lift motorconnector termi-nals.

Defective enginePCB.

Broken lower liftmotor coil.

Poor contact in thelower lift motorconnector termi-nals.

Defective enginePCB.

Run maintenance item U030 and check ifthe drive motor operates when CN12-B4 onthe engine PCB goes low. If not, replace thedrive motor.

Run maintenance item U030 and check ifCN1-113 on the main PCB goes low. If not,replace the main PCB.

Check for continuity across the coil. If none,replace the scanner motor.

Reinsert the connector. Also check forcontinuity within the connector cable. Ifnone, remedy or replace the cable.

Check if the motor drive coil energizationpulse signals are output at CN5-5, CN5-6,CN5-7, CN5-8 and CN5-9 on the main PCBwhen maintenance item U073 is run. If not,replace the main PCB.

Check for continuity across the coil. If none,replace the upper lift motor.

Reinsert the connector. Also check forcontinuity within the connector cable. Ifnone, remedy or replace the cable.

Check if 24 V DC is output across CN8-A2and CN8-A3 on the engine PCB right afterthe upper drawer is installed. If not, replacethe engine PCB.

Check for continuity across the coil. If none,replace the lower lift motor.

Reinsert the connector. Also check forcontinuity within the connector cable. Ifnone, remedy or replace the cable.

Check if 24 V DC is output across CN8-A4and CN8-A5 on the engine PCB right afterthe lower drawer is installed. If not, replacethe engine PCB.

(2)The drive mo-tor does notoperate(C200).

(3)The scannermotor doesnot operate.

(4)The upper liftmotor doesnot operate.

(5)The lower liftmotor doesnot operate.

Problem Causes Check procedures/corrective measures

2A3/4

3-6-75

(6)The tonerfeed motordoes not op-erate.

(7)The paperconveyingsection fanmotor doesnot operate.

(8)Cooling fanmotor 1 doesnot operate atall or does notturn at fullspeed.

(9)Cooling fanmotor 2 doesnot operate atall or does notturn at fullspeed.

Broken toner feedmotor coil.

Poor contact in thetoner feed motorconnector termi-nals.

Defective enginePCB.

Broken paper con-veying section fanmotor coil.

Poor contact in thepaper conveyingsection fan motorconnector termi-nals.

Defective enginePCB.

Broken cooling fanmotor 1 coil.

Poor contact in thecooling fan motor 1connector termi-nals.

Defective enginePCB.

Broken cooling fanmotor 2 coil.

Poor contact in thecooling fan motor 2connectorterminals.

Defective enginePCB.

Check for continuity across the coil. If none,replace the toner feed motor.

Reinsert the connector. Also check forcontinuity within the connector cable. Ifnone, remedy or replace the cable.

Run maintenance item U135 and check ifdrive pulse signal is output across CN2-A5and CN2-A6 on the engine PCB. If not,replace the engine PCB.

Check for continuity across the coil. If none,replace the paper conveying section fan mo-tor.

Reinsert the connector. Also check forcontinuity within the connector cable. Ifnone, remedy or replace the cable.

Run maintenance item U030. If 24 V DC isalways present at CN8-B7 on the enginePCB, replace the engine PCB.

Check for continuity across the coil. If none,replace cooling fan motor 1.

Reinsert the connector. Also check forcontinuity within the connector cable. Ifnone, remedy or replace the cable.

Run maintenance item U030 and check ifCN3-B4 on the engine PCB goes low. If not,replace the engine PCB.

Check for continuity across the coil. If none,replace cooling fan motor 2.

Reinsert the connector. Also check forcontinuity within the connector cable. Ifnone, remedy or replace the cable.

Run maintenance item U030 and check ifCN3-B6 on the engine PCB goes low. If not,replace the engine PCB.

Problem Causes Check procedures/corrective measures

2A3/4

3-6-76

(10)Paper feedmotor doesnot operate(C230).

(11)The paperconveyingmotor doesnot operate(C210).

(12)The tonerrecycle motordoes notoperate.

Broken paper feedmotor coil.

Poor contact in thepaper feed motorconnectorterminals.

Defective paperfeed motor.

Defective mainPCB.

Broken paperconveying motorcoil.

Poor contact in thepaper conveyingmotor connectorterminals.

Defective paperfeed motor.

Defective mainPCB.

Broken tonerrecycle motor coil.

Poor contact in thetoner recyclemotor connectorterminals.

Defective enginePCB.

Check for continuity across the coil. If none,replace the paper feed motor.

Reinsert the connector. Also check forcontinuity within the connector cable. Ifnone, remedy or replace the cable.

Check if the paper feed motor rotates whenCN11-3 on the engine PCB goes low whilemaintenance item U030 is run. If not replacethe paper feed motor.

Run maintenance item U030 and check ifCN1-87 on the main PCB goes low. If not,replace the main PCB.

Check for continuity across the coil. If none,replace the paper conveying motor.

Reinsert the connector. Also check forcontinuity within the connector cable. Ifnone, remedy or replace the cable.

Check if the paper feed motor rotates whenCN5-A8 on the engine PCB goes low whilemaintenance item U030 is run. If not,replace the paper conveying motor.

Run maintenance item U030 and check ifCN1-111 on the main PCB goes low. If not,replace the main PCB.

Check for continuity across the coil. If none,replace the toner recycle motor.

Reinsert the connector. Also check forcontinuity within the connector cable. Ifnone, remedy or replace the cable.

Run maintenance item U135 and check ifdrive pulse signal is output across CN2-A7and CN2-A8 on the engine PCB. If not,replace the engine PCB.

Problem Causes Check procedures/corrective measures

2A3/4

3-6-77

Broken chargercleaning motorcoil.

Poor contact in thecharger cleaningmotor connectorterminals.

Defective enginePCB.

Broken imageformation unit fanmotor coil.

Poor contact in theimage formationunit fan motorconnectorterminals.

Defective enginePCB.

Broken upperpaper feed clutchcoil.

Poor contact in theupper paper feedclutch connectorterminals.

Defective enginePCB.

(13)The chargercleaningmotor doesnot operate.

(14)The imageformation unitfan motordoes notoperate.

(15)The upperpaper feedclutch doesnot operate.

Check for continuity across the coil. If none,replace the charger cleaning motor.

Reinsert the connector. Also check forcontinuity within the connector cable. Ifnone, remedy or replace the cable.

Run maintenance item U102 and check ifCN8-B4 and CN8-B5 on the engine PCB golow. If not, replace the engine PCB.

Check for continuity across the coil. If none,replace the image formation unit fan motor.

Reinsert the connector. Also check forcontinuity within the connector cable. Ifnone, remedy or replace the cable.

Run maintenance item U135 and check ifCN2-A4 on the engine PCB goes low. If not,replace the engine PCB.

Check for continuity across the coil. If none,replace the upper paper feed clutch.

Reinsert the connector. Also check forcontinuity within the connector cable. Ifnone, remedy or replace the cable.

Run maintenance item U032 and check ifCN15-13 on the engine PCB goes low. Ifnot, replace the engine PCB.

Problem Causes Check procedures/corrective measures

2A3/4

3-6-78

Broken lower pa-per feed clutchcoil.

Poor contact in thelower paper feedclutch connectorterminals.

Defective enginePCB.

Broken feed clutch1 coil.

Poor contact infeed clutch 1 con-nector terminals.

Defective enginePCB.

Broken feed clutch2 coil.

Poor contact infeed clutch 2 con-nector terminals.

Defective enginePCB.

Broken feed clutch3 coil.

Poor contact infeed clutch 3 con-nector terminals.

Defective enginePCB.

(16)The lowerpaper feedclutch doesnot operate.

(17)Feed clutch 1does not op-erate.

(18)Feed clutch 2does notoperate.

(19)Feed clutch 3does not op-erate.

Check for continuity across the coil. If none,replace the lower paper feed clutch.

Reinsert the connector. Also check forcontinuity within the connector cable. Ifnone, remedy or replace the cable.

Run maintenance item U032 and check ifCN15-14 on the engine PCB goes low. Ifnot, replace the engine PCB.

Check for continuity across the coil. If none,replace feed clutch 1.

Reinsert the connector. Also check forcontinuity within the connector cable. Ifnone, remedy or replace the cable.

Run maintenance item U032 and check ifCN12-A4 on the engine PCB goes low. Ifnot, replace the engine PCB.

Check for continuity across the coil. If none,replace feed clutch 2.

Reinsert the connector. Also check forcontinuity within the connector cable. Ifnone, remedy or replace the cable.

Run maintenance item U032 and check ifCN12-A8 on the engine PCB goes low. Ifnot, replace the engine PCB.

Check for continuity across the coil. If none,replace feed clutch 3.

Reinsert the connector. Also check forcontinuity within the connector cable. Ifnone, remedy or replace the cable.

Run maintenance item U032 and check ifCN12-A10 on the engine PCB goes low. Ifnot, replace the engine PCB.

Problem Causes Check procedures/corrective measures

2A3/4

3-6-79

Broken feed clutch4 coil.

Poor contact infeed clutch 4 con-nector terminals.

Defective enginePCB.

Broken feed clutch5 coil.

Poor contact infeed clutch 5connectorterminals.

Defective enginePCB.

Broken registrationclutch coil.

Poor contact in theregistration clutchconnector termi-nals.

Defective enginePCB.

Broken bypasspaper feed clutchcoil.

Poor contact in thebypass paper feedclutch connectorterminals.

Defective enginePCB.

(20)Feed clutch 4does notoperate.

(21)Feed clutch 5does notoperate.

(22)The registra-tion clutchdoes notoperate.

(23)The bypasspaper feedclutch doesnot operate.

Check for continuity across the coil. If none,replace feed clutch 4.

Reinsert the connector. Also check forcontinuity within the connector cable. Ifnone, remedy or replace the cable.

Run maintenance item U032 and check ifCN8-B9 on the engine PCB goes low. If not,replace the engine PCB.

Check for continuity across the coil. If none,replace feed clutch 5.

Reinsert the connector. Also check forcontinuity within the connector cable. Ifnone, remedy or replace the cable.

Run maintenance item U032 and check ifCN12-A2 on the engine PCB goes low. Ifnot, replace the engine PCB.

Check for continuity across the coil. If none,replace the registration clutch.

Reinsert the connector. Also check forcontinuity within the connector cable. Ifnone, remedy or replace the cable.

Run maintenance item U032 and check ifCN8-B11 on the engine PCB goes low. Ifnot, replace the engine PCB.

Check for continuity across the coil. If none,replace the bypass paper feed clutch.

Reinsert the connector. Also check forcontinuity within the connector cable. Ifnone, remedy or replace the cable.

Run maintenance item U032 and check ifCN14-A7 on the engine PCB goes low. Ifnot, replace the engine PCB.

Problem Causes Check procedures/corrective measures

2A3/4

3-6-80

(24)The ejectspeedswitchingclutch doesnot operate.

(25)The bypasssolenoid doesnot operate.

(26)The cleaninglamp does notturn on.

(27)The exposurelamp does notturn on.

Broken ejectspeed switchingclutch coil.

Poor contact in theeject speedswitching clutchconnectorterminals.

Defective enginePCB.

Broken bypasssolenoid coil.

Poor contact in thebypass solenoidconnector termi-nals.

Defective enginePCB.

Poor contact in thecleaning lamp con-nector terminals.

Defective cleaninglamp.

Defective enginePCB.

Poor contact in theexposure lampconnectorterminals.

Defective inverterPCB.

Defective scannermotor PCB.

Check for continuity across the coil. If none,replace the eject speed switching clutch.

Reinsert the connector. Also check forcontinuity within the connector cable. Ifnone, remedy or replace the cable.

Run maintenance item U032 and check ifCN3-A11 on the engine PCB goes low. Ifnot, replace the engine PCB.

Check for continuity across the coil. If none,replace the bypass solenoid.

Reinsert the connector. Also check forcontinuity within the connector cable. Ifnone, remedy or replace the cable.

Run maintenance item U033 and check ifCN14-A8 on the engine PCB goes low. Ifnot, replace the engine PCB.

Reinsert the connector. Also check forcontinuity within the connector cable. Ifnone, remedy or replace the cable.

Check for one-way continuity across eachLED comprising the cleaning lamp. If none,replace the cleaning lamp.

If the cleaning lamp turns on when CN2-A2on the engine PCB is held low, replace theengine PCB.

Reinsert the connector. Also check forcontinuity within the connector cable. Ifnone, remedy or replace the cable.

If the exposure lamp does not turn on whenCN1-5 and CN1-6 on the inverter PCB areheld low, replace the inverter PCB.

If the exposure lamp turns on when CN3-1and 3-2 on the scanner motor PCB are heldlow, replace the scanner motor PCB.

Problem Causes Check procedures/corrective measures

2A3/4

3-6-81

Defective inverterPCB.

Defective scannermotor PCB.

Broken wire in fix-ing heater M or S.

Fixing unitthermostat trig-gered.

Broken fixing unitthermistor wire.

Dirty sensor part ofthe fixing unit ther-mistor.

Defective enginePCB.

Broken maincharger wire.

Leaking maincharger housing.

Poor contact in thehigh-voltagetransformer PCBconnectorterminals.

Defective mainPCB.

Defective enginePCB.

Defective high-voltage trans-former PCB.

If the exposure lamp does not turn off withCN1-5 and CN1-6 on the inverter PCB high,replace the inverter PCB.

If CN3-1 and CN3-2 on the scanner motorPCB are always low, replace the scannermotor PCB.

Check for continuity across each heater. Ifnone, replace the heater (see page 3-3-63).

Check for continuity across thermostat. Ifnone, remove the cause and replace thethermostat.

Measure the resistance. If it is ∞ Ω, replacethe fixing unit thermistor.

Check visually and clean the thermistor sen-sor parts.

If fixing heater M/S stays on while CN6-7and CN6-8 on the engine PCB go high,replace the engine PCB.

See page 3-6-5.

Problem Causes Check procedures/corrective measures

(28)The exposurelamp does notturn off.

(29)Fixing heaterM or S doesnot turn on(C620).

(30)Fixing heaterM or S doesnot turn off(fixing unitthermostattriggered;C620).

(31)Main chargingis not per-formed(C510).

2A3/4

3-6-82

See page 3-6-4.

Replace the separation charger wire (seepage 3-3-56).

Reinsert the connector. Also check forcontinuity within the connector cable. Ifnone, remedy or replace the cable.

Run maintenance item U101. If separationcharging does not take place while CN1-9on the high-voltage transformer PCB goeslow, replace the high-voltage transformerPCB.

Run maintenance item U101 and check ifCN5-B5 on the engine PCB goes low. If not,replace the engine PCB.

Check the developing bias wire. If there isany problem, replace it.

Reinsert the connector. Also check forcontinuity within the connector cable. Ifnone, remedy or replace the cable.

Check if the developing bias is output whenCN1-4 on the high-voltage transformer PCBgoes low while maintenance item U030 isrun. If not, replace the high-voltagetransformer PCB.

Broken transfercharger wire.

Poor contact in thehigh-voltagetransformer PCBconnectorterminals.

Defective mainPCB.

Defective enginePCB.

Defective high-voltage trans-former PCB.

Broken separationcharger wire.

Poor contact in thehigh-voltagetransformer PCBconnectorterminals.

Defective high-voltage trans-former PCB.

Defective enginePCB.

Poor contact in thedeveloping biaswire.

Poor contact in thehigh-voltagetransformer PCBconnector terminals.

Defective high-voltage trans-former PCB.

(32)Transfercharging isnot performed(C511).

(33)Separationcharging isnot performed(C511).

(34)No develop-ing bias isoutput.

Problem Causes Check procedures/corrective measures

2A3/4

3-6-83

Defective enginePCB.

Defective originaldetection switch.

Original is notplaced correctly.

Poor contact in theoriginal sizesensors connectorterminals.

Defective originalsize sensor or thescanner motorPCB.

Poor contact in thetouch panel con-nector terminals.

Defective touchpanel or operationunit main PCB.

Poor contact in theupper paper switchconnector termi-nals.

Defective upperpaper switch.

(34)No develop-ing bias isoutput.

(35)The originalsize is notdetected.

(36)The originalsize is notdetected cor-rectly.

(37)The touchpanel keys donot work.

(38)The messagerequestingpaper to beloaded isshown whenpaper ispresent in theupper drawer.

Check if CN5-B10 on the engine PCB goeslow during copying. If not, replace the enginePCB.

If the level of CN5-2 on the scanner motorPCB does not change when the original de-tection switch is turned on and off, replacethe original detection switch.

Check the original and correct if necessary.

Reinsert the connector. Also check forcontinuity within the connector cable. Ifnone, remedy or replace the cable.

Check if sensor operates correctly. If not,replace it or, if necessary, the scanner motorPCB.

Reinsert the connector. Also check forcontinuity within the connector cable. Ifnone, remedy or replace the cable.

If any keys do not work after the touch panelhas been initialized, replace the touch panelor operation unit main PCB.

Reinsert the connector. Also check forcontinuity within the connector cable. Ifnone, remedy or replace the cable.

Check if CN15-9 on the engine PCB goeslow when the upper paper switch is turnedon with 5 V DC present at CN15-7 on theengine PCB. If not, replace the upper paperswitch.

Problem Causes Check procedures/corrective measures

2A3/4

3-6-84

(39)The messagerequestingpaper to beloaded isshown whenpaper ispresent in thelower drawer.

(40)The messagerequestingpaper to beloaded isshown whenpaper ispresent onthe bypasstable.

(41)The size ofpaper in theupper draweris not dis-played cor-rectly.

Poor contact in thelower paper switchconnector termi-nals.

Defective lowerpaper switch.

Poor contact in thebypass paperswitch connectorterminals.

Defective bypasspaper switch.

Poor contact in theupper paper lengthswitch* connectorterminals (inchspecs).

Poor contact in theupper paper widthswitch* connectorterminals (inchspecs).

Defective upperpaper lengthswitch* (inchspecs).

Defective upperpaper widthswitch* (inchspecs).

Incorrectly setdrawer paper sizein copiermanagementmode (metricspecs).

Reinsert the connector. Also check forcontinuity within the connector cable. Ifnone, remedy or replace the cable.

Check if CN15-10 on the engine PCB goeslow when the lower paper switch is turnedon with 5 V DC present at CN15-8 on theengine PCB. If none, replace the lower pa-per switch.

Reinsert the connector. Also check forcontinuity within the connector cable. Ifnone, remedy or replace the cable.

Check if CN14-A4 on the engine PCB goeslow when the bypass paper switch is turnedon with 5 V DC present at CN14-A2 on theengine PCB. If not, replace the bypasspaper switch.

Reinsert the connector. Also check forcontinuity within the connector cable. Ifnone, remedy or replace the cable.

Reinsert the connector. Also check forcontinuity within the connector cable. Ifnone, remedy or replace the cable.

Check if CN8-A8 on the engine PCB goeslow when the upper paper length switch isturned on. If not, replace the upper paperlength switch.

Check if the levels of CN9-19, CN9-20 andCN9-21 on the engine PCB changealternately when the width guide in the upperdrawer is moved. If not, replace the upperpaper width switch.

Check the drawer paper size and reset.

Problem Causes Check procedures/corrective measures

* For inch specifications only.

2A3/4

3-6-85

Poor contact in thelower paper lengthswitch* connectorterminals (inchspecs).

Poor contact in thelower paper widthswitch* connectorterminals (inchspecs).

Defective lowerpaper lengthswitch* (inchspecs).

Defective lowerpaper widthswitch* (inchspecs).

Incorrectly setdrawer paper sizein copiermanagementmode (metricspecs).

(42)The size ofpaper in thelower draweris not dis-played cor-rectly.

Reinsert the connector. Also check forcontinuity within the connector cable. Ifnone, remedy or replace the cable.

Reinsert the connector. Also check forcontinuity within the connector cable. Ifnone, remedy or replace the cable.

Check if CN8-A10 on the main PCB goeslow when the lower paper length switch isturned on. If not, replace the lower paperlength switch.

Check if the levels of CN9-23, CN9-24 andCN9-25 on the engine PCB changealternately when the width guide in the lowerdrawer is moved. If not, replace the lowerpaper width switch.

Check the drawer paper size and reset.

Problem Causes Check procedures/corrective measures

* For inch specifications only.

2A3/4

3-6-86

A piece of papertorn from copypaper is caughtaround paper feedswitch 1/2/3, thefeed switch or theeject switch.

Defective paperfeed switch 1.

Defective paperfeed switch 2.

Defective paperfeed switch 3.

Defective feedswitch.

Defective registra-tion switch.

Defective ejectswitch.

(43)A paper jamin the paperfeed, paperconveying orfixing sectionis indicatedon the touchpanel immedi-ately after themain switch isturned on.

Check and remove if any.

With 5 V DC present at CN13-5 on theengine PCB, check if CN13-4 on the enginePCB remains low when paper feed switch 1is turned on and off. If it does, replace paperfeed switch 1.

With 5 V DC present at CN13-8 on theengine PCB, check if CN13-7 on the enginePCB remains low when paper feed switch 2is turned on and off. If it does, replace paperfeed switch 2.

With 5 V DC present at CN13-11 on theengine PCB, check if CN13-10 on theengine PCB remains low when paper feedswitch 3 is turned on and off. If it does,replace paper feed switch 3.

With 5 V DC present at CN13-2 on theengine PCB, check if CN13-1 on the enginePCB remains low when the feed switch isturned on and off. If it does, replace the feedswitch.

With 5 V DC present at CN8-B1 on theengine PCB, check if CN8-B2 on the enginePCB remains low when the registrationswitch is turned on and off. If it does, replacethe registration switch.

With 5 V DC present at CN3-B10 on theengine PCB, check if CN3-B9 on the enginePCB remains low when the eject switch isturned on and off. If it does, replace the ejectswitch.

Problem Causes Check procedures/corrective measures

2A3/4

3-6-87

(44)The messagerequestingcovers to beclosed is dis-played whenthe front, leftand right cov-ers areclosed.

(45)Others.

Poor contact in theconnector termi-nals of safetyswitch 1, 2 or 3.

Defective safetyswitch 1, 2 or 3.

Wiring is broken,shorted or makespoor contact.

Noise.

Reinsert the connector. Also check forcontinuity within the connector cable. Ifnone, remedy or replace the cable.

Check for continuity across each switch. Ifthere is no continuity when the switch is on,replace it.

Check for continuity. If none, repair.

Locate the source of noise and remove.

Problem Causes Check procedures/corrective measures

2A3/4

3-6-88

(1)The originalfeed motordoes notoperate.

(2)The originalconveyingmotor doesnot operate.

(3)The originalfeed solenoiddoes notoperate.

Defective originalfeed motor coil.

The connectorterminals of theoriginal feed motormake poor contact.

Defective DFdriver PCB.

Defective originalconveying motorcoil.

The connectorterminals of theoriginal conveyingmotor make poorcontact.

Defective DFdriver PCB

Defective originalfeed solenoid coil.

The connectorterminals of theoriginal feedsolenoid makepoor contact.

Defective DFdriver PCB.

Problem Causes Check procedures/corrective measures

• SRDF

Check for continuity across the coil. If none,replace the original feed motor.

Reinsert the connector. Also check forcontinuity within the connector cable. Ifnone, remedy or replace the cable.

Check for continuity across the original feedmotor coil and connector terminals. If good,replace the DF driver PCB.

Check for continuity across the coil. If none,replace the original conveying motor.

Reinsert the connector. Also check forcontinuity within the connector cable. Ifnone, remedy or replace the cable.

Check for continuity across the original con-veying motor coil and connector terminals. Ifgood, replace the DF driver PCB.

Check for continuity across the coil. If none,replace the original feed solenoid.

Reinsert the connector. Also check forcontinuity within the connector cable. Ifnone, remedy or replace the cable.

Check if the original feed solenoid operateswhen CN5-B13 or CN5-B12 on the DF driverPCB is low. If it does, replace the DF driverPCB.

2A3/4

3-6-89

Problem Causes Check procedures/corrective measures

Check for continuity across the coil. If none,replace the switchback feedshift solenoid.

Reinsert the connector. Also check forcontinuity within the connector cable. Ifnone, remedy or replace the cable.

Check if the switchback feedshift solenoidoperates when CN5-B8 on the DF driverPCB is low. If it does, replace the DF driverPCB.

Check for continuity across the coil. If none,replace the eject feedshift solenoid.

Reinsert the connector. Also check forcontinuity within the connector cable. Ifnone, remedy or replace the cable.

Check if the eject feedshift solenoidoperates when CN5-A7 on the DF driverPCB is low. If it does, replace the DF driverPCB.

Check for continuity across the coil. If none,replace the switchback pressure solenoid.

Reinsert the connector. Also check forcontinuity within the connector cable. Ifnone, remedy or replace the cable.

Check if the switchback pressure solenoidoperates when CN5-A2 or CN5-A3 on theDF driver PCB is low. If it does, replace theDF driver PCB.

(4)The switch-back feedshiftsolenoid doesnot operate.

(5)The ejectfeedshift sole-noid does notoperate.

(6)The switch-back pressuresolenoid doesnot operate.

Defective switch-back feedshift so-lenoid coil.

The connectorterminals of theswitchback feed-shift solenoidmake poor contact.

Defective DFdriver PCB.

Defective ejectfeedshift solenoidcoil.

The connectorterminals of theeject feedshiftsolenoid makepoor contact.

Defective DFdriver PCB.

Defective switch-back pressure so-lenoid coil.

The connectorterminals of theswitchback pres-sure solenoidmake poor contact.

Defective DFdriver PCB.

2A3/4

3-6-90

Problem Causes Check procedures/corrective measures

Defective originalfeed clutch coil.

The connectorterminals of theoriginal feed clutchmake poor contact.

Defective DFdriver PCB.

The connectorterminals of DFsafety switch 1make poor contact.

Defective DFsafety switch 1.

A piece of papertorn from an origi-nal is caughtaround the originalfeed switch.

Defective originalfeed switch.

A piece of papertorn from an origi-nal is caughtaround the originalswitchback switch.

Defective originalswitchback switch.

(7)The originalfeed clutchdoes notoperate.

(8)A messageindicatingcover open isdisplayedwhen theSRDF isclosed cor-rectly.

(9)An originaljams whenthe mainswitch isturned on.

Check for continuity across the coil. If none,replace the original feed clutch.

Reinsert the connector. Also check forcontinuity within the connector cable. Ifnone, remedy or replace the cable.

Check if the original feed clutch operateswhen CN5-A5 on the DF driver PCB is low.If it does, replace the DF driver PCB.

Reinsert the connector. Also check forcontinuity within the connector cable. Ifnone, remedy or replace the cable.

Check for continuity across the contacts ofthe switch. If none when the switch is on,replace DF safety switch 1.

Remove any found.

With 5 V DC present at CN6-B4 on the DFdriver PCB, check if CN6-B5 of the DF driverPCB remains low when the original feedswitch is turned on and off. If it does, replacethe original feed switch.

Remove any found.

With 5 V DC present at CN6-A6 on the DFdriver PCB, check if CN6-A5 on the DFdriver PCB remains low when the originalswitchback switch is turned on and off. If itdoes, replace the original switchback switch.

2A3/4

3-6-91

Problem Causes Check procedures/corrective measures

A piece of papertorn from an origi-nal is caughtaround the DFtiming switch.

Defective DF tim-ing switch.

(9)An originaljams whenthe mainswitch isturned on.

Remove any found.

With 5 V DC present at CN6-A15 on the DFdriver PCB, check if CN6-A14 on the DFdriver PCB remains low when the DF timingswitch is turned on and off. If it does, replacethe DF timing switch.

2A3/4

3-6-92

Reinsert the connector. Also check forcontinuity within the connector cable. Ifnone, remedy or replace the cable.

Check visually and replace the side registra-tion motor if necessary.

Check for continuity across the coil. If none,replace the side registration motor.

Check for continuity across the coil. If none,replace the feedshift solenoid.

Reinsert the connector. Also check forcontinuity within the connector cable. Ifnone, remedy or replace the cable.

Run maintenance item U033 and check ifCN3-A8 on the engine PCB goes low. If not,replace the engine PCB.

Check for continuity across the coil. If none,replace the duplex forward solenoid.

Reinsert the connector. Also check forcontinuity within the connector cable. Ifnone, remedy or replace the cable.

Run maintenance item U033 and check ifCN10-8 on the engine PCB goes low. If not,replace the engine PCB.

(1)The side reg-istration motordoes not ro-tate (C220).

(2)The feedshiftsolenoid doesnot operate.

(3)The duplexforward sole-noid does notoperate.

Poor contact in theside registrationmotor connectorterminals.

Broken side regis-tration motor gear.

Defective side reg-istration motor.

Broken feedshiftsolenoid coil.

Poor contact in thefeedshift solenoidconnector termi-nals.

Defective enginePCB.

Broken duplexforward solenoidcoil.

Poor contact in theduplex forwardsolenoid connectorterminals.

Defective enginePCB.

• Feedshift and duplex sections

Problem Causes Check procedures/corrective measures

2A3/4

3-6-93

(4)Theswitchbackfeedshiftsolenoid doesnot operate.

(5)The duplexpaper tappingsolenoid doesnot operate.

(6)The messagerequestingcovers to beclosed is dis-played whenthe left coveris closed.

(7)Others.

Broken switchbackfeedshift solenoidcoil.

Poor contact in theswitchbackfeedshift solenoidconnector termi-nals.

Defective enginePCB.

Broken duplexpaper tapping so-lenoid coil.

Poor contact in theduplex paper tap-ping solenoid con-nector terminals.

Defective enginePCB.

Poor contact insafety switch 2connector termi-nals.

Defective safetyswitch 2.

Wiring is broken,shorted or makespoor contact.

Noise.

Check for continuity across the coil. If none,replace the switchback feedshift solenoid.

Reinsert the connector. Also check forcontinuity within the connector cable. Ifnone, remedy or replace the cable.

Run maintenance item U033 and check ifCN10-10 on the engine PCB goes low. Ifnot, replace the engine PCB.

Check for continuity across the coil. If none,replace the duplex paper tapping solenoid.

Reinsert the connector. Also check forcontinuity within the connector cable. Ifnone, remedy or replace the cable.

Run maintenance item U033 and check ifCN10-14 on the engine PCB goes low. Ifnot, replace the engine PCB.

Reinsert the connector. Also check forcontinuity within the connector cable. Ifnone, remedy or replace the cable.

Check for continuity across the contacts. Ifthere is no continuity when safety switch 2 ison, replace it.

Check for continuity. If none, repair.

Locate the source of noise and remove.

Problem Causes Check procedures/corrective measures

2A3/4

3-6-94

Check the connector.

Reinsert the connector. Also check forcontinuity within the connector cable. Ifnone, remedy or replace the cable.

Check the drive system.

Check if the motor drive clock signal ispresent at CN12-3 on the deck main PCBwhen maintenance item U247 is run. If not,replace the deck main PCB.

Check if the deck paper conveying motorrotates while the motor drive clock signal ispresent at CN12-3 on the deck main PCBwhen maintenance item U247 is run. If not,replace the deck paper conveying motor.

Reinsert the connector. Also check forcontinuity within the connector cable. Ifnone, remedy or replace the cable.

Check for continuity across the coil. If none,replace paper deck motor 1.

Check if CN7-1 on the deck main PCB goeslow when paper deck motor 1 is turned on(placing paper on the right cassette lift andclosing the large paper deck will turn paperdeck motor 1 on until deck level switch 1turns on) while the deck open/closed safetyswitch is on and 24 V DC is present at CN1-4 on the deck main PCB. If not, replace thedeck main PCB.

(1)The largepaper deckdoes notoperate whenthe print keyis pressed.

(2)The deckpaperconveyingmotor doesnot operate(C920).

(3)Paper deckmotor 1 doesnot operate(C921).

Incorrectconnection withthe engine PCB.

Poor contact in thedeck paperconveying motorconnectorterminals.

The deck paperconveying motordrive systemoverloaded.

Defective deckmain PCB.

Defective deckpaper conveyingmotor.

Poor contact in thepaper deck motor1 connectorterminals.

Broken paper deckmotor 1 coil.

Defective deckmain PCB.

Problem Causes Check procedures/corrective measures

• Large paper deck (42 ppm: optional/52 ppm: standard)

2A3/4

3-6-95

(4)Paper deckmotor 2 doesnot operate(C922).

(5)Paper feedclutch 1 doesnot operate.

(6)Paper feedclutch 2 doesnot operate.

Poor contact in thepaper deck motor2 connectorterminals.

Broken paper deckmotor 2 coil.

Defective deckmain PCB.

Poor contact in thepaper feed clutch 1connectorterminals.

Broken paper feedclutch 1 coil.

Defective deckmain PCB.

Wiring problem.

Defective interfacePCB.

Poor contact in thepaper feed clutch 2connectorterminals.

Broken paper feedclutch 2 coil.

Reinsert the connector. Also check forcontinuity within the connector cable. Ifnone, remedy or replace the cable.

Check for continuity across the coil. If none,replace paper deck motor 2.

Check if CN7-4 on the deck main PCB goeslow when paper deck motor 2 is turned on(placing paper on the left cassette lift andclosing the large paper deck will turn paperdeck motor 2 on until deck level switch 2turns on) while the deck open/closed safetyswitch is on and 24 V DC is present at CN1-4 on the deck main PCB. If not, replace thedeck main PCB.

Reinsert the connector. Also check forcontinuity within the connector cable. Ifnone, remedy or replace the cable.

Check for continuity across the coil. If none,replace paper feed clutch 1.

Check if CN4-4 on the deck main PCB goeslow when maintenance item U247 is run. Ifnot, replace the deck main PCB.

Check for continuity across CN4-4 on thedeck main PCB and CN1-4 on the interfacePCB. If none, check the wiring.

Run maintenance item U247. If paper feedclutch 1 does not operate while CN4-4 onthe deck main PCB is low, check forcontinuity across CN5-5 & CN1-1 and CN5-6& CN1-4 on the interface PCB. If none,replace the interface PCB.

Reinsert the connector. Also check forcontinuity within the connector cable. Ifnone, remedy or replace the cable.

Check for continuity across the coil. If none,replace paper feed clutch 2.

Problem Causes Check procedures/corrective measures

2A3/4

3-6-96

Defective deckmain PCB.

Wiring problem.

Defective interfacePCB.

Poor contact in thepaper conveyingclutch connectorterminals.

Broken paperconveying clutchcoil.

Defective deckmain PCB.

Wiring problem.

Defective interfacePCB.

(6)Paper feedclutch 2 doesnot operate.

(7)The paperconveyingclutch doesnot operate.

Problem Causes Check procedures/corrective measures

Check if CN4-5 on the deck main PCB goeslow when maintenance item U247 is run. Ifnot, replace the deck main PCB.

Check for continuity across CN4-5 on thedeck main PCB and CN1-5 on the interfacePCB. If none, check the wiring.

Run maintenance item U247. If paper feedclutch 2 does not operate while CN4-5 onthe deck main PCB is low, check forcontinuity across CN5-3 & CN1-1 and CN5-4 & CN1-5 on the interface PCB. If none,replace the interface PCB.

Reinsert the connector. Also check forcontinuity within the connector cable. Ifnone, remedy or replace the cable.

Check for continuity across the coil. If none,replace the paper conveying clutch.

Check if CN4-6 on the deck main PCB goeslow when maintenance item U247 is run. Ifnot, replace the deck main PCB.

Check for continuity across CN4-6 on thedeck main PCB and CN1-6 on the interfacePCB. If none, check the wiring.

Run maintenance item U247. If the paperconveying clutch does not operate whileCN4-6 on the deck main PCB is low, checkfor continuity across CN5-1 & CN1-1 andacross CN5-2 & CN1-6 on the interfacePCB. If none, replace the interface PCB.

2A3/4

3-6-97

Clean with isopropyl alcohol.

Replace if necessary (see page3-3-3).

Replace if necessary (see page3-3-3).

See pages 3-6-77 – 79.

Clean with isopropyl alcohol.

See page 3-6-79.

Check the width guide visuallyand correct or replace if neces-sary.

Check the width guide visuallyand correct or replace if it isdeformed.

Repair or replace.

(1)No primarypaper feed.

(2)No secondarypaper feed.

(3)Skewed paperfeed.

Check if the surfaces of thefollowing rollers or pulleys aredirty with paper powder: for-warding pulleys, upper/lowerpaper feed pulleys, upper/lowerfeed rollers, feed rollers 1/2/3/4,feed pulleys, bypass forwardingpulley and bypass upper/lowerpaper feed pulleys.

Check if the upper or lower pa-per feed pulley is deformed.

Check if the forwarding pulley isdeformed.

Electrical problem with the fol-lowing electromagneticclutches: upper/lower paperfeed clutches, feed clutches 1/2/3/4/5 and bypass paper feedclutch.

Check if the surfaces of theupper and lower registrationrollers are dirty with paper pow-der.

Electrical problem with the reg-istration clutch.

Width guide in a drawer in-stalled incorrectly.

Deformed width guide in adrawer.

Check if a pressure springalong the paper conveying pathis deformed or out of place.

Problem Causes/check procedures Corrective measures

3-6-5 Mechanical problems• Copier

2A3/4

3-6-98

(4)The scannerdoes nottravel.

(5)Multiple sheetsof paper arefed at onetime.

(6)Paper jams.

(7)Toner dropson the paperconveyingpath.

Check if the scanner wire isloose.

The scanner motor malfunc-tions.

Check if the lower paper feedpulley is worn.

Check if the paper is curled.

Check if the paper is exces-sively curled.

Deformed guides along the pa-per conveying path.

Check if the contact betweenthe upper and lower registrationrollers is correct.

Check if the separation chargerwire in the transfer charger as-sembly is broken.

Check if the paper conveyingbelt is off the paper conveyingpulleys.

Check if the fixing unit upper orlower left guide is deformed.

Check if the press roller is ex-tremely dirty or deformed.

Check if the contact betweenthe heat roller and its separa-tion claws is correct.

Check if the contact betweenthe eject roller and pulley iscorrect.

Check if the developing unit isextremely dirty.

Reinstall the scanner wire (seepage 3-3-24).

See page 3-6-74.

Replace the lower paper feedpulley if it is worn (see page3-3-3).

Change the paper.

Change the paper.

Check visually and repair orreplace any deformed guides.

Remedy if necessary. Replacethe pressure spring if it is de-formed.

Replace the separation chargerwire if it is broken (see page3-3-56).

Remedy.

Repair or replace.

Clean or replace the pressroller.

Repair if any springs are off theseparation claws.

Repair if a pressure spring is offthe eject pulley.

Clean the developing unit.

Problem Causes/check procedures Corrective measures

2A3/4

3-6-99

(8)Abnormalnoise isheard.

Check if the pulleys, rollers andgears operate smoothly.

Check if the following electro-magnetic clutches are installedcorrectly: upper/lower paperfeed clutches, feed clutches 1/2/3/4/5 and bypass paper feedclutch.

Grease the bearings and gears.

Correct.

Problem Causes/check procedures Corrective measures

2A3/4

3-6-100

Problem Causes/check procedures Corrective measures

The surfaces of the DF forward-ing pulleys, DF original feedpulley or DF separation pulleyare dirty with paper powder.

Check if the DF original feedpulley or the DF separation pul-ley is deformed.

Check if the DF forwarding pul-leys are deformed.

Electrical problem with the fol-lowing clutch or solenoid:• Original feed solenoid• Original feed clutch

The DF registration pulley andthe DF registration roller do notcontact each other correctly.

Originals outside the specifica-tions are used.

The surfaces of the DF forward-ing pulleys, DF original feedpulley or DF separation pulleyare dirty with paper powder.

The DF original feed pulley andthe DF separation pulley do notcontact each other correctly.

(1)No primaryoriginal feed.

(2)No secondaryoriginal feed.

(3)Originals jam.

Check and clean them with iso-propyl alcohol if they are dirty.

If so, replace (see pages 3-3-89and 91).

If so, replace (see page 3-3-89).

See pages 3-6-88 and 90.

Remedy.

Use only originals conformingto the specifications.

Check and clean them with iso-propyl alcohol if they are dirty.

Remedy.

• SRDF

2A3/4

3-6-101

Clean with isopropyl alcohol.

Replace (see page 3-3-80).

See page 3-6-93.

Run maintenance item U052and adjust the side registrationamount (see page 3-3-88).

Change the paper.

Check visually and repair orreplace any deformed guides.

See page 3-6-92.

Repair if the mount has comeoff the feedshift pulley.

Grease the bushings andgears.

Check if the surfaces of thefollowing rollers and pulleys aredirty with paper powder: duplexforwarding pulley, refeed pulley,switchback roller and duplexupper/lower registration rollers.

Check if the duplex forwardingpulley is deformed.

Electrical problem with thepaper tapping solenoid.

Side registration amount ad-justed incorrectly.

Check if the paper is exces-sively curled.

Deformed guides along the pa-per conveying path.

The feedshift solenoid malfunc-tions.

Check if the contact betweenthe feedshift lower roller andfeedshift pulley is correct.

Check if pulleys, rollers andgears operate smoothly.

(1)No refeed.

(2)Paper is refedaskew.

(3)Paper jams.

(4)Abnormalnoise isheard.

• Feedshift and duplex sections

Problem Causes/check procedures Corrective measures

2A3/4

3-6-102

(1)No primarypaper feed.

(2)Paper is fedaskew.

(3)Multiplesheets ofpaper are fedat one time.

(4)Paper jams.

Check if the upper or lowerdeck separation roller is dirtywith paper powder.

Check if deck paper feed roller1, 2 or the deck paperconveying roller is dirty withpaper powder.

Check if the upper or lowerdeck separation roller is worn ordeformed.

Check if deck paper feed roller1, 2 or the deck paper convey-ing roller is worn or deformed.

Check if paper feed clutch 1, 2or the paper conveying clutchmalfunctions.

Check if the upper or lowerdeck separation roller is worn ordeformed.

Check if deck paper feed roller1, 2 or the deck paperconveying roller is worn ordeformed.

Check if the paper side guidesare deformed.

Check if the paper isexcessively curled.

Paper is not loaded correctly.

Check if the upper or lowerdeck separation roller is worn ordeformed.

Check if the paper isexcessively curled.

Check if the upper and lowerdeck separation rollers contacteach other when the deck isinstalled correctly.

• Large paper deck (42 ppm: optional/52 ppm: standard)

Problem Causes/check procedures Corrective measures

Clean with isopropyl alcohol.

Clean with isopropyl alcohol.

Replace (see page 3-3-102).

Replace (see page 3-3-104).

Remedy or replace.

Replace (see page 3-3-102).

Replace (see page 3-3-104).

Remedy or replace.

Change the paper.

Correct.

Replace (see page 3-3-102).

Change the paper.

Remedy if necessary.

2A3/4

3-6-103

Check if the paper side guidesare deformed.

Check if rollers and gearsoperate smoothly.

Check for any abnormality withmotors and clutches.

Check for any drive belt out ofplace.

Problem Causes/check procedures Corrective measures

(4)Paper jams.

(5)Abnormalnoise isheard.

Remedy or replace.

Grease the bushings andgears.

Replace.

Remedy if necessary.

1-1-33

2A3/4

CONTENTS

3-7 Appendixes

Timing chart No. 1 ......................................................................................... 3-7-1Timing chart No. 2 ......................................................................................... 3-7-2Timing chart No. 3 ......................................................................................... 3-7-3Timing chart No. 4 ......................................................................................... 3-7-4Timing chart No. 5 ......................................................................................... 3-7-5Timing chart No. 6 ......................................................................................... 3-7-6Timing chart No. 7 ......................................................................................... 3-7-7Timing chart No. 8 ......................................................................................... 3-7-8Timing chart No. 9 ......................................................................................... 3-7-9Timing chart No. 10 ..................................................................................... 3-7-10Timing chart No. 11 ..................................................................................... 3-7-11Timing chart No. 12 ..................................................................................... 3-7-12Power source PCB 1/2 ................................................................................ 3-7-13Power source PCB 2/2 ................................................................................ 3-7-14Engine PCB 1/2 ........................................................................................... 3-7-15Engine PCB 2/2 ........................................................................................... 3-7-16Main PCB 1/9 .............................................................................................. 3-7-17Main PCB 2/9 .............................................................................................. 3-7-18Main PCB 3/9 .............................................................................................. 3-7-19Main PCB 4/9 .............................................................................................. 3-7-20Main PCB 5/9 .............................................................................................. 3-7-21Main PCB 6/9 .............................................................................................. 3-7-22Main PCB 7/9 .............................................................................................. 3-7-23Main PCB 8/9 .............................................................................................. 3-7-24Main PCB 9/9 .............................................................................................. 3-7-25Memory copy PCB 1/12 .............................................................................. 3-7-26Memory copy PCB 2/12 .............................................................................. 3-7-27Memory copy PCB 3/12 .............................................................................. 3-7-28Memory copy PCB 4/12 .............................................................................. 3-7-29Memory copy PCB 5/12 .............................................................................. 3-7-30Memory copy PCB 6/12 .............................................................................. 3-7-31Memory copy PCB 7/12 .............................................................................. 3-7-32Memory copy PCB 8/12 .............................................................................. 3-7-33Memory copy PCB 9/12 .............................................................................. 3-7-34Memory copy PCB 10/12 ............................................................................ 3-7-35Memory copy PCB 11/12 ............................................................................ 3-7-36Memory copy PCB 12/12 ............................................................................ 3-7-37Scanner motor PCB .................................................................................... 3-7-38CCD PCB .................................................................................................... 3-7-39DF driver PCB ............................................................................................. 3-7-40Operation unit main PCB 1/2 ...................................................................... 3-7-41Operation unit main PCB 2/2 ...................................................................... 3-7-42Operation unit right PCB ............................................................................. 3-7-43Operation unit left PCB ............................................................................... 3-7-44

1-1-34

2A3/4

Deck main PCB ........................................................................................... 3-7-45Interface PCB .............................................................................................. 3-7-46SRDF connection diagram .......................................................................... 3-7-47General connection diagram (42 ppm copier) ............................................. 3-7-48General connection diagram (52 ppm copier) ............................................. 3-7-49SRDF wiring diagram .................................................................................. 3-7-50Large paper deck wiring diagram ................................................................ 3-7-51

E

E

2A3/4

A B C D E F G H I J

A B C D E F G H I J

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

3-7-1

3 s

25 s

20 s

2 s

1 s

1 s

1 s

200 ms

200 ms

270 ms

50 ms

189˚C/372.2˚F 180˚C/374˚F

600 ms

CN4-10

CN4-9

CN6-7

CN6-8

CN8-B5

CN8-B4

CN12-B4

CN5-A8

CN2-A2

CN5-B10

CN3-B4

CN3-B4

CN8-B7

CN2-A4

CN9-1,2,3,4

MSW

PRY

H1

H2 CCM(Fwd. rotation)

CCM (Rev. rotation)

DM

PCM

CL

DB REM

CFM1 (Half speed)

CFM1 (Full speed)

PCFM

IFFM

PM

MS

W: O

n

Prim

ary

stab

iliza

tion

fixin

g te

mpe

ratu

re 1

75°C

/347

°F

Sec

onda

ry s

tabi

lizat

ion

fixin

g te

mpe

ratu

re*1

Cop

ying

pos

sibl

e*2

Agi

ng e

nd

*1: 180°C/356°F (42 ppm) or 190°C/374°F (52 ppm)*2: Copying is possible at the earlier timing of 60 s (42 ppm) or 120 s (52 ppm) after secondary stabilization or 116 s (42 ppm) or 176 s (52 ppm) after PRY turning on.

Timing chart No. 1 From the main switch turned on to machine stabilization

E

E

2A3/4

A B C D E F G H I J

A B C D E F G H I J

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

3-7-2

43 P

SM

Off

Fw

d. r

otat

ion

Sca

nner

initi

aliz

atio

n (S

HP

SW

: ON

)

Rev

. rot

atio

n

CN

2-1,

2,

3,4

,5,6

SH

PS

WC

N4-

2

SM

Off

Fw

d. r

otat

ion

Sca

nner

initi

aliz

atio

n (S

HP

SW

: OF

F)

Orig

inal

sca

nnin

g op

erat

ion

(A3/

11"

x 17

" or

igin

al, m

agni

ficat

ion

ratio

100

%, m

anua

l cop

y de

nsity

con

trol

)

Rev

. rot

atio

n

CN

2-1,

2,

3,4

,5,6

SH

PS

WC

N4-

2

SM

Off

Fw

d. r

otat

ion

Rev

. rot

atio

n

CN

2-1,

2,

3,4

,5,6

SH

PS

WC

N4-

2

FV

SY

NC

sig

nal

154

P

43 P

76 P

410

P41

4 P

110

P99

21 P

154

P

Timing chart No. 2 Scanner operation

E

E

2A3/4

A B C D E F G H I J

A B C D E F G H I J

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

3-7-3

OSSW CN6-B2

OFSOL A CN5-B12

OFSOL R CN5-B13

OFCL CN5-A5

OFM CN5-B3, B4, B5, B6

OFSW CN6-B5

OSBSW CN6-A5

OCM CN5-A10, A11, A12, A13

DFTSW CN6-A14

Primary original feed

200 ms

556 P*2

20 ms 30 ms + 288 P*2

556 P*2

30 ms + 2337 P*3

200 ms

Repeats Original ejection

*1 During enlargement copying: (magnification × 10 – 530) ms*2 Burst of OFM pulses*3 Burst of OCM pulses

20 ms 30 ms + 288 P*2

Timing chart No. 3 Original feed operation 1: single-side original mode, multiple originals

E

E

2A3/4

A B C D E F G H I J

A B C D E F G H I J

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

3-7-4

Timing chart No. 4 Original feed operation 2: double-sided original mode, multiple originals (1/2)

OSSW CN6-B2

OFSOL A CN5-B12

OFSOL R CN5-B13

OFCL CN5-A5

OFM CN5-B3, B4, B5, B6

OFSW CN6-B5

SBFSSOL CN5-B8

SBPSOL ASBPSOL R

CN5-A2CN5-A3

OSBSW CN6-A5

OCM CN5-A10, A11, A12, A13

EFSSOL CN5-A7

DFTSW CN6-A14

Primary original feed

200 ms

556 P*1

20 ms 115 P*1 100 ms 327 P*1 100 ms

288 P*2

564 P*2

30 ms30 ms

Scanning the first face

Scanning speed

*1 Burst of OFM pulses*2 Burst of OCM pulses

Repeats

Switchback operation

30 ms

E

E

2A3/4

A B C D E F G H I J

A B C D E F G H I J

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

3-7-5

Timing chart No. 5 Original feed operation 2: double-sided original mode, multiple originals (2/2)

OSSW CN6-B2

OFSOL A CN5-B12

OFSOL R CN5-B13

OFCL CN5-A5

OFM CN5-B3, B4, B5, B6

OFSW CN6-B5

SBFSSOL CN5-B8

SBPSOL ASBPSOL R

CN5-A2CN5-A3

OSBSW CN6-A5

OCM CN5-A10, A11, A12, A13

EFSSOL CN5-A7

DFTSW CN6-A14

Repeats

Switchback operation Primary feed of next original Scanning the image Original ejection

*1 Burst of OFM pulses*2 Burst of OCM pulses

115 P*1

2337 P*2 30 ms + 2337 P*2

200 ms

100 ms

30 ms

327 P*1 100 ms 288 P*2

Scanning speed

100 ms30 ms 20 ms

556 P*1

30 ms

E

E

2A3/4

A B C D E F G H I J

A B C D E F G H I J

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

3-7-6

Timing chart No. 6 Copying an A3/11" × 17" original onto an A5R/51/2" × 81/2" copy paper from the bypass table, magnification ratio 25%, manualcopy density control

50 ms

50 ms

520 ms

520 ms360 ms

115 ms 65 ms 74 ms

74 ms 80 ms

100 ms

210 ms 270 ms

300 ms

520 ms

Print key

CL

CFM1

CFM2

FSW

RSW

FCL5

RCL

ESW

DB REM

MC REM

SC REM

TC REM

PFM

DM

PCM

BYPSOL

BYPPFCL

CN2-A2

CN3-B4

CN3-B6

CN13-1

CN8-B2

CN12-A2

CN8-B11

CN3-B9

CN5-B10

CN5-B13

CN5-B5

CN5-B7

CN11-3

CN12-B4

CN5-A8

CN14-A8

CN14-A7

600 ms

700 ms

600 ms

600 ms

250 ms

520 ms

100 ms

300 ms 200 ms

90 ms

290–30000 msToner replenishment

Image ready

E

E

2A3/4

A B C D E F G H I J

A B C D E F G H I J

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

3-7-7

Timing chart No. 7 Copying an A4/11" × 81/2" original onto an A4/11" × 81/2" copy paper from the copier upper drawer, magnification ratio 100%,auto copy density control

50 ms

50 ms

520 ms

520 ms

174 ms

360 ms

74 ms

74 ms

210 ms 270 ms

300 ms

520 ms

Print key

CL

CFM1

CFM2

FCL4

FSW

RSW

FCL5

RCL

ESW

DB REM

MC REM

SC REM

TC REM

PFM

DM

PCM

PFCL-U

FCL2

PFSW2

FCL1

PFSW1

CN2-A2

CN3-B4

CN3-B6

CN8-B9

CN13-1

CN8-B2

CN12-A2

CN8-B11

CN3-B9

CN5-B10

CN5-B13

CN5-B5

CN5-B7

CN11-3

CN12-B4

CN5-A8

CN15-13

CN12-A8

CN13-7

CN12-A4

CN13-4

600 ms

700 ms

600 ms

600 ms

250 ms

520 ms

100 ms

50 ms 58 ms

28 ms 35 ms

35 ms

100 ms

80 ms

163 ms

290–30000 msToner replenishment

Image ready

E

E

2A3/4

A B C D E F G H I J

A B C D E F G H I J

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

3-7-8

Timing chart No. 8 Continuous copying of an A5R/51/2" × 81/2" original onto two sheets of A3/11" × 17" copy paper from the copier lower drawer,magnification ratio 400%, manual copy density control

Print key

CL

CFM1

CFM2

FCL4

FSW

RSW

FCL5

RCL

ESW

DB REM

MC REM

SC REM

TC REM

PFM

DM

PCM

PFCL-L

FCL3

PFSW3

FCL2

PFSW2

FCL1

PFSW1

CN2-A2

CN3-B4

CN3-B6

CN8-B9

CN13-1

CN8-B2

CN12-A2

CN8-B11

CN3-B9

CN5-B10

CN5-B13

CN5-B5

CN5-B7

CN11-3

CN12-B4

CN5-A8

CN15-14

CN12-A10

CN13-10

CN12-A8

CN13-7

CN12-A4

CN13-4

50 ms

50 ms

100 ms

520 ms

520 ms

700 ms

250 ms

50 ms 50 ms 35 ms35 ms

35 ms

35 ms 35 ms

520 ms

174 ms

74 ms 100 ms 74 ms 100 ms

74 ms

35 ms

210 ms

128 ms

365 ms

128 ms

210 ms

74 ms

35 ms 174 ms 35 ms

520 ms

80 ms 80 ms

270 ms

209 ms

365 ms

270 ms

300 ms

600 ms

600 ms

600 ms

209 ms

128 ms

128 ms

360 ms

290–30000 msToner replenishment

Image ready1.2 s

Image ready

E

E

2A3/4

A B C D E F G H I J

A B C D E F G H I J

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

3-7-9

Timing chart No. 9 Duplex copying of an A3/11" × 17" book original onto one duplex A4/11" × 81/2" copy from the copier upper drawer, magnifica-tion ratio 100%, auto copy density control

1160

ms

1160

ms

500

ms

200

ms

200

ms

30 m

s

250

ms

100

ms

50 m

s

128

ms

174

ms

35 m

s35

ms

30 m

s

100

ms

50 m

s

520

ms

700

ms

210

ms

270

ms

210

ms

270

ms

300

ms

600

ms

290-

3000

0 m

s

360

ms

74 m

s

232

ms

58 m

s

162

ms

520

ms

60 m

s

12 P

Prin

t key

FS

SO

L1

FS

SO

L2

SB

FS

SO

L1

SB

FS

SO

L2

FS

SW

DU

PF

WD

SO

L

DU

PP

TS

OL

SR

M

SR

HP

SW

DU

PR

SW

PF

M

DM

PF

CL-

U

FC

L2

PF

SW

2

FC

L1

PF

SW

1

FC

L4

FS

W

FC

L5

RC

L

CL

CF

M2

DB

RE

M

SC

RE

M

TC

RE

M

MC

RE

M

CF

M1

ES

W

RS

W

PC

M

DU

PE

SW

DU

PP

CS

W

CN

3-A

8

CN

3-A

9

CN

10-1

0

CN

10-1

2

CN

3-A

4

CN

10-8

CN

10-1

4

CN

10-1

,2,3

,

4

,5C

N9-

12

CN

9-7

CN

11-3

CN

12-B

4

CN

15-1

3

CN

12-A

8

CN

13-7

CN

12-A

4

CN

13-4

CN

8-B

9

CN

13-1

CN

12-A

2

CN

8-B

11

CN

2-A

2

CN

3-B

6

CN

5-B

10

CN

5-B

5

CN

5-B

7

CN

5-B

13

CN

3-B

4

CN

3-B

9

CN

8-B

2

CN

5-A

8

CN

9-11

CN

9-8

80 m

s74

ms

80 m

s

Imag

e re

ady

100

ms

50 m

s

E

E

2A3/4

A B C D E F G H I J

A B C D E F G H I J

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

3-7-10

Timing chart No. 10 Continuous, duplex copying of two single-sided A4/11" × 81/2" originals onto two duplex A4/11" × 81/2" copies from thecopier upper drawer, magnification ratio 100%, auto copy density control

1160 ms 200 ms

250 ms

100 ms

50 ms

128 ms

174 ms35 ms35 ms

174 ms35 ms 30 ms 35 ms30 ms

50 ms

50 ms

700 ms

210 ms

300 ms

600 ms

290-30000 ms

360 ms

74 ms

232 ms

58 ms

162 ms

520 ms

Image ready

Print key FSSOL1

FSSOL2

SBFSSOL1

SBFSSOL2

FSSW

DUPFWDSOL

DUPPTSOL

SRM

SRHPSW

DUPRSW

PFM

DM

PFCL-U

FCL2

PFSW2

FCL1

PFSW1

FCL4

FSW

FCL5

RCL

CL

CFM2

DB REM

SC REM

TC REM

MC REM

CFM1

ESW

RSW

PCM

DUPESW

DUPPCSW

CN3-A8

CN3-A9

CN10-10

CN10-12

CN3-A4

CN10-8

CN10-14

CN10-1,2,3, 4,5CN9-12

CN9-7

CN11-3

CN12-B4

CN15-13

CN12-A8

CN13-7

CN12-A4

CN13-4

CN8-B9

CN13-1

CN12-A2

CN8-B11

CN2-A2

CN3-B6

CN5-B10

CN5-B5

CN5-B7

CN5-B13

CN3-B4

CN3-B9

CN8-B2

CN5-A8

CN9-11

CN9-8

1160 ms

200 ms

60 ms

30 ms

60 ms

30 ms

12 P 12 P 12 P

58 ms128 ms

34 ms

232 ms

100 ms 100 ms 100 ms 100 ms

80 ms 80 ms 74 ms 80 ms 80 ms

1200 ms 1200 ms

520 ms

270 ms

210 ms270 ms

210 ms 270 ms

210 ms270 ms

E

E

2A3/4

A B C D E F G H I J

A B C D E F G H I J

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

3-7-11

Timing chart No. 11 Primary paper feed from large paper deck right cassette

Paper feed shignal from the copier

PFSW4 (from the copier)

PPSENS1 CN4-9

PPSENS2 CN1-6

PPSENS3 CN1-11

PFCL1 CN4-4

CCL CN4-6

PFCL2 CN4-5

PF

CL1

: On

for

the

first

she

et

PF

CL1

: On

for

the

seco

nd s

heet

100 ms 100 ms

64 P 64 P

E

E

2A3/4

A B C D E F G H I J

A B C D E F G H I J

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

3-7-12

Timing chart No. 12 Primary paper feed from large paper deck left cassette

PF

CL1

: On

for

the

first

she

et

PF

CL1

: On

for

the

seco

nd s

heet

Paper feed signal from the copier

PFSW4 (from the copier)

PPSENS1 CN4-9

PPSENS2 CN1-6

PPSENS3 CN1-11

PFCL1 CN4-4

CCL CN4-6

PFCL2 CN4-5

100 ms 100 ms

43 P 43 P

64 P 64 P

A B C D E F G H I J

A B C D E F G H I J

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

2A3/4

3-7-13

Power source PCB 1/2

+

+

+

+TAB1 TAB3 CN8-5

CN8-1

TAB4

CN9-1

TAB2

CN9-3

CN10-1

CN10-2

F2

R122

D109

R121

D108

F1

Z1

R1 C1L1 L2

L3

C2C3

C4

C82

3

4 1

C9

C10

C11RF1

R119D107 R118

6

4.5

1.2

8

9

R117

R115

D106

D105

D101

R116

R113R112

R101

R106

R107

C105C111C106

C102

C108

C109

R103R104

R108

D103

D102

ZD101C110R105

PC31

2

ZD103

C114

R125

R124

R123

C113

PT1TR2

41 3

23

C116

R128

R127

R126

C115

PT2TR3

41 3

23

ZD102Q3

IC1

C107

PC1

PC2

3

4

4

3

R111R109

R110D104

R129

C104

R114

Q2Q1

1 1

22

3 3

C102

C103

C112

C101 R120

TR1

23

1

D001

R3

R2

B1

8 7 6 5

1 2 3 4

A B C D E F G H I J

A B C D E F G H I J

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

2A3/4Power source PCB 2/2

3-7-14

+

+

+

+

+

+

+ +

R301

R302

R303

R304R305

R306 R307R308

R309

R310

FG

IC3

IC4

R318

R319

R317C310

C301

C302

C303

C304

C404

C403C402

C401B4

C305

L301

14

13

12 AB1

AB2

C201

C202

L201

C203C204

C205

R205

R207

C207 R213

R321

R322

R323

R324

R325

R326R327

R401

L302 Q302Q301

Q303D301

D302

D304

D303

2

2

2

2

2

1

1

3

3

3

3

3

910111213141516

87654321

1

1

1

R320

R212

R211

R210

R206

R203

R204

R208

R209

Q201

Q203

Q202

Q305 Q306

F201

12 18

19

1312

456

8

TRNS9

CN1-1

CN1-2

CN1-3

CN1-4

CN1-5

CN1-6

CN1-7

CN1-8

CN3-1

CN3-2

CN3-3

CN3-4

CN2-1

CN2-2

CN2-3

CN2-4

CN2-5

CN2-6

CN2-7

CN7-9

CN7-1

CN7-2

CN7-3

CN4-3

CN4-1 CN4-4

CN4-5

CN3-5

CN3-6

CN3-7

CN3-8

CN6-1

CN6-2

CN6-3

CN6-4

CN6-5

CN6-6

CN6-7

CN7-5

CN7-6

CN7-7

CN5-8

CN5-1

CN5-2

CN5-3

CN5-4

CN5-5

CN5-6

F202

F301

F302

R501R503

R316

R314

R313

R311

R312

R315

R502

R602

R601

C501

C309C308

C307

C306

PT1

PT2

Q501

PC3

1

1

1

2

2

2

3

3

4

H1

H2

ZD201

ZD401

ZD301

D203

C206

PC1

IC2

1

2

PC2

1

1

1

11

1

2

2

2

2

2

2

3

3

33

3

R201

R202

D201

D202

B2

B3

1

1

3

3

22

16

17

18

Q304

CN4-2

1

32

A B C D E F G H I J

A B C D E F G H I J

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

2A3/4

3-7-15

CN4-6CN1-81

CN4-1CN1-11

CN4-2

CN4-9CN1-80

CN1-27CN18-11

CN17-4DECK RxD

DECK TxD

S G

S

P G

CN4-7CN1-9

CN4-8S G

S

P G

CN4-3CN1-10

SSW1PWSW-U DIG2PWSW-U DIG1PWSW-U DIG0PLSW-U

PWSW-L DIG2PWSW-L DIG1PWSW-L DIG0PLSW-L

BYPPWSW DIG2BYPPWSW DIG1BYPPWSW DIG0BYPPLSW

PSW-LPSW-UBYPPSWLICSW-L

BYPEDSWSRHPSWSET SIGLICSW-U

PWSW-U DIG2

PWSW-U DIG1

PWSW-U DIG0

PLSW-U

PWSW-L DIG2

PWSW-L DIG1

PWSW-L DIG0

PLSW-L

BYPPWSW DIG2

BYPPWSW DIG1

BYPPWSW DIG0

BYPPLSW

PSW-L

PSW-U

BYPPSW

LICSW-L

BYPEDSW

SRHPSW

SET SIG

LICSW-U

PFSW1PFSW2PFSW3PFSW4

SSW1

PRY REM

SSW2

SSW3

CN4-4

SSW1 SOURCE

SSW1

SSW2 SOURCE

PRY REM

SSW2

SSW3 SOURCE

SSW3

PRY SOURCES G

S

C

C21

C40 R86

R188

R190R189

NF66

NF79

NF68

NF67

NF69

NF49

NF51

NF50

NF78

NF76

NF75

R169

R197R168

C64

C54

R167

IC19

IC19

R128

NF47

NF61

NF48

NF70

NF60

NF71

NF59 R159 R160 R156

R130

R129

R131

R158

C59IC1

R144

R141

R143

R139

R145

ZD3

ZD2

D4 65

34

98

1110

43

56

34

IC1912

IC191312

10 11

8 9

12 13

IC18

IC18

IC1

IC13

IC19

IC19

IC1

DT12

IC18

IC18

R118

6 5

B

1 2

E

3

8 9

21

3

21

G

S G

S G

S G

S G

S G

P G

P G

S G

S

S

S

CN1-26CN18-9

CN17-6

CN1-98CN18-6

CN1-100CN18-8

CN1-99

RxD

TxD

CN18-7

CN1-90CN16-12

S G

S

S

CN1-89CN16-10

CN1-97

RxD

TxD

REM (METER PULSE)CN16-2

S

CN1-103CN17-8

CN1-96CN17-12

CN1-93CN17-9

CN1-94CN17-10

CN1-95CN17-11

CN1-91CN21-2

CN1-102CN21-5

CN1-92

FTxD

RESET

FRxDCN21-4

RxD

TxD

REM (METER PULSE)

FTxD

RESET

FRxD

S GS G

S

S G

S G

S G

S G

S G

S

CN1-47CN9-21

CN9-20

CN9-19

CN8-A8

CN1-48CN1-49CN1-50

S

CN1-316758

3241

8765

1234

CN9-8

CN9-11

CN9-7

CN9-16

CN1-30CN1-29CN1-28

S

CN1-43CN9-25

CN9-24

CN9-23

CN8-A10

CN1-44CN1-45CN1-46

S

CN1-42CN12-B3

S

CN1-3CN2-B3

CN1-4CN2-A10

CN1-5CN3-A1

CN1-6CN3-B9

CN1-7CN3-A4

TLDS

TLS

SBESW

ESW

FSSW

CN1-22CN18-3

CN1-24CN16-8

CN1-32CN11-2

CN1-33CN8-B2

CN1-34CN13-1

PFM LOCK

RSW

FSW

CN1-63CN19-A9

CN1-64CN20-3

CN1-25CN21-6

CN1-74

CN1-20 24 V OFF

CN6-1

CN2-A12

CN5-A7

DUPPCSW

DUPESW

DUPRSW

STKSW

DM LOCK

PCM LOCK

CN5-B3

CN5-B11

SET SIG

K . COUNTERSET SIG

FINISHERSET SIG

ST ALM

MC ALM

TLDS

TLS

SBESW

ESW

FSSW

PFM LOCK

RSW

FSW

DUPPCSWDUPESWDUPRSWSTKSW

DM LOCKPCM LOCK

SET SIG

K . COUNTERSET SIGFINISHERSET SIG

ST ALMMC ALM

CN1-41CN1-40CN1-39

S

CN1-51CN14-B2

CN14-B3

CN14-B4

CN14-B8

CN1-52CN1-53CN1-54

S

CN1-55CN15-10

CN15-9

CN14-A4

CN15-4

CN1-56CN1-57CN1-58

SS G

CN1-60

RA5

RA1

RA3

RA4

RA6

RA7

CN14-B5

CN9-12

CN9-2

CN15-3

CN1-61CN1-62CN1-59

S

CN1-38CN13-4

CN13-7

CN13-10

CN13-13

PFSW1

PFSW2

PFSW3

PFSW4

PFSW4 CN17-7

CN1-37CN1-36CN1-35

S

S

CN3-B8FTH

CN1-21 H.ALARM

FTH

CN1-1

CN1-8

CN2-B11TNS SIG TNS SIG

+

–

+

–

S

3

21

G

+

S

CN1-2CN2-B7

S GS G

CN1-18 ETTH

EHUMSENS

CN5-A1ETTH

S

S G

+

–

CN1-19CN5-A3EHUMSENS

S G

S

+

–

S G

S G

CN2-A9

CN2-B4

CN3-A2

CN3-A5

CN3-B10

CN3-B7

CN5-A4

CN5-A9

CN8-A11

CN8-B1

CN9-5

CN9-6

CN9-13

CN9-14

CN9-15

CN11-4

CN12-A6

CN12-B5

CN13-2

CN13-5

CN13-8

CN13-11

CN13-14

CN14-B9

CN14-A1

CN14-A2

CN15-1

CN15-2

CN15-7

CN15-8

F1

CN17-2

CN19-A1

CN19-A2

CN19-A3

CN19-A4

CN19-A5

CN19-A6

CN19-A7

CN19-A8

S

CN2-A11

CN2-B2

CN2-B5

CN3-A3

CN3-A6

CN3-B11

CN5-A2

CN5-A10

CN5-B9

CN8-A7

CN8-A9

CN8-B3

CN9-1

CN9-3

CN9-4

CN9-9

CN9-10

CN9-17

CN9-18

CN9-22

CN9-26

CN11-5

CN12-A5

CN12-B6

CN2-B1

CN5-A5

CN5-B14

CN8-A1

CN8-A6

CN12-B1

CN16-3

N.C

N.C

N.C

N.C

N.C

N.C

N.C

N.C

N.C

N.C

N.C

N.C

N.C

CN16-4

CN17-13

CN17-14

CN17-15

CN17-16

CN18-5

CN13-3

CN13-6

CN13-9

CN13-12

CN13-15

CN14-A3

CN14-A9

CN14-B7

CN14-B6

CN14-B1

CN15-5

CN15-6

CN15-11

CN15-12

CN16-7

CN16-9

CN16-11

CN17-1

CN17-3

CN17-5

CN18-4

CN18-10

CN18-12

CN19-B9

CN20-4

CN21-1

CN21-3

S

S G

S

S G

S

S G

S

S G

S

S G

S

S G

S

S G

S

S G

S

S GS G

+

–

+

–

S G

+

–

S

4

5

6

11

7

7

10

4,5 12,13

9,16

COM

IC3

IC13

IC21 IC14

IC7R47

R49

ZD1

IC7R48

C53

C24

C57

C52

C56

C4

C5

C7C52C63

R166

R140

R153

R11

R10 C15

NF31

NF37

IC1

IC12

IC7

C14

C48

C35

C30

C10

C44

C18

C16

R7

R119

R71

C51

C47

R123

NF29

NF20

NF77

NF72

NF46

NF9

NF18

NF52

NF53

NF65

NF43

NF33

NF8

NF5NF4

NF7

NF26

NF45

NF64

NF54

NF40

NF74

R104

NF21

NF28

NF80

NF19

NF39

NF73

R72

R33

C20

R59

C25C22

C31

C36

C29

C34

C28

R26

C19

C17

R28

C50

C46

R122

R120

14

7

8

4

8

4

8

4

8

4

8

4

14

7

14

7

14

7

14

7

C12

C8

R5

C13

C9

R6

14

7

14

7

14

7

IC1 IC2 IC19C47

C45

IC18 IC5 IC6 IC20

IC11

IC4IC9IC16IC17

1,8

×4

11G

+

–

+

–

CN6-2

S G

S G

(A)

(A)

S G

+

–

S G

+

–

P G

S

S

3

2

1

G

S G

S G

P G

P G

+

CN6-3

CN6-4

CN1-70

CN6-6

+

S

CN7-2

CN7-1CN6-5

24 V

12 V

G (24 V)

E 5.1 V

G (5 V)

LSU5 V ON/OFF

G (24 V)

R24 V

R

R

+

C

R99

R100

R173 R179

R178

R180

R176

R146

R157

R152

R136

R14

C58

R13

R20

R22

R44

R161

R198

R154

R148

R196

R32

R66

R151

R200

R201

R150 R149

R57

R23

R195

R147

R155

R199

R162

R46

R21

R16

R12

R15

RA8

NF3 NF1 NF2 NF23

NF22 NF10 NF11 NF24

NF16 NF12

NF25 NF17 NF15

NF14

RA2

R174

R175

R164

R170

R172

R171

R163

R127

R125

R117

R106

R105

5678

4321

7658

2341

5678

4321

5678

4321

7568

2431

7658

2341

R103

R110

R124

DT13 IC1

IC14

R84

R87R34

R4

C11

IC12

5

67

IC12

C37

C38

R90 R89

R54R75

R81

R79

R67

D1

D3

R9

R8

R3D2

C1

R85

R24

IC13

R112

R117

R181

R109

R111

R116

R194

R193

R192

R191

R102

R101

R94

TR6

TR8

TR12

R96

R95

C42

C41

C27

R61

R60

R93

R62

R63

R76

R78D16D13

B

E

C B

E

DD5

C51

IC23

C50

R165

IG

Engine PCB 1/2

A B C D E F G H I J

A B C D E F G H I J

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

2A3/4

3-7-16

Engine PCB 2/2

CN1-107 CN12-A2 CN1-65 CN19-B8 CN1-101TC CN3-B2 TC

CN3-A8

CN1-23TC

CN1-78

CN1-106 CN12-A4

CN1-105 CN12-A8

CN1-104 CN12-A10

CN1-123 CN10-4

CN1-122 CN10-3

CN1-121 CN10-2

CN1-120 CN10-1

CN1-132 CN15-13

CN1-131 CN15-14

CN1-134 CN14-A7

CN1-139 CN20-2

FCL53IC16

IC16

IC16

IC16

IC17

IC17

IC17

IC17

IC9

IC9

IC9

IC9

R88

R133

R134

R135

R132

R77

NF6

R439 8

13 12

11 10

11 10

9 8

5 6

1 2

1R27

R121

NF42

NF41

DM REM

NF38

NF35

NF32

NF27

NF57

NF58

2

1 2

13 12

3 4

1 2

3 4

5 6

IC6

IC5

IC6

IC5

IC5

IC5

IC6

IC20

3 4IC20

5 6IC20

9 8IC20

11 10

13 12

IC20

DT8

NF56

NF55

DT7

IC20

IC18

IC6

IC6

IC6

IC5

IC5

R45

R50

R51

R52

R53

R56

R65

R25 NF13

NF62

NF63

R126

TR13

D21

DT15

NF44

NF36

NF34

NF30

R90

5

3

21

5

67

76

IC14

IC21

IC21

10

98

IC21

12

1314

IC21

26

714

1511

10

32

67

1415

1110

32

67

1110

1415

FCL1

FCL2

FCL3

SRM A

SRM B

SRM A_

SRM B_

PFCL-U

PFCL-L

BYPPFCL

KC COUNT

CN14-A8 BYPSOL

FCL5

FCL1

FCL2

FCL3

SRM A

SRM B

SRM A_

SRM B_

PFCL-U

PFCL-L

BYPPFCL

KC COUNT

BYPSOL CN1-133CB

E

CN1-13CN2-B9 TNS CONT

P G

+

–

S R

S G

CN1-14CN5-B4

+

–

S G

CN1-15CN5-B6

+

–

S G

CN1-16CN5-B8

+

–

S G

CN1-17

TNS CONT

SC CONT

TC CONT

DB CONT

GRID CONT

CN2-A1

CN5-B12

SC CONT

TC CONT

DB CONT

GRID CONT+

–

S G

CN2-A3

CN2-B12

CN2-B8

CN3-A7

CN3-A10

CN3-B5

CN3-B3

CN3-B1

CN5-A13

R

CN2-B10

CN2-B6

CN5-A11

CN5-A12

CN5-B2

CN11-6

CN11-7

CN12-B8

CN12-B7

CN16-6

CN17-18

CN18-2

CN5-A14

CN5-B1

CN8-A2

CN8-A4

CN8-B10

CN8-B8

CN8-B6

CN10-5

CN10-6

CN10-7

R

CN10-9

CN10-11

CN10-13

CN10-15

CN10-17

CN11-8

CN11-9

CN12-A1

CN12-A3

CN12-A7

R

CN12-A9

CN12-B10

CN12-B9

CN14-A5

CN14-A6

CN15-15

CN15-16

F2

CN16-1

CN20-1

R

P G

CN4-5

F3

CN16-5

CN17-17

CN18-1

CN19-A10

CN1-66 CN19-B7

CN1-135 CN19-B6

CN1-136 CN19-B5

CN1-67 CN19-B4

CN1-68 CN19-B3

CN1-137 CN19-B2

CN1-138 CN19-B1

CN1-140 CN19-B10

CN1-109 CN6-7

CN1-108 CN6-8

S

S

S

S

CN1-112 CN12-B2

CN1-113 CN12-B4

DM CLK

DM REM

CN1-83 CN5-B5

CN1-84 CN5-B7

CN1-85 CN5-B10

CN1-86 CN5-B13

CN1-110 CN5-A6

CN1-111 CN5-A8

PCM CLK

PCM REM

H1 REM

H2 REM

H1 REM

H2 REM

SC REM

TC REM

DB REM

MC REM

(A)

(A)

(A)

(A)

(A)

(A)

CN11-1 PFM CLK

CN1-88

S G

S

CN11-3 PFM REM

DM CLK

DM REM

PCM CLK

PCM REM

SC REM

TC REM

DB REM

MC REM

PFM CLK

PFM REM CN1-87

5 2C2E

1E1

1E1

4

2E4

3

1C 6

2C 3

1C 6

2B

2 1B

1 1B2 E

3

6

42B

1C

2C

1 1B

IC4

IC4

IC4

R2

R54

R55

TR5

TR4

R41R40

R39

TR3

R38

R42

D14

D15

R1

IC4

2 E

3

6

D24

TR15

TR16

42B

1C

2C

5 2B

2 1B

S G

P G

P G

S G

S G

S

S

R

CN3-A9

FSSOL1

FSSOL2CN1-79

FSSOL1

FSSOL2

CN1-77

P G

R

CN3-B4CN3-B6

CN3-A11

CN10-8CN1-128

P GS

R

CN10-14CN1-127

P G

R

1 1B

11 10

5 7

3 2

14 15

2 E

3

6

42B

1C

2C

1 1B

DT9R182

R183

R187TR20

TR19

TR17

TR18

R186

R184

D25

D26

D28

D27

R185

DT11

DT10

DT2

D Q

CLK

_PR

E_C

LR_Q

D Q

CLK

_PR

E_C

LR_Q

2

2 5

6

4

3

1

12

12 9 108

11

6

3

9

13

12

5

4

2

1

8

11

10

13

13

E

3

6

42B

1C

IC1

IC2

IC2

2C

1

E

B C

1B

7

1

5

8

_INH

23

9

64

2 E

3

6

42B

1C

2C

CN10-10CN1-126

P GS

R

CN10-12CN1-125

P G

R

CN10-18

CFM1 REMCFM2 REM

ESCL

DUPFWDSOL

DUPPTSOL

SBFSSOL1

SBFSSOL2

N.C.

CN2-A8

CN1-69

_INH

ENG5 V

_RES

CN2-A7CN2-A6CN2-A5

TRM+TRM–TFM+TFM–

CN1-75

CN1-124

CN1-73TFM/TRM CLK

P GS

CN10-16 N.C.

ESCL

DM REM

DUPFWDSOL

DUPPTSOL

SBFSSOL1

SBFSSOL2

CN1-129

P G

R

CN2-A4CN1-71

P GS

CN2-A2

CN1-72

IFFM REM

CL REM

P G

CN8-B7CN1-114PCFM REM

P G

P G

P G

CN1-116CN1-117

CCM FWDCCM REV

CN8-B5CN8-B4

IFFM REM

CL REM

PCFM REM

CCM FWDCCM REV

S

S

S

S

CN1-76

TFM REM

TRM REMR30

R19

R142TR14

TR2

TR1

R17

R18

IC18

IC8

DT1

IC22

R36

417147

I1I2I3I4

318138

O1O2O3O4

VddGNDOUT

123

5 15 10 20 6 16

2 19 1 11 12 9

P G

P G

P G

S G

C2

D6 D9 D7 D10

D8 D11 D12 D13

C23

S G

S G

S

S

S

S G

S

S

R

R+

S

S

S

S

S

P G

P G

S G

S G

C55

R137R138

C5

DT6

S G

+

+

CN1-119

_INH

417147

2 19 1 11 12 9

2 19 1 11 12 9

5 15 10 20 6 16

318138

CN1-12MAIN 5 V

_RES

R69

DT4

R113R107R108R115

R83

R91

R92

R114

IC15

R98

R97R82 C39

IC13

C32

C43

57

6R70

TR10TR11

CN1-82MSW OFF

CN1-118CN1-130CN1-115

CLM-UCLM-LFCL4RCL

CN8-A3

CN4-10 MSW OFF

CN8-A5CN8-B9CN8-B11

CLM-UCLM-LFCL4RCL

S G

S G

S

B C

C3

D18D18D23

D22 D17 D19 D20

E

G

P G

R

+

–

VCC

GND

VCC

IN1 OUT1IN2 OUT2

1 2INH MONI

I1I2I3I4

O1O2O3O4

INH

1IN

H2

N.C

.N

.C.

Vcc

2V

cc1

SE

N1

SE

N2

GN

DG

ND

SE

N3

SE

N4

SE

N1

SE

N2

GN

DG

ND

SE

N3

SE

N4

INH

1IN

H2

N.C

.N

.C.

Vcc

2V

cc1

IC3

IC10

IC11IC11

IC11

C26

R73 C33

1 7 6 2

3 5

R58R74

R35R29R31R37

IC3

IC3

IC3

A B C D E F G H I J

A B C D E F G H I J

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

2A3/4Main PCB 1/9

3-7-17

OFSW

R481

2134

7865

RA86

12

4

4 2C

5 1C

2B

E

1B

3

2

1

3

RA66

12

43

RA69

TR16

3 2C 2B 5

6 1C 1B 2

2E

1E1

4TR18

3 2C 2B 5

6 1C 1B 2

2E

1E1

4TR19

3 2C 2B 5

6 1C 1B 2

2E

1E1

4TR20

6578

3 5 6

11 10

421

RA90IC52

9 8

13 12C28

2

C24

0

C23

8

C23

9

R39

1

C28

1

C28

3

C28

4

OSBSWSHPSWDFTSW

CN14–2

SCANNER START

T×D SCANNER

ENGHEAD–SCAN

SCANNER ACK

R×D SCANNER

RESET SCANNER

ENGACK–SCAN

R507

R503

R505

R508

R504

R506

R501

R502

R454

IC52

1 2

IC52

3

S G

TR2542E

2C

1C6

3

2

5

1B

1E1

1E1

2B

S G

S G

S G

S G

S G

S G

S

XT5

R392

G S G

S G

S G

S G

E

B C

S

123

12341234

8765876 RA71

R390R389

R387

R388

RA70

5

D7D6D5D4D3D2D1D0

15141312111097

A

IC39 RA41

TR17

EL ON REMCN5–14

CN5–3 ODSW

CN14–3 OSSWCN14–6 DF SHORTCN14–8 DFSSW2CN14–9 DFSSW1CN14–10 OSLSW

CN13–A5 OFCL

CN5–1

CN13–A1

CN13–A2OSLED(GN)

OSLED(RED)

OSDROMCS_

R395

R394

L173

_WR

_RD

A9A10

D(7:0)

A(8:0)

RA83

RA77

L174

R386

R383

R384

R385

C23

5

C23

6

ROMCS_

MIPCS_SHDCS_B

C

G1_G2A_G2B

Y0Y1Y2

Y4Y5Y6

Y3

Y7

645

G

S G

S G

S G

S G

S G

S G

S G

S G

S G

S G

S

1

2

3

5

4

43

12

43

5678

432

LA9

R7

1

5678

432

LA8

1

5678

432

LA7

L195

1

8567

143 LA6

LA4

LA1

25678

4321

8765

1234

5786

421 LA2

LA3

LA5

38765

1234

7658

2341

121B

E

2B

1C

2C

TR22

1

2

3

5

4

1B

E

2B

1C

2C

TR21

1

2

3

5

4

R6

1B

E

2B

1C

2C

TR15

1

2

3

5

4

1B

E

2B

1C

2C

TR9

1

2

3

5

4

1B

E

2B

1C

2C

TR10

1

2

3

5

4

1B

E

2B

1C

2C

TR13

1

2

3

5

4

1B

E

2B

1C

2C

TR12

CN5–5

CN5–11

CN13–B1

CN13–B3

CN13–B4

CN13–A1

CN13–A2

CN13–A5

CN14–1OSBSWCN14–2OFSWCN14–3OSSWCN14–4RSVCN14–5RSVCN14–6DF SHORTCN14–7OSWSWCN14–8DFSSW2CN14–9DFSSW1CN14–10OSLSWCN14–11DFTSW

CN14–1CN14–2CN14–3

CN14–6CN14–7

CN14–8CN14–9CN14–10CN14–11

CN13–A6

CN13–A8

CN13–A11

CN13–A10CN13–A9

CN13–A3CN13–A4

CN13–B10

CN13–B11

CN5–13

CN5–1

RA85

RA84

CN5–2

CN5–4

CN5–10

CN5–14CN5–15

CN13–B2

CN13–B6

CN13–B8

CN5–3

CN5–1 OSDCN5–2 OSDCN5–3 ODSWCN5–4 SM VrefCN5–5 SM M1CN5–6 SM M2CN5–7 SM M3CN5–8 SM M4CN5–9 SM M5CN5–10 SM CLKCN5–11 SM CWBCN5–12 SM RETCN5–13 SM ENABLECN5–14 EL ON REMCN5–15 SHPSWCN5–16 G(5 V)

CN13–B1 OFM RETCN13–B2 OFM CLKCN13–B3 OFM CWBCN13–B4 OCM ENABLECN13–B5 OCM RETCN13–B6 OCM CLKCN13–B7 OCM CWBCN13–B8 OCM VrefCN13–B9 OCM M3CN13–B10 OCM M2CN13–B11 OCM M1

CN13–A1 OSLED(RED)CN13–A2 OSLED(GN)CN13–A3 SBPSOL2CN13–A4 SBPSOL1CN13–A5 DFCLCN13–A6 EFSSOLCN13–A7CN13–A8 SBFSSOLCN13–A9 OFSOL2CN13–A10 OFSOL1CN13–A11 OFM ENABLE

CN5–6

G

S G

S

TR14

B C

E

G

S G

S

+

G

TR2642E

2C

1C6

3

2

5

1B

2B

1E1

S G

TR27

2E2C2B5

1B 1C2

3

6

4

TR11

1B1

E2

1C 5

2B3 2C 4

1E1

S G

TR28

SC TIM

SCAN HEAD

CN13–B4OCM ENABLE

CN13–A3SBPSOL2

CN13–A4SBPSOL1

CN14–7

C241

A9A10

C51

C24

3

RS

V1

RS

V2

CN

5 –2

OS

D

CN

13–A

6O

VS

YN

CE

FS

SO

L

C24

2

R393 OSWSW

2E2C2B5

1B 1C2

3

6

4

4

CN14–1CN5–15CN14–11

OFSOL1CN13–A10

OFM RETCN13–B1

OFM ENABLECN13–A11

OFM CWBCN13–B3

OCM M2CN13–B10

OCM M1CN13–B11

SM ENABLECN5–13

SBFSSOLCN13–A8

SM CWBCN5–11

SM M2CN5–6

SM M1

TP10

CN5–5

SM CLKCN5–10

OCM CLKCN13–B6

OFM CLKCN13–B2

OFSOL2CN13–A9

12341234

1314151718192021

2224

A0A1A2A3A4A5A6A7A8A9A10A11A12A13A14A15A16A17A18

767778798081828384858687888990919293949596979899100

50494847464544434241403938373635343332313029282726

VDDVSSP14

/CS2P12

/CS0P10D15D14D13D12D11D10

D9D8

P07P06P05P04P03P02P01P00

/WEH/WEL

75 74 73 72 71 70 69 68 67 66 65 64 63 62 61 60 59 58 57 56 55 54 53 52 51

P52

P51

P50

P43

P42

P41

P40

P37

P36

P35

P34

P33

P32

P31

P30

AV

SS

AV

DD

P23

P22

P21

P20

/WO

RD

/BU

SG

T/B

US

RQ

/RS

T

P53P60P61P62P63P64P65P66P67P70

IC53

P71P72P73P74P75P76P77SYSCLKVDD/XIXOVDD/OSCIOSCOVSS

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25

4 3 2 1 4 3 2 1 4 3 2 1 4 3 2 1 4 3 2 1

5 6 7 8 5 6 7 8 5 6 7 8 5 6 7 8 5 6 7 8

4 3 2 1 4 3 2R

A75

1 4 3 2R

A74

RA

73

1 4 3 2 1 4 3 2 1

5 6 7R

A82

RA

79

RA

78

RA

81

RA

80

RA

76

RA

72

8 5 6 7 8 5 6 7 8 5 6 7 8 5 6 7 8

A18

A17

A16

A15

A14

A13

A12

A11

A10 A9

A8

A7

A6

A5

A4

A3

A2

A1

A0

A23

A22

A21

A20

A19

A18

A17

A16

A15

A14

A13

A12

A11

A10

A09

A08

A07

A06

A05

A04

A03

A02

A01

A00

/RE

A0A1A2A3A4A5A6A7A8A9

A10A11A12A13A14A15A16A17A18

121110

98765

27262325

42829

32

13216

3031

D0D1D2D3D4D5D6D7

_CE_OE

VppVcc

GND

D0D1D2D3D4D5D6D7

87658765

4321

5

1 42

RSV1

R8

RA

88

RSV23

14

23

RA

92

RA

87

36

27

18

45

18

27

36

45

67

LA12

LA11

LA10

8

1432

856

RA91

7

4321

5678

4321

5678

A B C D E F G H I J

A B C D E F G H I J

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

2A3/4Main PCB 2/9

3-7-18

CN12–7

CN12–6

CN12–5

CN11–5CN11–4CN11–11CN11–10CN11–9CN11–8CN11–7CN11–6

L117L118L111L112L113L114L115L116

FM2

FM1

3352

106

1011

412

TP1

RA23

R203R205

C16

C17

TP9

TP2

RA24

RA25

TP3

43

1

8172635

MIPIN0MIPIN1MIPIN2MIPIN3 4

RA26

R2 C142 C173

TP4

8172635

MIPIN4MIPIN5MIPIN6MIPIN7 4

2

CLKIN

SVSYNCIN

SHSYNCIN

RA6

8765

123

876

CXAL0CXAL1CXAL2

123

4

17915168

DO1+

DO1–DO2+

DO2–DO3+

DO3–DO4+

DO4–

EN

EN

DI1

DI2

DI3

DI4

VCC

GND

CN12–4

VO_O+

VO_O–

VO_E+

VO_E–

CN5–4SM Vref

CN13–BOCM Vref

R233

D3

D2

D4

D5

R234

R239

R225

R226

R21

5R

217

R22

7R

241

R24

3R

247

R214DA7

DA6

DA5

DA4

DA3

DA2

DA1

DA0

C17

6R

291

L119

C17

5

C13

C14

C15

IC28

R216

R218

R228

R229

R245

R246

R240

R242

R244

R248

R249

R235

R232 R220

12

3

+ 8

–4

12

3

+ 8

–4

R219

R236R222

R211 R210 C131

C132

C133

C134

R212

C14

5

C14

4

R213

C146

R23

0R

238

R23

7

A G

A G

S G

S G

S G

S G

S G

S

B

G

S G

S G

S G S G

S G S G

S G

S G

S G

S G

A

A

G

S G

S G

A G

A G

S G

S G

A

A

G

A

A

G A G

A G

A

A

G

A G

S G

A G

A G

C149

A G

A GA G

R223

A G

S G

IC18

IC17

1+

–2

3IC27

7+

–6

5IC27

φSHIFT+φSHIFT–φCLK+φCLK–φRS+φRS–φCLP+φCLP–

CN11–3+5 V

CN12–3+12 V

CN12–2G(ANALOG)

CN12–1G(ANALOG)

CN11–2+5 V

CN11–1+5 V

3

2

1

3

2

1

MIPIN(7:0)

MREIN

RESET SCANNER

A(8:0)

SHDCS_

_WR

_RD

D(7:0)

133134135136137138139140141142143144145146147148149

152153154155156157

159160161162163164165166167168169170171172173174175176

158

150151

REFHE0REFHE1REFHE2REFHE3REFHE4VSSVDD3 VREFHE5REFHE6REFHE7SHIFTVDD5 VCCDCLK1CCDCLK2CCDCLK1CCDCLK2VSS_BCLAMP

OVSSCLAMP1CLAMP2OVDD5SPHOLD1SPHOLD2

VSSPCLKOVSSSVSYNC_SHSYNCVDD5 VSHDOUT0SHDOUT1SHDOUT2SHDOUT3VDD3 VVSSSHDOUT4SHDOUT5SHDOUT6SHDOUT7MRE

_PCLK

RS1RS2

132

131

130

129

128

127

126

125

124

123

122

121

120

119

118

117

116

115

114

113

112

111

110

109

108

107

106

105

104

103

102

101

100

99 98 97 96 9495 93 92 91 90 89

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

A0

A1

A2

A3

A4

A5

A6

A7

A8

11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25

D0

D1

D2

D3

D4

D5

D6

D7

26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44

1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4

8 7 6 5 8 7 6 5

RE

FH

O7

RE

FH

O6

RE

FH

O5

RE

FH

O4

RE

FH

O3

VS

SR

EF

HO

2R

EF

HO

1R

EF

HO

0R

EF

LE7

RE

FLE

6V

DD

3 V

RE

FLE

5R

EF

LE4

RE

FLE

3R

EF

LE2

VS

SR

EF

LE1

RE

FLE

0R

EF

LO7

RE

FLO

6V

DD

5 V

RE

FLO

5R

EF

LO4

RE

FLO

3R

EF

LO2

INC

LKV

SS

ST

OP

2S

TO

P1

AV

DD

2A

VS

S2

AV

DD

1A

VS

S1

RE

FLO

1R

EF

LO0

MP

XC

LP3

VS

SC

LP2

CLP

1S

HD

E2

SH

DE

1S

HP

O

A0

A1

A2

A3

A4

VS

SA

5A

6A

7A

8_S

HD

CS

VD

D3

V_I

OW

R_I

OR

DD

0D

1V

SS

D2

D3

TP

DD

4D

5V

DD

5 V

D6

D7

XT

ST

_RE

SE

TV

SS

XT

CK

0X

TC

K1

XS

MM

ST

VD

D3

VM

MS

0M

MS

1S

MC

KT

ES

T0

TE

ST

1V

SS

TE

ST

2T

ES

T3

TE

ST

4T

ES

T5

TE

ST

6

C5C6

R20

9

C14

1

R20

1

L121

S G

C13

9

R19

4

L100

S G

C13

8

C13

0

C13

5

C7

C8

C13

7

C13

6

R19

3

L101

S G

S G

C14

0

R20

0

R19

5 R19

0

R18

8

R18

7

RA

7

RA

8

R19

2

L120

L99

L102

L103

R191

4 3

1 2

3.3 VOUT

NC GND

XT1

R19

9

DA

7

DA

5D

A6

DA

4

DA

3

DA

1D

A2

DA

0

R19

8

R19

7

R20

8

R20

7

R20

6

R19

6

8887868584838281807978777675747372717069686766656463626160595857565554535251504948474645

SHPESHD0

CXADT7CXADT6CXADT5

VSSVDD3 V

CXADT4CXADT3CXADT2CXADT1VDD5 V

CXADT0CXAL2CXAL1CXAL0

VSSCXARD

_CXAWREVEN7EVEN6EVEN5EVEN4EVEN3EVEN2EVEN1EVEN0

VSSADCCLK2ADCCLK1

ODDM7ODDM6VDD5 VODDM5ODDM4ODDM3ODDM2VDD3 V

VSSODDM1ODDM0

_PHSYNCPVSYNC

TEST7

IC29

L122

R20

4

R20

2

R28

6

R28

4

L124

R27

8

R28

5

L123

C18

C19 C

20

C172

C171

TP5

TP6

R283

R282

R280

R279

R27

4

C11

9 C11

8

C16

9 C16

8

R18

2 R27

7

OVSYNC

L125

12341234

109876543

2021242

12172319162214151811131

TR8

L129

L127

D7D6D5D4D3D2D1D0AVSSAVSSDVSSDVSS

CLK

R18

1

C11

6

C12

3

C12

2

R18

0

R18

3

C11

7

VRTVRBVIN

VRTSVRBSAVDDAVDDAVDDDVDDDVDD

_OE

87658765

RA33

RA29

TP7

L128

11311181514221619231712

22421203456789

10

21

432143

RA32

RA31

RA27

C23

C22

CXAL2CXAL1CXAL0

C24

2121

34

5678567834

DVSSDVSSAVSSAVSSD0D1D2D3D4D5D6D7

IC30

IC31

RA28

_OEDVDDDVDDAVDDAVDDAVDDVRBSVRTS

VINVRBVRTCLK

L104

12341234

87658765

4321

5678

RA

30

RA

34

4321

5678R

A11

C12

5

C12

4

C12

1

C10 C9

C12

0

C12

C11R18

5

R18

6

R18

5

RA

9

L105

+ +

4RA10

31224

2322212019181716151413

373839404142434445464748

121110987654321

252627282930313233343536

AIN

1

RD

WR

D7

D6

D5

C12

9C12

8

R18

9

L106

L21

L24

C12

6

C83

C2

C12

7

C1

D4

D3

D2

D1

D0

L2

PG

ND

CLP

3C

LP2

SH

DO

SH

PO

MP

XS

HD

E2

SH

DE

1S

HP

EC

LP1

AV

CCI1

ODDOUT

AGNDMPXOUT

VRTVRB

CLPOC1CLPEC1

TDAAIN5AIN4AIN3

AIN2

ODDIN2

ODDIN1

IC20

T2T3EVENIN2EVENIN1DVCCCLPOC2CLPEC2DGNDL0L1

+

+

R23

1

A B C D E F G H I J

A B C D E F G H I J

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

2A3/4Main PCB 3/9

3-7-19

RA62

IC43

41

12

43

2SOVSYNC

SVSYNCIN

R4

R3

RA61

RA60

C46

C49

C45

L153

C167

C44C166

R275

R276

L152

1234

8765

1234

8

765

R5

SMRE

SCNCLK

SID 0SID 1SID 2SID 3

SID 4SID 5SID 6SID 7

S G

S G

S G

S G

S G

S G

S G

S G

S G

S G

A(8:0)

D(7:0)

MIPCS__RD_WR

RESET SCANNER

A0

A1

A2

A3

A4

A5

A6

A7

A8

C28

S G

C27

S G

C26

S GS G

S G

C25

D7

D6

D5

D4

D3

D2

D1

D0

L126

C17

0R281

C21

SVSYNCIN

SHSYNCINMREIN

MIPIN(7:0)CLKIN

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40

VD

D5

V1

A0

A1

A2

A3

A4

A5

A6

A7

A8

VS

S1

VD

D3

V1

MIP

CS

_IO

RD

_IO

WR

_V

SS

2R

ES

ET

_S

CM

TF

SE

L0V

DD

3 V

2V

SS

3T

FS

EL1

TF

SE

L2D

0D

1D

2V

DD

3 V

3V

SS

4D

3D

4D

5V

DD

3 V

4V

SS

5D

6D

7T

ES

T0

TE

ST

1T

ES

T2

SV

SY

NC

VD

D3

V5

L154

R337

R338

L149

RA5721

34

C199

C43

C200

RAMEN_

C48

C47

121122123124125126127128129130131132133134135136137138139140141142143144145146147148149150151152153154155156157158159160

807978777675747372717069686766656463626160595857565554

MIPIN7MIPIN6MIPIN5MIPIN4MIPIN3

MIPIN2MIPIN1MIPIN0

53525150494847464544434241

VSS14VSS13

SD10MR1_OE1_

SA113SA112VSS12SA111SA110SA19SA18SA17SA16

VDD3 V8VSS11

SA15SA14SA13SA12SA11SA10

VDD3 V7VSS10INCLKVSS9

MIPIN7MIPIN6MIPIN5MIPIN4MIPIN3

VSS8VDD3 V6

MIPIN2MIPIN1MIPIN0MREIN

SHSYNC_VSS7VSS6

VSS20VSS19

PORT0PORT1PORT2MRETHINMREOUTMREMIPVDD3 V12MIPCLKVSS21MIPOUT0MIPOUT1MIPOUT2VDD3 V13MIPOUT3MIPOUT4MIPOUT5VSS22VDD3 V14MIPOUT6MIPOUT7FVSYNCFHTHIN_FHSYNCVSS23VDD3 V15TESTD0TESTD1TESTD2TESTD3VSS24VDD3 V16TESTD4TESTD5TESTD6TESTD7MREDVSS25VSS26

120

119

118

117

116

115

114

113

112

111

SD

27S

D26

SD

25S

D24

SD

23S

D22

SD

21S

D20

110

109

108

107

106

105

104

103

102

SA

213

SA

212

C42

C40

C41 C39L148

R340 C20

5

SA

211

SA

210

SA

29S

A28

101

100 99 98 97 96 95 94 93 92 91

SA

27S

A26

SA

25S

A24

SA

23

SA

22S

A21

SA

2090 89 88 87 86 85 84 83 82

SD

17S

D16

SD

15S

D14

SD

13S

D12

SD

1181

VD

D5

V3

SD

27S

D26

SD

25S

D24

SD

23S

D22

VS

S18

SD

21S

D20

WR

2_O

E2_

SA

213

VD

D3

V11

SA

212

SA

211

SA

210

SA

29S

A28

VS

S17

VD

D5

V2

SA

27S

A26

SA

25S

A24

SA

23V

SS

16S

A22

SA

21S

A20

SD

17S

D16

VD

D3

V10

VS

S15

SD

15S

D14

VS

13V

S12

VS

11V

DD

3 V

9

RA59

RA58

RA56

RA55

RA53

RA52

RA49

RA54

1

1

2

3

4

SA211

SA210

SA29

SA28

8

7

6

5

IS211

IS210

IS29

IS28

1

2

3

4

SA27

SA26

SA25

SA24

8

7

6

5

IS27

IS26

IS25

IS24

1

2

3

4

1SD17

SD16

SD15

SD14

SD13

SD12

SD11

SD10

IO17

IO16

IO15

IO14

IO13

IO12

IO11

IO10

2

3

4

8

7

6

5

1

2

3

4

8

7

6

5

SA23

SA22

SA21

SA20

8

7

6

5

IS23

IS22

IS21

IS20

2

SA213

SA212

IS213

IS212

4

3

1

2

3

4

8

7

6

5

1

2

3

4

8

7

6

5

SD27

SD26

SD25

SD24

SD23

SD22

SD21

SD20

IO27

IO26

IO25

IO24

IO23

IO22

IO21

IO20

IC42

IC40

222027109876543

252421

28

14

C20

3

1112131516171819

IO20

R339

C204

L151

IO21IO22IO23IO24IO25IO26IO27

232

26

IS20IS21IS22IS23IS24IS25IS26IS27IS28IS29IS210IS211IS212IS213

RAMEN_

1

_OE_CE_WEA0A1A2A3A4A5A6A7A8A9A10

Vcc

GND

I/O0I/O1I/O2I/O3I/O4I/O5I/O6I/O7

A11A12A13A14

L150

RA

50

RA

51

34 2 1 4 3 2 1

65 7 8 5 6 7 8

IO21

IO20

IO22

IO23

IO24

IO25

IO26

IO27

RA

48

L147

C20

6

RA

47

4 3 2 11 2 3 4

5 6 7 88 7 6 5

IO10

IO11

IO12

IO14

IO13

IO15

IO16

IO17

L146

C207

R341

28222027109876543

252421232

26

IS10IS11IS12IS13IS14IS15IS16IS17IS18IS19IS110IS111IS112IS113

1

_OE_CE_WEA0A1A2A3A4A5A6A7A8A9A10A11A12A13A14

14

1112131516171819

IO10IO11IO12IO13IO14IO15IO16IO17

Vcc

GND

I/O0I/O1I/O2I/O3I/O4I/O5I/O6I/O7

RA44

RA46

RA43

C38

C37

C36

RA42

8765

IS111IS110IS19IS18

1

12

43

RA4512

43

IS113IS112

234

8765

IS17IS16IS15IS14

1234

8765

IS13IS12IS11IS10

1234

IC41

E

E

2A3/4

A B C D E F G H I J

A B C D E F G H I J

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

3-7-13

Main PCB 4/9

CN10-4

C21

7C

214

C31

C29

3

C21

1

C21

0

C18

2

C50

C29

4

C20

9

C20

8

C14

3

C4

C29

CN10-3

CN10-6

CN10-7

5.1 VL143

S

L144

S G

S G

A G

L141

L142

G(5 V)

+12 V

+

+

+

+

+

+

++

+ +

G(ANALOG)

SVIN

3

ADJ1

IC38

C35

C30

C21

6

C21

5

VOUT2.4

S

CN10-15.1 VL140 R490

C21

8

C21

9

C32

S G

AA

S GS G F G

A G

A GA G

R483

R407

R342

R124

R19

B

TR24

C29

5

R499

R49

8

D SG

TR6

R497

R28

8

C33

R489

D SG

R29

0R

289

R28

7

C17

4

3-7-20

A B C D E F G H I J

A B C D E F G H I J

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

2A3/4Main PCB 5/9

3-7-21

ENGHEAD–SCAN

ENGACK–SCAN

SCANNER START

T×D SCAN

S

S

S

S

S

S

S

S

S

S

S

SS

S

S

S

S

S

S

S

S

S

S

S

S

S

S

S

S

S

S

S

S

S

S

SS

S

S

TR31

TR30

TR32

4

1

2E

42E1E

2C3

1C6

S G

S G

S G

S G

S G

S G

S GS G

S G

S G

S G

S G

S G

S G

S G

S G

S G

S G

S G

S G

S GS G

S G

S GS G

S G

S G

S GS G

S G

S G

S G

2B 5

2C3 2B 5

1B 2

4

1

2E

1E

2C3

1C6

2B 5

1B 2

4

1

2E

1E

2C3

1C6

2B 5

1B 2

11E

1C6 1B

IC1021

43IC10

2

42E

2C3 2B 5

11E

1C6 1B 2

CN6–1L1CN6–4

CN6–10

MCP2ACK

MCP1ACK

CN1–88

CN8–8ENGERR–MMI

CN6–6L5

L4

L7

L2

R156

R153

R158

R267

R157

R154

R155

R265

R58

C60

C59C3

IC14

IC2

IC2

IC3IC22

R266

R17

2

SLP

_RESET

_RESET

1

241

23

R55 R54

R53

R52

WD

8765

1234 +

ADJ2_RST2VCCADJ1

WDTC

_RSTGND

C63

R147 L67

R45

C57

C58

R51

R113

R1

R114

R112

R115

R116

R110

R111

IC2

MMIACK

_RES MMI

C93

C94

1 2

IC2

R63

IC6

3

6 5

IC12

11 10

IC24

13 12

IC10

13

1C

TR34

2C

5

4

1B

E

2B

1

2

3

12

IC12

6 5

4

4 3

IC6

L3

TR29

TR1

ENGACK–MMI

CN6–7MMI ERROR

CN6–3MMI ACK

CN6–9RESET MMI

CN14–2024 V OFF

SC TIM

SCAN HEAD

SCANNER ACK

R×D SCANNER

RESET SCANNER

SCNAREA

SCNHEAD

SCNACK

R×SCAN

_RES SCAN

CN1–110CN1–112

PFM CLKPCM CLK

DM CLK

28 222027109876543252421232261

A0M

_RD M

_B RAM

_WR M

A1MA2MA3MA4MA5MA6MA7MA8MA9MA10MA11MA12MA13MA14M

R30R31R32R33R34

R32

6

R35R36R37R49R48R46R47R38R50R39

A0MA1MA2MA3MA4MA5MA6MA7MA8MA9M

A10MA11MA12MA13MA14MA15MA16MA17MA18M

12111098765

272623254

282932

1314151718192021

AD0MAD1MAD2MAD3MAD4MAD5MAD6M

_ROM M_RD M

AD7M

2224

13216

D0D1D2D3D4D5D6D7

_CE_OE

VppVcc

GND3031

A0A1A2A3A4A5A6

C196

L157

C195

R43R42R41R40R27R28R29

R44R325

A7A8A9A10A11A12A13A14A15A16A17A18

R323R324R326R327

_OE_CE_WE

A0A1A2A3A4A5A6A7A8A9

A10A11A12A13A14

14

1112131516171819

AD0MAD1MAD2MAD3MAD4MAD5MAD6MAD7M

Vcc

GND

I/O0I/O1I/O2I/O3I/O4I/O5I/O6I/O7

A0MA1MA2MA3MA4MA5MA6MA7MA8MA9MA10MA11MA12MA13MA14M

10272022

9876543

252421

28

IC13

R56

_WR

M

_RA

M M

_RD

M

14

1112131516171819

AD0M

C62

R57

L66

C61

L35

C16

3 C16

2

R27

0

AD1MAD2MAD3MAD4MAD5MAD6MAD7M

Vcc

GND

I/O0I/O1I/O2I/O3I/O4I/O5I/O6I/O7

232

261

A0_WE_CE_OE

A1A2A3A4A5A6A7A8A9A10A11A12A13A14

AD0MAD1MAD2MAD3MAD4MAD5MAD6MAD7M

A0MA1MA2MA3MA4MA5MA6MA7M

64636261605958575655545352515049

17181920

C161

R268

IC33 R256

R261

2122 1

2

3

XT3

R257

R258

R262

_RES SCC1

23242526272829303132 B C

1 2

CN10–2

IC24

SLEEP SIG

SLEEP_

SLEEP

M1SEL

SLP

_M1OE

M2SEL

_M2OE

E

D1D2D3D4D5D6D7VccA0A1A2A3A4A5A6A7

P12CNVss

_RESETP11P10Xin

XoutVssP07P06P05P04P03P02P01P00

1

D0

_WR

M_R

D M

_SC

C1

R26

4

R25

9

R26

3

INT

SC

C1

R×S

CA

N

T×MCP2

R×MCP2

T×MCP1

R×MCP1

T×S

CA

N

_W _R _S BM

INT

RR

×D3

T×D

3R

×D2

T×D

2R

×D1

T×D

1P

16P

15P

14P

13

PA

0P

A1

PA

2P

A3

PA

4P

A5

PA

6P

A7

PB

0P

B1

PB

2P

B3

PB

4P

B5

PB

6B

P7 R25

5

R26

9

7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 162 3 4 65

48 42 41 40 39 38 37 36 35 34 3347 46 45 4344

10 11 4 3

8 9

IC24

6 5

L156

R336

R331

R330R329 R334

R335

R333

C201

_MA

IL S

_WR

S

_RD

S

_RD

M

_WR

M

_MA

IL M

C202

_WAIT M

1234567891011121314151617181920

A0MA1MA2MA3MA4MA5MA6MA7MAD0MAD1MAD2MAD3MAD4MAD5MAD6MAD7M

21

424140393837363534333231302928272625242322

A0SA1SA2SA3SA4SA5SA6SA7SAD7SAD6SAD5SAD4SAD3SAD2SAD1SAD0S

_CSA_WEA_NRA_OEAA0AA1AA2AA3AA4AA5AA6AA7AD0AD1AD2AD3AD4AD5AD6AD7AGND

Vcc_CSB_WEB

_OEB_NRB

A0BA1BA2BA3BA4BA5BA6BA7BD7BD6BD5BD4BD3BD2BD1BD0B

_WAIT S

[A0S–A7S]

[AD0S–AD7S]

54

_G2B

IC21

IC12

R173

IC22

IC22

IC32

15141312111097

_Y0_Y1_Y2_Y3_Y4_Y5_Y6

ABC

G1_G2A_G2B

123

645

A15MA16MA17M

A18M

R271

A19M

_Y7

_SCC1

_RAM M

_ROM M

_MAIL M

R174

R177

R17

8

R17

0

R16

9

R16

8

R175

R272

R171_B RAM

A20MA21MA22M

_G2A

6

321

G1

CBA

_Y6_Y5_Y4_Y3

_Y7

_Y2_Y1_Y0

9101112

7

131415 9

64

5

108

8

9

CN6–5L6

R120

R121

R122R123

R151

11

IC10

10

9

IC10

8

2

IC6

CN1–69

PRTACK

ENG5 V

1

3

IC12

4

L8CN6–2

807978

7675747372717069686766656463626160595857565554535251

77

A0A1A2

A4A5A6A7A8A9

A10A11A12A13A14A15A16A17A18A19

DCSD0D1D2D3D4D5D6D7

P110

A3

123

123412341234123

RA15

RA12

RA16

RA13

RA174

4

876

8765876587658765

5

A0MA1MA2M

A4MA5MA6MA7MA8MA9MA10MA11MA12MA13MA14MA15MA16MA17MA18MA19M

1234123

RA14

RA184

87658765

AD0MAD1MAD2MAD3MAD4MAD5MAD6MAD7M

A3M

_RE

S M

MI

_RE

S S

CA

N_R

ES

EN

G_R

ES

SC

C1

_RE

S M

2_R

ES

M1

_PR

TR

ST

CN1–12

CN1–82B C

E

R14

8

R14

9

R16

1

R16

3

L132

L133

L134

_WR

M

_RD

M

C110

R164

_RESETR160

R162

C109

C111

TR4

MSW OFF REM

XT2

123456789

101112131415161718192021

2322

24252627282930

P70

R159

L108

IC12IC10

5 6 1 2

C10

8

C10

7

R15

0

R15

2

100

99 98 97 96 95 94 93 92 91 90 89 88 87 86 85 84 83 82 81

31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50

_HO

LD

BY

TE

CN

Vss

_RE

SE

TX

inX

out

_RD

Vss

Vcc

_HLD

AA

LE_B

HE

_WR

P11

7P

116

P11

5P

114

P11

3P

112

P111

P71

P72

P73

P74

P75

P76

P77 Vss

AV

ssV

ref

AV

ccV

ccP

80P

81R

×D0

T×D

0IN

T4

P85

R×D

1T×D

1

T×P

RT R×D MMIR×PRT

T×SCAN

T×D MMI

INT3P94A22A21A20P90P67P66P65INT2INT1

MACK MCP2EACK MAIN

WDMACK MCP1

_SET M1A22

_WRDY M1_RRDY M1_WRDY M2_RRDY M2

A21A20

_SET M2SCNAREASCNHEADINT SCC1SCNACKMMIACK

INT0TA4inP60P57P56P55

MACK ENG_P2

_MRDYMACK PRT

TA2outR165

R166

R167

P53TA1out

TA0outP51

P47P46P45

_P1_SETPRT

_PRINT

_WAIT M

P44P431_RDY

IC23

A B C D E F G H I J

A B C D E F G H I J

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

2A3/4Main PCB 6/9

3-7-22

CN1–4TLSCN1–3TLDSCN1–32PFM LOCK

CN1–19EHUMSENS

CN1–18ETTH

CN1–8FTH

CN10–5R474

C273

S 13 12G

R475

IC61

A22S

INT SCC2

IPC SET

_BD

MACK ENG

C264

R460R459

R452R453

R455

R437

R435

R434

C255

_WR S

_WR S

R433

XT8

C256

L201

C265

IC64

C257

_RD S

LDDACLKDI

_RD S

_RES ENG

1234

8765

RA100

EXBV8V101J

_RES I/O

_WAIT S

_RES SCC2_RES VTCEACK MAIN

R451

23

1

456789

101112131415161718192021222324252627282930

P95P94

AN0

A22A21A20P90P67/TB2inP66/TB1inP65/TB0inINT2

IC66

INT1INT0P61/TA4inP60/TA4outP57/TA3inP56/TA3outP55/TA2inP54/TA2outRTPC3RTPC2RTPC1RTPC0P47P46P45P44

32 3331 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50

BY

TE

CN

Vss

_HO

L D

_RE

SE

TX

inX

out

_RD

Vss

Vcc

_HL

DA

ALE

_BH

E_W

RP

117

P11

6P

115

P11

4P

113

P11

2

99 98100 97 96 95 94 93 92 91 90 89 88 87 86 85 84 83 82 81

AN

3A

N4

AN

2A

N1

P75

P76

P77 Vss

AV

ssV

ref

AV

ccV

ccD

A0

CLK

0P

82T×D

0D

A1

P85

P86

P87

P431

7978

80

77

23 RA93

1

4

76

8

5

A1SA2S

A0S

A3S

23 RA94

1

4

76

8

5

A5SA6S

A4S

A7S

23 RA95

1

4

76

8

5

A9SA10S

A8S

A11S

23 RA96

R351

R469R470

R47

2

R43

9

R44

0

R43

8

IC73

IC62

1

4

76

8

5

A13SA14S

A12S

A15S

23 RA97

1

4

76

81

64

4

12

5

IC628

10

9

IC6211

13

12

IC65

TR23

41

1

2

3

1B

E

2B

1C

2C

5

42

R471

IC62

3

S G

S G

1

2

S

32

A

IC59

CB

3

12

C

AB

G1

_G2B_G2A

6

54

G1

_G2B_G2A

5

64

5

A17SA18S

A16SA15S

A17SA16S

A19SA18S

A19S

767574737271706968676665646362616059585756555453

87658765

AD0SAD1SAD2SAD3SAD4SAD5SAD6SAD7S

123RA98

RA99

41234

5251

A1A2

A0

A3A4A5A6A7A8A9

A10A11A12A13A14A15A16A17A18A19

DCS

15141312111097

_Y0_Y1_Y2_Y3_Y4_Y5_Y6_Y7

IC67

R441R442R443R444R445R446

R496

A22SA21SA20S

79101112131415

_Y7_Y6_Y5_Y4_Y3_Y2_Y1

_IPC_682

C271

C272

S G

L200

R465

_VTC_SCC2_ASIC2_ASIC1

_RES I/O

_MAIL S_Y0

D0D1D2D3D4D5D6D7

P110_RDY

S G

S G

S G

S G S G

S G

S G

S G

S GS G

S

3 1

2

R357

XT7

IC58

G

S G

P111

S G

A21SA20S

R47

3

R45

6

R43

6

R43

2

R43

1

R43

0

CN

1–13

8b7

CN

1–13

7b6

CN

1–68

b5C

N1 –

67b4

CN

1–13

6b3

CN

1–13

5b2

CN

1 –66

b1C

N1 –

65b0

L207

L206

L205

C26

3

A0S

A1S

_WR

S_R

D S

_RA

M S

_RE

S I/

O

C26

2

C26

1

C26

0

C26

7

C26

6

L202

CN1–16 CONT DB

PPST

_LDON

_LDEN

CN1–17 CONT G

R46

1

R45

8

R45

7

R45

0

R44

8R

449

DA

CLK

LD DI

ZERO CROSS SIG

CN1–73TONER CLKCN1–76TRM REMCN1–75TFM REM

CN1–74IMAGE UNIT SIGCN1–120DUP _BCN1–121SIDE _ACN1–122REGIST BCN1–123MOTOR ACN1–102FINISHER RESET

CN1–14SC CONT

CN1–15TC CONT

CN1–103

9

S

8

E

C B

TR2

11 10

IC61 IC61

R354

L178

C225

C224 R355

R350

AD0SAD1SAD2SAD3SAD4SAD5SAD6SAD7S

AD0SAD1SAD2SAD3SAD4SAD5SAD6SAD7S

AD0S

C233

C232

R377

L175

R479

AD1SAD2SAD3SAD4SAD5SAD6SAD7S

AD0SAD1SAD2S

A0SA1SA2S

AD3SAD4SAD5SAD6SAD7S

R361

L177

L197

C229

IC57

C228

R370

S G

S G

S G

S G

S G

S G

S G

S G

S G

_ROM S

_RD S_WR S

CN1–42 DM LOCKCN1–41 PCM LOCKCN1–40 TC/AC ALARMCN1–39 MC ALARM

CN1–132 PFCL–U REMCN1–131 PFCL–L REMCN1–130 FCL 4 REMCN1–107 FCL 5 REMCN1–106 FCL 1 REMCN1–105 FCL 2 REMCN1–104 FCL 3 REMCN1–134 BYPPFCL REM

CN1–115 RCL REMCN1–114 PCFM REMCN1–78 FSSOL 1 REMCN1–79 FSSOL 2 REM

CN1–84 TC REM

CN1–80 PRY REM

CN1–81 SSW1SOURCE

CN1–83

H.ALM

L LIM

U LIMR463

R46

4

SC REM

CN1–86 MC REMCN1–85 DB REM

CN1–72 CL REMCN1–71 IFFM REMCN1–109 H1 REMCN1–108 H2 REM

CN1–38 PFSW1CN1–37 PFSW2CN1–36 PFSW3CN1–35 PFSW4CN1–34 FSWCN1–33 RSWCN1–10 SSW3CN1–9 SSW2

CN1–7 FSSWCN1–6 SBESWCN1–5 DUPPCSWCN1–31 DUPESWCN1–30 DUPRSWCN1–29 DUPRSWCN1–28 STKSWCN1–11 SSW1

CN1–127 DUPPTSOL REMCN1–128 DUPFWSOL REM

CN1–126 SBFSSOL1 REMCN1–125 SBFSSOL2 REMCN1–124 SRM REM

L LIM

_ASIC1

[A0S–A5S]

_RAM S

_ROM S

[A0S–A7S]

[AD0S–AD7S]

_RD S_WR S

U LIMC280

CN

1–58

LIC

SW

–LC

N1–

59LI

CS

W–U

CN

1 –57

BY

PP

S–W

CN

1–61

BY

PP

WS

WC

N1–

62B

YP

PLS

W

CN

1–60

BY

PE

DS

W

CN

1–56

PS

W–U

CN

1–55

PS

W–L

CN1–133 BYPSOL REMCN1–129 N.C

CN1–77 ESCL REMCN1–113 DM REM

CN1–116 CCM FWDCN1–117 CCM REV

F.C SW

CN1–111 PCM REMCN1–87 PFM REM

CN1–118 CLM–L

CN1–119 CLM–U

R480

_ASIC2

_RD S

A0SA1SA2SA3SA4SA5SA6SA7SA8SA9SA10SA11SA12SA13SA14SA15SA16SA17SA18SR369

R368R360R359R367R366R358R363R362R364R365R484R485R486R487R488

_RES I/O

_WR S

_682

_RESET

R352

R353

DESK RESET

CN1–94DESK SCLK

_RD SA0SA1S

CN1–95DESK SOUT

CN1–93DESK _OE

CN1–96DESK SIN

CN1–13TNS CONT

CN1–1TNS

CN1–2

242322212019181716151413

123456789

101112

Vcc_RDA0A1SCKSoutSin_OEINTXinXoutVcc

_RST_WR_CS

D0D1D2D3D4D5D6D7

GND

12111098765

27262325

1314151718192021

2224

A0A1A2A3A4A5A6A7A8A9A10A11

D0D1D2D3D4D5D6D7

_CE_OE

4282932

3031

13216

A12A13A14A15A16A17A18

VppVcc

GND

IC55

R376

A0SA1SA2SA3SA4SA5SA6SA7SA8SA9SA10SA11SA12SA13SA14S

222027109876543

25

28

14

1112131516171819

_OE_CE_WEA0A1A2A3A4A5A6A7A8

Vcc

GND

I/O0I/O1I/O2I/O3I/O4I/O5I/O6I/O7

2421232

261

A9A10A11A12A13A14

R47

8

C27

9

C27

8

23

1

456789

101112131415161718192021222324

_RESETSELECT

MODE

AD0AD1AD2AD3AD4AD5AD6AD7

IC60GNDA0A1A2A3A4A5A6A7ALE_RD_WRCS

32

LEN

GT

HC

N1 –

46D

IG0

CN

1 –45

DIG

1C

N1 –

44D

IG2

CN

1–43

LEN

GT

HC

N1 –

50D

IG0

CN

1 –49

DIG

1C

N1 –

48D

IG2

CN

1–47

DIG

2C

N1–

51D

IG1

CN

1 –52

DIG

0C

N1 –

53LE

NG

TH

CN

1 –54

3331 34 35 36 37 38 39 40

GN

DV

dd

PB

1

29 3028

PB

3P

B2

PB

4

26 2725

PB

6P

B5

PB

7_C

S

PB

0P

A0

PA

1P

A2

PA

3P

A4

6362

64

616059585756555453525150494847464544434241

PD0_Y3

PD1

PE7PE6PE5PE4PE3PE2PE1PE0

GNDPC7PC6PC5PC4PC3

79 7880 77 76 75 74 73 72 71 70 69 68 67 66 65

PF

6P

F5

PF

7

PF

4P

F3

PF

2P

F1

PF

0V

ddG

ND

PD

7P

D6

PD

5P

D4

PD

3P

D2

PC2PC1PC0

INITDPA7PA6PA5

AD0SAD1SAD2S

A0SA1SA2S

AD3SAD4SAD5SAD6SAD7S

23

1

456789

101112131415161718192021222324

_RESETSELECT

MODE

AD0AD1AD2AD3AD4AD5AD6AD7

IC63GNDA0A1A2A3A4A5A6A7ALE_RD_WRCS

32 3331 34 35 36 37 38 39 40

GN

DV

ddC

270

PB

1

29 3028

PB

3P

B2

PB

4

26 2725

PB

6P

B5

PB

7_C

S

PB

0P

A0

PA

1P

A2

PA

3P

A4

6362

64

616059585756555453525150494847464544434241

PD0_Y3

PD1

PE7PE6PE5PE4PE3PE2PE1PE0

GNDPC7PC6PC5PC4PC3

79 7880 77 76 75 74 73 72 71 70 69 68 67 66 65

PF

6P

F5

PF

7

PF

4P

F3

PF

2P

F1

PF

0V

ddG

ND

PD

7P

D6

PD

5P

D4

PD

3P

D2

PC2PC1PC0

INITDPA7PA6PA5

8765

A01A02A03Vcc

LDCLK

DIGND

1234

A B C D E F G H I J

A B C D E F G H I J

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

2A3/4Main PCB 7/9

3-7-23

IC70

RA104

RA103

L225

L226

L227

L228

L229

L230

L231

L232

CN15-3

CN15-18

CN15-4

CN15-19

CN15-5

CN15-20

CN15-6

CN15-21

A0_IPC

A1_IPC

A2_IPC

A3_IPC

A4_IPC

A5_IPC

A6_IPC

A7_IPC

S G

119

17

2

11

15

4

13

68

A7S

A0S

A4S

A6S

A1S

A5S

A2SA3S

2Y4

1Y1

2Y1

2Y3

1Y2

2Y2

1Y31Y4

3

18

9

5

16

7

1412

8

5

5

7

6

6

78

1

4

4

2

3

3

21

2A4

1A1

2A1

2A3

1A2

_DE1_DE2

2A2

1A31A4

2Y4

1Y1

2Y1

2Y3

1Y2

2Y2

1Y31Y4

2A4

1A1

2A1

2A3

1A2

2A2

1A31A4

IC71

RA106

RA105

L233

L234

L235

L236

L237

L238

L239

L240

CN15-7

CN15-22

CN15-8

CN15-23

CN15-9

CN15-24

CN15-10

CN15-25

D0_IPC

D1_IPC

D2_IPC

D3_IPC

D4_IPC

D5_IPC

D6_IPC

D7_IPC

191

9

2

6

8

3

7

45

AD7S

AD0S

AD4S

AD6S

AD1S

AD5S

AD2SAD3S

B7

B0

B4

B6

B1

B5

B2B3

11

18

14

12

17

13

1615

8

5

5

7

6

6

78

1

4

4

2

3

3

21

A7

A0

A4

A6

A1

_DET_R

A5

A2A3

IC72

RA107

L241

L242

L243

L244

CN15-12

CN15-13

CN15-27

CN15-28

_WR_IPC

_CS_IPC

_RD_IPC

_RESET_IPC

119

_IPC

_RES SCC2

17

2

11

15

4

13

68

3

18

9

5

16

7

1412

5678

4321

_DE1_DE2

2Y4

1Y1

2Y1

2Y3

1Y2

2Y2

1Y31Y4

2A4

R374

IC61

R468CN1-92FINISHER

R×D21

IC61

43

IC61

65

R373

R375

R378

R379

C234

XT6

1A1

2A1

2A3

1A2

2A2

1A31A4

S G

S G

S G

5764 60 5863 5962 61

VccD1

15

913

26

1014

37

1115

48

1216

D5

D7

D2

D6

D3

D4

AD

7S

AD

0S

AD

4S

AD

6S

AD

1S

AD

5S

AD

2SA

D3S

A7S

C23

0

R37

1

C23

1

L176

R37

2

A0S

A4S

A6S

A1S

A5S

A2S

A3S

56 52 50 4955 5154 53

2417 21 2318 2219 20 25 29 31 3226 3027 28

A0

A4

A6

A7

A1

A5

A2

A3

Vss

P12

R38

0

P10

Xou

t

CN

Vss

Xin

_RE

SE

TP

11

P07

P03

P01

P00

P06

P02

P05

P04

D0

BM

R×D3T×D3R×D2T×D2R×D1T×D1

_W

INTR

_R_S

P16

P14P13

P15

4844

4036

4743

3935

4642

3834

4541

3733

PA0

PA4

PA6PA7PB0PB1PB2PB3

PA1

PA5

PA2PA3

PB4

PB6PB7

R382

PB5

(AD0S _ AD7S)

_WR S

INT SCC2

_RD S

_SCC2

(A0S _ A7S)

S G

CN1-91FINISHERT×D

R467CN1-90MMD R×D

S G

CN1-89MMD T×D

R466CN1-27

COIN VENDERR×D

S G

CN1-26COIN VENDER

T×D

LCF R×D

LCF T×D

S G

S G

S

_RES SCC2

_RES SCC2

CN15-2 5 VCN15-14CN15-17CN15-29

CN15-1

CN15-11

CN15-30

CN15-26

GND

GND

CN15-15

CN15-16

L248

R495IPC SET

R494

L249

L252

L250

L251

G

S G

S G

R381

31

2

CN1-140 KCARD REMCN1-139 KCARD REMCN1-101 TC REMCN1-100 COIN COPYINGCN1-99 COIN EJECTCN1-98 COIN FEED

CN1-22 COIN ENABLECN1-63 KCARD ENABLECN1-64 KC SETCN1-23 TC SETCN1-24 MMB SETCN1-25 FINISHER SET

CN1-97H.ALM

_MSYNC

MMD COUNT

CN1-21 H.ALARM

S G

10

C28

8

C28

720

R491

L246

S G

10

C29

0

C29

820

R492

L245

S G

10

C29

2

C29

120

R493

L247

S G

7

C71

C72

14

R67

IC12

L65

S G

8

C11

2

C11

316

R176

IC21

L107

S G

8

C16

4

C16

516

R273

IC32

L131

S G

10

C19

3

C19

420

R322

IC46

L158

S G

10

C10

6

C10

520

R146

IC17

L70

S G

10

C25

1

C25

220

R428

IC69

L209

S G

10

C69

C70

20

R66

IC11

L64

S G

7

C81

C82

14

R97

IC6

L23

S G

7

C11

4

C11

514

R179

IC22

L130

S S S S

S S S S

S G

7

C95

C96

14

R117

IC2

L9

S G

7

C15

9

C16

014

R260

IC24

L136

S G

7

C73

C74

14

R82

IC10

L58

S G

3

C89

C88

5

R104

IC3

L15

S G

8

C25

8

C25

916

R447

IC67

L204

S G

8

C22

7

C22

616

R356

IC59

L179

S G

7

C27

4

C27

514

R476

IC61

L198

S G

10

C77

C78

20

R95

IC8

L56

S G

10

C25

3

C25

420

R429

IC68

L208

S G

10

C75

C76

20

R86

IC9

L57

S G

10

C79

C80

20

R96

IC7

L25

S G

8

C10

1

C10

216

R130

IC26

L110

S G

10

C15

3

C15

420

R252

IC35

L138

S G

8

C15

7

C15

816

R254

IC34

L137

S G

8

C22

0

C22

116

R344

IC50

L167

S G

8

C18

0

C18

116

R293

IC49

L166

S G

8

C22

2

C22

316

R345

IC51

L168

S G

8

C10

3

C10

416

R140

IC25

L109

S G

7

C27

7

C27

614

R477

IC62

L199

S G

S G

10

C55

C54

20

R26

IC16

L68

L69C56

S G

S G

10

C17

7

C17

820

R292

IC48

L164

L165C179

S G

4

C91

C92

8

R109

IC1

L14

S G

3

C26

9

C26

85

R462

IC65

L203

S G

3

C29

6

C29

75

R500

IC73

L254

S S S

S G

7

C28

6

C28

514

R482

IC52

L196

S G

8

C24

4

C24

516

R396

IC39

L145

S G

3

C19

8

C19

75

R332

IC43

L155

S G

7

C14

8

C14

76

R221

IC18

L97

S G

7

C15

1

C15

06

R224

25 V 25 V

IC19

L98

S G

4

C15

2

25 V

25 V

8

IC27

S

S

A B C D E F G H I J

A B C D E F G H I J

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

2A3/4Main PCB 8/9

3-7-24

SELMCP2_SELMCP1_

PVSYNC_

119

2468

11131517

PHSYNC_

RA5

IC16

CN3–A11

CN3–A9CN3–A10CN3–A1

PVSYNC M2PHSYNC M2_MCPSEL M2

L78

_1G_2G

1A11A21A31A42A12A22A32A4

18R14R128

R16L80L96

L82

L222L223L224

L221

1614129753

1Y11Y21Y31Y42Y12Y22Y32Y4

191

23456789

IC46

S

_DET_R

A7A6A5A4A3A2A1A0

1817161514131211

AD7SAD6SAD5SAD4SAD3SAD2SAD1SAD0S

D7SD6SD5SD4SD3SD2SD1SD0S

R321

R310

R302

R30

3

L163

XT4VDD OUT

ST GND

C18

7

C18

8

R320R319R318R317R316R315R314

B7B6B5B4B3B2B1B0

12345678

VDD

A0A1A2A3VSSA4A5

7574737271706968

VDDVSS

_PVDBO_PVPAO

VSS_PHSYNC

VDDAMC

910111213141516

_VTCCS_IORD_IOWR

IC47VDDD0D1D2VSS

6766656463626160

_PVSYNCPVSYNC

VSS_SEL0_SEL1

VDD_SEL2_SEL317

18192021222324

SMCSINSOTVSSD3D4VSSSCK

5958575655545352

_SEL4_SEL5_SEL6

VSSP2P1P0

FLDON25

VDD

26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33

VS

S

D5

D6

D7

D5S

D6S

D7S

VS

SV

DD

PP

ST

_LD

ON

34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41

_LD

EN

N.C

XI

XO

VS

SC

LKV

SS

42 43 44_B

D

_MS

YN

C

45 46 47 48 49

MS

YN

CP

MC

LKV

DD

_BD

_FLD

EN

_AD

JUS

TV

SS

_LD

OU

TB

_LD

OU

TA

50V

SS

51VDD

100

99 98 97 96 95 94 93

VS

S

TE

ST

3T

ES

T2

TE

ST

1V

SS

TE

ST

0P

7V

DD

92 91 90 89 88 87 86 85

P6

P5

P4

P3

VS

S_R

ES

ET

VS

S_N

SC

LE84 83 82 81 80 79 78 77

_SC

LE_N

SC

DE

_SC

DE

VD

DN

.CLS

UO

UT

VS

SP

VC

LK76

VS

S

2423222116151413

IC36

VCC18

L139

C156 C155

R253GND

D0D1D2D3D4D5D6D7

19817

5206

12349 101112

RCKWCK

Q0Q1

_RE_WE

_RRES_WRES

Q2Q3Q4Q5Q6Q7

MCPCLK M2

CN3–A12L76

MCPMREW M2

CN3–A14L73

MCPIDA M2

CN3–A16L71

MCPIDB M2

CN2–A11L187

MCPCLK M1

CN2–A12L185

MCPMREW M1

CN2–A14L182

MCPIDA M1

CN2–A16L180

MCPIDB M1

5 6 7 8 4

4 3

1

1 4

4 3

1

1 42 3

2

2 3

2321

56784 3 2 1

8 7 6 5

1 2 3 4

RA65

RA4

RA37

RA38

RA36

119

2468

11131517

IC48

CN2–A9CN2–A10CN2–A1

PVSYNC M1PHSYNC M1_MCPSEL M1

_1G_2G

1A11A21A31A42A12A22A32A4

18R398R406

R40

L189L220

L192

L170L171L172

L169

1614129753

GS

GS

GS

GS

G

R306

R305

GS

GS

GS

4 3

1 2

GS

5 3

4

1

2B 2C

2 61B 1C

2E

1E

TR8

5 3

4

11 10

9

13 12

11

11 10 13 12

8

13 12

IC6

IC5

IC6

IC22

IC2 IC2

SLEEP

F.C SW

_MSYNC

_MSYNC

_BD

_BD

L34CN7–9

CN7–7

CN7–11

_ADJUST2

_EN

_ADJUST1L36

L29CN7–4

CN7–3

_VD1–

L30CN7–5 _VD1+

L12CN9–3

CN7–12L37

CN7–10L35

CN7–8L33

CN7–6L31

CN7–1

CN7–13

CN1–70

CN8–5

L26

L19

TR3

CN9–2L11

D1

R106R107R108

C90

IC1

C86C87

R101

R100

L20

IC4

CN9–4L13R

105

R99

R10

2R

103

G S

D

START

LSU5 V

READY

CN8–3L18

BD_+

CN8–2L17

BD_–

CN8–4CN8–1L16

_VD2+L28

CN7–2 _VD2–L27

L32

R98C84C85

L22

1

2B 2C

2 61B 1C

2E

1E

TR7

L10CN9–1 CLOCK

GS

GS

GS

GS

GS

35

6217

GS GS

GS

GS

S

S

S

G

RA39

RA64

_RES VTC_RES VTC

R304

R31

1

R312

C19

0

C18

3

C18

4

R29

4

C18

5 C18

6

R30

0

R30

7

R30

1

R30

8

R30

9

R29

8

R29

7

L161

R29

9

C18

9R

313

C19

1

C19

2

L159

A0SA1SA2SA3S

D0SD1SD2S

D3S

L162

[A0S–A5S]

PPST

_LDON

_LDEN

SLEEP_

_RES VTC

[AD0S–AD7S]

D4S

A4S

_VTC_RD S

_RD S_VTC

_WR S

A5S

RA63

RA35

4 3

1 2L160

R295PHSYNC_

PVSYNC_

SELMCP2_SELMCP1_

R296

R251

R250

S

GS

1 42 3

GS

GS

1Y11Y21Y31Y42Y12Y22Y32Y4

1234

8765

RA40

5 6 7 8

4 3 2 1

412

179

1516

8

ENENDI1DI2DI3DI4VCCGND

236510111413

DO1+DO1–DO2+DO2–DO3+DO3–DO4+DO4–

1234

VccRCDIGND

8765

RI_RIDO

_DO

A B C D E F G H I J

A B C D E F G H I J

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

2A3/4Main PCB 9/9

3-7-25

SLEEP

SID 0SID 1

SID 3SID 2

SID 4SID 5

SID 7

SMRE

SCNCLK

SOVSYNC

RA101

RA21

RA19

SID 6

24

119

86

12

43

SID0MSID1M

SID3MSID2M

SID0MSID1M

_M2OEM2SEL

SID3MSID2M

PID0PID1

PID3PID2

87

56

1113

1715

1816

1214

97

35

1A11A2

_1G_2G

1A41A3

2A12A2

2A42A3

_1Y1_1Y2

_1Y4_1Y3

_2Y1_2Y2

_2Y4_2Y3

1816

1214

97

35

_1Y1_1Y2

_1Y4_1Y3

_2Y1_2Y2

_2Y4_2Y3

IC35

23

151

65

1110

1314

4

7

9

12

1A1B

_GS

2B2A

3A3B

4B4A

1Y

2Y

3Y

4Y

IC25R129

24

1

S GS G

S G

S G

S G

19

86

1113

1715

1A11A2

_1G_2G

1A41A3

2A12A2

2A42A3

CN4-1L53

L55

L48

R90

R89

R88

R87

R91

R92

R93

R94

R85

R84

R83

L47

L46

L45

L43

L41

L39

L38

CN4-4

CN4-13CN4-7

CN4-15

CN4-19CN4-17

CN4-26CN4-21

CN4-24

CN4-22

CN4-25

CN4-23

CN4-29

CN4-27

CN4-30

CN4-28

PID 2

PID 0

PID 3

PID 1

PID 6

PID 4

L84

L83

L81

L79

R18

R17

R15

R13

CN3-B10

CN3-B8

CN3-B11

CN3-B9

M2 DATA2

M2 DATA0

M2 DATA3

M2 DATA1

L86

L85

L87

L92

L95

R131

R134

R135

R21

R22

R132

R133

R136

R20

R23

R137

R138

R139

R24

R25

C98

C99

C100

C52

C53

CN3-A8

CN3-A7

CN3-A5

CN3-B1

CN3-A3

SEMCP MCP2

R×D MCP2

W RDY MCP2

R RDY MCP2

MCP2 ACK

SID4MSID5M

SID7MSID6M

PID4PID5

PID7PID6

23

151

65

1110

1314

4

7

9

12

1A1B

_GS

2B2A

3A3B

4B4A

1Y

2Y

3Y

4Y

IC26

L77

L75

L74

L72

R12

R11

R10

R9

CN3-B14

CN3-B12

CN3-B15

CN3-B13

M2 DATA6

M2 DATA4

M2 DATA7

M2 DATA5

SMRE MPMRE

POVSYNC_SOVSYNC_M

PRTCLKSCNCLK M

23

151

65

1110

1314

4

7

9

12

1A1B

_GS

2B2A

3A3B

4B4A

1Y

2Y

3Y

4Y

IC34

L88

L90

L91

R125

R126

R127CN3-B3

CN3-B5

CN3-B4

WCK M2

MRE M2

OVSYNC M2

PID 7

L50CN4-20PMRE

L54CN4-16PRTCLK

L52CN4-18_POVSYNC

PID 5

IC68

1816

1214

97

35

1Y11Y2

1Y41Y3

2Y12Y2

2Y42Y3

24

119

86

1113

1715

1A11A2

_1G_2G

1A41A3

2A12A2

2A42A3

IC8

RA20

12

43

SID4MSID5M

SID7MSID6M

87

56

RA22

12

43

PID0PID1

PID3PID2

87

56

12

43

PID4PID5

PID7PID6

87

56

RA1

RA2

1816

1214

97

35

1Y11Y2

1Y41Y3

2Y12Y2

2Y42Y3

24

119

86

1113

1715

1A11A2

_1G_2G

1A41A3

2A12A2

2A42A3

IC9

123

876

PMREPOVSYNC_

PRTCLK

RA3

123

SMRE MSOVSYNC MSCNCLK M

876

RA102

8 7 6 5

1 2 3 4

8 7 6 5

1 2 3 4

8 7 6

1 2 3

S

SID0MSID1M

_M1OEM1SEL

SID3MSID2M

PID0PID1

PID3PID2

23

151

65

1110

1314

4

7

9

12

1A1B

_GS

2B2A

3A3B

4B4A

1Y

2Y

3Y

4Y

IC50R343

S G

L193

L191

L190

L188

R402

R400

R399

R397

CN2-B10

CN2-B8

CN2-B11

CN2-B9

M1 DATA2

M1 DATA0

M1 DATA 3

M1 DATA1

SID4MSID5M

SID7MSID6M

PID4PID5

PID7PID6

23

151

65

1110

1314

4

7

9

12

1A1B

_GS

2B2A

3A3B

4B4A

1Y

2Y

3Y

4Y

IC49

L186

L184

L183

L181

R349

R348

R347

R346

CN2-B14

CN2-B12

CN2-B15

CN2-B13

M1 DATA6

M1 DATA4

M1 DATA7

M1 DATA5

SMRE MPMRE

POVSYNC_SOVSYNC_M

PRTCLKSCNCLK M

23

151

65

1110

1314

4

7

9

12

1A1B

_GS

2B2A

3A3B

4B4A

1Y

2Y

3Y

4Y

IC51

L212

L214

L215

R403

R404

R405CN2-B3

CN2-B5

CN2-B4

WCK M1

MRE M1

OVSYNC M1

S

S

S G S G

S GMACK MCP2

_RES M2

SLEEP

T×MCP2

24

119

86

1113

1715

1816

1214

97

35

R145R141R142

R144R143

R×MCP2MCP2ACK_SET M2

_RRDY M2_WRDY M2

1A11A2

_1G_2G

1A41A3

2A12A2

2A42A3

1Y11Y2

1Y41Y3

2Y12Y2

2Y42Y3

IC17 L94

L87

L93

S

CN3-A4CN3-A13CN3-A15CN3-B6CN3-B7CN3-B16

CN3-A2

CN3-A6

CN3-B2 RESET MCP2

ENCACK MCP2

T×D MCP2

L210

L194

L213

L216

L219

R412

R415

R416

R408

R411

R413

R414

R417

R409

R410

R423

R424

R425

R421

R422

C248

C249

C250

C246

C247

CN2-A8

CN2-A7

CN2-A5

CN2-B1

CN2-A3

SEMCP MCP1

R×D MCP1

W RDY MCP1

R RDY MCP1

MCP1 ACK

S

S G S G

S GMACK MCP1

_RES M1

SLEEP

T×MCP1

_MRDY_P2

_PRTRST

T×PRTMACK PRT

24

119

86

1113

1715

1816

1214

97

35

R427R418R419

R426R420

R×MCP1MCP1ACK_SET M1

_RRDY M1_WRDY M1

1A11A2

_1G_2G

1A41A3

2A12A2

2A42A3

1Y11Y2

1Y41Y3

2Y12Y2

2Y42Y3

IC69

S G

24

119

86

1113

1715

1816

1214

97

35

1A11A2

_1G_2G

1A41A3

2A12A2

2A42A3

1Y11Y2

1Y41Y3

2Y12Y2

2Y42Y3

IC7

L218

L211

L217

S

L63

L62

L59

L60

L61

R77

R78

R79

R80

R81

R68

R69

R70

R71

R72

R60

R61

R62

R63

R64

C64

C65

C66

C67

C68

CN4-9

CN4-11

CN4-2

CN4-8

CN4-6

_PRINT

R×D PRT

_SETPRT

_P1

PRTACK

S

S G

S G

24

119

86

1113

1715

1816

1214

97

35

R76R75R74

R59R73

R×PRTPATACK_PRINT

_P1_SETPRT

1A11A2

_1G_2G

1A41A3

2A12A2

2A42A3

1Y11Y2

1Y41Y3

2Y12Y2

2Y42Y3

IC11

S

CN2-A4CN2-A13CN2-A15CN2-B6CN2-B7CN2-B16

CN2-A2

CN2-A6

CN2-B2 RESET MCP1

ENCACK MCP1

T×D MCP1

CN4-5

CN4-3

CN4-10 _MRDY

ENCACK PRT

CN4-12

CN4-14 _PRTRST

_P2

T×D PRT

L44

L42

L40

L49

L51

A B C D E F G H I J

A B C D E F G H I J

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

2A3/4Memory copy PCB 1/12

3-7-26

_MCPSEL

_RVST

_PHSYNC

TXDMCP

ACKMCP

_R_READY

_W_READY

RCK

MREVD

_VD1

_VD2

_SETMCP

ACKENG

TXDENG

_RESET

WCK

_WVST

MREID

GND1

GND2

GND3

GND4

GND5

GND6

_ID0

_ID1

_ID2

_ID3

_ID4

_ID5

_ID6

_ID7

CN1

CN1

CN1

CN1

CN1

CN1

CN1

CN1

CN1

CN1

CN1

CN1

CN1

CN1

CN1

CN1

CN1

CN1

CN1

CN1

CN1

CN1

CN1

CN1

CN1

CN1

CN1

CN1

CN1

CN1

CN1

CN1

a1

a9

a10

a5

a3

a7

a8

a11

a12

a14

a16

b1

b2

b3

b4

b5

a4

a13

a15

b6

b7

b16

b8

b9

b10

b11

b12

b13

b14

b15

a6

a2

L25

L32

L33

L28

L27

L30

L31

L34

L35

L36

L37

L9

L29

L26

L10

L11

L12

L13

L6

L7

L8

L14

L15

L24

L16

L17

L18

L19

L20

L21

L22

L23

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

R7

R8

R22

R18

R5

R19

R20

R21

R10

R11

R12

R13

R9

VCC3

VPL5

VCC3

GPL5

ID0(7:0)

21

34

RA6

RA4

C11

GPL5

GPL5

GPL5

GPL5

GPL5

GPL5

GPL5

GPL5

U10

U8

U10

U8

U7

U9

U9

2468

1234

8765

18161412

9753

11131517

9753

11131517

2468

18161412

2468

0123

4567

8 7 6 5 8 7 6 5

0 7 1 6 2 5 3 4

1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4

18161412

2468

18161412

1234

8765

11131517

9753

A1A2A3A4

Y1Y2Y3Y4

Y1Y2Y3Y4

A1A2A3A4

Y1Y2Y3Y4

A1A2A3A4

A1A2A3A4

Y1Y2Y3Y4

A1A2A3A4

Y1Y2Y3Y4

A1A2A3A4

Y1Y2Y3Y4

1

19

19

1

1

1

19

_G

_G

_G

_G

_G

_G

A1A2A3A4

Y1Y2Y3Y4

_G

R41

R42

R49

R27

R26

RA

9

RA

10R36

R38

RA12

1234

8765

RA11

R31

47

51

59

71

69

68

49

43

44

iMCPSEL_

iPVST_

iPHSYNC_

iACKMCP

iRREADY_

iWREADY_

iMREVDOUT

iVD1

iVD234

21

RA19

21

34

RA5

21

34

RA1

21

34

RA2

21

34

RA3

C14

C13

C9

C10

VCC3

0123

0716

4567

2534

IDP(7:0)

GPL5

U7

11131517

9753

A1A2A3A4

Y1Y2Y3Y4

19_G

VCC3

R24

72

70

iSETMCP_

iACKENG

64

67

66

iWCK

iWVST_

iMREID

53625461

55605659

iID0_iID7_iID1_iID6_

iID2_iID5_iID3_iID4_

iTXDMCP

iRCK2

iTXDENGiRESET_

(003-15A)

(002-15I)

(011-13F)

(002-15I)

(011-14D)

MCP2AC(304:1)

PCN12A-32P-2.54DS

A B C D E F G H I J

A B C D E F G H I J

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

2A3/4Memory copy PCB 2/12

3-7-27

(003-15A)

(011-13I)

(011-13C)

MCP 2AC (304:1)

CPUCLK

RST_

$002CPUD (15:0)

3 RW4 SIZE15 SIZE06 AS

302 DSACY R50

TP8 TP7 TP9

RA

23

RA

24

1 2 3 4

8 7 6 5

1 2 3 4

8 7 6 5

RA

22

RA

261 2 3 4

8 7 6 5

1 2 3 4

8 7 6 5

VPL5 VPL5

VPL5

VPL5

VPL5

VPL5

VPL5

L61

L62

L64

L65

R59

C52

C44 C45 C59 C60

VPL5

R52

R53

R54GPL5

C46 C47 C48

14 K A

2

U12

LD1

GPL5

RA291234

8765

RA321234

8765

RA311234

8765

RA341234

28293031

24252627

23222120

19181716

8765

28293031

24252627

23222120

19181716

15141312

111098

7654

3210

15141312

111098

7654

3210

RA411234

8765

RA451234

8765

RA491234

8765

RA531234

8765

A (31:0)

A0 (31:0)

$001

iTXDENG(001-13F)

iTXDMCP(001-13C)

R69

FC3FC2FC1FC0

VCC7GND8

A23A22A21A20A19A18A17

VCC6GND7

A16A15A14

GND6A13A12A11

VCC5GND5

A10A9A8A7A6A5A4

VCC4GND4

A3A2A1

727170696867666564636261605958575655545352515049484746454443424140393837

23222120191817

161514

131211

10987654

321

CS

0_IR

O1_

IRO

2_IR

O3_

IRO

4_G

ND

1V

CC

1IR

O5_

IRO

6_IR

O7_

DO

NE

2_D

AC

K2_

DR

EO

2_D

ON

E1_

DA

CK

1_D

RE

O1_

X1

GN

D2

VC

C2

X2

SC

LKC

TS

B_

RT

SB

_T

XD

BR

XD

BT

XR

AY

A_

RA

RD

YA

_C

TS

A_

RT

SA

_G

ND

3V

CC

3T

XD

AR

XD

AT

IN2

TO

UT

2T

GA

TE

2

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36

RM

C_

W_R

SIZ

1S

IZ0

DS

_A

S_

BG

AC

K_

BG

_B

R_

BE

RR

_H

ALT

_R

ES

ET

_G

ND

11C

LKO

UT

VC

C11

XF

CV

CC

10E

XT

AL

VC

CS

YN

XT

AL

GN

D10

MO

DC

KV

CC

9IP

IPE

_IF

EIC

HB

KP

T_

FR

EE

ZE

TIN

1T

OU

T1

TG

AT

EL

TC

KT

MS

TD

IT

DO

VC

C8

GN

D9

108

107

106

105

104

103

102

101

100

99 98 97 96 95 94 93 92 91 90 89 88 87 86 85 84 83 82 81 80 79 78 77 76 75 74 73

GND12VCC12DSACK1_DSACK0_A0A31A30A29A28GND13VCC13A27A26A25A24D15D14D13GND14D12GND15VCC14D11D10D9D8D7D6D5D4GND16VCC15D3D2D1D0

031302928

27262524

151413

12

1110987654

3210

109110111112113114115116117118119120121122123124125126127128129130131132133134135136137138139140141142143144

VPL5

GPL5

GPL5 GPL5

CN3 1

CN3 2

CN3 3

CN3 4

VCCMON

TXDMON

RXDMON

GNDMON

B4B-PH-KL NONER61

R62

R63

X3C64 C65

1 2 3 4

8 7 6 5

1 2 3 4

8 7 6 5

RA

59

RA

58

RA

27

1 2 3 4

8 7 6 5

VPL5 VPL5 VPL5

1234

8765

RA54

R64

R65261 CS0

260 IRO1259 IRO2258 IRO3257 IRO4

256 IRO5

TP10

RA351234

8765

15141312

15141312

RA431234

8765

111098

111098

RA471234

8765

7654

7654

RA501234

8765

3210

3210

U17

$001 A (004-03B) (008-01G) (009-01G)$002 CPUD (004-03A) (008-01D) (009-01D)

(010-12B)

MD (15:0)

A B C D E F G H I J

A B C D E F G H I J

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

2A3/4Memory copy PCB 3/12

3-7-28

GPL5

VDD17VDD16

DRAMD24DRAMD23DRAMD25DRAMD22

GND26VDD15

DRAMD26DRAMD21DRAMD27DRAMD20

GND25VDD14

DRAMD28DRAMD19DRAMD29DRAMD18

GND24GND23

DRAMD30DRAMD17DRAMD31DRAMD16

GND22DRAS5BDRAS4BDRAS3BDRAS2BDRAS1BDRAS6B

GND21DA4DA3DA5DA2

GND20GND19VDD13VDD12

DA6DA1DA7DA0DA8DA9

GND18DOEBDWEB

DCASHBDCASLB

GND17DRAMD8DRAMD7DRAMD9DRAMD6

GND16GND15

DRAMD10DRAMD5

DRAMD11DRAMD4

GND14VDD11

DRAMD12DRAMD3

DRAMD13DRAMD2

GND13VDD10

DRAMD14DRAMD1

DRAMD15DRAMD0

VDD9VDD8

1521511501491481471461451441431421411401391381371361351341331321311301291281271261251241231221211201191181171161151141131121111101091081071061051041031021011009998979695949392919089888786858483828180797877

150149148147

144143142141

138137136135

132131130129

127126125124123122

120119118117

112111110109108107

105104103102

100999897

94939291

88878685

82818079

VDD26VDD27SMLLDSMLDEBSMGHDEBSMGLDEBSMGDIPVDD28SRAS30BSRAS31BSRAS32BSRAS33BSCAS30BSCAS31BGND47RAMCSHBRAMCSLBRAMDEBGND48GND49CLKGND50RAMWEBRDMCSBRDEMCEBVDD29IRDALLBIRD5BIRD4BIRD3BIRD2BIRD1BCS0BGND51CPUD0CPUD1VDD30VDD31GND52GND53CPUD2CPUD3GND54CPUD4CPUD5VDD32GND55CPUD6CPUD7VDD33GND56CPUD8CPUD9GND57CPUD10CPUD11GND58GND59CPUD12CPUD13GND60CPUD14CPUD15GND61A24A25A26A27A28A29A30A31A0DSACKBVDD34VDD35

229230231232233234235236237238239240241242243244245246247248249250251252253254255256257258259260261262263264265266267268269270271272273274275276277278279280281282283284285286287288289290291292293294295296297298299300301302303304

233234235

249

251252253

256257258259260261

263264

269270

272273

276277

280281

283284

287288

290291

293294295296297298299300301302

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76

3 4 5 6 8 9 13 15 16 17 18 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 41 43 44 46 47 48 50 51 53 54 55 56 59 60 61 62 64 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 74

GN

D46

GN

D45

SW

EB

GN

D44

SR

AS

21B

SR

AS

11B

SR

AS

20B

SR

AS

10B

VD

D25

SC

AS

21B

SC

AS

11B

SC

AS

20B

SC

AS

10B

GN

D43

SR

AS

22B

SR

AS

12B

SR

AS

23B

SR

AS

13B

GN

D42

VD

D24

SA

9G

ND

41S

A8

GN

D40

SA

7G

ND

39V

DD

23S

A10

GN

D38

SA

6G

ND

37S

A5

GN

D36

SA

4G

ND

35S

A3

GN

D34

GN

D33

VD

D22

VD

D21

SA

2G

ND

32S

A1

GN

D31

SA

0G

ND

30V

DD

20Q

2CD

WR

BQ

2CD

RD

BQ

2CD

AC

KB

Q2C

DR

DQ

2PD

WR

BQ

2PD

RD

BQ

2DA

CK

BQ

2PD

RQ

Q2H

INT

RG

ND

29V

DD

19Q

2HW

RB

Q2H

RD

BQ

2HC

SB

VD

D18

Q1C

DW

RB

Q1C

DR

DB

Q1C

DA

CK

BQ

1CD

RQ

Q1P

DW

RB

Q1P

DR

DB

Q1P

DA

CK

BQ

1PO

RQ

Q1H

INT

RQ

1HW

RB

Q1W

RD

BQ

1MC

SB

GN

D28

GN

D27

228

227

226

225

224

223

222

221

220

219

218

217

216

215

214

213

212

211

210

209

208

207

206

205

204

203

202

201

200

199

198

197

196

195

194

193

192

191

190

189

188

187

186

185

184

183

182

181

180

179

178

177

176

175

174

173

172

171

170

169

168

167

166

165

164

163

162

161

160

159

158

157

156

155

154

153

226

224

223

222

221

219

218

217

216

214

213

212

211

208

206

204

201

199

197

195

193

188

186

184

181

180

179

178

177

176

175

174

173

170

169

168

166

165

164

163

162

161

160

159

158

157

156

155

GN

D1

GN

D2

RD

BW

RS

IZE

1S

IZE

0A

SB

VD

D1

A1

A2

SM

CA

MC

SIN

A3

SO

UT

A4

A5

A6

A7

VD

D2

GN

D3

A8

A9

A10

A11

A12

A13

A14

A15

A16

A17

A18

A19

A20

A21

A22

A23

VD

D3

VD

D4

GN

D4

GN

D5

RC

KG

ND

6V

D1

VD

2V

DD

5R

CK

EN

BM

CP

SE

LBM

RE

VD

INM

RE

VD

OU

TP

WS

YN

CB

RV

SIB

GN

D7

ID0

ID1

ID2

ID3

VD

D6

GN

D8

ID4

ID5

ID6

ID7

GN

D9

WC

KG

ND

10M

RE

10W

VS

1BW

RE

AD

YB

RR

EA

DY

BA

CK

EN

GA

CK

MC

PS

ET

MC

PB

VD

D7

RE

SE

TB

GN

D11

GN

D12

C62

C61

C43

C41

C63

C51

C42

C50

C49R58

VCC3

L59

L69

L68

L60

$001 MCP2AC (001-13B) (002-02A) (004-03B)(005-03B) (006-03B) (007-01B)(008-01B) (009-01B) (010-02H)(011-04F) (011-13I) (011-13F)

MCP2AC (304:1)$004

U16

A B C D E F G H I J

A B C D E F G H I J

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

2A3/4Memory copy PCB 4/12

3-7-29

VPL5

L38

C7

C12R17

123456789

1011121314

151387654321

8910

2827262524232221201918171615

149

1012

11

1514131211

U4

VPL5

L47

C30

C33R43

123456789

1011121314

151387654321

012

2827262524232221201918171615

149

1012

11

76543

U11

VPL5

L39

C6

C8R15

123456789

1011121314151617181920

15141312111098

76543210

VCCA17A16A15A14A13A12A11A10A9

GND2A8A7A6A5A4A3A2A1A0

VPPCE0D15D14D13D12D11D10D9D8GND1D7D6D5D4D3D2D1D0OE0

4039383736353433323130292827262524232221

181716151413121110

987654321

U1

VCCWE_A13A8A9

A11OE_A10CE_IO8IO7IO6IO5IO4

A14A12A7A6A5A4A3A2A1A0IO1IO2IO3GND

VCCWE_A13A8A9

A11OE_A10CE_IO8IO7IO6IO5IO4

A14A12A7A6A5A4A3A2A1A0IO1IO2IO3GND

RA171234

8765

0123

30189131516171821222324252627282930313233343536293294295296297298299300

263264269270

272273276277

280281283284

287288290291

A0A1A2A3A4A5A6A7A8A9A10A11A12A13A14A15A16A17A18A19A20A21A22A23A24A25A26A27A28A29A30A31

CPUD0CPUD1CPUD2CPUD3

CPUD4CPUD5CPUD6CPUD7

CPUD8CPUD9CPUD10CPUD11

CPUD12CPUD13CPUD14CPUD15

0123

0123456789

10111213141516171819202122232425262728293031

RA181234

8765

4567

4567

RA71234

8765

891011

89

10.11

RA81234

8765

12131415

12131415

0123

4567

89

1011

12131415

244245246251

RAMCSH_RAMCSL_RAMOE_RAMWF_

252253

ROMCSROMOF

RA521234

8765

RA4612

43

$001CPUD (15:0)

A (31:0)

MCP2AC (304:1)

(002-15F)

(003-15A)

SD (15:0)

$001 CPUD (002-02H) (008-01D) (009-01D)(010-12B)

TP4 TP5 TP3 TP1

TP2 TP6

GPL5GPL5

GPL5

GPL5

A B C D E F G H I J

A B C D E F G H I J

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

2A3/4Memory copy PCB 5/12

3-7-30

RA631234

8765

RA621234

8765

RA611234

8765

208206204

SA9SA8SA7

987

201199197195

SA10SA6SA5SA4

10654

193188186184

SA3SA2SA1SA0

3210

RA641234

8765

223221213211

SRAS11_SRAS10_SRAS12_SRAS13_

1023

RA7112

34

216218

226

SCAS10_SCAS11_

SWE_

01

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

0

1

2

3

0

1

SM1A0

SM1A1

SM1A2

SM1A3

SM1A4

SM1A5

SM1A6

SM1A7

SM1A8

SM1A9

SM1A10

SM1RAS0_

SM1RAS1_

SM1RAS2_

SM1RAS3_

SM1CAS0_

SM1CAS0_

SM1CAS1_

SM1CAS1_

SM1WE_

SM1VCC

SM1VCC

SM1VCC

SM1D8

SM1D24

SM1D9

SM1D25

SM1D10

SM1D26

SM1D11

SM1D27

SM1D12

SM1D28

SM1D29

SM1D13

SM1D30

SM1D14

SM1D31

SM1D15

CN5

CN5

CN5

CN5

CN5

CN5

CN5

CN5

CN5

CN5

CN5

CN5

CN5

CN5

CN5

CN5

CN5

CN5

CN5

CN5

CN5

CN5

CN5

CN5

CN5

CN5

CN5

CN5

CN5

CN5

CN5

CN5

CN5

CN5

CN5

CN5

CN5

CN5

CN5

CN5

CN5

CN5

1

39

72

12

13

14

15

16

17

18

28

31

32

19

44

45

34

33

40

43

41

42

47

10

30

59

SM1GND

SM1GND

SM1GND

R80

C85

C86

C88

C87

CE

11

CE

10

CE

9

+++

VPL5

L5

F3

8

24

9

25

10

26

11

27

12

28

29

13

30

14

31

15

49

50

51

52

53

54

55

56

57

58

60

61

62

63

64

65

SM1D0

SM1D16

SM1D1

SM1D17

SM1D2

SM1D18

SM1D3

SM1D19

SM1D4

SM1D20

SM1D5

SM1D21

SM1D6

SM1D22

SM1D7

SM1D23

CN5

CN5

CN5

CN5

CN5

CN5

CN5

CN5

CN5

CN5

CN5

CN5

CN5

CN5

CN5

CN5

9

16

1

17

2

18

3

19

4

20

5

21

6

22

7

23

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

20

21

22

23

24

25

26

27

(003-15A) MCP2AC (304:1)

$001SIMMD (31:0)

SIMM SLOT1

$001 SIMMD (006-14H) (008-16B) (010-02B)

LSA1 (10:0)

SRAS1 (3:0)

SCAS1 (1:0)

R66

GPL5

A B C D E F G H I J

A B C D E F G H I J

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

2A3/4Memory copy PCB 6/12

3-7-31

RA851234

8765

RA841234

8765

RA831234

8765

208205204

SA9SA8SA7

987

201199197195

SA10SA6SA5SA4

10654

193188186184

SA3SA2SA1SA0

3210

RA651234

8765

224222214212

SRAS21_SRAS20_SRAS22_SRAS23_

1023

RA7012

43

217219

SCAS20_SCAS21_

SWE_

01

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

0

1

2

3

0

1

SM2A0

SM2A1

SM2A2

SM2A3

SM2A4

SM2A5

SM2A6

SM2A7

SM2A8

SM2A9

SM2A10

SM2RAS0_

SM2RAS1_

SM2RAS2_

SM2RAS3_

SM2CAS0_

SM2CAS0_

SM2CAS1_

SM2CAS1_

SM2WE_

SM2VCC

SM2VCC

SM2VCC

SM2D8

SM2D24

SM2D9

SM2D25

SM2D10

SM2D26

SM2D11

SM2D27

SM2D12

SM2D28

SM2D29

SM2D13

SM2D30

SM2D14

SM2D31

SM2D15

CN4

CN4

CN4

CN4

CN4

CN4

CN4

CN4

CN4

CN4

CN4

CN4

CN4

CN4

CN4

CN4

CN4

CN4

CN4

CN4

CN4

CN4

CN4

CN4

CN4

CN4

CN4

CN4

CN4

CN4

CN4

CN4

CN4

CN4

CN4

CN4

CN4

CN4

CN4

CN4

CN4

CN4

1

39

72

12

13

14

15

16

17

18

28

31

32

19

44

45

34

33

40

43

41

42

47

10

30

59

SM2GND

SM2GND

SM2GND

R79

C79

C80

C82

C81

CE

8

CE

7

CE

6

+++

VPL5

L4

F2

8

24

9

25

10

26

11

27

12

28

29

13

30

14

31

15

49

50

51

52

53

54

55

56

57

58

60

61

62

63

64

65

SM2D0

SM2D16

SM2D1

SM2D17

SM2D2

SM2D18

SM2D3

SM2D19

SM2D4

SM2D20

SM2D5

SM2D21

SM2D6

SM2D22

SM2D7

SM2D23

CN4

CN4

CN4

CN4

CN4

CN4

CN4

CN4

CN4

CN4

CN4

CN4

CN4

CN4

CN4

CN4

0

16

1

17

2

18

3

19

4

20

5

21

6

22

7

23

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

20

21

22

23

24

25

26

27

(003-15A) MCP2AC (304:1)

$001SIMMD (31:0)

SIMM SLOT2

$001 SIMMD (005-14H) (008-16B) (010-02B)

R67

SRAS2 (3:0)

LSA2 (10:0)

SCAS2 (1:0)

GPL5

A B C D E F G H I J

A B C D E F G H I J

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

2A3/4Memory copy PCB 7/12

3-7-32

D1D2D3D4D5D6D7D8D9D10D11D12D13D14D15D16LCAS0UCAS0RAS0OE0W0

2345789

1033343536383940413130142913

16171819202122232425262728293031

VSS1VCC1VSS2VCC2VSS3VCC3

A9A8A7A6A5A4A3A2A1A0

NC1NC2NC3NC4NC5

4213762221282726252423201918171112151632

9876543210

R57 C55

C58

L67

D1D2D3D4D5D6D7D8D9D10D11D12D13D14D15D16LCAS0UCAS0RAS0OE0W0

2345789

1033343536383940413130142913

0123456789101112131415

VSS1VCC1VSS2VCC2VSS3VCC3

A9A8A7A6A5A4A3A2A1A0

NC1NC2NC3NC4NC5

4213762221282726252423201918171112151632

9876543210

R47 C35

C38

L58

5

4

U20

U15

D1D2D3D4D5D6D7D8D9D10D11D12D13D14D15D16LCAS0UCAS0RAS0OE0W0

2345789

1033343536383940413130142913

16171819202122232425262728293031

VSS1VCC1VSS2VCC2VSS3VCC3

A9A8A7A6A5A4A3A2A1A0

NC1NC2NC3NC4NC5

4213762221282726252423201918171112151632

9876543210

R56 C54

C57

L66

D1D2D3D4D5D6D7D8D9D10D11D12D13D14D15D16LCAS0UCAS0RAS0OE0W0

2345789

1033343536383940413130142913

0123456789101112131415

VSS1VCC1VSS2VCC2VSS3VCC3

A9A8A7A6A5A4A3A2A1A0

NC1NC2NC3NC4NC5

4213762221282726252423201918171112151632

9876543210

R48 C36

C39

L57

3

2

U19

U14

D1D2D3D4D5D6D7D8D9D10D11D12D13D14D15D16LCAS0UCAS0RAS0OE0W0

2345789

1033343536383940413130142913

16171819202122232425262728293031

VSS1VCC1VSS2VCC2VSS3VCC3

A9A8A7A6A5A4A3A2A1A0

NC1NC2NC3NC4NC5

4213762221282726252423201918171112151632

9876543210

R55 C53

C56

L63

D1D2D3D4D5D6D7D8D9D10D11D12D13D14D15D16LCAS0UCAS0RAS0OE0W0

2345789

1033343536383940413130142913

0123456789101112131415

VSS1VCC1VSS2VCC2VSS3VCC3

A9A8A7A6A5A4A3A2A1A0

NC1NC2NC3NC4NC5

4213762221282726252423201918171112151632

9876543210

R46 C34

C37

L56

1

0

U18

U13

RA728765

1234

31302928

31302928

RA738765

1234

27262524

27262524

RA748765

1234

23222120

23222120

RA758765

1234

19181716

19181716

RA768765

1234

15141312

15141312

RA778765

1234

111098

111098

RA788765

1234

7654

7654

RA798765

1234

3210

3210

RA

371 2 3 4

31 30 29 28

8 7 6 5

VPL5

RA

381 2 3 4

27 26 25 24

8 7 6 5

VPL5

RA

391 2 3 4

23 22 21 20

8 7 6 5

VPL5

RA

401 2 3 4

19 18 17 16

8 7 6 5

VPL5

RA

131 2 3 4

15 14 13 12

8 7 6 5

VPL5

RA

141 2 3 4

11 10 9 8

8 7 6 5

VPL5

RA

151 2 3 4

7 6 5 4

8 7 6 5

VPL5

RA

161 2 3 4

3 2 1 0

8 7 6 5

VPL5

RA601234

8765

150149148147

DRAMD24DRAMD23DRAMD25DRAMD22

24232522

RA571234

8765

144143142141

DRAMD26DRAMD21DRAMD27DRAMD20

26212720

RA551234

8765

138137136135

DRAMD28DRAMD19DRAMD29DRAMD18

28192918

RA511234

8765

132131130129

DRAMD30DRAMD17DRAMD31DRAMD16

30173116

RA281234

8765

100999897

DRAMD8DRAMD7DRAMD9DRAMD6

8796

RA251234

8765

94939291

DRAMD10DRAMD5DRAMD11DRAMD4

105

114

RA211234

8765

88878685

DRAMD12DRAMD3DRAMD13DRAMD2

123

132

RA201234

8765

RA441234

8765

RA301234

8765

RA33

RA36

1234

8765

RA421234

8765

RA48

12

43

12

43

82818079

DRAMD14DRAMD1DRAMD15DRAMD0

127126

DRAS5DRAS4

125124123122

DRAS3DRAS2DRAS1DRAS0

105104103102

DOE_DWE_DCASH_DCASL_

110109108107

DRAMA7DRAMA0DRAMA8DRAMA9

112111

DRAMA6DRAMA1

120119118117

DRAMA4DRAMA3DRAMA5DRAMA2

141

150

54

3210

7089

61

4352

VPL5

+ ++

GPL5

L3

F1

CE

3

CE

5

CE

4DRAS_ (5:0)

DD (31:0)MCP2AC (304:1) QDD (31:0)

GPL5

GPL5

GPL5

GPL5

GPL5

GPL5

LDA (9:0)

A B C D E F G H I J

A B C D E F G H I J

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

2A3/4Memory copy PCB 8/12

3-7-33

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24

GN

D1

PD

0P

D1

PD

2P

D3

PD

4V

DD

1G

ND

2P

D5

PD

6P

D7

PD

8P

D9

VD

D2

GN

D3

PD

10P

D11

PD

12P

D13

PD

14V

DD

3G

ND

4P

D15

PD

16P

D17

PD

18P

D19

VD

D4

GN

D5

PD

20P

D21

PD

22P

D23

PD

24V

DD

5G

ND

6

727170696867666564636261605958575655545352515049484746454443424140393837

7654

3210

313029

28272625

169161160

159

Q1PDWR_Q1PDRD_

Q1PDACK_

Q1PDRD

VDD11CD7CD6CD5CD4

GND11VDD10

CD3CD2CD1CD0

GND10VDD9

RXCKDRVIDSVID

PXCKPTIM

PRDYGND9VDD8

PDWRPDRDPDAKPDRQGND8VDD7PD31PD30PD29GND7VDD6PD28PD27PD26PD25

108

107

106

105

104

103

102

101

100

99 98 97 96 95 94 93 92 91 90 89 88 87 86 85 84 83 82 81 80 79 78 77 76 75 74 73

31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8

CD

RQ

GN

D17

VD

D16

CD

31C

D30

CD

29C

D28

GN

D16

VD

D15

CD

27C

D26

CD

25C

D24

CD

23G

ND

15V

DD

14C

D22

CD

21C

D20

CD

19C

D18

GN

D14

VD

D13

CD

17C

D16

CD

15C

D14

CD

13G

ND

13V

DD

12C

D12

CD

11C

D10

CD

9C

D8

GN

D12

109110111112113114115116117118119120121122123124125126127128129130131132133134135136137138139140141142143144

01234

567

157156155

Q1HWR_Q1HRD_Q1HCS_ 1

234

CDAKCDRDCDWRINTRVDD17GND18HD0HD1HD2HD3HD4VDD18GND19HD5HD6HD7TEST0TEST1VDD19GND20MCLKVDD20GND21RESETHRDHWRHCSVDD21GND22HA0HA1HA2HA3TOUT1TOUT2VDD22

RA1058765

1234

31302928

31302928

RA1038765

1234

27262524

27262524

RA1018765

1234

23222120

23222120

RA988765

1234

19181716

19181716

RA1048765

1234

15141312

15141312

RA1028765

1234

111098

111098

RA1008765

1234

7654

7654

RA998765

1234

3210

3210

SIMMD (31:0)

VPL5

R76

R74

R69

R68

RA808765

1234

C71

L75

C77

L76

C78

L77

C66

L70

C76

R75

VPL5

L80

L82

R82

GPL5

C91

C90

1

2

DE

GND

4

3

VCC

OUT

(007-16B) (009:01H)

(002-15F)

QDD (31:0)

A (31:0)

(001-13C)RST_

$001

(003-15A)

CPUD (15:0)

MCP2AC (304:1)

GPL5

VPL5

$002

QSD (31:0)(009-15B)

QMCLK(009-01J)

X 4

RA681234

8765

RA691234

8765

166165164

158

Q1CDWR_Q1CDRD_Q1CDACK_

Q1HINTR

163 Q1CDRQ R78

R77

$001 CPUD (002-02H) (004-03A) (009-01D)(010-12B)

$002 SIMMD (005-14H) (006-14H) (010-02B)

U25

A B C D E F G H I J

A B C D E F G H I J

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

2A3/4Memory copy PCB 9/12

3-7-34

U26

727170696867666564636261605958575655545352515049484746454443424140393837

109110111112113114115116117118119120121122123124125126127128129130131132133134135136137138139140141142143144

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36

108

107

106

105

104

103

102

101

100

99 98 97 96 95 94 93 92 91 90 89 88 87 86 85 84 83 82 81 80 79 78 77 76 75 74 73

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24

31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8

7654

3210

313029

28272625

VDD11CD7CD6CD5CD4

GND11VDD10

CD3CD2CD1CD0

GND10VDD9

PXCKDRVIDSVID

PXCKPTIM

PRDYGND9VDD8

PDWRPDRDPDAKPDRQGND8VDD7PD31PD30PD29GND7VDD6PD28PD27PD26PD25

CDAKCDRDCDWRINTRVDD17GND18HD0HD1HD2HD3HD4VDD18GND19HD5HD6HD7TEST0TEST1VDD19GND20MCLKVDD20GND21RESETHRDHWRHCSVDD21GND22HA0HA1HA2HA3TOUT1TOUT2VDD22

GND

1PD

OPD

1PD

2PD

3PD

4VD

D1G

ND2

PD5

PD6

PD7

PD8

PD9

VDD2

GND

3PD

10PD

11PD

12PD

13PD

14VD

D3G

ND4

PD15

PD16

PD17

PD18

PD19

VDD4

GND

5PD

20PD

21PD

22PD

23PD

24VD

D5GN

D6

CDRQ

GND

17VD

D16

CD31

CD30

CD29

CD28

GND

16VD

D15

CD27

CD26

CD25

CD24

CD23

GND

15VD

D14

CD22

CD21

CD20

CD19

CD18

GND

14VD

D13

CD17

CD16

CD15

CD14

CD13

GND

13VD

D12

CD12

CD11

CD10

CD9

CD8

GND1

2

(003-15A)MCP 2AC (304:1)

178 Q2CDRQR88

173 Q2HINTRR86

170 Q2HWR_169 Q2HRD_168 Q2HCS_

181 Q2CDWR_180 Q2CDRD_179 Q2CDACK_

1234

8765

RA82

1234

8765

RA81

01234

567

1234

$001

$001 CPUD (002-02H) (004-03A) (008-01D) (010-12B)

CPUD (15:0)

A (31:0)

QDD (31:0)

QMCLK

(011-13C)

(002-15F)

(008-15J)

RST_

1234

1234

1234

31302928

27262524

23222120

19181716

15141312

111098

7654

3210

3210

7654

111098

15141312

19181716

23222120

31302928

27262524

1234

8765

8765

8765

1234

8765

1234

8765

1234

8765

1234

8765

1234

8765

1234

8765

8765

RA66

RA67

Q2HINTRQ2PDRDQ2CDRD

173174178

Q2PDWR_Q2PDRD_

Q2PDACK_

177176175

174

VPL5

VPL5

VPL5

VPL5

R87

R85

R83

R81

GPL5

C83

L78

L83

L81

L79

C93

C92

C84

R84

C89

(008-09A)SIMMD (31:0)

Q2PDRD

A B C D E F G H I J

A B C D E F G H I J

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

2A3/4Memory copy PCB 10/12

3-7-35

$001SIMMD (31:0)

MCP 2AC (304:1)(003-15A)

31302928

27262524

23222120

19181716

15141312

111098

7654

3210

3210

7654

111098

15141312

19181716

23222120

27262524

31302928

1234

8765

1234

8765

1234

8765

1234

8765

1234

8765

1234

8765

1234

8765

1234

8765

8765

1234

RA97

RA95

RA92

RA90

RA96

RA94

RA93

RA91

RA56235 SMGDIR234 SMGLOE_233 SMGHOE_

C70

C68

C69

C67

L74

L71

L73

L72

C75

C72

C74

C73

R73

R70

R72

R71

3130292827262524

2322212019181716

1817161514131211

1817161514131211

1817161514131211

1817161514131211

15141312111098

15141312111098

15141312111098

76543210

76543210

76543210

23456789

10

23456789

10

23456789

10

23456789

10

U24

U21

U23

U22

A0A1A2A3A4A5A6A7

GND

A0A1A2A3A4A5A6A7

GND

A0A1A2A3A4A5A6A7

GND

A0A1A2A3A4A5A6A7

GND

B0B1B2B3B4B5B6B7

B0B1B2B3B4B5B6B7

B0B1B2B3B4B5B6B7

B0B1B2B3B4B5B6B7

20

20

20

20

_OET_R

_OET_R

_OET_R

_OET_R

191

191

191

191

BCD (15:0)BSD (31:0)

VPL5

$002CPUD (15:0)

Vcc

Vcc

Vcc

Vcc

GPL5

15141312

111098

7654

3210

3210

7654

111098

15141312

1234

8765

1234

8765

8765

1234

8765

1234

RA86

RA89

RA87

RA88

$001 SIMMD (005-14H) (006-14H) (008-16B)$002 CPUD (002-02H) (004-03A) (008-01D) (009-01D)

A B C D E F G H I J

A B C D E F G H I J

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

2A3/4Memory copy PCB 11/12

3-7-36

+

GPL5

GPL5

GPL5

GPL5

GPL5

2

3

1

S1R25

R29

R40

R39

L53

L46

L48

L50

L52

R45

R51

RCK

R44

R30

L49

L51

L55

L54C27

C28

C31

C29

C32

R28

R6

R14

R23R16

VPL5

VPL5

VCC3

VCC3

VCC3VPL5

VPL5

VPL5

VCC3

2 5

6

4

4

1

1

2

3

U5

D

CLK

Q

_Q

_PRE

_CLR

CT3U3

1234

8765

reset at 2.07V

CTVSCOUTCGND

RES_VS

VSB-RI_VCC

RST_

RST_

74 (003-15A)MCP 2AC (304:1)

(001-13F)iRESET_

(003-15A)MCP 2AC (304:1)

46 RCKEN 1

2

1

2

4

3

4

3

X2

X1

DE

GND

DE

GND

VCC

OUT

VCC

OUT

41 (003-15A)

(003-15A)

(002-02C)

(001-13D)

MCP 2AC (304:1)

MCP 2AC (304:1)

iRCK2

CPUCLKD

CLK

Q

_Q

_PRE

_CLR

U6

12 9

8

10

13

11

U6

TP11CLK 249

$001 RST_ (002-02C) (008-01F) (009-01F)

$001

A B C D E F G H I J

A B C D E F G H I J

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

2A3/4Memory copy PCB 12/12

3-7-37

+ + + +

VPL5

GPL5

L42

C19

R33

C23

14

7

VCC

GND

U6

VPL5

GPL5

L41

C17

R32

C21

20

10

VCC

GND

U8

VCC3

GPL5

L43

C20

R37

C24

20

10

VCC

GND

U7

VCC3

GPL5

L44

C22

R34

C25

20

10

VCC

GND

U9

VCC3

GPL5GPL5

GPL5 GPL5

L45

L40

C18

C16

R35

C26

20

10

VCC

GND

U10

VPL5

GPL5

C40

5

3

VCC

GND

U12

VPL5

VPL5

GPL5

C15

5

3

VCC

GND

U5

B2P-VH

E 5.1 V

G (5 V)

1

2

CN2

CN2

L2

L1

CE1 CT1 CT2 CE2C2

C4

C5

C94

C1

R2

C3

R4

1

3 2

U2

VIN VOUTGND

VCC3 VPL5

R89

R90

R1

R3

FG1 FG3

FG4

GPL5 GMI5

FG2GPL5 GMI5

GPL5

GPL5

GMI5

GMI5

GND1

GPL5

GND2

GPL5

GND3

GPL5

GND4

GPL5

A B C D E F G H I J

A B C D E F G H I J

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

2A3/4Scanner motor PCB

3-7-38

+

L6

C17 C18

R7 C12

C16

C20

C23

TP1

C15

IC1

R6R5R4

C11

C22

C10JP2JP1R3R2

R10

R1

R8

D1

DT1

R9

B C

E

89

101112131415161718

JP5JP4

C9C8

C7

C21 C19

L5CN6-6

CN6-5

+

C24 C27 C25

C26

JP7

JP6

JP8

JP9

C28

CN6-4

CN6-3

+

C29 C32 C30

L24V

C31 C34

JP10

JP3

JP13

JP11

JP12

JP14 JP15P G(L)

CN6-2

CN6-1

CN3-4CN3-3

CN3-5CN3-6

CN2-5CN2-2

CN7-2CN4-1

CN5-3CN7-5

CN7-4CN7-1

CN5-1CN1-1

CN4-3

CN1-12CN1-13SM Vref

SM M1SM M2SM M3SM M4SM M5SM CLKSM CWB

SM ASM _ASM BSM _B

SM COMSM COM

SM RET

SM ENABLE

CN1-10CN1-9

CN1-11

CN1-7 CN1-8

CN1-5

CN1-4

CN1-6

+

CN2-6CN2-4

CN2-1CN2-3

+

6521

192021

22

7

34

NO MOUNT

5V5V5V5V

GGGGG

24 V24 V24 V

GG

G (24 V)G (24 V)

5.1 V

G (5 V)

24 V

VrefM1M2M3M4M5CLKCWB_RESRETEN

A_AB

_B

MOIMO1MO2

PGPG

SG

VDD

L2

C4

CN4-2 CN1-2SHPSW SHPSW

L4

C14

CN5-2 CN1-14ODSW ODSW

L1

C6

C36 C33

C35

CN7-3 CN1-16OSD1 OSD1

L3

C13

CN7-6 CN1-15OSD2 OSD2

L7DT2

CN1-3 CN3-2CN3-1

EL ON REMEL ONEL ONB C

E

C2 C3

C1

C5

S

S

S G

S G

S G

S G

S G S G

S G S G

S GS G

S

S

S

F G(1) F G(2) F G(2)

P G(M)

P G(M)

P G(L)

P G(L)

P G(M)P G(M)

P G(L)

S G

S G

S G

S G

S G

S G

E

E

2A3/4

A B C D E F G H I J

A B C D E F G H I J

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

3-7-14

CCD PCB

A GA G

F5

F8

F7

F9

F10

F11

F12

F13

F14

F15

F16

F17

F18

R20

R18

R22

R23

R24

R19R21R11R10

R3

R29

R33

R34

R35

F19

R37

R36

R31

R25

R27

R2R

32R

28

F6

R30

C22

C21

R26

C20 C11

C13

C12

R4

C19

IC5

IC4

IC2

C9

C23

R9

C1

C10

C6

C8

TR1

TR2

IC5

IC4

RA1

R1

C3

C4

C15

C16

C14

C1R

8

R14

C7

C5

F4 R17

F1

F3

F2

IC1 IC2 IC3

141311121619

1510

41235

1113168

6

2

837

21671091415

181020926327228112

781314152122

12

34

8

5

12

34

8

5

6

7

6 4,5

7

A G

A G

A G

A G

A G

A G

A G

+

+

S

S

S

C17

C18

CN1-1 ΦCLK +

ΦCLK –

ΦRS –

ΦCLP –

ΦSHIFT –

5 V

5 V

5 V

ΦRS +

ΦCLP +

ΦSHIFT +

CN1-2

CN1-3

CN1-4

CN1-5

CN1-6

CN1-7

CN1-8

CN1-9

CN1-10

CN1-11

CN2-1 VO_O+

VO_E+

+12V

G(Analog)

G(Analog)

VO_O–

VO_E–

CN2-2

CN2-3

CN2-4

CN2-5

CN2-6

CN2-7

A G

A G

A G

A G

A G

+

+

A G A G

VDDVDDVDDVDD

VGG

VOUT_EVEN

VOUT_ODD

GNDGNDGND

CP1_EVENCP1_ODD

CP2_EVENCP2_ODD

CP_LH_EVENCP_LH_ODD

CP_RS_EVENCP_RS_ODD

CP_CLP_EVENCP_CLP_ODD

CP_ROC

NCNCNCNCNCNCNC

CK_out_CK_outCK_out_CK_out2B_out_2B_outRS_outCP_outSH_out

CK_in

2B_in

RS_inCP_inSH_in

ENENDO1DO2DO3DO4VCCGND

DI1+DI1–DI2+DI2–DI3+DI3–DI4+DI4–

FBPVINVREFFBN

FBPVINVREFFBN

A G

R13

R16

R15

R5

R7

R6

R12

3-7-39

E

E

2A3/4

A B C D E F G H I J

A B C D E F G H I J

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

3-7-15

S

S

S GS G

S

S

S G

CN6-B2

CN6-B5

CN3-15

4

1C

2C

1B

E

2B

1

3

2

CN3-2

S

S

S GS G

S

S

S G

CN6-A5

CN6-A14

CN3-35

4

1C

2C

1B

E

2B

1

3

2

CN3-4

OSSW

OFSW

OSBSW

DFTSW

S

S

S

5

4

1C

2C

1B

E

2B

1

3

2

S S

S GS G

CN6-A11 CN3-5 OSLSW

CN3-9 CN6-B9

CN3-10 CN6-B7

CN6-A8

OSSW

OFSW

OSBSW

OFTSW

OSLSW

OSLEDPCB (GN)

OSLEDPCB (RED)

OSWSW CN3-8

OSLEDPCB (GN)

OSLEDPCB (RED)

OSWSW

CN1-1CN1-2

24 V24 V

CN4-2 24 V(VEN)

**

* *

*

**

C

E

B

CN1-4CN1-3

PGPG

CN1-6CN1-5

N.C.N.C.

N.C.N.C.

P G

+

CN1-7CN1-8

5 V 5 V

CN1-10CN1-9

SGSG

+

+

S

VIN VOUT

ADJ

G

S G

CN6-A9 5 VCN6-A12 5 VCN6-A15 5 VCN6-B1 5 VCN6-B4 5 VCN6-A6 5 V

CN5-A1 24 VCN4-124 (VEN)CN5-A4 24 VCN5-A6 24 VCN5-B7 24 VCN5-B9 24 VCN5-B11 24 V

CN6-B10 5 VCN6-B13 5 V

CN6-B8 SGCN6-A7 SGCN6-A10 SGCN6-A13 SG

CN6-A1 N.C.

CN3-11CN6-A2 N.C.CN6-A3 N.C.CN3-14 N.C.

CN6-B3 SGCN6-B6 SGCN6-A4 SGCN6-B12 SGCN6-B15 SGS G

S G

CN2-17

*

*

*

*

*

*

CN5-B8

CN2-19 CN5-A7

CN2-20 CN5-A5

CN2-21CN5-A2

S

S5

4

1C

2C

1B

E

2B

1

3

2 P G

CN2-22CN5-A3

P G

CN2-15CN5-B12

P GS G

CN2-16CN5-B13

SBFSSOL

EFSSOL

OFCL

SBPSOL1

SBPSOL2

OFSOL1

OFSOL2

P GS G

R

S

S G

S

S

CN4-3

CN4-4

SBFSSOL

EFSSOL

OFCL

SBPSOL1

SBPSOL2

OFSOL 1

OFSOL2

DFSSW2

DFSSW1

CN3-75

4

1C

2C

1B

E

2B

1

3

2

CN3-6

DFSSW2

DFSSW1

P G

P G

S

CN2-6

CN2-7

CN2-9

CN2-10

CN2-1CN2-2CN2-3

CN5-A10CN5-A12CN5-A11CN5-A13

CN5-A9CN5-A8

CN2-4CN2-5

N.C.N.C.

CN2-8

Vref VDD

SG22

7

CWB

M1M2M3

A_AB

_BM4M5CLK

MO2

MO1MO1

EN

_RESRET

PGPG

652

192021

34

1

8

15

91011121314

18

1617S

S G

S G

+

S

S G

S G

S G

S G

C

E

B

P G

S

CN2-14

CN2-12CN2-13CN2-11

OCM Vref

OCM CWB

OCM RET

OCM ENABLE

OCM M1OCM M2OCM M3

OCM CLK

OFM ENABLE

DF SHORT

OFM CLKOFM RET

OFM CWB CN5-B3CN5-B5CN5-B4CN5-B6

CN5-B1CN5-B2

OCM AOCM AOCM BOCM B

OCM BCOM 24 V (VEN)OCM ACOM 24 V (VEN)

OFM AOFM AOFM BOFM B

OFM ACOM 24 V (VEN)OFM BCOM 24 V (VEN)

VDD10

CLKMODECWB A

ABB

BB

RST B

Vref GNDSP

543

111

2

9 8 7 6

12S G

+

SS

S G

S G

S G

C

E

BP G

++

S G

P G

S

S

COM

S G

14

7

S

S G

8

4

S G

P G

F G F G F G F G

R

R

R

R

* * * * * * * *

* Not installed

S G

S G

S G S G

S G

S G

S G

S G

S G

DF driver PCB

3-7-40

A B C D E F G H I J

A B C D E F G H I J

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

2A3/4

CN6-5L9

IC15

IC13 IC13

D2L8 R5 R7

C2

C3

11 10

6 5

5 6

R6

R8

IC15

IC13 IC13

D3

TR2

R9 R11

R150R148R149

R155R156

R158R159

R161

R165

R121

R163

R164

X1

C53 C52

L51

L34

L2

L1

D1

IC1

C1

C5

C6

L7

L32

R4

R153

R81R82

R80R36

R79R35

R43R42

R86R44

R88R87

R85 IC1815 4

R84 IC1814 5

R83 IC1813 6

R1 IC1812 7

R37 IC1817 2

R38 IC1818 1

R39

R2

R3

R19

R18

R16

0

L42

R16

7

R12

4

R12

2C

40

C41

L41

L25

R64

R16

2

R16

6

46

5

R17

IC18

IC15

16 3

IC10

172

L31 IC10

127

L30 IC10

136

L29 IC10

145

L3 IC10

154

L4 IC10

163

L5 IC10

181

L6 IC10

118

10 11

R41R40

R151R152

RA7

RA6

RA5

RA4

RA3

RA1

RA2

IC19

R154

TR1

1 2

2 1

9 8

R10

R12

L12

L10

L33

CN6-9

CN6-4

S GS G

S

CN6-6

CN6-1

MMI ERROR

MMI ACK

ENG ERROR MMI

ENG ACK MMI

N.C

CN2-15

CN3-1

CN2-7

CN2-6

CN2-5

CN3-4

CN3-3

CN3-2

CFL REM

AN1

AN1

AN0

EX

EY

AN0EYEX

A21A20

MPUCLKMPUCLK

_RDY

MPUCLK

_RD

_RD

_E

_WR

_WR

VCCHRESET

DIGKEY_R1

DIGKEY_L3

DIGKEY_L2

DIGKEY_L1

DIGKEY_R4

DIGKEY_R3

DIGKEY_R2

S G

S G

S G

S

S

S

S G

S G

S

S G

S GS G

S G

S

CN6-10

S G

S

S G

SCN4-4

CN6-7

CN6-8

RXD MMI

TXD MMI

G (5 V)

CN6-2 G (5 V)

CN6-11 G (5 V)

S

S G

S

VCC

G

S

S G

E

BC

CN2-10

CN3-5

CN2-9

CN2-8

CN3-8

CN3-7

CN3-13

CN2-16

CN2-17

CN3-14

5 V

5 V

5 V

CN2-18

CN3-6

SCAN_L3

SCAN_R1

SCAN_L2

SCAN_L1

SCAN_R4

SCAN_R3

SCAN_R2

CN2-14

S

S

CN6-3

BUZZER

N.C

RESET MMI

S G S GS G

S G

S S

E

B C

S

S G

S

VddGNDOUT

123 G

S

S

S

CN2-13

CN2-12

CN2-11

CN3-12

CN3-11

CN3-10

CN3-9

DIGLED_L4

DIGLED_L3

DIGLED_L2

DIGLED_L1

DIGLED_R4

DIGLED_R3

DIGLED_R2

DIGLED_R1

LED L4

LED L3

LED L2

LED L1

LED R4

LED R3

LED R2

LED R1

S G

S G

CN4-2

S G

S

S GE

E

B CB C

S G

S

S G

SCN4-1

S G

S G

CN4-3

X2 (IN)

X1 (OUT)

Y2 (IN)

Y1 (OUT)

S G

S

S GE

E

B CB C

S

S

S

S G

S

S

S G

S

S

S G

S G

S

S

S

S

S

S

S

S G

123456789

101112131415161718192021222324252627282930

AN0P95/_INT3P94A22A21A20P90P67/TB2inP66/TB1inP65/TB0inP64/_INT2P63/_INT1P62/_INT0P61/TA4inP60/TA4outP57/TA3inP56/TA3outP55/TA2inP54/TA2outP53/TA1inP52/TA1outP51/TA0inP50/TA0outP47P46P45P44P43I_RDY

_HOLD

807978777675747372717069686766656463626160595857565554535251

A15A16A17A18

123

645

A0A1A2

E3_E1_E2

_O0_O1_O2_O3_O4_O5_O6_O7

15141312111097

A20A21

_ROM2_ROM3

A19

R73

R76

R77

R26

R28

R29

R20R32

R22

R62R67

R68

R70

R72 R71

R66R65

R61

6

5

4

A0A1A2A3A4A5A6A7A8A9A10A11A12A13A14A15A16A17A18A19 D0D1D2D3D4D5D6D7

A0A1A2A3A4A5A6A7A8A9

A10A11A12A13A14A15A16A17A18A19A23D0D1D2D3D4D5D6D7

P110

P111

31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50

LED

L4

LED

L3

LED

L2

LED

L1

LED

R4

LED

R3

LED

R2

LED

R1

100 99 98 97 96 95 94 93 92 91 90 89 88 87 86 85 84 83 82 81

AN

1P

72P

73P

74P

75P

76P

77 Vss

AV

ssV

ref

AV

ccV

ccP

80/C

TS

0P

81P

82/R

×D0

P83

/T×D

0P

84/_

INT

4P

85R

×D1

T×D

1

BY

TE

CN

Vss

_RE

SE

TX

inX

out

_RD

Vss

Vcc

_HLD

AA

LE_B

HE

_WR

P11

7P

116

P11

5P

114

P11

3P

112

_ROM1

_RD

A0A1A2A3A4A5A6A7A8A9A10A11A12A13A14A15A16A17A18

R56R57R58R94R95R96R97R98R91R90R52R89R99R92R93R100R114R101R102

D0D1D2D3D4D5D6D7

A0A1A2A3A4A5A6A7A8A9A10A11A12A13A14A15A16A17A18

D0D1D2D3D4D5D6D7

_CE_OE

VppVcc

GND

1314151718192021

2224

13216

12111098765

272623254

282932

3031

_ROM2

_RD

A0A1A2A3A4A5A6A7A8A9A10A11A12A13A14A15A16A17A18

D0D1D2D3D4D5D6D7

A0A1A2A3A4A5A6A7A8A9A10A11A12A13A14A15A16A17A18

D0D1D2D3D4D5D6D7

_CE_OE

VppVcc

GND

1314151718192021

2224

13216

12111098765

272623254

282932

3031

_ROM3

_RD

A0A1A2A3A4A5A6A7A8A9A10A11A12A13A14A15A16A17A18

D0D1D2D3D4D5D6D7

R55R54R53R46R47R48R49R50

A0A1A2A3A4A5A6A7A8A9A10A11A12A13A14A15A16A17A18

D0D1D2D3D4D5D6D7

_CE_OE

VppVcc

GND

1314151718192021

2224

13216

12111098765

272623254

282932

3031

_OE_CE_WEA0A1A2A3A4A5A6A7A8A9A10A11A12A13A14

Vcc

GND

I/O0I/O1I/O2I/O3I/O4I/O5I/O6I/O7

A0A1A2A3A4A5A6A7A8A9A10A11A12A13A14

222027109876543

252421232

261

28

14

1112131516171819

D0D1D2D3D4D5D6D7

_WR_RAM

_RD

A_BUS

D_BUS

_RAM

_ROM1

_LCD

_VRAM

_E_E D Q

_Q

_PRE

_CLR

CLK

D Q

_Q

_PR

E_C

LR

CLK

_RDY

_READY

LCD CLK

R12

0

R11

9R

118

R11

7

R15

7 C51

C50

L40

R144

R142

R111

TR8 TR6

TR3

D8

D5

C47

C46 R14

3R

140

L47

L50

R146

R14 R13

IC13 IC13

IC15

R147

TR7 TR4

TR5

D6

D4

R11

0C

31

C30

D7

C49

C4

4 3

9 8

12 13

C48 R14

5

R15

R16

R14

1

L49

L48

L13

L11

L14

L35

R45

R11

2C

33

C32

L36

R45

IC12 IC14

R11

6C

39

C38

L39

R59

IC16

R63

R16

8

R12

3

R34

C18

L24

C17

IC9

IC4

IC6

IC19

10

9

8IC2

10

9

8

12

11

9

8

13

12

13

11

IC4

2

1

3IC3

R3310

9

8IC3

R272

1

3IC2

R255

4

6IC2

R31

10

12

1311

IC3

R24

5

4

6IC3

IC6 IC6

IC4IC7

IC7

Operation unit main PCB 1/2

3-7-41

E

E

2A3/4

A B C D E F G H I J

A B C D E F G H I J

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

3-7-16

S

S G

S G

+

+

+

CN5-35.1 V

9

8

7

1

2

3

4

CN5-2G (5 V)

CN1-2

S10

9

10

9S G

CN1-95 V

NC

VA0VA1VA2VA3VA4VA5VA6VA7VA8VA9VA10VA11VA12VA13VA14

VA4VA5VA6VA7VA8VA9VA10VA11VA12VA13VA14

515253545556575859606162636465666768697071727374757677787980

VA4VA5VA6VA7VA8VA9VA10VA11VA12VA13VA14VA15_VCS4_VCS3_VCS2_VCS1_VCS0VD0VD1VD2VD3VD4VD5VD6VD7VD8VD9VD10VddVss

302928272625242322212019181716151413121110987654321

DB0AB15AB14AB13AB12AB11AB10AB9AB8AB7AB6AB5AB4AB3AB2AB1AB0

_BHEMPUSEL

RESETMPUCLK

READY_MEMRD_MEMWR_MEMCS

_IORD_IOWR_IOCS

VddVss

HRESET MPUCLK_READY

D0A15A14A13A12A11A10A9A8A7A6A5A4A3A2A1A0

81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100

VD

11V

D12

VD

13V

D14

VD

15LC

DE

NB

XS

CL

LP WF

YD

UD

0U

D1

UD

2U

D3

LD0

LD1

LD2

LD3

OS

C1

OS

C2

50 49 48 47 46 45 44 43 42 41 40 39 38 37 36 35 34 33 32 31

VA

3V

A2

VA

1V

A0

__V

ME

DB

15D

B14

DB

13D

B12

DB

11D

B10

DB

9D

B8

DB

7D

B6

DB

5D

B4

DB

3D

B2

DB

1

VA

3V

A2

VA

1V

A0

D7

D6

D5

D4

D3

D2

D1

22202710

9876543

25242123

226

1

28

14

1112131516171819

O0O1O2O3O4O5O6O7

O0O1O2O3O4O5O6O7

S

S G

S G_OE_CE_WE

A0A1A2A3A4A5A6A7A8A9

A10A11A12A13A14

Vcc

GND

I/O0I/O1I/O2I/O3I/O4I/O5I/O6I/O7

S

S

Vdd

G

P G

+

+

CN1-14LCD. REM

CN1-10XSCL

CN1-11LP

CN1-12DIN

CN1-6XD0

CN1-5XD1

CN1-4XD2

CN1-3XD3

CN1-8G (5 V)

CN2-1

CN2-2 –23 V

CN1-13

S G

2

13

SS

S

CN5-424 V

S S

S G

SSS

S

S G

S

S G

CN5-1G (24 V)

D_BUS

A_BUS

P G

S

S

CN1-1

CN1-7

VEE(–23 V)

VLCD

–23 V

S G

Vdd

_LCD _WR _RD _VRAM

LCD

CLK

Vin+

_Control

Vin–

Filter

Vout

Vset

GND

CN2-4 CNT. VR

CN2-3

24 V

G (24 V)

Vcc

14

7

LS07

GND

Vcc

14

7

HC14

GND

Vcc

14

7

F74

GND

Vcc

14

7

F32

GND

Vcc

14

7

F32

GND

Vcc

14

7

F32

GND

Vcc

14

7

F32

GND

Vcc

14

7

F138

GND

Vcc

14

7

F08

GND

Vcc

14

7

F02

GND

R16

9

RA

8

R12

5

C55

C54

RA

10

RA9

RA11

RA12

RA13L43

L45

R134R128

R10

9

R137R131

R136R130

R135R129

R139R133

R138R132

R174R172

R173

L46

R171

IC17

13

1211

IC17

10

98

IC17

5

46

IC17

13

1211

IC17

10

98

IC17

5

46

IC17

2

13

IC17

C42

R12

6

C43 C29

L52

R103R104

L19

L18 FUSE1

L20

L17

C11

C14

L22

C25R78C26

IC8

IC11

L21

R105

R10

8

R10

7

R10

6

C28

C27

L27

C22

C21

R74

L23

C16

C15

R60

L26

C19

C20

R69

L16

C10

C13

C12

C9

R30

L15

C8

C7

R23

L44

C45

C44

R12

7L5

3

C57

C56

R17

0L2

8

C24

C23

R75

L37

C35

C34

R11

3L3

8

C37

C36

R11

5

Operation unit main PCB 2/2

3-7-42

E

E

2A3/4

A B C D E F G H I J

A B C D E F G H I J

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

3-7-17

TB

CNB-1

CNB-2

CNB-3

CNB-4

CNB-5

CNB-6

CNB-7

CNB-8

CNB-13

CNB-14

R17

R7R8

TR4

R18

R19

R20

CNB-10

CNB-9

CNB-12

CNB-11

N.C.

DIG KEY_R1

KEY8

KEY9

KEY10

KEY11

D4 D5 D6 D7

KEY12

KEY13

KEY14

KEY15

KEY16

KEY17

KEY18

KEY19

KEY20

KEY21

KEY22

KEY23

DIG KEY_R2

DIG KEY_R3

DIG KEY_R4

SCAN_R1

SCAN_R2

SCAN_R3

SCAN_R4

BUZZER

BZ1

5 V

DIG LED_R2

DIG LED_R1

LED

17

LED

18

LED

19

LED

20

DIG LED_R4

DIG LED_R3

Operation unit right PCB

3-7-43

E

E

2A3/4

A B C D E F G H I J

A B C D E F G H I J

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

3-7-18

Operation unit left PCB

CNA-5CNA-6CNA-7

CNA-8

TA

CNA-9

CNA-16CNA-18

CNA-11CNA-12CNA-13CNA-14

CNA-15

CNA-1

CNA-3

CNA-17

CNA-4CNA-2

CNC-1

CNC-4

CNT. VR–23 V

CNA-10

DIG KEY_L1DIG KEY_L2DIG KEY_L3

SCAN_L1SCAN_L2

5 VN.C

DIG LED_L1DIG LED_L2DIG LED_L3DIG LED_L4

CFL REM

24 V

G (24 V)

5 V

B2

R25

TH

1

R21

R29

R28

R13

R15

R22

R23

R30

R24

C2

C1

T1

12

7

4

3

2

1

5

R9

R1

TR1

R2R3

TR2

LED

1

LED

2

LED

3

LED

4

LED

5

LED

6

LED

7

LED

8

LED

9

LED

10

LED

11

LED

12

LED

13

LED

14

LED

15

LED

16

R4R5

TR3

R6

R10R11R12

R14

R26

R27

TR6

TR7

TR8

TR5

VR1

B1

L1

SCAN_L3

KEY1

KEY2

KEY4

KEY5

KEY6

KEY7

KEY3

D1 D2 D3

3-7-44

A B C D E F G H I J

A B C D E F G H I J

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

2A3/4Deck main PCB

3-7-45

CN1-7 DLSW1

CN1-8 UPSW1

CN1-9 DLSW2

CN1-10 UPSW2

CN4-7 5 V

CN4-8 SG

CN1-11 PPSENS3

CN1-5 PESENS

CN1-6 PPSENS2

CN4-9 PPSENS1

CN4-10 N.C

CN1-1 LED CLK

CN2-1 +5 VCN2-2 SGCN2-3 PLDSENS1CN2-4 +5 VCN2-5 SGCN2-6 PLDSENS2

CN9-1 DECK TXDCN9-2 G (5 V)CN9-3 DECK RXDCN9-4 G (5 V)CN9-5 PFSW4*

CN1-4 DOSSW

CN4-11 SCSW

CN3-1 +5 VCN3-2 SGCN3-3 +24 VCN3-4 PG

CN12-1+24 VCN12-2PGCN12-3CM PWMCN12-4+5 VCN12-5CM CLK

CN4-12N.CCN4-1+24 VCN4-2+24 VCN4-6CCL

CN4-5PFCL2

CN4-4PFCL1

CN1-2N.C

CN4-3N.C

CN7-1PDM1CN7-2+24 VCN7-3+24 VCN7-4PDM2CN7-5+5 VCN7-6SGCN7-7PDMSENS1CN7-8+5 VCN7-9SGCN7-10PDMSENS2

+5 V

1

2R63

1

2R62

1

2R61

1

2R60

1 2R11

1 2R36

1 2R37

1 2R33

13 12IC6.6

A Y

A Y

A Y

A Y

9 8IC6.4

11 10IC6.5

5 6IC6.3

UPSW1

UPSW2

GROUND

1 2R42

1 2R41

1 2R40

1

2

R441

2

R461

2

R47

GROUND

A Y9 8IC9.4

A Y3 4IC9.2

A Y11 10IC9.5

A Y1 2IC9.1

A Y13 12IC9.6

1 2R39

1 2R38

1

2R48

1

2

R4513 12

IC5.6

11 10IC5.5

A Y

A Y

1

2

R531

2

R541

2

R591

2

R58

+5 V

GROUND

GROUND GROUND

1

2R15

C

EB

2

3

1Q14

1 2R50

1 2R51

1 2R43

IC5.3Y A6 5

GROUND

GROUND

1 2R31

1 2R32

+5 V

GROUND

3

21

DA2

3

21

DA1

1

2

1

2

R28

R29C

E

B

2

3

1

GROUND

Q7

1 2R30IC5.4

8 9Y A

1

2

R6+5 V

1

2

R7+5 V

1

2

C3

GROUND1

2

R8+5 V

1 2IC5.1

A Y 3 4IC5.2

A Y

1 2R52

1

2

R9+5 V

C

E

B

2

3

1Q9

GROUND

2 1K A

ZD2

1

2

+C15

+5 V

1

2

K

AZD1

1 2FUSE1

+24 V

1

2

+C14

GROUND AGROUND

1

2

K

AD5SIG

+5 V

1

2

+C17 1

2C2

1

2

C1

GROUND

GROUND

1

2C7

+5 V1

2R2

+5 V

1 2R23

3

8

1

6

5

4

7

2

CK

RES

CT

VREF

Vcc

GND

IC1

RES

VS

2R1

+5 V1 GROUND

1 3

2

OSO1

2R4

+5 V1

2

R5

+5 V1

12

1311A

BY

IC8.4

10

98A

BY

IC8.3

4

56A

BY

IC8.2

1

23A

BY

IC8.1

C

E

B

2

3

1Q5

GROUND

AGROUND

C

E

B

2

3

1 Q6

GROUND

AGROUND

2R24

+5 V1

2R27

+5 V1

C

E

2

1

04B3

C

E

2

1B3

Q2 1

2

K

AD3SIG

1 2K A

D2

2R26

1

+24 V

+24 V

C

E

2

1B3

Q3 1

2

K

AD1SIG

1 2K A

D4

2R25

1

+24 V

+5 V

GROUND

2

1

C8

IC22

1

C9

IC32

1

C10

IC52

1

C13

IC82

1

C12

IC72

1

C11

IC62

1

C19

IC92

1

C5

GROUND

2R49

1

2R55

1

+5 V

2R22

1+5 V

1 2R21

2C6

1

GROUND

+24 V

IN1IN2IN3IN4

01020304

36

1114

271015

COM1 COM2

IC4

9 16

2C4

1

GROUND

2R16

1+5V

1 2R20

+5 V +24 V

1

2

+C18

1

2

+C16

AGROUNDGROUND

C

E

B

2

3

1

GROUND

Q13A Y5 6IC9.3

2R17

1+5 V

2R65

1

2

1R64

+5 V

1 2R35

1 2R34IC6.1

2 1Y A

IC6.2

4 3Y A

GROUND

+5 V

2R31

+5 V

1D2D3D4D5D6D7D8D

3478

13141718

256912151619

1Q2Q3Q4Q5Q6Q7Q8Q

0CG

111

IC3

GROUND

A0A1A2A3A4A5A6A7A8A9A10A11A12A13A14

2022109876543

252421232

2627

1112131516171819

O0O1O2O3O4O5O6O7

IC2

2R10

+5 V1

P75/ANI5P76/ANI6P77/ANI7AVddAVref1AVssANO0ANO1AVref2AVref3P20/NMIP21/INTP0P22/INTP1P23/INTP2/CIP24/INTP3P25/INTP4/ASCKP26/INTP5P27/SIP30/RxDP31/TxD

6162636465666768697071727374757677787980

P43/AD3P44/AD4P45/AD5P46/AD6P47/AD7

P50/A8P51/A9

P52/A10P53/A11P54/A12P55/A13P56/A14P57/A15P60/A16P61/A17P62/A18P63/A19P64/RDP65/WR

P66/WAIT

4039383736353433323130292827262524232221

P32

/SC

KP

33/S

O/S

B0

P34

/TO

0P

35/T

O1

P36

/TO

2P

37/T

O3

RE

SE

TX

2

X1

PO

0P

O1

PO

2P

O3

PO

4P

O5

PO

6P

O7

P67

/RE

FR

O

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 10 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20

60 59 58 57 56 54 53 52 50 49 48 47 46 44 43 42 4151

P74

/AN

I4P

73/A

NI3

P72

/AN

I2P

71/A

NI1

P70

/AN

I0P

17P

16P

15P

14P

13P

12P

11/P

WM

1P

10/P

WM

0M

OD

EA

ST

BP

40/A

D0

P41

/AD

1P

42/A

D2

IC7

PFSW*

COUNT

LED

PDMSENS1

PDMSENS2

DS

W0

DS

W1

PE

SE

NS

WD

T

PFSW*

WDTUPSW2

PDMSENS1

PDMSENS2

N.C

N.C

N.C

12345

12126

5

4

2

3

123456789

10

7

8

9

10

7

8

11

5

6

9

10

1

123456

12345

4

11

1234

C

E

2

1B3

Q1

UPSW1

CEOE

* Switch on the copier

A B C D E F G H I J

A B C D E F G H I J

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

2A3/4Interface PCB

3-7-46

CN3-1

CN3-2

CN3-3

CN3-4

CN3-5

CN3-6

CN3-7

CN3-8

CN3-9

CN3-10

CN3-11

CN3-12

+5 V

SG

DLSW1

+5 V

SG

UPSW1

+5 V

SG

DLSW2

+5 V

SG

UPSW2

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

CN4-1

CN4-2

CN4-3

CN4-4

CN4-5

CN4-6

CN4-7

CN4-8

CN4-9

+5 V

PPSENS3

LED CLK

+5 V

PESENS

LED CLK

+5 V

PPSENS2

LED CLK

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

CN5-1

CN5-2

CN5-3

CN5-4

CN5-5

CN5-6

CN5-7

CN5-8

+24 V

CCL

+24 V

PFCL2

+24 V

PFCL1

N.C

N.C

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

CN6-1

CN6-2

CN6-3

CN6-4

CN6-5

+5 V

SG

SCSW

DOSSW

+24 V

1

2

3

4

5

CN8-1

CN8-2

CN8-3

N.C

N.C

N.C

1

2

3

CN7-1

CN7-2

CN7-3

CN7-4

+5 V

PPSENS1

LED CLK

N.C

1

2

3

4

CN1-1

CN1-2

CN1-3

CN1-4

CN1-5

CN1-6

CN1-7

CN1-8

CN1-9

CN1-10

CN1-11

+24 V

+24 V

N.C

PFCL1

PFCL2

CCL

+5 V

SG

PPSENS1

N.C

SCSW

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

CN2-1

CN2-2

CN2-3

CN2-4

CN2-5

CN2-6

CN2-7

CN2-8

CN2-9

CN2-10

CN2-11

CN2-12

CN2-13

LED CLK

N.C

N.C

DOSSW

PESENS

PPSENS2

DLSW1

UPSW1

DLSW2

UPSW2

PPSENS3

N.C

N.C

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

13

1

2

1

2

1

2

1

2

R1

R2

R3

R4

1

2

R5

+5 V

+24 V+5 V

1 2R6

1 2R7

1 2R8

1 2R9

GROUND

1 2R10

A B C D E F G H I J

A B C D E F G H I J

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

2A3/4SRDF wiring diagram

3-7-50

DFTSW

OCM

OFSOL

OFM

C10

M1

C3(CN3)C1

(CN1)

C4(CN4)

C2(CN2)C6

(CN6)

C5(CN5)

DFDPCB

P1 DFSSW1

C7C8

C10 C9

OSLSWOriginal table

OSWSW

Mi2 (12P) RED

C7-1 GN

C7-2 GN

C7-4

C7-5

C7-6

C7-7

C7-8

C7-9

C7-10

C7-11

C19-3 GY

C19-2 GY

C19-1 GY

C10-6 GY

C10-5 GY

C10-4 GY

C10-3 GY

C10-2 GY

C10-1 GY

C20-3 GY

C20-2 GY

C20-1 RD

C15-3 GY

C15-2 GY

C15-1 GY

C13-2 GY

C13-1 GY

C26-2 GY

C26-1 GY

C17-6 GY

C17-5 GY

C17-4 GY

C17-3 GY

C17-2 GY

C17-1 RD

C22-1 GY

C22-2 GY

C-22-3 GY

C28-1 GY

C28-2 GY

C11-1 GY

C11-2 GY

C11-3 GY

C11-4 GY

C11-5 GY

C11-6 RD

C32-1 GY

C32-2 GY

C32-3 GY

C30-1 GY

C30-2 GY

C30-3 GY

C24-1 GY

C24-2 GY

C24-3 RD

A-1

A-2

A-3

A-4

A-5

A-6

A-7

A-8

A-9

A-10

A-11

A-12

A-13

A-14

A-15

B-15

B-14

B-13

B-12

B-11

B-10

B-9

B-8

B-7

B-6

B-5

B-4

B-3

B-2

B-1

A-1

A-2

A-3

A-4

A-5

A-6

A-7

A-8

A-9

A-10

A-11

A-12

A-13

B-13

B-12

B-11

B-10

B-9

B-8

B-7

B-6

B-5

B-4

B-3

B-2

B-1

1

2

3

24 V

24 V (VEN)

DFSSW1

1

2

3

5 V

OSLSW

SG

1

2

3

5 V

OSWSW

SG

C9-6 OE

C9-5 GY

C9-4 BE

C9-3 OE

C9-2 YW

C9-1 BE

C6-A12 GY

C6-A11 GY

C6-A10 GY

C6-A9 GY

C6-A8 GY

C6-A7 GY

C7-1 OE

C7-2 GY

C7-3 BE

C8-1 OE

C8-2 YW

C8-3 BE

1

2

3

4

5

6

5 V

OSLSW

SG

5 V

OSWSW

SG

6

5

4

3

2

1 OE

YW

BE

P2-2 RD

C4-1 RD

C4-4 RD

24 V

SBPSOL (A)

SBPSOL (R)

24 V

OFCL

24 V

EFSSOL

OCM ACOM 24 V (VEN)

OCM BCOM 24 V (VEN)

OCM A

OCM B

OCM A

OCM B

OFSOL (R)

OFSOL (A)

24 V

24 V

SBSFSOL

24 V

OFM B

OFM A

OFM B

OFM A

OFM BCOM 24 V (VEM)

OFM ACOM 24 V (VEN)

SG

DSBSW

5 V

SG

OSWSW

5 V

SG

OSLSW

5 V

SG

DFTSW

5 V

SG

5 V

SG

5 V

OSLED (GN)

SG

OSLED (RED)

SG

OFSW

5 V

SG

OSSW

5 V

10

9

8

7

6

5

4

3

2

1

SG

SG

5 V

5 V

PG

PG

24 V

24 V

P1-3 RD

P2-3 RD

P2-1 RD

P1-2 RD

4

3

2

1

DFSSW1

DFSSW2

24 V

24 V (VEN)

C9 Mi2 (11P) RED C8 Mi2 (12P) WHITE C7 Mi2 (11P) WHITE

SBPSOL

OFCL

BE

LB OE

C19

C21

C20

C17

C18

C15

C16

C13

C14

C11

C12

OS

BS

W

C6-

A6

GY

C6-

A5

GY

C6-

A4

GY

5 V

OS

BS

W

SG

1 2 3

1 2 3 4 5 6 1 2 3

6 5 4 3 2 1

1 2 3 4 5 6

6 5 4 3 2 13 2 1

1 2

2 1

BK

WE

RD

BE

YW

OE

_ _ _ _

C5-

A8

RD

C5-

A9

GY

C5-

A10

GY

C5-

A11

GY

C5-

A12

GY

C5-

A13

RD

OC

M A

CO

M 2

4 V

(V

EN

)

OC

M B

CO

M 2

4 V

(V

EN

)

OC

M A

OC

M B

OC

M A

OC

M B

BK

WE

RD

BE

YW

OE

C5-

B1

RD

C5-

B2

GY

C5-

B3

GY

C5-

B4

GY

C5-

B5

GY

C5-

B6

GY

B-2

3

B-2

2

B-2

1

B-2

0

B-1

9

B-1

8

B-1

7

B-1

6

B-1

5

B-1

4

B-1

3

B-1

2

B-1

1

B-1

0

B-9

B-8

B-7

B-6

B-5

B-4

B-3

B-2

B-1

A-2

3

A-2

2

A-2

1

A-2

0

A-1

9

A-1

8

A-1

7

A-1

6

A-1

5

A-1

4

A-1

3

A-1

2

A-1

1

A-1

0

A-9

A-8

A-7

A-6

A-5

A-4

A-3

A-2

A-1

C3-

10

C3-

9

C2-

22

C2-

21

C2-

20

C2-

19

C2-

18

C2-

17

C2-

16

C2-

15

C2-

14

C2-

13

C2-

12

C2-

11

C2-

10

C2-

9

C2-

8

C2-

7

C2-

6

C2-

3

C2-

2

C2-

1

C3-

3

C3-

2

C3-

1

C3-

13

C3-

12

C3-

11

C3-

8

C3-

7

C3-

6

C3-

5

C3-

4

M1

GN

M1

GN

C1-

10

C1-

9

C1-

8

C1-

7

C1-

4

C1-

3

C1-

2

C1-

1

C8-

4

C8-

3

C8-

2

C8-

12

C8-

11

C8-

10

C8-

9

C8-

8

C10

-3

C10

-2

C8-

7

C8-

6

C8-

5

C9-

11

C9-

10

C9-

9

C9-

8

C9-

7

C9-

6

C9-

5

C9-

4

C9-

3

C9-

2

C9-

1

C10

-12

C10

-11

C10

-10

C10

-9

C10

-8

C10

-7

C10

-6

C10

-5

C10

-4

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22

OS

SW

OF

SW

OS

BS

W

DF

TS

W

OS

LSW

DF

SS

W1

DF

SS

W2

OS

WS

W

OS

LED

(G

N)

OS

LED

(RE

D)

OC

M M

1

OC

M M

2

OC

M M

3

OC

M V

ref

OC

M C

WB

OC

M C

LK

OC

M R

ET

OC

M E

NA

BLE

OF

M C

WB

OF

M C

LK

OF

M R

ET

OF

M E

NA

BLE

OF

SO

L (A

)

OF

SO

L (R

)

SB

SF

SO

L

EF

SS

OL

OF

CL

SB

PS

OL

(A)

SB

PS

OL

(R)

OS

LED

(R

ED

)

OS

LED

(G

N)

SB

PS

OL2

SB

PS

OL1

OF

CL

EF

SS

OL

SB

SF

SO

L

OF

SO

L2

OF

SO

L1

OF

M E

NA

BLE

OF

M R

ET

OF

M C

LK

OF

M C

WB

OC

M E

NA

BLE

OC

M R

ET

OC

M C

LK

OC

M C

WB

OC

M V

ref

OC

M M

3

OC

M M

2

OC

M M

1

OS

BS

W

OF

SW

OS

SW

DF

SH

OR

T

OS

WS

W

DF

SS

W2

DF

SS

W1

OS

LSW

DF

TS

W

FG

FG

G (

5 V

)

G (

5 V

)

E 5

V

E 5

V

G (

24 V

)

G (

24 V

)

24 V

24 V

OF

M A

CO

M 2

4 V

(V

EN

)

OF

M B

CO

M 2

4 V

(V

EN

)

OF

M A

OF

M B

OF

M A

OF

M B

RD

BN

GN

RD

BN

GN

C5-B11 GY

C5-B12 GY

C5-B13 GY

24 V

OFSOL1

OFSOL2

1

2

3

3

2

1

OFSW

OSLEDPCB

OE

YW

BE

C6-B4 GY

C6-B5 GY

C6-B6 GY

C6-B9 GY

C6-B8 GY

C6-B7 GY

5 V

OFSW

SG

OSLED (GN)

SG

OSLED (RED)

1

2

3

1

2

3

DFSSW2C4-2 RD

P1-1 RD

C4-3 RD

24 V

24 V (VEN)

DFSSW2

1

2

3

3

2

1

OSSWOE

LB

BE

C6-B1 RD

C6-B2 GY

C6-B3 GY

5 V

OSSW

SG

1

2

3

3

2

1

EFSSOL C27 C26

C25 C24

C31 C30

C23 C22

P2

C32

C29 C28

BE

BE

C5-A6 GY

C5-A7 GY24 V

EFSSOL

1

2

2

1

SBSFSOLBE

BE

C5-B7 GY

C5-B8 GY24 V

SBSFSOL

1

2

2

1

C5-

A1

GY

C5-

A2

GY

C5-

A3

GY

24 V

SB

PS

OL1

SB

PS

OL2

BK

BK

C5-

A4

GY

C5-

A5

GY

24 V

OF

CL

3 2 1

1 2 3

C6-

A13

GY

C6-

A14

GY

C6-

A15

RD

SG

DF

TS

W

5 V

Wire color Mark

BlackBrownYellowGreenBlueWhitePinkRedOrangeLight bluePurpleGrayGreen/yellow

BKBNYWGNBEWEPKRDOELBPEGY

GN/YW

_

_

_

_

A B C D E F G H I J

A B C D E F G H I J

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

2A3/4Large paper deck wiring diagram

3-7-51

CN-1

CN-2

CN-3

CN-4

CN-5

CN-6

CN-7

CN-8

CN-9

CN-10

CN-11

CN-12

CN-13

CN-14

CN-15

CN-16

G (5 V)

G (24 V)

5 V

24 V

DECK RXD

G (5 V)

DECK TXD

G (5 V)

ACIN-L

ACIN-N

NC

NC

NC

NC

NC

PFSW4*

RD

BE

OE

GN

LB

GY

PK

BN

PL

CN-2

CN-1

WE

WE

RD

RD

WE

WE

WE

RD

RD

RD

CN7-1

CN7-2

CN7-3

CN7-4

CN7-5

CN7-6

CN7-7

CN7-8

CN7-9

CN7-10

PDM1

+24 V

+24 V

PDM2

+5 V

SGND

PDMSENS1

+5 V

SGND

PDMSENS2

CN12-1

CN12-2

CN12-3

CN12-4

CN12-5

+24 V

PGND

CM PWM

+5 V

CM CLK

OE

OE

OE

OE

OE

PDM1

+24 V

CN-1

CN-2

DH2

AC-L

AC-N

CN-2

CN-1

+24 V

PDM2

CN-3

CN-2

CN-1

+5 V

SGND

PDMSENS1

CN-3

CN-2

CN-1

+5 V

SGND

PDMSENS2

CN-5

CN-4

CN-3

CN-2

CN-1

+24 V

PGND

CM PWM

+5 V

CM CLK

CN3-1

CN3-2

CN3-3

CN3-4

CN9-1

CN9-2

CN9-3

CN9-4

CN9-5

LED CLK

N.C

N.C

DOSSW

PESENS

PPSENS2

DLSW1

UPSW1

DLSW2

UPSW2

PPSENS3

LED CLK

N.C

N.C

DOSSW

PESENS

PPSENS2

DLSW1

UPSW1

DLSW2

UPSW2

PPSENS3

LED CLK

N.C

N.C

DOSSW

PESENS

PPSENS2

DLSW1

UPSW1

DLSW2

UPSW2

PPSENS3

N.C

N.C

LB

LB

LB

LB

LB

LB

LB

LB

LB

LB

LB

WE

WE

WE

WE

WE

WE

WE

WE

WE

WE

WE

YW

YW

YW

YW

YW

YW

YW

YW

YW

YW

YW

YW

CN1-1

CN1-2

CN1-3

CN1-4

CN1-5

CN1-6

CN1-7

CN1-8

CN1-9

CN1-10

CN1-11

DCNJ-11

DCNJ-10

DCNJ-9

DCNJ-8

DCNJ-7

DCNJ-6

DCNJ-5

DCNJ-4

DCNJ-3

DCNJ-2

DCNJ-1

DCNP-11

DCNP-10

DCNP-9

DCNP-8

DCNP-7

DCNP-6

DCNP-5

DCNP-4

DCNP-3

DCNP-2

DCNP-1

CN2-1

CN2-2

CN2-3

CN2-4

CN2-5

CN2-6

CN2-7

CN2-8

CN2-9

CN2-10

CN2-11

CN2-12

CN2-13

+24 V

+24 V

N.C

PFCL1

PFCL2

CCL

+5 V

SGND

PPSENS1

N.C

SCSW

N.C

+24 V

+24 V

N.C

PFCL1

PFCL2

CCL

+5 V

SGND

PPSENS1

N.C

SCSW

+24 V

+24 V

N.C

PFCL1

PFCL2

CCL

+5 V

SGND

PPSENS1

N.C

SCSW

WE

WE

WE

WE

WE

WE

WE

WE

WE

WE

WE

WE

WE

WE

LB

LB

LB

LB

LB

LB

LB

LB

LB

LB

LB

LB

LB

LB

CN4-1

CN4-2

CN4-3

CN4-4

CN4-5

CN4-6

CN4-7

CN4-8

CN4-9

CN4-10

CN4-11

CN4-12

+5 V

SGND

PLDSENS1

+5 V

SGND

PLDSENS2

CN2-1

CN2-2

CN2-3

CN2-4

CN2-5

CN2-6

DCNJ-22

DCNJ-21

DCNJ-20

DCNJ-19

DCNJ-18

DCNJ-17

DCNJ-16

DCNJ-15

DCNJ-14

DCNJ-13

DCNJ-12

DCNP-22

DCNP-21

DCNP-20

DCNP-19

DCNP-18

DCNP-17

DCNP-16

DCNP-15

DCNP-14

DCNP-13

DCNP-12

CN1-1

CN1-2

CN1-3

CN1-4

CN1-5

CN1-6

CN1-7

CN1-8

CN1-9

CN1-10

CN1-11

+5 V

DLSW1

SGND

+5 V

UPSW1

SGND

+5 V

DLSW2

SGND

+5 V

UPSW2

SGND

CN3-1

CN3-3

CN3-2

CN3-4

CN3-6

CN3-5

CN3-7

CN3-9

CN3-8

CN3-10

CN3-12

CN3-11

LB

LB

LB

LB

LB

LB

LB

LB

LB

+5 V

PPSENS3

LED CLK

+5 V

PESENS

LED CLK

+5 V

PPSENS2

LED CLK

CN4-1

CN4-2

CN4-3

CN4-4

CN4-5

CN4-6

CN4-7

CN4-8

CN4-9

WE

WE

WE

+5 V

PPSENS1

LED CLK

N.C

CN7-1

CN7-2

CN7-3

CN7-4

OE

OE

OE

OE

OE

OE

BE

BE

BE

BE

BE

BE

+24 V

CCL

+24 V

PFCL2

+24 V

PFCL1

N. C

N. C

CN5-1

CN5-2

CN5-3

CN5-4

CN5-5

CN5-6

CN5-7

CN5-8

RD

RD

RD

RD

RD

+5 V

SGND

SCSW

DOSSW

+24 V

CN6-1

CN6-2

CN6-3

CN6-4

CN6-5

N. C

N. C

N. C

CN8-1

CN8-2

CN8-3

5 V

G (5 V)

24 V

G (24 V)

DECK TXD

G (5 V)

DECK RXD

G (5 V)

PFSW4*

PDM1

PDMSENS1

PDM2

CM

PDMSENS2

+5 V

DLSW1

SGND

CN-1

CN-3

CN-2 DLSW1

+5 V

UPSW1

SGND

CN-1

CN-3

CN-2 UPSW1

+5 V

DLSW2

SGND

CN-1

CN-3

CN-2 DLSW2

+5 V

UPSW2

SGND

CN-1

CN-3

CN-2 UPSW2

+5 V

PPSENS3

LED CLK

CN-3

CN-2

CN-1 PPSENS3

+5 V

PESENS

LED CLK

CN-3

CN-2

CN-1 PESENS

+5 V

PPSENS2

LED CLK

CN-3

CN-2

CN-1

+24 V

CCL

CN-1

CN-2

PPSENS2

+5 V

PPSENS1

LED CLK

CN-3

CN-2

CN-1 PPSENS1

+5 V

SGND

SCSW

CN-3

CN-2

CN-1 SCSW

DOSSW

+24 V

CN-1

CN-2DOSSW

+5 V

SGND

PLDSENS1

CN-3

CN-2

CN-1 PLDSENS1

+5 V

SGND

PLDSENS2

CN-3

CN-2

CN-1 PLDSENS2

CCL

+24 V

PFCL2

CN-1

CN-2PFCL2

+24 V

PFCL1

CN-1

CN-2PFCL1

+24 V

CCL

+24 V

PFCL2

+24 V

PFCL1

I/FPCBPDMPCB

INTERFACE

RD

RD

BK

WE

RD

RD

RD

RD

RD

RD

RD

RD

CN-1

CN-2

AC-N

AC-L

DH1

CN-1

CN-2

AC-N

AC-L

* Switch on the copier

(Service part)

(Service part)

Mark

BK

BN

YW

GN

BE

WE

PK

RD

OE

LB

PL

Wire color

BLACK

BROWN

YELLOW

GREEN

BLUE

WHITE

PINK

RED

ORANGE

LIGHT BLUE

PURPLE